| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-616/1 |
| Registreeritud | 18.09.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 11.10.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | Ettepanek - COM(2026) 990, SEC(2026) 990, SWD(2026) 989, SWD(2026) 990, SWD(2026) 991 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
| Taotle dokumendi eemaldamist või parandamist |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 COM(2026) 990 final
2026/0275 (COD)
Proposal for a
DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
{SEC(2026) 990 final} - {SWD(2026) 989 final} - {SWD(2026) 990 final} - {SWD(2026) 991 final}
(Text with EEA relevance)
EN 1 EN
EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM
1. CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSAL
• Reasons for and objectives of the proposal
The Treaties, the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union and the European
Pillar of Social Rights establish a broad framework supporting access to employment, skills
development and participation in the Union labour market. While the free movement of
workers, freedom of establishment and freedom to provide services enshrined in the Treaties
are rights of Union citizens, third-country nationals who are legally resident in the Union can
also benefit from this broader framework, in accordance with the conditions and within the
scope laid down in Union law. The European Pillar of Social Rights, proclaimed in 2017,
emphasises the importance of skills and employability in its first chapter on equal
opportunities and access to the labour market. In particular, Principle 1 on education, training
and lifelong learning recognises everyone’s right to maintain and acquire skills enabling full
participation in society and the labour market, and Principle 4 provides for the right to active
support to find or change jobs, including through re-skilling and job-search assistance.
This long-standing framework is reflected in the Commission’s Political Guidelines for 2024–
2029, which emphasise the importance of skills portability and of enabling people to make
effective use of their skills in the Union. In her Political Guidelines for 2024–2029, the
President of the Commission underlined the need to ensure that the Union benefits from high-
quality skills, irrespective of where and how they were acquired, and to facilitate the
recognition of skills acquired in one country in another. These objectives are also reflected in
the ‘One Europe, One Market’ roadmap, launched in April 2026 with the objective of further
deepening and completing the Single Market by the end of 2027, including by removing
remaining barriers, reducing administrative burden and strengthening the Union’s
competitiveness.
While the EU labour market has reached record-high employment levels, it faces widespread
and structural skilled labour shortages, particularly in sectors such as healthcare, ICT,
construction, energy, and transport, driven in part by an ageing population and a shrinking
working-age workforce. These shortages coexist with persistent 'skills waste',
overqualification and the underutilisation of skills being significantly more pronounced
among third-country nationals than among the domestic workforce. This mismatch also
depresses earnings for those working below their qualification level and risks contributing to
downward wage pressure and reducing the return on skills for employers and represents a loss
of overall productivity for the Union economy at a time of skills shortages. Whether already
residing in a Member State or seeking to migrate to the Union, third-country nationals face
recognition procedures for their qualifications that are fragmented, complex and lacking in
transparency, leading to uncertain and inconsistent outcomes. Two distinct but often
interconnected types of procedure are concerned: formal recognition for access to a regulated
profession, and qualification or skills checks carried out as part of a procedure to obtain a
long-stay visa or a residence permit (for instance under the EU Blue Card or national highly-
skilled-worker schemes). The average recognition procedure is estimated to cost EUR 1,500
and to take 14.2 months, with 70.4% of third-country nationals surveyed considering the
length of the process a 'big' or 'very big' problem. Nearly half of third-country nationals who
initiated recognition procedures were seeking access to a regulated profession in healthcare, a
sector facing acute shortages across the Union. Unlike EU nationals, who benefit from the
mutual recognition mechanisms of Directive 2005/36/EC (the Professional Qualifications
Directive), third-country nationals have no comparable EU framework. This gap undermines
EN 2 EN
the effectiveness of the Union's talent-attraction ecosystem — including the EU Blue Card,
the EU Talent Pool, Talent Partnerships with priority third countries and the European Legal
Gateway Office pilot — whose value for employers and jobseekers depends on recognition
systems functioning adequately. Procedures for recognition of qualifications for access to
further learning are outside the scope of this proposal.
This proposal responds to a clear and repeated political mandate. The Political Guidelines of
Commission President von der Leyen committed to a Skills Portability Initiative 'to ensure a
skill acquired in one country is recognised in another' and to 'make it easier to attract the right
talent with harmonised rules on the recognition of qualifications'. The March 2025
Communication on the Union of Skills confirmed this commitment, and the Letta report on
the Single Market highlighted the need to extend automatic recognition of qualifications to
help address persistent labour shortages. The European Council, meeting on 19 March 2026,
called for a Commission proposal on the portability of qualifications and skills, including
third-country nationals, by autumn 2026. The proposal is part of the Skills Portability
Initiative and its general objective is to facilitate the recognition of qualifications of third-
country nationals in order to address labour and skills shortages in the Union. Three specific
objectives are pursued: (i) streamlined recognition systems within and between Member
States; (ii) reduced legal and administrative complexity for third-country national applicants,
employers and authorities; and (iii) increased trust in, and understanding of, qualifications
obtained in third countries.
• Consistency with existing policy provisions in the policy area
The proposal is complementary to, and does not overlap with, existing EU instruments. The
Professional Qualifications Directive provides a robust framework for the recognition of
professional qualifications, but its Single Market legal basis confines its personal scope to EU
nationals; it does not, and cannot, extend to third-country nationals. Existing EU migration
instruments contain only limited provisions on recognition, generally limited to equal
treatment with nationals of the Member State concerned. None of these instruments regulate
the organisation, structure or functioning of recognition procedures as such, or require
Member States to simplify or coordinate such procedures. Commission Recommendation
(EU) 2023/2611 is the only EU-level instrument specifically addressing recognition of
qualifications of third-country nationals and is non-binding and therefore cannot ensure
consistent outcomes across the Union. The proposal is one of three interlinked actions under
the Skills Portability Initiative. Action 1 addresses improving the availability of reliable,
comparable and verifiable digitalised information on qualifications and skills in the EU.
Action 2 modernises recognition procedures under the Professional Qualifications Directive
for EU citizens. Action 3 — the subject of this proposal — addresses the gap in the EU legal
and policy framework covering recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals (and is
based on Article 79(2), points (a) and (b), TFEU).
The procedural guarantees in this proposal are aligned with those applicable to Union citizens
under Directive 2005/36/EC as amended by Action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative, and
do not place third-country nationals in a more favourable position than Union citizens
exercising free movement. The differences between the two frameworks reflect the practical
challenges of assessing qualifications from third countries, which justifies the need for an
extensive prior review of the learning programmes concerned benefitting from automatic
recognition.
• Consistency with other Union policies
The proposal forms part of the Fair Labour Mobility Package. It responds to the
Competitiveness Compass's identification of skilled labour shortages as a structural
EN 3 EN
competitiveness risk, to the Union of Skills and to the Single Market Strategy's call for
digitalisation and procedural simplification of recognition. It complements and reinforces the
effectiveness of the EU Talent Pool (established by Regulation (EU) 2026/1047), Talent
Partnerships with priority third countries, the European Legal Gateway Office pilot, the EU's
Visa Strategy, the Commission Recommendation on attracting talent for innovation, and the
Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion, all of which rely on well-functioning recognition
systems to deliver their intended results. The proposal also contributes to the objectives of the
European Asylum and Migration Strategy adopted in January 2026 which aims at making the
EU the most attractive place in the global race for talent in the next five years. The proposal is
consistent with the Union's policy on trade, in particular as regards the framework on Mutual
Recognition Agreements established in EU free trade agreements.The initiative also
contributes to the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, in particular SDG 1 (No
poverty), SDG 8 (Decent work and economic growth), SDG 9 (Industry, innovation and
infrastructure) and SDG 10 (Reduced inequalities).
2. LEGAL BASIS, SUBSIDIARITY AND PROPORTIONALITY
• Legal basis
The proposal is based on Article 79(2), points (a) and (b), TFEU, which empowers the
European Parliament and the Council, acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative
procedure, to adopt measures in the area of the conditions of entry and residence of third-
country nationals and the definition of their rights, including the conditions governing
freedom of movement and of residence in other Member States and access to employment.
Recognition of qualifications is directly linked to the conditions of entry and residence within
the meaning of Article 79(2)(a) TFEU, since access to employment — and therefore to
residence for work purposes — often depends on whether qualifications obtained in a third
country can be recognised. The proposal also supports the effective exercise of the rights of
third-country nationals legally residing in the Union under Article 79(2)(b) TFEU, by
facilitating access to employment corresponding to their qualifications and reducing the
underutilisation of their skills. This legal basis is distinct from the Single Market legal bases
(Articles 46, 49, 53 and 62 TFEU) used for Actions 1 and 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative,
which are confined in personal scope to EU nationals exercising free movement rights. In
accordance with Article 79(5) TFEU, the proposal does not affect Member States' right to
determine the volumes of third-country nationals admitted to their territory to seek work,
whether employed or self-employed.
• Subsidiarity (for non-exclusive competence)
Article 79 TFEU falls within Title V TFEU (the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice),
which Article 4(2)(j) TFEU identifies as a shared competence between the Union and the
Member States. The objectives of streamlined, simple and trusted recognition procedures for
third-country nationals cannot be sufficiently achieved by Member States acting alone.
Divergent national systems, combined with the absence of any legal framework comparable to
Directive 2005/36/EC, generate cross-border uncertainty and burden that individual Member
States cannot resolve alone; recognition procedures interact structurally with EU migration
instruments whose effectiveness depends on their functioning adequately; and the lack of trust
in third-country qualifications would best be addressed through EU-level tools that generate
economies of scale which would be inefficient to replicate separately across 27 national
systems. This necessity was confirmed in the Public Consultation, in which 95.3% of
respondents considered EU-level action very or somewhat necessary. Action at Union level is
more effective than action at national level and delivers clear added value: it would allow
EN 4 EN
third-country nationals to better understand requirements, prepare applications and anticipate
outcomes; it would lower the administrative burden faced by employers, particularly SMEs,
in navigating divergent national systems; and it would strengthen the EU's position in the
global competition for talent by supporting instruments such as the EU Blue Card, the EU
Talent Pool and Talent Partnerships. The preferred policy option is estimated to generate
aggregate administrative savings for competent authorities, employers and third-country
nationals amounting to approximately EUR 22.3 million per year, monetised time savings for
applicants of approximately EUR 300 million per year, and a reduction in employer-borne
administrative costs of approximately EUR 20 million per year — benefits that could not be
achieved as efficiently through 27 separate national approaches. The proposal does not
transfer Member States' competence over the definition of regulated professions, national
education and training systems, or migration and admission decisions.
• Proportionality
The Impact Assessment examined three policy options: a non-binding option based on soft
measures and guidance (PO1); a binding option establishing common procedural rules,
including an EU authenticity-verification service and interoperable national databases (PO2);
and a binding option combining these common rules with automatic recognition for a defined
set of professions, grounded in prior verification of third-country learning programmes (PO3,
the preferred option). Each option was assessed against the principles of subsidiarity and
proportionality: PO1 imposes no new obligations on Member States; PO2 addresses
procedural requirements without harmonising substantive assessment standards; and PO3,
while going further, remains grounded in the existing framework of minimum training
requirements under the Professional Qualifications Directive, preserves Member States'
competence over qualification standards and admission decisions, and makes participation by
third-country institutions in the automatic-recognition register voluntary. PO3 was identified
as the preferred option because it generates aggregate net benefits substantially larger than the
alternatives (an overall comparative score of 9, against 6 for PO2 and 3 for PO1, across the
criteria of effectiveness, efficiency and coherence), while remaining limited to what is
necessary: it does not create a 'once-only' EU-wide validity of recognition, does not
harmonise which professions are regulated, and does not alter or interfere with Member
States' competence over migration and admission decisions. Implementation obligations are
proportionate to the improvements it delivers and sit within the established EU legislative
tradition of minimum harmonisation in the field of recognition of qualifications. The
measures in the proposal are directly linked to the scale and persistence of the problems
associated with recognition of qualifications in the wider context of talent attraction. The
general system simplifies procedures without harmonising substantive assessment standards.
The automatic recognition system is grounded in prior programme verification. The system
preserves Member State competence over qualification standards and admission decisions;
participation by third-country institutions is voluntary and the system will expand based on
demonstrated interest by the institutions, limiting the risk of unintended effects on origin
country skills systems. The proposal does not affect Member State competence to take
recognition decisions or manage migration and admissions. Further detail on the comparative
assessment of policy options and their proportionality is set out in Sections 6 and 7 and the
Preferred Option section of the Impact Assessment (SWD) accompanying this proposal.
• Choice of the instrument
The proposal takes the form of a Directive laying down minimum requirements for the
recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals. A Directive is considered the most
appropriate instrument, as it establishes binding common rules while leaving Member States
the discretion to organise their competent authorities and to integrate the new rules within
EN 5 EN
their own administrative and procedural traditions, consistent with the degree of
harmonisation traditionally applied in this field (including under Directive 2005/36/EC). A
Regulation was considered disproportionate and unsuitable given that the proposal lays down
only a harmonised minimum set of rights and guarantees, leaving Member States free to
introduce or maintain more favourable systems; the common rules must be integrated into the
highly diverse recognition and migration procedures currently in place across Member States;
and the common rules would not regulate the matter exhaustively.
3. RESULTS OF EX-POST EVALUATIONS, STAKEHOLDER
CONSULTATIONS AND IMPACT ASSESSMENTS
• Ex-post evaluations/fitness checks of existing legislation
There is no existing EU legislation specifically addressing the recognition of qualifications of
third-country nationals, and therefore no ex-post evaluation or fitness check of such
legislation exists. The only EU-level instrument in this field, Commission Recommendation
(EU) 2023/2611, is non-binding and has not been subject to formal ex-post evaluation. The
problem analysis underpinning this proposal is instead based on extensive desk research,
primary fieldwork and stakeholder consultation, described in the Impact Assessment, which
quantifies the practical consequences of the current fragmented landscape, including the
average cost (EUR 1,500) and duration (14.2 months) of recognition procedures for third-
country nationals.
• Stakeholder consultations
A Call for Evidence covering the Skills Portability Initiative, its three actions and envisaged
policy options was published on 5 December 2025 and remained open until 27 February 2026.
A Public Consultation ran in parallel from October 2025 to April 2026. Targeted
consultations were conducted between October 2025 and April 2026 with national competent
authorities, healthcare professional organisations (including CPME, EFN and UEMO),
employers, civil society organisations and third-country national applicants, including a
dedicated third-country national survey, together with bilateral meetings and written
contributions from Member State governments. Employer, third-country national, civil-
society and professional-organisation respondents were broadly supportive of binding
common procedural rules; Member State positions were more nuanced. Some Member
States explicitly supported common rules modelled on the general system of Directive
2005/36/EC; others offered conditional support tied to avoiding new administrative burden
and maintaining alignment with existing national frameworks. These positions, and the
Commission's assessment of how they have been reflected in the preferred option, are
summarised in Annex 2 (Stakeholder consultation synopsis report) of the Impact Assessment.
• Collection and use of expertise
The Impact Assessment draws on a study conducted by an external contractor (a consortium
led by EY Italy in collaboration with the Istituto Ricerca Sociale, IRS). The call for tenders
was launched on 25 July 2025 and the study was awarded on 16 October 2025, with a kick-off
meeting on 24 October 2025, an inception report delivered on 16 December 2025, a draft
interim report on 3 March 2026 and a final report on 30 April 2026. An Inter-Service Steering
Group, comprising more than twenty Commission services, met three times to steer the
preparation of the Skills Portability Initiative, complemented by a dedicated steering group for
the external study and other bilateral meetings.
EN 6 EN
• Impact assessment
This proposal is supported by an Impact Assessment. The draft Impact Assessment was
submitted to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board on 15 June 2026 and examined by the Board on
15 July 2026. The Regulatory Scrutiny Board issued a positive opinion with comments on the
draft Impact Assessment on 17 July 2026.Three policy options were compared against a 'do-
nothing' baseline: PO1 (non-binding soft measures), PO2 (common binding procedural rules)
and PO3 (common binding procedural rules with automatic recognition for a defined set of
regulated professions, the preferred option). PO3 scored highest across all three comparative
criteria (effectiveness, efficiency and coherence), generating aggregate administrative savings
estimated at EUR 22.3 million per year, monetised time savings for applicants of
approximately EUR 300 million per year, and a reduction in employer-borne administrative
costs of approximately EUR 20 million per year, against implementation costs of EUR 28.7–
50.7 million one-off and EUR 3.7–6.0 million per year, borne mainly at EU level. The final
policy proposal reflects the preferred option identified in the Impact Assessment.
• Regulatory fitness and simplification
While this is not a REFIT initiative in the strict sense, the proposal is designed to reduce,
rather than add to, the administrative burden currently faced by third-country nationals,
employers and competent authorities. Common procedural rules are estimated to reduce
certified translation needs by around one third, while the new support services for assessment
of authenticity will reduce the burden associated with verifying documents. Mandatory
coordination between recognition and migration authorities eliminates duplicate qualification
assessments across parallel administrative procedures. In line with the simplicity by design
principles applied to this proposal, the following elements were assessed and addressed: (i)
digital-by-default delivery, (ii) the "once-only" principle for organisation of recognition
procedures, and (iii) proportionality for small administrations and employers. For the
professions covered by automatic recognition, processing times are projected to fall from 14.2
months to approximately 4 months freeing competent authority capacity for more complex
cases. Employers stand to benefit from faster recruitment and more predictable timelines, with
administrative costs for hiring a recognised professional estimated to fall by 35–50% for
sectoral professions, generating indicative aggregate savings of EUR 14–30 million per year.
No new administrative costs are expected for citizens or businesses, consistent with the 'one
in, one out' approach; the proposal does not impose compliance obligations on economic
operators, notably SMEs and micro-enterprises, and therefore does not require a specific
exemption for micro-enterprises. A dedicated SME panel survey captured the specific
experiences and views of SMEs to gather their understandings of the costs, administrative
burden and expected benefits associated with EU-level action. The SME Panel Survey (2026,
n=159) found that 68% of respondents identify reduced administrative burden during
recruitment as the primary anticipated benefit of a more common EU recognition framework,
61% identify faster recruitment processes, and 70% identify faster and more transparent
procedures as a structural factor in attracting qualified third-country professionals. Faster,
more predictable procedures are expected to generate monetised time savings for employers
of around EUR 20 million per year. The proposal is designed to be internet-ready: it requires
that all requirements, procedures and formalities in recognition procedures may also be
completed remotely and by electronic means and that relevant information is made available
on existing EU digital tools and platforms.
• Fundamental rights
The proposal reduces procedural barriers to recognition, enhancing access to occupations and
employment rights (Articles 15 and 20 of the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European
EN 7 EN
Union; Principle 4 of the European Pillar of Social Rights). It introduces enforceable
procedural guarantees — binding timelines, defined documentation requirements and appeal
rights — giving third-country nationals an effective remedy against procedural failures
(Article 47 of the Charter) and supporting the right to good administration (Article 41). By
enabling access to regulated professions commensurate with qualifications of third-country
nationals, it improves fair and just working conditions (Article 31 of the Charter; Pillar
Principles 5 and 6). A common procedural baseline applicable irrespective of nationality
reinforces compliance with the principle of non-discrimination and promotes equal
opportunities (Articles 21 and 23 of the Charter; Pillar Principles 2 and 3); the automatic
recognition channel addresses the risk of undeclared work disproportionately borne by women
in care and nursing professions, with a direct gender-equality dimension, and tailored
information and support are provided for refugees and other vulnerable applicants. The
proposal also gives effect to the requirement of a high level of human health protection
(Article 35 of the Charter), as recognition of medical qualifications remain conditional on
meeting the applicable minimum training requirements, compensation measures and language
controls. Processing of personal data by Member States' competent authorities under this
Directive is carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (GDPR); processing by
the Commission, including for the support services for assessment of authenticity, is carried
out in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 (EUDPR).
4. BUDGETARY IMPLICATIONS
The proposal entails budgetary implications for the Union, principally linked to the
establishment and operation of the support services for assessment of authenticity (Article
28), to be procured externally, the review architecture underpinning automatic recognition
(trusted review bodies and the associated delegated-act framework under Articles 12, 14 and
16), and the secretariat of the group of coordinators for the recognition of qualifications of
third-country nationals (Article 33).
The resources needed may be provided in the Commission’s proposal for the next MFF 2028-
2034, in particular the EU Facility under the National and Regional Partnership Plans. The
Commission assesses that part of the existing staff can be redeployed to meet the needs
generated by this proposal, and an additional three full-time equivalents will be necessary to
complement the overall needs.
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for
illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial Framework.
The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period
remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and
thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and
staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
5. OTHER ELEMENTS
• Implementation plans and monitoring, evaluation and reporting arrangements
A group of coordinators for the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals is
established as an advisory group to the Commission (Article 33), tasked with facilitating
cooperation between Member States and the Commission, supporting implementation, and
ensuring coordination with other relevant expert groups. The existing network of national
contact points designated under Article 57 of Directive 2005/36/EC will also cover matters
arising under this Directive (Article 34). Monitoring will be based on headline indicators for
each specific objective. From the date of application, Member States will submit annual
EN 8 EN
statistics on applications, processing times, information exchanges and use of the automatic
recognition channel and the authenticity-verification service (Article 35); operational data
from the support services for assessment of authenticity will feed directly into this monitoring
without additional national reporting obligations. Member States will submit implementation
reports to the Commission, and the Commission will report to the European Parliament and
the Council no sooner than seven years after the date of transposition (Article 37), covering
processing times, outcomes, user experience and identified bottlenecks. A formal evaluation
of the Directive's effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and EU added value is envisaged no
sooner than seven years after the date of transposition, examining in particular whether
processing times and administrative costs have fallen, the uptake of the automatic recognition
channel, and whether trust in third-country qualifications has increased.
• Detailed explanation of the specific provisions of the proposal
Title I — General provisions (Articles 1–3)
Article 1 sets out the subject matter: minimum requirements for the recognition of
qualifications obtained in a third country or another Member State, held by third-country
nationals, where recognition facilitates access to a regulated profession or is part of a
procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit. Article 2 defines the personal and
material scope, covering third-country nationals already legally residing in a Member State
and those seeking entry and residence who demonstrate a clear intention to migrate (for
instance through an ongoing procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit, a job
offer, or registration on the EU Talent Pool). Article 3 sets out the definitions used throughout
the Directive, including 'recognition of professional qualifications', 'recognition in the context
of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit', and 'digital credential'.
Title II — Recognition to access a regulated profession (Articles 4–20)
Chapter 1 (Articles 4 to 6) sets out the general effects of recognition for access to regulated
professions, the conditions for partial access, and the processing of qualifications already
obtained within the Union. Chapter 2 (Articles 7 to 10) establishes a general system for the
recognition of evidence of training issued in third countries, modelled on the general system
of Directive 2005/36/EC, including the conditions for recognition (Article 8), the
compensation measures that may be imposed where substantial differences exist (Article 9),
and the minimum training requirements applicable to certain sectoral professions (Article 10).
Chapter 3 (Articles 11 to 15) establishes the automatic recognition mechanism for a defined
set of professions (doctors, nurses responsible for general care, dental practitioners, midwives,
veterinary surgeons, pharmacists and architects) obtained in a third country, on the basis of
training programmes reviewed by a 'trusted review body' against the applicable quality-
assurance and minimum-training frameworks.Article 13 sets out the review criteria, Article
14 the methodology and the composition of the review team; Article 15 provides a right to
appeal review decisions and a Member State challenge mechanism; Article 12 defines which
bodies may act as trusted review bodies; and Article 16 empowers the Commission to
recognise third countries whose education and training systems provide sufficient guarantees,
simplifying or waiving the review requirement for institutions established there. Chapter 4
(Articles 17 to 20) sets out rules for pursuing the profession once recognised, covering
language requirements, use of academic and professional titles, and approval by health
insurance funds.
Title III — Recognition in the context of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a
residence permit (Articles 21 to 26)
EN 9 EN
This Title applies where recognition or assessment of a qualification is a condition for, or
influences the outcome of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit. Article
22 establishes the right to assessment of qualifications where this is part of a procedure to
obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit. Article 23 requires that recognition procedures
under this Title be limited to what is necessary and be integrated into the relevant procedure
to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit wherever possible, avoiding duplicate
assessments, separate applications or additional fees. Article 24 requires that qualification
levels be assessed using the European Qualifications Framework; Article 25 sets out a
learning-outcomes approach for cases going beyond a simple level comparison, including the
compensation measures available where substantial differences are identified. Article 26 gives
applicants the option of an integrated procedure combining migration-related recognition with
recognition of qualifications for access to a regulated profession, avoiding duplication of
effort.
Title IV — Common provisions (Articles 27 to 32)
Article 27 limits the documents and formalities that competent authorities may require to
those listed in Annex VII of Directive 2005/36/EC, and provides for alternative methods of
verification where confirmation from a third country is unfeasible within the applicable
deadline. Article 28 establishes support services for assessment of authenticity, provided by
the Commission to Member States as advisory (non-binding) assessments of the authenticity
of qualifications submitted by applicants, operating in accordance with Regulation (EU)
2018/1725. Article 29 sets binding procedural deadlines for recognition decisions (in principle
three months from the submission of a complete application), together with information and
appeal rights. Article 30 requires that recognition procedures under Title II and III can be
completed remotely and electronically, and provides safeguards on residence permits during
the procedure. Article 31 sets criteria for any fees charged. Article 32 requires Member States
to provide third-country nationals with timely, comprehensive and user-friendly information
on recognition procedures, including tailored information for refugees and other vulnerable
applicants.
Title V — Reporting and final provisions (Articles 33 to 42)
Article 33 establishes a group on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals as
an advisory group to the Commission. Article 34 extends the role of existing assistance
centres designated under Directive 2005/36/EC to matters covered by this Directive. Article
35 extends the application of the alert mechanism of Directive 2005/36/EC to third-country
nationals. Article 36 sets out the conditions for the exercise of the delegated powers conferred
on the Commission. Article 38 sets out the conditions for the exercise of the implementing
powers conferred on the Commission. Article 39 establishes implementation and reporting
obligations. Articles 40 to 42 contain the standard final provisions on transposition, entry into
force and addressees.
EN 10 EN
2026/0275 (COD)
Proposal for a
DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular
Article 79(2), points (a) and (b), thereof,
Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
After transmission of the draft legislative act to the national Parliaments,
Acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure,
Whereas:
(1) To enhance labour market efficiency, foster fair integration, and strengthen the
Union's economic resilience and competitiveness, it is necessary to establish a clear,
common and predictable framework for the recognition of the qualifications of third-
country nationals, obtained in another Member State or in a third country, for the
purposes of access to a regulated profession in a Member State and of obtaining a
long-stay visa or a residence permit.
(2) Third-country nationals, whether already legally residing in a Member State or seeking
to enter and reside in the Union, encounter recognition procedures for their
qualifications that are often fragmented, overly complex, and lacking transparency,
resulting in uncertainty, delays, and inconsistent outcomes across Member
States. Member States have taken commitments under the Lisbon Recognition
Convention1 and the Global Convention on Higher Education2, yet national rules still
present varying requirements, procedures, and outcomes depending on the Member
State, the profession concerned, and the competent authority. Those disparities and
complexity create unnecessary barriers to labour market integration, contribute to
skills waste, and undermine the Union's ability to attract and retain the talent needed to
address persistent skills shortages.
(3) This Directive forms part of a package together with [Regulation xxxx/xx/EU
establishing a framework for portability of skills and qualifications and amending
Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 ('Skills Portability Act')] s and [Directive xx/xxx
amending Directive 2005/36]. Digital qualification attestations issued under that
Regulation should be accepted as digital credentials for the purposes of this Directive.
1 Council of Europe and UNESCO, "Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications concerning Higher
Education in the European Region", ETS No. 165, Lisbon, 11 April 1997. coe.int. 2 UNESCO, "Global Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications concerning Higher Education",
Paris, 25 November 2019. https://www.unesco.org/en/legal-affairs/global-convention-recognition-
qualifications-concerning-higher-education.
EN 11 EN
Where a third-country national holds a qualification obtained in the Union, recognition
should take place under this Directive by applying the rules of Directive 2005/36/EC
accordingly, in order to avoid parallel procedures.
(4) The Union's ability to attract and retain skilled third-country nationals is a key
determinant of its long-term competitiveness. The Union currently competes at a
disadvantage in the global market for talent, with skilled third-country nationals often
favouring other destinations, among others, due to the fragmented, complex and
unpredictable procedures they face in seeking recognition of their qualifications in the
Union.
(5) Existing Union instruments on migration, such as Council Directive 2003/109/EC3,
Directives 2014/36/EU4, 2014/66/EU5, (EU) 2016/8016, (EU) 2021/18837, and (EU)
2024/12338 of the European Parliament and of the Council, do not establish rules on
the organisation, structure or functioning of recognition systems, nor rules for Member
States to simplify, harmonise or coordinate recognition procedures, in cases where
recognition is required for migration purposes. Consequently, divergences in national
approaches persist, and the structural misalignment between migration systems and
qualification recognition frameworks remains unaddressed. Faster and more effective
recognition of qualifications would also strengthen the effectiveness of the EU Talent
Pool established by Regulation (EU) 2026/1047 of the European Parliament and of the
Council9. Once operational, the EU Talent Pool will provide the first Union-wide
platform addressing labour shortages at the Union level by facilitating the recruitment
of third-country nationals. In that regard, it is key to support employers' understanding
of the qualifications of third-country nationals, and the confidence of Member States'
competent authorities that the qualifications presented correspond to recognised levels
of skills. Streamlined and reliable recognition of qualifications therefore supports the
functioning of the EU Talent Pool by providing the necessary assurance to employers
and host Member States, and by reducing the administrative burden on third-country
nationals. By reducing the mismatch between the qualifications held by third-country
nationals and the level of employment they actually obtain, this Directive also
3 Council Directive 2003/109/EC of 25 November 2003 concerning the status of third-country nationals
who are long-term residents (OJ L 16, 23.1.2004, p. 44, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2003/109/oj). 4 Directive 2014/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on the
conditions of entry and stay of third-country nationals for the purpose of employment as seasonal
workers (OJ L 94, 28.3.2014, p. 375, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2014/36/oj). 5 Directive 2014/66/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 May 2014 on the conditions
of entry and residence of third-country nationals in the framework of an intra-corporate transfer (OJ L
157, 27.5.2014, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2014/66/oj). 6 Directive (EU) 2016/801 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 May 2016 on the
conditions of entry and residence of third-country nationals for the purposes of research, studies,
training, voluntary service, pupil exchange schemes or educational projects and au pairing (OJ L 132,
21.5.2016, p. 21, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/801/oj). 7 Directive (EU) 2021/1883 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 October 2021 on the
conditions of entry and residence of third-country nationals for the purpose of highly qualified
employment, and repealing Council Directive 2009/50/EC (OJ L 382, 28.10.2021, p. 1, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2021/1883/oj). 8 Directive (EU) 2024/1233 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 April 2024 on a single
application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory
of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a
Member State (OJ L, 2024/1233, 30.04.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1233/oj). 9 Regulation (EU) 2026/1047 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2026
establishing an EU Talent Pool (OJ L, 2026/1047, 12.5.2026, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2026/1047/oj).
EN 12 EN
contributes to strengthening the labour market participation of disadvantaged groups
within the Union.
(6) For the purposes of this Directive, recognition of qualifications should be understood
as covering both recognition for the purpose of access to a regulated profession and
recognition in the context of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence
permit. This Directive should therefore apply to third-country nationals seeking either
form of recognition, independently of whether their qualifications were obtained in a
Member State or a third country, and irrespective of whether they are already legally
residing in the Union or are seeking to migrate to it with a demonstrated intention to
do so, such as through the EU Talent Pool.
(7) The provisions of this Directive should be without prejudice to the competence of
Member States to regulate professions or determine the requirements for issuing a
long-stay visa or a residence permit regulated under national law, and, in accordance
with Article 79(5) TFEU, to their right to determine the volume of third-country
nationals admitted to their territory for the purpose of seeking work.
(8) Access to regulated professions depends on the possession of the required professional
qualifications or of professional qualifications that can be recognised as equivalent to
those qualifications required to practise in the host Member State. Third-country
nationals face significant disparities in recognition procedures across Member States.
Differences in required documentation, compensation measures and assessment
methods risk encouraging applicants to target jurisdictions with more lenient
procedures before relocating, which undermines fairness and places the Union at a
competitive disadvantage in attracting global talent.
(9) In order to ensure equal treatment and non-discriminatory access to the profession,
recognition of professional qualifications should enable third-country nationals to
access and pursue in the host Member State the same profession as that for which they
are qualified in another Member State or in a third country, under the same conditions
as nationals of the host Member State. For third-country nationals, access to the
profession should remain subject to applicable requirements relating to residence,
employment and other legal conditions, and should not create new entry or residence
rights. Access under the same conditions should also mean that, where nationals of the
host Member State are required, in order to pursue the profession, to satisfy additional
requirements, such as providing evidence of a clear criminal and professional record,
the host Member State may apply the same requirements to third-country nationals.
(10) In order to avoid imposing disproportionate requirements on applicants, where the
regulated profession in the host Member State covers activities going beyond those for
which the applicant is qualified, and full compensatory measures would in practice
amount to requiring completion of an entire training programme, the host Member
State should be able to grant partial access, provided that the relevant activity can
objectively be separated from other activities covered by the profession and subject to
the case-law of the Court of Justice of the European Union on overriding reasons of
general interest.
(11) In order to ensure the consistent treatment of qualifications obtained within the Union,
while respecting the distinction with the freedom to provide services under Article 56
TFEU, where third-country nationals hold attestations of competence, evidence of
formal qualifications or professional experience acquired in a Member State that
would enable a Union citizen to access a regulated profession under Title III of
EN 13 EN
Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council10, the relevant
provisions of that Directive concerning the right of establishment should apply mutatis
mutandis to them.
(12) To enable third-country nationals to make full use of those qualifications obtained in a
third country, while ensuring that recognition is subject to appropriate safeguards, two
complementary recognition systems should be established. First, a general system,
closely mirroring Title III, Chapter I of Directive 2005/36/EC and adapted to the
context of third-country qualifications; and, second, a system for the automatic
recognition of selected qualifications that meet Union minimum training and quality
standards, also adapted to reflect the specific challenges of assessing qualifications
obtained outside the Union.
(13) In order to ensure that all applicants have access to an appropriate assessment
pathway, qualifications acquired in a third country that do not benefit from automatic
recognition should be assessed under the general system, modelled on the general
system established by Directive 2005/36/EC but adapted to reflect the specific
difficulties of assessing qualifications and professional experience acquired outside the
Union.
(14) This Directive should also allow Member States to rely on alternative, reliable
methods of verification where the necessary documentation cannot reasonably be
obtained from a third country, so that recognition procedures are not obstructed by
circumstances outside the applicant's control.
(15) In order to prevent compensation measures from being used as a disguised or
disproportionate barrier to recognition, under the general system, compensation
measures should remain limited to cases of substantial differences between the
applicant's qualification and domestic requirements, and of justified doubts about the
quality of the third country's education system. In light of the difficulties of assessing
third-country qualifications, including variable training standards and legitimate
doubts as to the quality of education systems, Member States should be afforded
greater flexibility than under Article 14 of Directive 2005/36/EC in determining
whether and which compensation measures to impose. To ensure that doubts
concerning the quality of education and training systems of third countries are not
invoked arbitrarily or without justification, Member States should notify the
Commission of the country and profession concerned and explain the nature of the
doubts. Moreover, any compensation measure should comply with the principle of
proportionality, take due account of relevant knowledge, skills and competences
already demonstrated by the applicant, and be applied in a manner that safeguards
applicants' procedural rights and supports their effective integration into the
profession.
(16) A system of automatic recognition speeds up recognition processes by removing the
need for individual assessments, reducing administrative burdens and ensuring greater
consistency in outcomes across Member States. It also has the potential to incentivise
the development of third-country training programmes aligned with Union standards,
expanding the pool of qualified professionals eligible to practise in the Union.
10 Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on the
recognition of professional qualifications (OJ L 255, 30.9.2005, p. 22, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2005/36/oj).
EN 14 EN
(17) The automatic recognition system should initially cover professions for which
Directive 2005/36/EC has already established harmonised minimum training
requirements, namely doctors, nurses responsible for general care, dental practitioners,
midwives, veterinary surgeons, pharmacists and architects, given their importance for
public health and safety and the persistent labour shortages affecting them. Its scope
should also extend to any profession for which a Common Training Framework is
adopted pursuant to Article 49a of Directive 2005/36/EC, ensuring the system remains
adaptable over time.
(18) To ensure the trustworthiness of the automatic recognition system, evidence of formal
qualifications benefiting from it should be issued following completion of a training
programme reviewed by a trusted independent body and should be issued as a digital
credential ensuring authenticity, security and ease of verification. The review process,
including any negative outcome, and the underlying review report should be made
public to ensure full transparency.
(19) A training programme should be regarded as ‘reviewed’ only where a trusted review
body has confirmed its compliance with the applicable quality and content standards,
including alignment with the minimum training conditions set out in Directive
2005/36/EC or the relevant common training framework. Given the greater variability
in oversight and transparency across third-country education systems compared with
the Union, such review requires more extensive scrutiny than in the context of
qualifications obtained within the Union, so as to ensure that only qualifications
meeting Union standards are eligible for automatic recognition.
(20) In order to ensure the rigour, credibility and transparency of the automatic recognition
system, the review process should be carried out by a multidisciplinary team of
independent experts with relevant subject-matter and quality assurance expertise,
including through an on-site assessment of the training environment, delivery methods
and quality assurance practices for the training programme. The 'reviewed' status
granted to a training programme should be time-limited and subject to periodic
renewal, to ensure that training standards continue to be met over time and that any
subsequent changes to applicable minimum training requirements are properly
reflected.
(21) In order to ensure the scalability and sustainability of the review system, a review
should take place at the request of, and be funded by, the individual third-country
training institution concerned, with results published. To ensure fairness and
accountability, training institutions should have the right to appeal review decisions
under the national law of the Member State where the trusted review body is
established, which have to be resolved promptly and fairly.
(22) To further strengthen trust in the automatic recognition system, Member States should
have a means of contesting a review decision where they have justified doubts as to its
correctness, subject to appropriate safeguards against misuse of that mechanism.
(23) To ensure the reliability, independence, expertise and accountability of the review
process, only quality assurance agencies established in the Union and meeting certain
eligibility criteria should be recognised as trusted review bodies, and their authority
should be limited to specified professions.
(24) In order to facilitate the recognition procedure for qualifications obtained in third
countries whose education and training systems offer sufficient guarantees of quality,
EN 15 EN
oversight and administrative cooperation, the review requirement should be
adjusted for the institutions established in those third countries.
(25) While applicants should have the language knowledge necessary to practise their
profession in the host Member State, language controls should only be carried out after
recognition of the qualification, to avoid creating unnecessary barriers within the
recognition process itself, and should be proportionate to the profession and activity
concerned.
(26) In the context of procedures for obtaining long-stay visas and residence permits for
work purposes, Member States routinely assess the qualifications of third-country
nationals as part of the applications, yet assessment criteria and approaches vary across
Member States and legal pathways, often creating uncertainty for applicants and
disparities in outcomes. To address those challenges, a common framework for
recognition in the context of such procedures should be established, complementing
and aligning with existing Union legal migration instruments and national rules,
without adding procedural burdens or conflicting with more favourable provisions.
(27) This Directive should establish a right for third-country nationals to obtain the
assessment of their qualifications where such recognition constitutes a prerequisite or
material factor for a positive outcome of the procedures to obtain long-stay visas and
residence permits, ensuring access to a fair, efficient and non-discriminatory
procedure. Where a Member State already treats a foreign qualification as equivalent
to a domestic one without requiring formal recognition, this Directive should not
oblige that Member State to introduce an additional procedure.
(28) Formal recognition requirements should be avoided to access professions that are not
regulated, in favour of transparency and comparability tools, such as the European
Qualifications Framework11 and Europass12, which enable third-country nationals,
employers and competent authorities to understand and compare qualifications and
skills. Where a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit concerns
access to a profession that is not regulated, Member States should rely on such tools
rather than impose formal recognition requirements, and nothing in this Directive
should be construed as requiring Member States to introduce such requirements for
that purpose.
(29) In order to prevent gaps in the protection of applicants, a common set of minimum
procedural rules should apply to all recognition processes carried out in the context of
procedures for obtaining a long-stay visa or a residence permit, whatever their scope,
depth or complexity. Those rules should always be applied proportionately to their
purpose. Where a check is intended only to confirm that qualifications are genuine and
relevant, or to verify a qualification's level, Member States should apply simpler and
faster procedures than those used for recognition for access to regulated professions.
Nothing in this Directive should be constructed as requiring Member States to
establish new or standalone recognition procedures where the necessary assessment
can be carried out within existing migration procedures.
11 Council recommendation of 22 May 2017 on the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong
learning and repealing the recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April
2008 on the establishment of the European Qualifications Framework for lifelong learning (OJ C 189,
15.6.2017, p. 15). 12 Decision (EU) 2018/646 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 April 2018 on a common
framework for the provision of better services for skills and qualifications (Europass) and repealing
Decision No 2241/2004/EC.
EN 16 EN
(30) In order to ensure a consistent and objective basis for assessing qualification levels
across Member States, where procedures for obtaining a long-stay visa or a residence
permit require an assessment of an applicant's qualification level, that assessment
should be based on the descriptors and levels of the European Qualifications
Framework, having regard to national qualifications frameworks and, where available,
existing comparisons between third-country frameworks and the European
Qualifications Framework. Where a more detailed assessment is required, going
beyond a comparison of levels or a general classification of the field of study, a
learning outcomes approach should be applied, comparing the applicant's acquired
skills against those required in the host Member State. To avoid applicants
unnecessarily completing compensation measures before a final decision on entry or
residence, qualifications assessed under a learning outcomes approach should be
provisionally recognised for the purposes of the procedure for obtaining a long-stay
visa or a residence permit, with any compensation measure required only once entry or
residence has been granted.
(31) To avoid that third-country nationals undergo parallel and duplicative procedures,
Member States should offer applicants seeking both a long-stay visa or a residence
permit and access to a regulated profession an integrated recognition procedure, and,
where applicants do not choose that option, ensure effective coordination between the
separate procedures, including referral mechanisms and reuse of prior verifications.
(32) Recognition procedures often impose significant administrative and financial burdens
on applicants, in particular due to extensive documentation requirements, including
diplomas, transcripts and evidence of professional experience, and the associated costs
of translation. To alleviate this burden, Member States should limit the documents and
certificates they require to the types of documents listed in Annex VII of Directive
2005/36/EC. Where the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit does
not require recognition or assessment of qualifications that would give access to a
regulated profession in its territory, Member States should limit documentary
requirements to those directly related to the applicant’s qualifications. Since there may
be exceptional reasons, such as non-cooperation, non-responsiveness or administrative
dysfunction of a third-country authority, an applicant should be able to show that
despite reasonable efforts, they were unable to obtain the requested documents.
Member States should be able to employ reliable alternative methods to assess
qualifications, skills or other evidentiary elements.
(33) In cases of justified doubts regarding the authenticity of submitted documents, or
regarding an applicant's professional conduct or criminal record, Member States
should be able to seek confirmation from the competent authorities of the third country
or Member State where the qualification was awarded. However, in view of their
inherent security and verification mechanisms, digital credentials should be presumed
authentic, and their validity should not be challenged. Since third countries may
nonetheless fail to provide such confirmation in a timely manner due to, for example,
non-cooperation, non-responsiveness or administrative dysfunction, and in order to
ensure that recognition procedures are not delayed or obstructed by circumstances
outside the applicant's control, Member States should be able to rely on reliable
alternative methods of attestation.
(34) Doubts about the authenticity of qualifications are a major obstacle to efficient
recognition procedures. Verifying third-country qualifications often proves complex
and resource-intensive for Member States, leading to delays, administrative burdens,
and legal uncertainties. These challenges are particularly acute for documents issued in
EN 17 EN
countries with less strong institutional frameworks or conflicts, where verification is
difficult. This problem is further compounded by the prevalence of fraudulent
credentials and diploma mills, which undermine trust in qualification recognition
procedures. While Member States have introduced stringent verification measures –
such as certified translations, notarised copies, and legalisation – those measures,
though aimed at ensuring authenticity, prolong processing times and increase costs for
applicants and authorities alike. To support Member States in verifying the
authenticity of qualifications obtained in third countries, the Commission will provide
support services for the assessment of authenticity, by pooling expertise, digital tools
and through cooperation with third countries and relevant educational and professional
bodies. Since responsibility for the underlying recognition decision remains with the
competent authorities of the Member States, in providing these services the
Commission shall only have an advisory role, providing reasoned technical support
rather than binding conclusions.
(35) The exchange of requests and responses between the Commission and the competent
authorities of the Member States for the assessment of authenticity entails cross-border
exchanges of data in support of the recognition of qualifications obtained in third
countries. The authentication support services constitute a trans-European digital
public service within the meaning of Regulation (EU) 2024/903 (the Interoperable
Europe Act), given that their operation entails cross-border exchanges of data to
support the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals. Their operation
should therefore be subject to an interoperability assessment as referred to in that
Regulation, to be carried out through a delegated act.
(36) The processing of personal data by the Commission is necessary for the performance
of a task carried out in the public interest, namely supporting Member States in
assessing the authenticity of qualifications obtained in third countries, that task being
laid down in this Directive. Such processing should therefore be based on Article 5(1),
point (a), of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725.
(37) The duration and unpredictability of qualification recognition procedures constitute
major obstacles for third-country nationals seeking to enter or integrate into the Union
labour market. Beyond decision-making times, the overall duration is further
prolonged by document collection, translation, legalisation and compensation
measures, hampering individuals' professional integration and disrupting employers'
recruitment processes. To enhance legal certainty and procedural efficiency, clear time
limits for the acknowledgement of applications and the completion of recognition
procedures should be set. Competent authorities should be required to keep applicants
informed of the progress of their application. Recognition procedures should remain
fully accessible to beneficiaries of international protection unable to provide
documentary evidence of their qualifications, in accordance with Article 30(2) of
Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 of the European Parliament and of the Council13, while
respecting the minimum training requirements provided for in Article 2(2) of Directive
2005/36/EC.
13 Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 on
standards for the qualification of third-country nationals or stateless persons as beneficiaries of
international protection, for a uniform status for refugees or for persons eligible for subsidiary
protection and for the content of the protection granted, amending Council Directive 2003/109/EC and
repealing Directive 2011/95/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L, 2024/1347,
22.05.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1347/oj).
EN 18 EN
(38) The time limits applicable to the recognition procedure should be without prejudice to,
and should not extend, suspend or otherwise affect, deadlines laid down under national
or Union law for examining applications for long-stay visas or residence permits.
Member States should organise the recognition procedure so as not to undermine the
timely processing of such applications.
(39) To safeguard applicants' rights, decisions on recognition, or failures to meet prescribed
deadlines, should be subject to appeal under national law. Member States should also
allow applicants to receive communications in either an official language of the host
Member State or another language commonly used by third-country nationals there.
(40) Access to recognition procedures remains a significant challenge for third-country
nationals residing outside the Union or lacking a legal pathway to enter a Member
State solely for this purpose, particularly where procedures rely on in-person
verification or national electronic identification is unavailable prior to entry. Member
States should therefore enable applicants not yet residing in their territory but with a
demonstrated intention to do so to complete the process remotely.
(41) Since recognition may be a precondition for the issuance or renewal of a residence or
work permit, and since a residence permit may itself expire before an applicant
completes a required compensation measure, Member States should ensure that third-
country nationals already legally residing in their territory are not deprived of their
residence status as a result of undergoing a recognition procedure, including by issuing
or extending residence permits for the duration of any compensation measure.
(42) To further simplify recognition procedures, Member States should allow their
completion remotely and by electronic means, without prejudice to the ability of
competent authorities to request certified copies at a later stage where justified doubts
arise.
(43) Recognition procedures often impose significant and unpredictable financial burdens
on applicants, including application fees, translation and legalisation costs, and
charges linked to compensation measures, with particularly high costs observed in
some healthcare professions. Member States should ensure that any fees charged are
transparent, justified and proportionate.
(44) Access to clear, comprehensive and user-friendly information is essential for third-
country nationals seeking recognition of their qualifications, yet current information
mechanisms across Member States often fall short of applicants' needs. Member States
should ensure timely, accurate and user-friendly information on recognition
procedures, including through digital platforms and national assistance centres, with
particular attention to the needs of refugees, beneficiaries of international protection,
and other applicants unable to access or understand such information autonomously.
(45) Member States should take into account the risk that facilitated recognition of
qualifications obtained in third countries may contribute to the loss of skilled
personnel from sectors or regions already affected by workforce shortages, in
particular in the health sector. Member States should cooperate with third countries of
origin, including through knowledge-sharing, support for skills development, and
circular migration opportunities, so as to mitigate the risk of such losses while
facilitating the fair recognition of qualifications for third-country nationals already
present in, or seeking to move to, the Union. In the health sector specifically, Member
States should have regard to the principles set out in the World Health Organization
Global Code of Practice on the International Recruitment of Health Personnel, and to
EN 19 EN
the WHO Health Workforce Support and Safeguards List, when engaging in the
recruitment of health personnel qualified in third countries identified in that List as
facing critical health workforce shortages.
(46) To ensure effective and consistent implementation of this Directive, a group on the
recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals should be established to
support cooperation between Member States and the Commission and the exchange of
experience and best practices. The assistance centres designated by Member States
pursuant to Article 57b of Directive 2005/36/EC should also assume responsibility for
matters relating to the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals under
this Directive, without prejudice to the responsibilities of other competent authorities
under Union or national law.
(47) In order to achieve the objectives of this Directive, the power to adopt acts in
accordance with Article 290 TFEU should be delegated to the Commission to establish
and amend a list of trusted review bodies. It is of particular importance that the
Commission carry out appropriate consultations during its preparatory work, including
at expert level, and that those consultations be conducted in accordance with the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making14. In particular,
to ensure equal participation in the preparation of delegated acts, the European
Parliament and the Council receive all documents at the same time as Member States'
experts, and their experts systematically have access to meetings of Commission
expert groups dealing with the preparation of delegated acts.
(48) In order to ensure uniform conditions for the implementation of this Directive,
implementing powers should be conferred on the Commission. Those powers should
be exercised in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European
Parliament and of the Council.15
(49) To enable effective monitoring of the implementation and impact of this Directive, and
to support its continuous improvement, Member States should provide the
Commission with annual statistics on the number of applications and decisions taken,
and should report periodically on the practical application of the provisions of this
Directive, including processing times, outcomes and stakeholder feedback, on the
basis of which the Commission should report to the European Parliament and the
Council.
(50) In accordance with Articles 1 and 2 of Protocol No 21 on the position of the United
Kingdom and Ireland in respect of the area of freedom, security and justice, annexed
to the Treaty on European Union (TEU) and to the TFEU, and without prejudice to
Article 4 of that Protocol, Ireland is not taking part in the adoption of this Directive
and is not bound by it or subject to its application. [Or: In accordance with Article 3 of
Protocol No 21 on the position of the United Kingdom and Ireland in respect of the
area of freedom, security and justice, annexed to the TEU and to the TFEU, Ireland
has notified, by letter of XXX, its wish to take part in the adoption and application of
this Directive.]
14 OJ L 123, 12.5.2016, p. 1, http://data.europa.eu/eli/agree_interinstit/2016/512/oj. 15 Regulation (EU) No 182/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 February 2011
laying down the rules and general principles concerning mechanisms for control by the Member States
of the Commission's exercise of implementing powers (OJ L 55, 28.2.2011, p. 13, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2011/182/oj).
EN 20 EN
(51) In accordance with Articles 1 and 2 of Protocol No 22 on the position of Denmark,
annexed to the TEU and to the TFEU, Denmark is not taking part in the adoption of
this Directive and is not bound by it or subject to its application.
(52) Since the objectives of this Directive, namely, to establish a streamlined and trusted
framework for the recognition of third-country nationals' qualifications, cannot be
sufficiently achieved by Member States but can, by reason of scale and effects, be
better achieved at Union level, the Union may adopt measures in accordance with the
principle of subsidiarity under Article 5 of the Treaty on the European Union. In
accordance with the principle of proportionality, this Directive does not go beyond
what is necessary to achieve those objectives.
(53) The processing of personal data under this Directive by the competent authorities of
the Member States should be carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU)
2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council16. The processing of personal
data under this Directive by the Commission, including for the support services for
assessment of authenticity, should be carried out in accordance with Regulation (EU)
2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council17.
(54) The European Data Protection Supervisor was consulted in accordance with Article
42(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 and delivered an opinion on (…) ],
HAVE ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:
Title I
General provisions
Article 1
Subject matter
1. This Directive lays down minimum requirements for the recognition of qualifications
held by third-country nationals.
2. This Directive shall not affect provisions of Union law and national law which are
more favourable to third-country nationals, including provisions regarding
procedures to obtain long-stay visas or residence permits where recognition forms
part of such procedures. This Directive shall also apply without prejudice to relevant
international instruments, including future or existing mutual recognition agreements
for qualifications with third countries.
Article 2
Scope
16 Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of
such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016,
p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj). 17 Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 October 2018 on the
protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data by the Union institutions,
bodies, offices and agencies and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Regulation (EC) No
45/2001 and Decision No 1247/2002/EC (OJ L 295, 21.11.2018, p. 39, ELI:
http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2018/1725/oj).
EN 21 EN
1. This Directive shall apply to the recognition of qualifications held by third-country
nationals:
(a) legally residing in a Member State;
(b) seeking entry to and residence in a Member State, and that are undergoing a
procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit in accordance with
Title III;
(c) seeking entry and residence in a Member State, and that apply for recognition
remotely in accordance with Article 30, and who meet one of the following
conditions:
(i) they have obtained a job offer in that Member State;
(ii) they are registered as a jobseeker on the EU Talent Pool established by
Regulation EU(2026)1047 and have been selected for a job vacancy or
have been contacted by an employer to start the recruitment process for a
job in that Member State, where recognition of qualifications is required
for the role.
It does not apply to the recognition of qualifications for the purpose of access to
further learning.
2. For the purposes of paragraph 1, this Directive shall apply where the recognition of
those qualifications, whether obtained in another Member State or in a third country:
(a) is a precondition to access and pursue a regulated profession within a Member
State, on either self-employed or employed basis; or
(b) constitutes a factor determining the outcome of a procedure to obtain a long-
stay visa or a residence permit for work purposes.
3. This Directive shall not apply to third-country nationals who, under agreements
between the Union and its Member States, on the one hand, and third countries, on
the other hand, enjoy rights of free movement equivalent to those of Union citizens.
4. This Directive shall not apply to notaries who are appointed by an official act of
government.
Article 3
Definitions
For the purposes of this Directive, the following definitions apply:
(a) ‘applicants’ means third-country nationals who apply to a host Member State for the
recognition of their qualifications and/or to obtain long-stay visas or residence
permits;
(b) ‘regulated profession’ means a regulated profession as defined in Article 3(1), point
(a), of Directive 2005/36/EC;
(c) ‘professional qualifications’ means qualifications attested by evidence of formal
qualifications, an attestation of competence and/or professional experience;
(d) ‘recognition of professional qualifications’ means the recognition by the host
Member State of a professional qualification obtained in another Member State or in
a third country for the purposes of access to or pursuit of a regulated profession in
the territory of the host Member State;
EN 22 EN
(e) ‘evidence of formal qualifications’ means diplomas, certificates and other evidence
issued by an authority in a Member State or a third country designated pursuant to
legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions of that Member State or that third
country and certifying successful completion of professional training;
(f) ‘attestation of competence’ means documentation issued by the competent authority
in a Member State or third country designated in accordance with relevant
legislative, regulatory, or administrative provisions, on the basis of one or more of
the following:
(i) A training course not forming part of a certificate or diploma;
(ii) a specific examination without prior training;
(iii) full-time pursuit of the profession in a Member State or third country for three
consecutive years or for an equivalent duration on a part-time basis during the
previous 10 years;
(iv) general primary or secondary education attesting that the holder has acquired
general knowledge;
(g) ‘recognition in the context of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence
permit’ means the recognition or assessment, by a Member State, of qualifications or
skills obtained in a third country or in another Member State, and held by a third-
country national, where it constitutes a factor determining the outcome of a
procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit, including within a points-
based immigration system;
(h) ‘third-country national’ means a person who is not a citizen of the Union within the
meaning of Article 20(1) TFEU;
(i) ‘competent authority’ means any authority or body empowered by a Member State or
a third country specifically to issue or receive training diplomas and other documents
or information, to receive applications, and take the decisions referred to in this
Directive;
(j) ‘professional experience’ means the actual and lawful full-time or equivalent part-
time pursuit of the profession concerned in a Member State or a third country;
(k) ‘adaptation period’ means an adaptation period as defined in Article 3(1), point (g),
of Directive 2005/36/EC;
(l) ‘aptitude test’ means a test tailored to the applicant as defined in Article 3(1), point
(h), of Directive 2005/36/EC;
(m) ‘test of professional competence’ means a standardised test, designed for a specific
profession in order to evaluate an applicant’s knowledge and skills that are essential
to pursue that profession in the host Member State;
(n) ‘bridging course’ means a targeted course designed for a defined target group of
already qualified professionals to address specific typical gaps in professional
knowledge, skills and competences and enable them to practise the regulated
profession in the host Member State;
(o) ‘quality assurance agency’ means an independent body carrying out external quality
assurance in higher education or in vocational education and training (VET);
(p) ‘European Quality Assurance Register for Higher Education (EQAR)’ means the
register of quality assurance agencies that have demonstrated substantial compliance
EN 23 EN
with the Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher
Education Area, in the applicable version at the relevant time;
(q) ‘digital credential’ means a credential issued in electronic form which provides
information on qualifications, qualification levels, skills or learning outcomes, and
which can be used to demonstrate that information in a reliable and verifiable
manner.
Title II
Recognition to access a regulated profession
Chapter 1
General provisions
Article 4
Effects of recognition
1. The recognition of professional qualifications by the host Member State shall allow
beneficiaries to gain access in that Member State to the same profession as the one
for which they are qualified in the third country or in the other Member State where
they obtained their qualifications under the same conditions as the nationals of the
host Member State, provided the beneficiaries meet all necessary legal requirements
for employment and residency.
2. For the purposes of this Directive, the profession which the applicant wishes to
pursue in the host Member State shall be considered the same as the one for which
they are qualified in a third country or in another Member State if the activities
covered are comparable.
3. By way of derogation from paragraph 1 of this Article, partial access to a profession
in the host Member State shall be granted under the conditions laid down in Article
5.
Article 5
Partial access
1. The competent authority of the host Member State shall grant partial access, on a
case-by-case basis, to a professional activity in its territory only when all the
following conditions are fulfilled:
(a) the professional is fully qualified to exercise in a third country or another
Member State the professional activity for which partial access is sought in the
host Member State;
(b) differences between the professional activity legally exercised in the third
country or in the other Member State and the regulated profession in the host
Member State as such are so large that the application of compensation
measures would amount to requiring the applicant to complete the full
programme of education and training required in the host Member State to
have access to the full regulated profession in the host Member State;
(c) the professional activity can objectively be separated from other activities
falling under the regulated profession in the host Member State.
EN 24 EN
For the purpose of the first subparagraph, point (c), the competent authority of the
host Member State shall take into account whether the professional activity can be
pursued autonomously in the third country or in the other Member State.
2. Partial access may be rejected if such rejection is justified by overriding reasons of
general interest, suitable for securing the attainment of the objective pursued, and
does not go beyond what is necessary to attain that objective.
3. Applications for the purposes of establishment in a Member State shall be examined
in accordance with Chapter 2 of this Title and with Title IV.
4. By way of derogation from Article 19, the professional activity shall be exercised
under the professional title of the third country or of the other Member State once
partial access has been granted. The host Member State may require use of that
professional title in the languages of the host Member State. Professionals benefiting
from partial access shall clearly indicate to the service recipients the scope of their
professional activities.
5. This Article shall not apply to professionals benefiting from automatic recognition of
their professional qualifications under Chapter 3 of this Title, and in cases where
Chapter II, III or IIIa of Title III of Directive 2005/36/EC have been applied to third-
country nationals in accordance with Article 6 of this Directive.
Article 6
Evidence of professional qualifications obtained in the Union
Where third-country nationals hold an attestation of competence, evidence of formal
qualifications, or professional experience obtained in the Union, and such qualifications or
experience would allow a Union citizen to access or pursue a regulated profession in the host
Member State pursuant to Title III of Directive 2005/36/EC, the provisions of that Directive
shall apply to those third-country nationals accordingly when they seek recognition to access
and pursue that profession in the host Member State.
Chapter 2
General system for the recognition of evidence of training issued
in third countries
Article 7
Scope
This Chapter applies to situations which are not covered by Article 6, or by Chapter 3 of this
Title or where the applicant does not satisfy the conditions laid down in Chapter 3 of this
Title.
Article 8
Conditions for recognition
1. If access to or pursuit of a regulated profession in a host Member State is contingent
upon possession of specific professional qualifications, the competent authority of
that Member State shall permit applicants to access and pursue that profession, under
the same conditions as apply to its nationals, if they possess an attestation of
competence or evidence of formal qualifications, issued by a competent authority in
EN 25 EN
a third country, and required by a third country in order to gain access to and pursue
that profession on that country’s territory.
2. Access to, and pursuit of, a profession as referred to in paragraph 1 shall also be
granted to applicants who have pursued the profession concerned on a full-time basis
for one year or for an equivalent overall duration on a part-time basis during the
previous 10 years in a third country which does not regulate that profession, and who
possess one or more attestations of competence or evidence of formal qualifications
issued by that third country which does not regulate the profession.
Attestations of competence and evidence of formal qualifications shall satisfy both of
the following conditions:
(a) they are issued by a competent authority in a third country;
(b) they attest that the holder has been prepared for the pursuit of the profession
concerned.
3. By way of derogation from paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article, the competent
authority of the host Member State may refuse access to, and pursuit of, the regulated
profession to applicants who only possess an attestation of competence, where access
to or pursuit of that regulated profession in the host Member State requires a diploma
certifying successful completion of a post-secondary course of at least four years, or
for an equivalent duration on a part-time basis, which may in addition be expressed
with an equivalent number of ECTS credits, at a university or establishment of
higher education or another establishment of equivalent level.
4. When the applicant duly documents that, despite reasonable efforts, they were unable
to obtain the attestation of competence referred to in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, the host
Member State shall assess the feasibility of, and where appropriate, employ
alternative methods to assess qualifications, skills or other evidentiary elements.
Those methods may include affidavits, third-party assessments, professional
interviews or reputable evaluation frameworks like qualifications passports, designed
for refugees and vulnerable migrants. The host Member State shall ensure that
applicants are not unduly disadvantaged due to those circumstances and shall base its
decisions on available and reasonable evidence.
Article 9
Compensation measures
1. Article 8 shall not preclude the host Member State from imposing on the applicant a
compensation measure among those listed in paragraph 2 of this Article in one of the
following cases:
(a) the training that the applicant has received covers substantially different
matters from those covered by the evidence of formal qualifications required in
the host Member State;
(b) the regulated profession in the host Member State comprises one or more
regulated professional activities which do not exist in the corresponding
profession in the third country where the applicant obtained the attestation of
competence or evidence of formal qualifications, and the training required in
the host Member State covers substantially different matters from those
covered by the applicant’s attestation of competence or evidence of formal
qualifications;
EN 26 EN
(c) the Member State has justified doubts as to the quality of the education,
training or qualification system under which the evidence of formal
qualifications has been awarded.
For the purpose of this Article, ‘substantially different matters’ means matters in
respect of which knowledge and skills acquired are essential for pursuing the
profession and with regard to which the training received by the applicant shows
significant differences in terms of content from the training required by the host
Member State.
In case a Member State decides to impose compensation measures on the basis of
justified doubts according to point (c), it shall notify the Commission of the country
and profession concerned and the nature of the doubts.
2. If the host Member State makes use of the option provided for in paragraph 1, it shall
indicate to the applicant which of the following compensation measures they are
required to complete:
(a) an adaptation period, not exceeding three years, where the applicant undergoes
supervised practice and, if necessary, additional training;
(b) an aptitude test;
(c) a test of professional competence;
(d) a bridging course, with a duration of up to one year.
3. Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be applied with due regard to the principle of
proportionality. In particular, if the host Member State intends to require the
applicant to complete a compensation measure, it shall first ascertain whether the
knowledge, skills and competences acquired by the applicant in the course of the
applicant’s professional experience or through lifelong learning, and formally
validated to that end by a relevant body, in any Member State or in a third country, is
of such nature as to cover, in full or in part, the substantially different matters.
4. The decision imposing a compensation measure shall be duly justified. In particular,
the applicant shall be provided with the reasons for the compensation measure,
information on the substantial differences, and, where relevant, why those
differences cannot be compensated by knowledge, skills and competences acquired
in the course of prior experience or other qualifications through lifelong learning
formally validated to that end by a relevant body.
5. Member States shall ensure that an applicant who fails the aptitude test or test of
professional competence referred to in paragraph 2, points (b) and (c), or one or more
tests forming part of a bridging course or adaptation period, referred to in paragraph
2, points (a) and (d), is given the opportunity to retake the respective tests. Member
States shall ensure that feedback detailing assessment results and areas for
improvement is provided to applicants, and ensure that applicants are entitled to at
least two further attempts to pass each test that they have failed.
6. Member States shall ensure that an applicant has the possibility of taking the aptitude
test or the test of professional competence referred to in paragraph 2, points (b) and
(c), not later than six months after the initial decision imposing an aptitude test or test
of professional competence on the applicant. Member States shall also ensure that an
applicant has the possibility to start a bridging course referred to in paragraph 2,
point (d), no later than six months after the initial decision imposing the completion
of a bridging course on the applicant.
EN 27 EN
Article 10
Minimum training requirements for certain professions
Where Articles 24, 25, 28, 31, 34, 35, 38, 40 and 44 of Directive 2005/36/EC set out
minimum conditions on the training for certain professions, under this Chapter any
recognition of evidence of formal qualifications in one of those professions shall be
contingent upon fulfilment of those minimum conditions.
Chapter 3
Recognition on the basis of reviewed training programmes in
accordance with minimum training conditions
Article 11
Principle of automatic recognition based on reviewed training programmes in third
countries
1. Each Member State shall recognise evidence of formal qualifications giving access to
the professional activities of doctor with basic training or specialised doctor, as nurse
responsible for general care, as dental practitioner, as specialised dental practitioner,
as midwife, as veterinary surgeon, as pharmacist, and as architect, obtained in a third
country, and shall for the purposes of access to and pursuit of those professional
activities, give such evidence the same effect on its territory as the evidence of
formal qualifications which it itself issues, provided that all of the following
conditions are met:
(a) the evidence of formal qualifications has been obtained following successful
completion of a training programme which has been reviewed in accordance
with Articles 13 and 14 by a trusted review body within the meaning of Article
12;
(b) the trusted review body has publicly disclosed the result of the review process
and a review report;
(c) the evidence of formal qualifications is issued as a digital credential.
2. Each Member State shall, for the purpose of access to and pursuit of a regulated
profession that is covered by a common training framework pursuant to Article 49a
of Directive 2005/36/EC, and where that Member State is not exempted from the
obligation of introducing a common training framework in accordance with Article
49a(5) of Directive 2005/36/EC, give evidence of formal qualifications acquired in
third countries the same effect in its territory as the evidence of formal qualifications
which it itself issues, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
(a) the evidence of formal qualifications has been obtained following successful
completion of a training programme which has been reviewed in accordance
with Articles 13 and 14 by a trusted review body as referred to in Article 12;
(b) the trusted review body has publicly disclosed the result of the review process
and a review report;
(c) the evidence of formal qualifications is issued as a digital credential.
EN 28 EN
Article 12
Trusted review bodies
1. A quality assurance agency established in the Union may apply to the Commission to
be listed as a trusted review body for higher education programmes if it fulfils all of
the following criteria:
(a) it is registered in the European Quality Assurance Register for Higher
Education (EQAR) without interruption for a period of at least 10 years;
(b) it has documented prior experience in conducting external quality assurance
reviews, as a quality assurance agency, in at least three different third
countries.
2. A quality assurance agency established in the Union may apply to the Commission to
be listed as a trusted review body for vocational education and training (VET)
programmes if it fulfils all of the following criteria:
(a) it is competent, under national law, in the Member State in which it is
established, for the quality assurance of VET programmes;
(b) it has documented prior experience in conducting external quality assurance
reviews, as a quality assurance agency, in at least three different third
countries.
3. The Commission is empowered to adopt a delegated act supplementing this Directive
by listing the trusted review bodies in accordance with Article 36. It shall list all
quality assurance agencies that applied to be listed in accordance with paragraphs 1
and 2, and that comply with the requirements set out in those paragraphs.
4. Only trusted review bodies listed in the delegated act referred to in paragraph 3 shall
be considered trusted review bodies for the purposes of this Directive, and only in
relation to the professions indicated therein.
Article 13
Reviewed training programmes
For the purposes of Article 11, only training programmes that have been reviewed in
accordance with Article 14 and found to fulfil the following criteria shall be considered as
reviewed training programmes:
(a) The training programme is compliant with the Standards and Guidelines for Quality
Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG), in the version applicable
at the relevant time, in case the training programme is delivered through a higher
education institution;
(b) Quality assurance measures comprising independent assessment, a competence-
based assessment methodology, transparent outcomes, periodic external review, and
an appeal or complaint mechanism have been implemented for the delivery of the
programme, in case the training programme is delivered through vocational training;
(c) The institution delivering the programme is lawfully established in the third country
concerned and authorised under the law of that country to award the qualification in
question;
EN 29 EN
(d) For the professions listed in Article 11(1), the training programme is compliant with
the minimum conditions on the training applicable to the relevant profession as set
out in Articles 24, 25, 28, 31, 34, 35, 38, 40, 44, and 46 of Directive 2005/36/EC;
(e) In the cases of Article 11(2), the training programme is compliant with the applicable
common training framework.
Article 14
Review of training programmes in third countries
For the purposes of Article 11, Member States shall ensure that the review of training
programmes is carried out as follows:
(a) Upon request by a training institution in higher education or in vocational training
outside the Union, a trusted review body pursuant to Article 12 assesses compliance
with the criteria set out in Article 13.
(b) To this end, the trusted review body forms a review team which carries out the
assessment of the training programme. For that purpose, the review team shall
consist of:
(i) between five and nine reviewers selected by the trusted review body. Those
reviewers shall include subject matter experts of the relevant discipline or
disciplines, and specialists in quality assurance and evaluation methodologies;
and
(ii) up to three reviewers that Member States appoint for the review following an
invitation to all Member States by the trusted review body. For that purpose,
each Member State shall appoint only one reviewer. Where more than three
Member States intend to appoint a reviewer, a randomised process shall apply
for the selection of the three reviewers.
Each of the reviewers selected pursuant to points (i) and (ii) shall declare, prior to
participating in the review, the absence of any conflict of interest in relation to the
institution under review, including any consultancy, advisory or other remunerated
relationship with that institution within the preceding three years. A reviewer unable
to make that declaration shall not participate in the review of the institution
concerned.
(c) The trusted review body organises at least one on-site visit of the review team as an
integral part of the assessment of the training programme.
(d) The trusted review body communicates its decision on the outcome of the assessment
to the institution organising the reviewed training programme and to the
Commission.
(e) Following a positive assessment of a training programme, the trusted review body
grants the status of ‘reviewed’ on the basis that the applicable requirements laid
down in Article 13 are satisfied. The status of ‘reviewed’ shall be valid for a period
of five years or until the transposition deadline of any Commission delegated act,
adopted pursuant to Article 21(6), second subparagraph of Directive 2005/36/EC,
which updates the knowledge and skills referred to in Articles 24(3), 31(6), 34(3),
38(3), 40(3), 44(3), or 46(4) of Directive 2005/36/EC.
(f) After each assessment the trusted review body makes the result of the review process
publicly available in a dedicated, clearly identifiable and easily accessible section of
EN 30 EN
its website or other publicly accessible online interface, no matter if the outcome of
the review was positive or negative.
(g) If requested by the training institution with a reviewed programme, the trusted
review body carries out a new review following the submission of a renewal
application at least six months before the expiration of the current status of
‘reviewed’. The training institution shall present detailed reports demonstrating
continuous compliance with the training standards since the last review, alongside
documentation outlining enhancements in training methodologies, assessment
processes, and quality assurance practices. The trusted review body shall review the
renewal application and communicate its decision to the institution organising the
reviewed training programme and to the Commission within three months of
application submission. The review team under point (b)(i) shall not be the same as
the review team for the institution's immediately preceding review.
(h) Any fee or charge levied by the trusted review body for the review shall be
transparent and proportionate to the costs of the service provided, and shall be
commensurate with the complexity, scope and duration of the review carried out by
the trusted review body. This shall not preclude the trusted review body from
including in its fees a reasonable margin over its costs, provided that such margin
does not render the fee disproportionate to the service provided.
Article 15
Right to appeal or contest review decisions
1. Training institutions whose training programmes received a negative result
following the review in accordance with Article 14 shall be allowed to appeal that
result under the national law of the Member State where the trusted review body is
established. Member States shall establish procedures ensuring that such appeals are
resolved fairly and promptly.
2. If a Member State has justified doubts on the review carried out pursuant to Article
14, that Member State may communicate its concerns in writing to the Commission.
Within 15 working days after receipt of that communication, the Commission shall
provide its views and invite the other Member States to express their views. In case
at least 5 Member States express support for this concern to the Commission within
two months following that invitation, the Commission shall inform all Member
States in writing that they shall only consider the given training programme as
reviewed once a second review has been carried out pursuant to Article 14.
3. If following the second review pursuant to paragraph 2 the training programme is
granted the status of ‘reviewed’, the validity period referred to in Article 14, point (e)
shall start from the date of that result.
4. If the result of the second review is negative, the programme shall not be considered
as a reviewed training programme in the meaning of Article 13 and cannot benefit
from recognition pursuant to Article 11.
Article 16
Listed third countries
1. For qualifications obtained in a third country listed in the delegated acts referred to in
paragraph 2 of this Article, Member States shall ensure that trusted review bodies
EN 31 EN
automatically consider the criteria laid down in Article 13, points (a) and (b) as being
fulfilled.
2. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 36
to supplement this Directive by establishing and amending a list of third countries for
which the learning quality assurance systems provide guarantees as regards all of the
following elements:
(a) public oversight or equivalent supervision of qualifications;
(b) quality assurance or accreditation of the relevant institutions or training
programmes;
(c) authenticity, reliability and verifiability of the qualifications issued;
(d) comparability and consistency of the intended learning outcomes or
qualification standards relevant to the application of this Directive;
(e) administrative cooperation with the competent authorities of the Member
States and the Commission.
3. The Commission shall monitor whether the third countries listed in the delegated acts
referred to in paragraph 2 continue to fulfil the conditions laid down in paragraph 2,
points (a) to (e). Where the Commission has well-founded concerns that the
conditions for the inclusion of a third country in the list are no longer fulfilled, it may
adopt a decision suspending the application of paragraph 1 in respect of that third
country. The Commission shall inform the third country concerned and the Member
States of the suspension and the reasons without delay.
4. The suspension referred to in paragraph 3 of this Article shall apply until the
Commission, following its assessment, either lifts it or adopts a delegated act in
accordance with Article 36 removing the third country concerned.
Chapter 4
Rules for pursuing the profession
Article 17
Knowledge of languages
1. Professionals benefiting from the recognition of professional qualifications shall
have a knowledge of languages necessary for practising the profession in the host
Member State.
2. A Member State shall ensure that any controls carried out by, or under the
supervision of, the competent authority for controlling compliance with the
obligation under paragraph 1 shall be limited to the knowledge of one official
language of the host Member State, or one administrative language of the host
Member State provided that it is also an official language of the Union.
3. Controls carried out in accordance with paragraph 2 may be imposed if the
profession to be practised has patient safety implications. Controls may be imposed
in respect of other professions in cases where there is a serious and concrete doubt
about the sufficiency of the professional’s language knowledge in respect of the
professional activities that that professional intends to pursue.
Controls may be carried out only after the recognition of a professional qualification.
EN 32 EN
4. Any language controls shall be proportionate to the activity to be pursued. The
professional concerned shall be allowed to appeal such controls under national law.
Article 18
Use of academic titles
Without prejudice to Article 19, the host Member State shall ensure that the right shall be
conferred on the persons concerned to use academic titles awarded to them in another
Member State or in a third country, and possibly an abbreviated form thereof, in the language
of that other Member State or that third country. The host Member State may require that title
to be followed by the name and address of the establishment or examining board which
awarded it. Where an academic title of another Member State or of a third country is liable to
be confused in the host Member State with a title which, in the latter Member State, requires
supplementary training not acquired by the beneficiary, the host Member State may require
the beneficiary to use the academic title of the Member State or third country where it has
been issued in an appropriate form, to be laid down by the host Member State.
Article 19
Use of professional titles
1. If, in a host Member State, the use of a professional title relating to one of the
activities of the profession in question is regulated, third-country nationals who are
authorised to practise a regulated profession on the basis of this title shall use the
professional title of the host Member State, which corresponds to that profession in
that Member State, and make use of any associated initials.
2. Where a profession is regulated in the host Member State by an association or
organisation within the meaning of Article 3(2) of Directive 2005/36/EC, third-
country nationals shall not be authorised to use the professional title issued by that
organisation or association, or its abbreviated form, unless they furnish proof that
they are members of that association or organisation.
If the association or organisation makes membership contingent upon certain
qualifications, it may do so only under the conditions laid down in this Directive, in
respect of third-country nationals who possess professional qualifications.
Article 20
Approval by health insurance funds
Member States which require persons who acquired their professional qualifications in their
territory to complete a preparatory period of in-service training and/or a period of professional
experience in order to be approved by a health insurance fund, shall waive this obligation for
the holders of evidence of professional qualifications of doctor and dental practitioner
acquired in other Member States or in other third countries.
EN 33 EN
Title III
Recognition in the context of a procedure to obtain a long-stay
visa or a residence permit
Article 21
Scope
This Title applies where the recognition by the host Member State of a qualification or skills
obtained in another Member State or in a third country, and held by a third-country national,
constitutes a factor determining the outcome of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a
residence permit for work purposes, including within a points-based immigration system.
Article 22
Right to assessment of qualifications and skills in the context of a procedure to obtain a
long-stay visa or a residence permit
1. Member States shall ensure that, where the recognition or assessment of
qualifications or skills constitutes a factor determining the outcome of a procedure to
obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit for work purposes, applicants have the
right to have assessed and taken into account the following for the purposes of that
procedure:
(a) their formal qualifications obtained in another Member State or in a third
country;
(b) their skills acquired through professional or other experience.
2. Where relevant to that procedure, that assessment may take into account information
provided by a current or prospective employer of the applicant, in particular
concerning the tasks, responsibilities and skills required for the position offered.
3. Member States shall ensure that qualifications and skills referred to in paragraph 1
are not refused solely on the ground that they were obtained in another Member State
or in a third country.
4. Member States shall ensure that the recognition and assessment procedure is fair,
does not impose unnecessary burdens on applicants, and is designed to facilitate the
efficient processing of applications for a long-stay visa or a residence permit.
5. Member States shall ensure that the recognition or assessment results are presented
to the applicant in a reasoned decision. That decision shall determine whether the
qualifications or skills of the third-country national are:
(a) recognised and thus treated as equivalent to the qualification level or other
qualification requirements applicable in the context of the procedure to obtain a
long-stay visa or a residence permit;
(b) recognised provisionally, contingent upon the applicant completing
compensation measures in accordance with Article 25(3);
(c) not recognised.
Article 23
Procedural requirements
EN 34 EN
1. Member States shall ensure that any recognition or assessment referred to in Article
22 is carried out within the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit
and in accordance with the principles of necessity, proportionality and simplification.
2. Where the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit does not require
recognition or assessment of qualifications that would give access to a regulated
profession in its territory, the host Member State shall assess qualifications or skills
within the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit and shall not
require a separate recognition or assessment procedure outside that procedure. In
particular, that Member State shall:
(a) not duplicate previous assessments or the requirement to submit evidence that
is already available to, or capable of being obtained by, the competent
authorities of that Member State;
(b) integrate any request for information or supporting evidence to carry out the
recognition or assessment in the application to obtain a long-stay visa or a
residence permit, and not require a separate application for recognition of
qualifications;
(c) limit documentary requirements to those that are necessary for the assessment
and reasonably available to the applicant or, with the applicant’s consent, to a
current or prospective employer submitting evidence on the applicant’s behalf;
(d) not charge any separate or additional fees for the assessment or recognition of
qualifications or skills, other than fees that may be charged for the procedure to
obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit;
(e) ensure that the assessment or recognition of qualifications or skills is carried
out within the time limits of the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a
residence permit and does not cause delay in the processing of the relevant
long-stay visa or residence permit application.
Article 24
Recognition of qualification levels
1. Where, for the purposes of recognition in the context of a procedure to obtain a long-
stay visa or a residence permit, Member States establish the level of a qualification,
they shall apply the levels and descriptors of the European Qualifications Framework
(EQF) as set out in [Annex III of Regulation xxxx/xx/EU establishing a framework
for portability of skills and qualifications and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1724
('Skills Portability Act')].
For that purpose, Member States shall take into account any relevant existing
comparison of qualification levels or frameworks of third countries to the EQF.
2. The level of the qualification shall not constitute the only element of the assessment
but shall be considered together with the qualification’s intended learning outcomes,
duration, content, workload, practical training, professional experience and, where
relevant, the scope of professional activities to which it gives access in another
Member State or the third country in which it was awarded.
Article 25
Recognition of qualifications without access to regulated professions
EN 35 EN
1. Where Member States evaluate qualifications for the purpose of recognition in the
context of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit, and where
that evaluation goes beyond a comparison of qualification levels as provided for in
Article 24 and a general classification of the field of study, they shall ensure that a
learning outcomes approach is applied, focusing primarily on comparing the
applicant’s acquired skills to the relevant reference qualification. Where possible, the
assessment shall also consider experiences gained through non-formal learning and
skills acquired through professional or other experience. Where provided, and with
the applicant’s consent, information from a current or prospective employer relevant
to the skills required for the position offered may also be taken into account.
2. Member States shall recognise a qualification in the context of a procedure to obtain
a long-stay visa or a residence permit if all of the following conditions are met:
(a) there are no substantial differences in qualification level;
(b) there are no substantial differences in the intended learning outcomes;
(c) there are no justified doubts on the quality of the education, training or
qualification system under which the evidence of formal qualifications has
been awarded in a third country.
3. If substantial differences in intended learning outcomes or levels of qualification are
established, or if the Member State has justified doubts on the quality of the
education, training or qualification system under which the evidence of formal
qualifications has been awarded in a third country, provisional recognition shall be
granted, contingent upon the applicant completing suitable compensation measures
within a clearly defined timeframe laid down by the host Member State. For the
purpose of the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit, the
provisionally recognised qualification shall be treated as finally recognised. The host
Member State shall, at the time provisional recognition is granted, inform the
applicant in writing of the compensation measures required, the timeframe within
which they shall be completed, and the consequences of failing to complete them
within that timeframe. The successful completion of the compensation measures
shall only be required if the applicant is subsequently granted a long-stay visa or a
residence permit.
4. The compensation measures shall be designed to address identified gaps and shall be
selected from one of the following:
(a) an aptitude test;
(b) a test of professional competence;
(c) a bridging course, with a duration of up to one year.
5. By way of derogation from paragraph 3, if substantial differences in the learning
outcomes or the level of qualification cannot be adequately remedied through
compensation measures, Member States may refuse recognition of qualifications for
the purpose of the procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit. A
decision to refuse recognition of qualifications shall not automatically result in the
rejection of the application for a long-stay visa or a residence permit.
6. For the purposes of paragraphs 2, 3 and 4:
(a) 'substantial difference in intended learning outcomes' means instances where
the essential knowledge and skills, necessary for practising a given profession,
EN 36 EN
are not among the intended learning outcomes of the third-country
national’s training, resulting in significant differences in terms of the essential
knowledge and skills obtained compared with those required by the host
Member State;
(b) ‘substantial difference in qualification levels’ means instances where the
qualification level of a third-country national is assessed to be two or more
levels below the level of the training required by the host Member State, as
determined by the descriptors of the EQF.
Article 26
Integrated procedure with the recognition of professional qualifications
1. Member States shall offer applicants seeking recognition of qualifications in the
context of a procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit, who also wish
to access a regulated profession, the possibility of choosing an integrated recognition
procedure. That procedure shall satisfy the requirements laid down in this Title and
in Title II. Upon successful completion of the integrated recognition procedure, the
applicant shall receive a recognition of qualifications for the purposes of the
procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit as referred to in Article
22(5), point (a), and for the access to the regulated profession, as provided for in
Article 4.
2. For applicants not opting for an integrated recognition procedure, Member States
shall ensure that recognition procedures in the context of the procedure to obtain a
long-stay visa or a residence permit, and recognition procedures for access to
regulated professions are coherent. Authorities shall take into account all prior
assessments and verifications of the provided evidence that have already been carried
out in previous procedures and shall not require applicants to resubmit documents
that have already been provided in those procedures.
3. Member States shall ensure that information on both integrated and separate
recognition procedures is readily available to applicants to support informed
decision-making.
4. With the applicant’s consent, Member States may inform a current or prospective
employer of the outcome of the recognition or assessment referred to in paragraph 1,
in particular where that outcome is relevant to a procedure for employment-based
admission.
Title IV
Common provisions
Article 27
Documentation and formalities
1. Where the competent authorities of the host Member State decide on the recognition
of a qualification by virtue of Title II or Article 26, those authorities may require
solely the types of documents and certificates listed in Annex VII of Directive
2005/36/EC. Where the competent authorities of the host Member State decide on
the recognition of a qualification by virtue of Articles 24 and 25 as part of a
procedure to obtain a long-stay visa or a residence permit, for the purpose of the
EN 37 EN
recognition of the qualification those authorities may demand solely the types of
documents listed in Annex VII of Directive 2005/36/EC, point 1(b). This limitation
on the documents that can be required for the purpose of recognising a qualification
is without prejudice to any other document requirements applicable under Union or
national law for the part of the examination of the application for a long-stay visa or
a residence permit that is unrelated to the recognition of the qualification.
2. For the purposes of this Directive, where the documents requested are to be provided
by another Member State or a third country, the references to “home Member State”
or “the Member State from which the foreign national comes” in Annex VII of
Directive 2005/36/EC shall be understood as referring to the other Member State or
the third country, as applicable.
3. Where the host Member State imposes requirements as to the date of issue of the
documents referred to in Annex VII of Directive 2005/36/EC, point 1(d), (e) and (f),
it shall accept documents issued within the three months preceding the date on which
they are submitted.
The Member States, bodies and other legal persons involved in the process shall
guarantee the confidentiality of the information which they receive.
4. In cases of justified doubts, the host Member State may, after obtaining agreement
from the applicant, require from the competent authorities of a Member State or a
third country confirmation of the authenticity of the attestations and evidence of
formal qualifications awarded in that other Member State or the third country.
5. Where a digital credential is issued under a trusted framework provided in
Regulation (EC) No 910/2014 it shall be presumed authentic unless the competent
authority has concrete and specific indications that the credential is not authentic.
6. In cases of justified doubt, where evidence of formal qualifications, as defined in
Article 3(e), has been issued by a competent authority in a Member State and
includes training received in whole or in part in an establishment legally established
in the territory of another Member State, the host Member State shall be entitled to
verify with the competent body in the Member State of origin of the award all of the
following:
(a) whether the training course at the establishment which gave the training has
been formally certified by the educational establishment based in the Member
State of origin of the award;
(b) whether the evidence of formal qualifications issued is the same as that which
would have been awarded if the course had been followed entirely in the
Member State of origin of the award;
(c) whether the evidence of formal qualifications confers the same professional
rights in the territory of the Member State of origin of the award.
7. In cases of justified doubts, the host Member State may require from the competent
authorities of a third country or of a Member State confirmation of the fact that the
applicant is not suspended or prohibited from the pursuit of the profession as a result
of serious professional misconduct or conviction of criminal offences relating to the
pursuit of any of their professional activities.
8. Where the applicant duly documents that, despite reasonable efforts, he was unable
to obtain the documents referred to in paragraph 1, or the host Member State cannot
obtain the confirmations referred to in paragraph 4 or paragraph 7 of this Article,
EN 38 EN
from the third country, the host Member State shall assess the feasibility of, and
where appropriate, employ alternative methods to assess qualifications, skills or
other evidentiary elements. Those methods may include affidavits, third-party
assessments, professional interviews, or reputable evaluation frameworks, like
qualifications passports designed for refugees and vulnerable migrants. The host
Member State shall ensure that applicants are not unduly disadvantaged due to those
circumstances and shall base its decisions on available and reasonable evidence.
9. Where a host Member State requires its nationals to swear a solemn oath or make a
sworn statement in order to gain access to a regulated profession, and where the
wording of that oath or statement cannot be used by a third-country national, the host
Member State shall ensure that the person concerned can use an appropriate
equivalent wording.
10. Member States shall accept the documents referred to in paragraph 1 in any of the
official languages of the Union.
Article 28
Support Services for the Assessment of Authenticity
1. The Commission shall provide support services for the assessment of authenticity.
2. In providing these services, the Commission shall support Member States in the
recognition of qualifications obtained in a third country by offering assessments on
the authenticity of submitted evidence of formal qualifications.
3. At the request of a competent authority of a Member State, the Commission shall
assess the authenticity of qualifications, diplomas, certificates or other evidence of
formal qualifications issued in a third country and submitted in the context of an
application falling within the scope of this Directive, in particular by utilising digital
tools, international databases and through cooperation with third countries and
educational and professional bodies. Requests shall be submitted electronically and
be accompanied by the documents necessary for the assessment and proof of
payment of any applicable fee referred to in paragraphs 7 and 8.
4. The Commission shall provide the requesting Member State with a substantiated
assessment of authenticity, including detailed explanations of the evaluation process
and findings. That assessment shall be advisory in nature and shall not be binding on
competent authorities of the Member States who shall remain solely responsible for
the recognition decision.
5. For the purposes of paragraph 3, the Commission is empowered to conclude
administrative arrangements, aimed at facilitating the exchange of information
necessary for the assessment of authenticity, with the competent authorities of third
countries and with international or professional bodies responsible for the issuance or
accreditation of qualifications. The Commission shall cooperate, where relevant,
with Union delegations to third countries and EU agencies. Such arrangements shall
not create binding obligations under international law on the Union.
6. The Commission shall respond to a request submitted pursuant to paragraph 3 within
three weeks of receipt of the complete documentation referred to in that paragraph.
Where the Commission is unable to provide an assessment within that period, in
particular due to the need to obtain information from a third-country authority or
body referred to in paragraph 3, it shall inform the requesting competent authority
EN 39 EN
without delay, indicating the reasons for the delay and the anticipated timeframe for
completion.
7. The Commission may charge a cost-recovery fee to the requesting competent
authority for the provision of the assessment referred to in paragraph 3.
8. The Commission shall, by means of implementing acts, adopt uniform rules
regarding:
(a) the calculation methodology for determining cost recovery;
(b) the applicable fee amounts and payment modalities;
(c) specific cases where fee exemptions or reductions apply, in particular for
beneficiaries of international protection or applicants in demonstrably
vulnerable situations.
Those implementing acts shall be adopted in accordance with the examination
procedure referred to in Article 38.
9. In relation to personal data processed for the provision of support services for the
assessment of authenticity, the Commission shall act as controller within the
meaning of Article 3(8) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725 and shall ensure, in
accordance with Article 33 of that Regulation, the security of the processing by
implementing appropriate technical and organisational measures, taking into account
the nature of the personal data processed, including where submitted documents may
incidentally contain special categories of personal data, referred to in paragraph 10.
10. For the purpose of carrying out the tasks referred to in paragraph 3, the Commission
may process the following categories of personal data, to the extent strictly necessary
for a given assessment:
(a) the applicant's identification data as contained in the evidence of formal
qualifications submitted;
(b) data relating to the submitted qualifications, diplomas, certificates or other
evidence of formal qualifications issued in a third country, including the
awarding institution, date of issue, field and level of study, and any identifiers
or security features of the document.
The Commission shall not process special categories of personal data within the
meaning of Article 10 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1725. Where documentation
submitted by a competent authority incidentally contains such data, the Commission
shall ensure that those data are not retained and are deleted without delay.
11. Personal data processed for the purpose of assessing authenticity shall be retained
only for as long as necessary for that purpose and, in any event, for no longer than
12 months from the date on which the assessment is provided to the requesting
competent authority, unless a longer period is necessary for the purposes of an
ongoing appeal, audit or investigation, in which case the data shall be erased without
delay thereafter.
12. The Commission shall periodically report on the support services for the assessment
of authenticity to ensure transparency and continued improvement. Member States
are encouraged to provide feedback to facilitate enhancements in service delivery.
13. The Commission is empowered to adopt delegated acts in accordance with Article 36
laying down the organisational and technical measures necessary for the provision of
EN 40 EN
the support services, and for the security of processing of personal data, including as
regards the systems used for the exchange of requests and supporting documents
between the Commission and the competent authorities of the Member States, access
to such systems, the interfaces made available to competent authorities of the
Member States, the data sources to be consulted and arrangements for keeping them
up to date, and the administrative and operational management of these services.
Article 29
Recognition procedure
1. For procedures under Title II and under Article 26, the host Member State shall
ensure that:
(a) the competent authority acknowledges receipt of the application for recognition
of professional qualifications within one month of receipt and informs the
applicant of any missing document;
(b) the procedure for examining an application for the recognition of professional
qualifications is completed as quickly as possible and leads to a duly
substantiated decision by the competent authority in the host Member State
within three months after the date on which the applicant submitted the
complete application with the required evidence.
The deadline provided for in the first subparagraph, point (b), may be extended by
one month except in cases falling under Title II, Chapter 3.
2. For procedures under Title III, except those covered by Article 26, recognition shall
not extend, suspend or otherwise affect, any time limits or procedural deadlines
applicable under Union or national law to the examination of and decision on the
application for a long-stay visa or a residence permit. Member States shall ensure
that the organisation of the recognition procedure does not undermine the effective
processing of the application for a long-stay visa or a residence permit within the
applicable time limits.
3. The decision on the application for recognition of professional qualifications, or
failure to reach a decision, within the deadline, shall be subject to appeal under
national law.
4. Applicants shall receive regular updates regarding the progress and current status of
their application, including information on the specific stage within the procedural
process.
5. The host Member State shall offer applicants the choice to receive communications,
such as acknowledgments of receipt, decisions and any other information related to
the procedure, in an official language of that Member State, or in at least one other
language commonly spoken by incoming third-country nationals or third-country
nationals already legally residing in that Member State.
Article 30
Access to recognition procedures
1. The host Member State shall ensure that recognition procedures can be completed
remotely and by electronic means, and that third-country nationals who are not
residing in that Member State can access and complete recognition under Titles II
EN 41 EN
and III remotely from their country of residence. Such a possibility shall not prevent
the competent authorities of the host Member State from requesting certified copies
at a later stage in the event of justified doubts and where strictly necessary.
2. The host Member State shall grant or extend the validity of residence permits to
third-country nationals who fulfil all of the following conditions:
(a) they are legally residing in the host Member State;
(b) they can demonstrate an ongoing effort to secure employment in the profession
concerned, such as registration with a public employment service, submission
of job applications, or a conditional offer of employment;
(c) they have applied for recognition of their professional qualifications under
Title II or Article 26 at least four months before their long-stay visa or
residence permit expires.
Member States shall ensure that the residence permit remains valid during the
recognition procedure, including where procedural delays occur that are not
attributable to the applicant.
3. Member States shall grant or extend the validity of residence permits for the period
needed for completing compensation measures required pursuant to Article 9 to
third-country nationals legally residing in the Member State, unless it can be
established at the time of the application for recognition of their professional
qualifications that the third-country national does not satisfy the other conditions for
the issuance of such a permit.
Article 31
Fees and charges
1. A host Member State shall either waive fees for recognition procedures and
compensation measures or, except for the cases referred to in Article 23(2), point (d),
ensure that any fees charged do not exceed the actual cost incurred in providing the
service to applicants.
2. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, Member States may impose flat-rate charges
if they can be justified by the average cost of providing the service to applicants.
3. Member States shall ensure that detailed information on the structure of the fee and
justification for any charges imposed as part of the recognition process is publicly
available and easily accessible and shall actively inform applicants of this
information before the recognition process begins.
Article 32
Information provision
1. Member States shall ensure that third-country nationals, irrespective of whether they
reside within or outside their territory, have access to timely, comprehensive and
user-friendly information and support concerning procedures for the recognition of
qualifications under this Directive.
2. The information referred to in paragraph 1 shall cover the following aspects:
(a) applicable legal and administrative requirements;
EN 42 EN
(b) procedural steps, expected timelines and applicable costs;
(c) the rights and obligations of applicants;
(d) available remedies, appeal mechanisms and complaint procedures.
3. Member States shall ensure that the information they provide in accordance with
paragraph 2 clearly distinguishes and explains the different procedures laid down
in Titles II and III.
4. Where applicable, Member States shall provide comprehensive information on
compensation measures, including adaptation periods, aptitude tests, tests of
professional competence and bridging courses, as referred to in Articles 9 and 25,
covering their organisation, conditions, obligations for applicants, and other relevant
practical arrangements.
5. Where applicable, Member States shall provide comprehensive information on any
complementary measures available to third-country nationals, including language
courses and integration support, reskilling or upskilling pathways, and links to
employment services.
6. Member States shall ensure that refugees, beneficiaries of subsidiary protection in
accordance with Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 have access to tailored information,
assistance and support services, considering their specific legal status, needs and
vulnerabilities.
7. To facilitate a coherent and user-friendly experience, Member States shall, where
appropriate, organise information provision through coordinated or streamlined
arrangements, including digital platforms, and activities of the national assistance
centres as laid down in Article 34.
8. Member States shall ensure that the information referred to in this Article is also
made available on existing Union tools and platforms.
9. Member States shall ensure that the information provided pursuant to this Article is
regularly reviewed and kept up to date. They shall put in place mechanisms to collect
and analyse feedback from third-country nationals, with a view to improving the
quality, clarity, accessibility and coherence of the information and of the support
services.
10. Member States and the competent authorities involved shall ensure the
confidentiality of personal and sensitive information obtained in the context of
information provision and assistance, in accordance with applicable Union and
national law.
Title V
Reporting and final provisions
Article 33
Group on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
1. Member States shall assist one another in the implementation of this Directive.
2. A group on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals (‘the Group’)
is established as an advisory group to the Commission.
3. The Group's tasks shall be the following:
EN 43 EN
(a) promoting uniform application of this Directive;
(b) contributing to the effective cooperation between Member States’ authorities
and the Commission with regards to matters covered by this Directive;
(c) advising the Commission, as appropriate, in the early preparations of draft
implementing acts to be adopted pursuant to this Directive;
(d) contributing to the smooth cooperation with other relevant expert groups;
(e) facilitating the exchange of experience and best practices for an efficient and
effective organisation of recognition of qualifications of third-country
nationals, including through outreach to professionals, their representative
organisations and social partners, quality assurance agencies and qualifications
recognition networks.
4. Each Member State shall appoint one representative and one alternate representative
to the Group.
5. The Group shall be chaired by the Commission. The Commission shall provide the
Group’s Secretariat.
On a proposal by the Commission, the Group shall adopt its rules of procedure.
6. The Group shall meet at regular intervals that allow the Group to effectively perform
its tasks provided for in this Directive.
Article 34
Assistance centres
The assistance centres designated by Member States pursuant to Article 57b of Directive
2005/36/EC shall provide assistance on the recognition of qualifications relating to third-
country nationals provided for in this Directive, for the benefit of third-country nationals
including through cooperation, where appropriate, with employers, other contact points, and
authorities in other Member States and third countries.
The assistance centres shall operate without prejudice to the responsibilities of other
competent authorities under Union or national law.
Article 35
Alert mechanism
Where a third-country national is restricted or prohibited, including on a temporary basis, by a
national authority or court from pursuing, in whole or in part, on the territory of a Member
State, any of the professional activities referred to in Article 56a(1) of Directive 2005/36/EC,
the competent authority of that Member State shall inform the competent authorities of all
other Member States. For this purpose Article 56a of Directive 2005/36/EC shall apply
mutatis mutandis.
Article 36
Exercise of the delegation
EN 44 EN
1. The power to adopt delegated acts is conferred on the Commission subject to the
conditions laid down in this Article.
2. The power to adopt delegated acts referred to in Article 12(3) and Article 16(2) shall
be conferred on the Commission for a period of five years from the entry into force
of this Directive. The Commission shall draw up a report in respect of the delegation
of power not later than nine months before the end of the five-year period. The
delegation of power shall be tacitly extended for periods of an identical duration,
unless the European Parliament or the Council opposes such an extension not later
than three months before the end of each period.
3. The delegation of power referred to in Article 12(3) and Article 16(2) may be
revoked at any time by the European Parliament or by the Council. A decision to
revoke shall put an end to the delegation of the power specified in that decision. It
shall take effect on the day following the publication of the decision in the Official
Journal of the European Union or at a later date specified therein. It shall not affect
the validity of any delegated acts already in force.
4. Before adopting a delegated act, the Commission shall consult experts designated by
each Member State in accordance with the principles laid down in the
Interinstitutional Agreement of 13 April 2016 on Better Law-Making.
5. As soon as it adopts a delegated act, the Commission shall notify it simultaneously to
the European Parliament and to the Council.
6. A delegated act adopted pursuant to Article 12(3) and Article 16(2) shall enter into
force only if no objection has been expressed either by the European Parliament or
the Council within a period of two months of notification of that act to the European
Parliament and the Council or if, before the expiry of that period, the European
Parliament and the Council have both informed the Commission that they will not
object. That period shall be extended by two months at the initiative of the European
Parliament or the Council.
Article 37
Statistics
1. By [31 May of the year following the third year of entry into force], and annually
thereafter, Member States shall report to the Commission statistics on the
implementation of this Directive. Those statistics shall cover the previous calendar
year and include the following information:
(a) the number of applications received and handled, and decisions taken,
disaggregated by:
(i) citizenship;
(ii) occupation;
(iii) status (i.e. the residence or migration status under which the third-
country national is present or seeking to be present in the Union);
(iv) type of procedure (procedures under Article 6; Title II, Chapter 2; Title
II, Chapter 3; Article 24, Article 25 and Article 26);
(v) outcome of the decision (positive, positive with partial access; positive
with compensation measure, broken down by type of compensation
measure; negative);
EN 45 EN
(b) the proportion of applications that are complete at first submission;
(c) the average duration of processing applications;
(d) the average number of information exchanges per case;
(e) the number of authenticity checks requested.
2. The Commission shall make a summary of the information provided in accordance
with paragraph 1 publicly available.
Article 38
Committee procedure
1. The Commission shall be assisted by the Committee on the Recognition of
Professional Qualifications established by Article 58(1) of Directive 2005/36/EC.
That committee shall be a committee within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No
182/2011.
2. Where reference is made to this paragraph, Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No
182/2011 shall apply.
Article 39
Reports
1. By 31 May [of the year following the third year of entry into force], and every
five years thereafter, Member States shall submit a report to the Commission on the
application of this Directive. The report shall contain the following information
regarding the recognition of qualifications in the context of procedures for access to
regulated professions and for obtaining a long-stay visa or residence permit:
(a) processing times of applications;
(b) outcomes;
(c) user experience;
(d) results of the review of the procedures, including constraints and areas
requiring improvement identified.
As part of preparing the report, Member States shall collect feedback from
employers, professional bodies, third-country nationals, and other stakeholders.
2. No sooner than seven years after the date of transposition of this Directive,
the Commission shall carry out an evaluation of this Directive and present a report
on the main findings to the European Parliament and the Council. Member States
shall provide the Commission with the information necessary for the preparation of
that report.
Article 40
Transposition
1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative
provisions necessary to comply with this Directive by [2 years after entry into force]
at the latest. They shall forthwith communicate to the Commission the text of those
provisions.
EN 46 EN
When Member States adopt those provisions, they shall contain a reference to this
Directive or be accompanied by such a reference on the occasion of their official
publication. Member States shall determine how such reference is to be made.
2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the main provisions
of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.
Article 41
Entry into force
This Directive shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the Official Journal of the European Union.
Article 42
Addressees
This Directive is addressed to the Member States in accordance with the Treaties.
Done at Strasbourg,
For the European Parliament For the Council
The President The President
[...] [...]
EN 47 EN
LEGISLATIVE FINANCIAL AND DIGITAL STATEMENT
1. FRAMEWORK OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
1.1. Title of the proposal/initiative
Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on the
recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
1.2. Policy area(s) concerned
Employment, social affairs and inclusion. The initiative is also relevant to the
internal market policy area (recognition of professional qualifications) and to the
migration and home affairs policy area (legal migration and integration of third-
country nationals), given its interaction with Directive 2005/36/EC and with the
Union's legal migration acquis.
1.3. Objective(s)
1.3.1. General objective(s)
To facilitate the recognition of qualifications held by third-country nationals so as to
help address labour and skills shortages in the Union.
1.3.2. Specific objective(s)
Specific objective No
1. Streamlined recognition systems within and between Member States: Improved
alignment and consistency between national recognition systems across the EU, and
coherence within Member States, between recognition procedures for access to
regulated professions and those embedded in migration regimes.
2. Reduced legal and administrative complexity for recognition of qualifications of
third-country nationals: Clearer and less burdensome requirements, documentation
and procedural steps for third-country national applicants, employers and authorities,
including, reduced administrative steps and enhanced user-friendliness.
3. Increased trust and understanding of qualifications obtained in third countries:
Improved transparency, comparability and trust of third-country qualifications within
the EU, through enhanced information availability and mechanisms that support the
assessment of foreign qualifications and skills.
1.3.3. Expected result(s) and impact
Specify the effects which the proposal/initiative should have on the
beneficiaries/groups targeted.
For third-country national applicants: shorter and more predictable recognition
procedures, clearer information on requirements, and a genuine prospect of
recognition for qualifications obtained outside the Union, with an associated increase
in the probability of employment matched to their qualification level and a reduction
in the incidence of overqualification. For employers, including SMEs: faster access
to recognised professionals, reduced administrative costs linked to hiring, and
improved ability to fill vacancies in sectors facing structural shortages, including
healthcare. For competent authorities and Member States: reduced administrative
burden and duplication of effort, more consistent decision-making, and stronger
evidence and cooperation channels through which to identify and act on fraudulent
documentation. For the Union as a whole: a measurable contribution to addressing
EN 48 EN
labour and skills shortages and to the coherence of the Union's approach to legal
migration.
1.3.4. Indicators of performance
Specify the indicators for monitoring progress and achievements.
General objective
(a) Share of third-country nationals in qualification-matched employment within 12
months of arrival
(b) Number of recognition procedures initiated and completed per year by third-
country nationals
Specific objective 1
(a) Share of cases requiring parallel submissions (duplicate qualification checks
across recognition and migration procedures)
(b) Number of cases requiring re-submission or additional information, as a share of
total applications
(c) Share of recognition applications submitted digitally
Specific objective 2
(a) Average end-to-end processing time per recognition procedure, by Member States
and procedure type
(b) Average number of documents requested per application, including certified
translations
(c) Estimated applicant-side cost per recognition procedure Share of complete
applications at first submission
Specific objective 3
(a) Number of authenticity checks processed via the EU-level service per year
(b) Share of CA reporting sufficient information on third-country qualification
systems to make timely decisions without requesting additional documentation or
compensation measures
(c)Processing time for sectoral professions under automatic recognition channel
1.4. The proposal/initiative relates to:
☑ a new action
☐ a new action following a pilot project/preparatory action (1)
☐ the extension of an existing action
☐ a merger or redirection of one or more actions towards another/a new
action
1.5. Grounds for the proposal/initiative
1.5.1. Requirement(s) to be met in the short or long term including a detailed timeline for
roll-out of the implementation of the initiative
(1) As referred to in Article 58(2), point (a) or (b) of the Financial Regulation.
EN 49 EN
In the short term, Member States will need to transpose the Directive's common
procedural rules (timeframes, information requirements, single points of contact)
within the transposition deadline of 2 years. The Commission will need to establish
the authentication service and make it operational and adopt any implementing
measures needed to specify the professions eligible for automatic recognition. In the
longer term, full-scale operation of the automatic recognition channel and of the
authentication service will require ongoing coordination with Member States,
competent authorities and third countries, periodic review of the list of professions
covered, and monitoring of implementation.
1.5.2. Added value of EU involvement (it may result from different factors, e.g.
coordination gains, legal certainty, greater effectiveness or complementarities). For
the purposes of this section 'added value of EU involvement' is the value resulting
from EU action, that is additional to the value that would have been otherwise
created by Member States alone.
Reasons for action at EU level (ex-ante) Recognition of third-country qualifications
is currently handled through divergent national procedures, with no common Union
framework equivalent to Directive 2005/36/EC for intra-EU mobility. This
fragmentation generates duplicated authenticity checks across Member States,
inconsistent outcomes for applicants with comparable qualifications, and an absence
of the trust infrastructure needed to support automatic recognition for professions
facing acute shortages. Individual Member States acting alone cannot replicate the
economies of scale of a shared authenticity-verification service, nor secure the cross-
border consistency needed to build mutual trust between competent authorities.
Expected generated EU added value (ex-post) A common Union framework is
expected to reduce duplication and verification costs across Member States, increase
the consistency and speed of recognition decisions, and strengthen the Union's
collective ability to address labour and skills shortages, in a manner that no
individual Member State could achieve acting alone.
1.5.3. Lessons learned from similar experiences in the past
The experience of Directive 2005/36/EC demonstrates that a common Union
framework for recognition, combined with structured administrative cooperation
(competent authority networks, the Internal Market Information system), can
substantially reduce recognition timeframes and improve consistency, while showing
that purely voluntary cooperation (as tested under Policy Option 1 in the impact
assessment) is insufficient to achieve comparable results at Union level. The
Directive's existing minimum training requirements for a number of professions offer
a further lesson, showing that agreement on common substantive standards, and not
only procedural rules, can itself be a basis for building trust and cooperation between
competent authorities, a precedent relevant to the design of the automatic recognition
channel under this initiative. The Council Recommendation of 22 December 2020 on
a comprehensive approach to the recognition of qualifications of third-country
nationals offers a related lesson, in that its non-binding, voluntary approach has not
resulted in the level of convergence or consistency needed across Member States,
reinforcing the case for the more binding measures proposed under this initiative.
The German Federal Recognition Act experience shows that formalised recognition
procedures for foreign qualifications are associated with a measurable increase in the
probability of qualification-matched employment.
EN 50 EN
1.5.4. Compatibility with the multiannual financial framework and possible synergies with
other appropriate instruments
This proposal is compatible with the Commission’s proposal for the Multiannual
Financial Framework 2028-2034. It generates synergies with Action 1 of the Skills
Portability Initiative, with Directive 2005/36/EC as amended under Action 2, and
with instruments under the Fair Labour Mobility Package and the EU Talent Pool.
1.5.5. Assessment of the different available financing options, including scope for
redeployment
The preferred financing option is direct financing from the Union budget, as the
initiative requires the development, deployment and operation of a common
European authentication system that will be used across all Member States. A
centrally financed solution ensures economies of scale, avoids duplication of costs,
and guarantees interoperability and consistent implementation across the Union.
Alternative approaches based on separate national developments or decentralised
financing would require multiple parallel investments, increase integration costs and
create risks of fragmentation and inconsistent implementation. Financing through
existing Union programmes and budgetary resources allows the initiative to build on
existing digital infrastructure and expertise while ensuring efficient use of Union
funds. Where appropriate, existing resources will be redeployed to support the
implementation of the initiative.
The current proposal entails additional staff costs under Heading 4 of the proposal
for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework, as it is a new action. For
operational costs, it builds on the Commission proposal for National and Regional
Partnership Plans and its EU Facility under Heading 1 of the 2028-2034 multiannual
financial framework, subject to its adoption, and the EU annual budgetary procedure.
1.6. Duration of the proposal/initiative and of its financial impact
☐ limited duration
☐ in effect from [DD.MM]YYYY to [DD.MM]YYYY
☐ financial impact from YYYY to YYYY for commitment appropriations
and from YYYY to YYYY for payment appropriations.
☑ unlimited duration
Implementation with a start-up period from YYYY to YYYY,
followed by full-scale operation.
1.7. Method(s) of budget implementation planned(2)
☐ Direct management by the Commission
☑ by its departments, including by its staff in the Union delegations;
☐ by the executive agencies
☐ Shared management with the Member States
(2) Details of budget implementation methods and references to the Financial Regulation may be found on
the BUDGpedia site: https://myintracomm.ec.europa.eu/corp/budget/financial-rules/budget-
implementation/Pages/implementation-methods.aspx.
EN 51 EN
☐ Indirect management by entrusting budget implementation tasks to:
☐ third countries or the bodies they have designated;
☐ international organisations and their agencies (to be specified);
☐ the European Investment Bank and the European Investment Fund;
☐ bodies referred to in Articles 70 and 71 of the Financial Regulation;
☐ public law bodies;
☐ bodies governed by private law with a public service mission to the
extent that they are provided with adequate financial guarantees;
☐ bodies governed by the private law of a Member State that are entrusted
with the implementation of a public-private partnership and that are
provided with adequate financial guarantees;
☐ bodies or persons entrusted with the implementation of specific actions in
the common foreign and security policy pursuant to Title V of the Treaty
on European Union, and identified in the relevant basic act
☐ bodies established in a Member State, governed by the private law of a
Member State or Union law and eligible to be entrusted, in accordance
with sector-specific rules, with the implementation of Union funds or
budgetary guarantees, to the extent that such bodies are controlled by
public law bodies or by bodies governed by private law with a public
service mission, and are provided with adequate financial guarantees in
the form of joint and several liability by the controlling bodies or
equivalent financial guarantees and which may be, for each action,
limited to the maximum amount of the Union support.
Comments
[...]
2. MANAGEMENT MEASURES
2.1. Monitoring and reporting rules
The Commission will monitor implementation on a continuous basis through the
indicators set out in section 1.3.4, drawing on administrative data reported by
Member States' competent authorities, authentication service caseload and
processing-time data, and periodic surveys of competent authorities. Member States
will report on transposition and on the functioning of national recognition procedures
in accordance with the reporting obligations set out in the Directive. The
Commission will carry out an evaluation in accordance with the Better Regulation
Guidelines within 7 years of the deadline for transposition, assessing effectiveness,
efficiency, coherence, relevance and EU added value against the general and specific
objectives.
2.2. Management and control system(s)
2.2.1. Justification of the budget implementation method(s), the funding implementation
mechanism(s), the payment modalities and the control strategy proposed
Direct management, as per article 62.1(a) of the Financial Regulation, is the
preferred mode of implementation, as the actions will be carried out by the European
EN 52 EN
Commission, specifically Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and
Inclusion (DG EMPL), which will ensure the coordination with Member States and
the various stakeholders.
2.2.2. Information concerning the risks identified and the internal control system(s) set up
to mitigate them
The controls are part of the internal control system of DG EMPL. The new activities
will be subject to the same risk identification and mitigation approach.
2.2.3. Estimation and justification of the cost-effectiveness of the controls (ratio between
the control costs and the value of the related funds managed), and assessment of the
expected levels of risk of error (at payment & at closure)
The controls are integrated into the internal control system of DG EMPL. The new
activities will generate negligeable additional control costs at DG level.
2.3. Measures to prevent fraud and irregularities
The Commission shall ensure that, when actions financed are implemented, the
financial interests of the Union are protected by the application of preventive
measures against fraud, corruption and any other illegal activities, by effective
checks and by the recovery of the amounts unduly paid and, if irregularities are
detected, by effective, proportional and dissuasive penalties. The Commission is
authorised to carry out checks and verifications in situ under this Decision, in
compliance Council Regulation (Euratom, EC) No 2185/96 of 11 November 1996
concerning on-the-spot checks and inspections carried out by the Commission in
order to protect the European Communities financial interests against fraud and other
irregularities. If need be, investigations shall be carried out by the European Anti-
Fraud Office and shall be governed by Regulation (EC) No 1073/1999 of the
European Parliament and of the Council of 25 May 1999 concerning investigations
conducted by the European Anti-Fraud Office.
EN 53 EN
3. ESTIMATED FINANCIAL IMPACT OF THE PROPOSAL/INITIATIVE
3.1. Heading(s) of the multiannual financial framework and expenditure budget line(s) affected
Existing budget lines
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and
does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial
commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF
2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and staffing
allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
Heading of multiannual
financial framework
Budget line
Type of
expendit
ure
Contribution
Number Diff./No
n-diff. (3)
from
EFTA
countries (4)
from
candidat
e
countries
and
potential
candidat
es (5)
from
other
third
countrie
s
other assigned
revenue
1
To be determined after the
adoption of the MFF and
in the context of the
annual budgetary
Diff./No
n-diff. YES/NO YES/NO YES/NO NO
(3) Diff. = Differentiated appropriations / Non-diff. = Non-differentiated appropriations. (4) EFTA: European Free Trade Association. (5) Candidate countries and, where applicable, potential candidates from the Western Balkans.
EN 54 EN
procedure for the EU
Facility – Successor of 07
02 04 00 – ESF+ EaSI
strand
New budget lines requested
In order of multiannual financial framework headings and budget lines.
Heading
of
multiannu
al
financial
framework
Budget
line
Type of
expenditur
e
Contribution
Number Diff./non-
diff.
from
EFTA
countries
from
candidate
countries
and
potential
candidates
from other
third
countries
other
assigned
revenue
3.2. Estimated financial impact of the proposal on appropriations
3.2.1. Summary of estimated impact on operational appropriations
☐ The proposal/initiative does not require the use of operational appropriations
EN 55 EN
☑ The proposal/initiative requires the use of operational appropriations, as explained below:
3.2.1.1. Appropriations from voted budget
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the
next Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period
remain subject to the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the
annual budgetary procedure. All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Heading of multiannual financial framework Number 1 - Economic, social and territorial cohesion,
agriculture, rural and maritime prosperity and security
DG: EMPL Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Yea
r 2
032
Year 2
033
2034
and
subsequ
ent
years
TOTAL MFF
2028-2034
Operational appropriations
Budget line – successor 07
02 04
Commit
ments (1a) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payment
s (2a) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes (6)
Budget line (3) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
(6) Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former 'BA' lines), indirect research,
direct research.
EN 56 EN
TOTAL appropriations
for DG EMPL
Commit
ments
=1a+1
b+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payment
s
=2a+2
b+3 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Heading 1 Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Yea
r 203
2
Year
2033
2034
and
subsequ
ent
years
TOTAL MFF
2028-2034
TOTAL operational
appropriations
Commit
ments (4) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payment
s (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from
the envelope for specific programmes
(6) 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
TOTAL appropriations
under HEADING 1
of the multiannual financial
framework
Commit
ments =4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payment
s =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Heading of multiannual financial
framework Number
DG: <.......> Year
2024
Year
2025
Year
2026
Year
2027
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
EN 57 EN
Operational appropriations
Budget line Commitments (1a) 0.000
Payments (2a) 0.000
Budget line Commitments (1b) 0.000
Payments (2b) 0.000
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes (7)
Budget line (3) 0.000
TOTAL appropriations
for DG <.......>
Commitments =1a+1b +3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Payments =2a+2b+3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
DG: <.......> Year
2024
Year
2025
Year
2026
Year
2027
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
Operational appropriations
Budget line Commitments (1a) 0.000
Payments (2a) 0.000
Budget line Commitments (1b) 0.000
Payments (2b) 0.000
(7) Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former 'BA' lines), indirect research,
direct research.
EN 58 EN
Appropriations of an administrative nature financed from the envelope of specific programmes (8)
Budget line (3) 0.000
TOTAL appropriations
for DG <.......>
Commitments =1a+1b +3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Payments =2a+2b+3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Heading 1 Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Yea
r 2
032
Year 2
033
2034
and
subsequ
ent
years
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
TOTAL operational
appropriations
Commit
ments (4) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payment
s (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from
the envelope for specific programmes
(6) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL appropriations
under HEADING 1
of the multiannual financial
framework
Commit
ments =4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payment
s =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
(8) Technical and/or administrative assistance and expenditure in support of the implementation of EU programmes and/or actions (former 'BA' lines), indirect research,
direct research.
EN 59 EN
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
203
0
Year
2031
Year
2032
Year
2033
2034
and
subsequ
ent
years
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
TOTAL operational
appropriations (all
operational headings)
Com
mitme
nts
(4) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Paym
ents (5) p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations of an
administrative nature financed from
the envelope for specific
programmes (all operational
headings)
(6) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
TOTAL appropriations
Under Heading 1 to 3
of the multiannual financial
framework
(Reference amount)
Com
mitme
nts
=4+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Paym
ents =5+6 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Heading of multiannual financial framework 4 ‘Administrative expenditure’ (9)
DG: EMPL Year
2028
Year
2029 Year
203
Year
2031
Year
2032
Year
2033 2034
and
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
(9) The necessary appropriations should be determined using the annual average cost figures available on the appropriate BUDGpedia webpage.
EN 60 EN
0 subsequ
ent
years
Human resources 0.582 0.582 0.58
2 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.582 4.074
Other administrative expenditure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL DG EMPL Appropriations 0.582 0.582 0.58
2 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.582 4.074
TOTAL appropriations under HEADING
4 of the multiannual financial framework
(Total
commitme
nts = Total
payments)
0.582 0.582 0.582 0.582 4.074
EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Year
2032
Year
2033
2034
and
subs
eque
nt
year
s
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
TOTAL appropriations under
HEADINGS 1 to 4
of the multiannual financial
framework
Commitments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Payments p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
EN 61 EN
The staff needed to implement this proposal has been assessed at 3 full time equivalent (FTE), of which 1 are redeployed from existing
staff in the DG and 2 are to be covered by the redeployment pool of the Commission.
3.2.2. Estimated output funded from operational appropriations (not to be completed for decentralised agencies)
Commitment appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Indi
cate
obje
ctive
s
and
outp
uts
⇓
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Enter as many years as necessary to show
the duration of the impact (see Section 1.6) TOTAL
OUTPUTS
Type (10)
Aver
age
cost
No Cost No Cost No Cost No Cost No Cost No Cost No Cost Total
No
Total
Cost
SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVE No 1 (11): [...]
Outp
ut p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Outp
ut
Outp
ut
(10) Outputs are products and services to be supplied (e.g.: number of student exchanges financed, number of km of roads built, etc.). (11) As described in point 1.4.2. 'Specific objective(s)...'
EN 62 EN
Subtotal for specific
objective No 1 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVE No 2
...
Outp
ut
Subtotal for specific
objective No 2
SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVE No. 3
Outp
ut p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
Subtotal for specific
objective No. 3
TOTALS p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
3.2.3. Summary of estimated impact on administrative appropriations
☐ The proposal/initiative does not require the use of appropriations of an administrative nature
☑ The proposal/initiative requires the use of appropriations of an administrative nature, as explained below:
3.2.3.1. Appropriations from voted budget
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Year
2032
Year
2033 2034 and
subsequent
TOTAL MFF
2021-2027
EN 63 EN
years
HEADING 4
Human resources 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.5
82
0.5
82
0.5
82 4.074
Other administrative expenditure 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0
00
0.0
00
0.0
00 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.5
82
0.5
82
0.5
82 4.074
Outside HEADING 4
Human resources 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0
00
0.0
00
0.0
00 0.000
Other expenditure of an administrative
nature 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.0
00
0.0
00
0.0
00 0.000
Subtotal outside HEADING 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0
00
0.0
00
0.0
00 0.000
TOTAL 0.582 0.582 0.582 0.582
0.582
0.5
82
0.5
82 4.074
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative purposes only and does not pre-judge the next
Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to
the outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined through the annual budgetary procedure
and the steering mechanism. All appropriations and staffing allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
EN 64 EN
3.2.3.3. Total appropriations
The estimated impact on expenditure and staffing for 2028 and beyond is added for illustrative
purposes only and does not pre-judge the next Multiannual Financial Framework. The source of
financing and scope of Union financial commitment in the post-2027 period remain subject to the
outcome of interinstitutional negotiations on the MFF 2028-2034 and thereafter shall be determined
through the annual budgetary procedure and the steering mechanism. All appropriations and staffing
allocations as of 2028 are indicative.
The appropriations required for human resources and other expenditure of an administrative nature will be met by appropriations from
the DG that are already assigned to management of the action and/or have been redeployed within the DG, together, if necessary, with
any additional allocation which may be granted to the managing DG under the annual allocation procedure and in the light of budgetary
constraints.
3.2.4. Estimated requirements of human resources
☐ The proposal/initiative does not require the use of human resources
☑ The proposal/initiative requires the use of human resources, as explained below
3.2.4.1. Financed from voted budget
Estimate to be expressed in full-time equivalent units (FTEs) (12)
VOTED APPROPRIATIONS Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Year
203
2
Year 2033 2034 and
subsequent years
Establishment plan posts (officials and temporary staff)
20 01 02 01 (Headquarters and Commission's
Representation Offices) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(12) Please specify below the table how many FTEs within the number indicated are already assigned to the management of the action and/or can be redeployed within
your DG and what are your net needs.
EN 65 EN
20 01 02 03 (EU Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
01 01 01 01 (Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
01 01 01 11 (Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
External staff (in FTEs)
20 02 01 (AC, END from the 'global envelope') 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
20 02 03 (AC, AL, END and JPD in the EU
Delegations) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Admin.
support line
[XX.01.YY.Y
Y]
at Headquarters 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
in EU Delegations 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
01 01 01 02 (AC, END - Indirect research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
01 01 01 12 (AC, END - Direct research) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Heading 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Other budget lines (specify) - Outside Heading 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
This proposal is a new action and no current staff is assigned to this new task. The three FTE mentioned above are additional staff needed to
implement the proposal, to be covered by the redeployment pool of the Commission.
3.2.4.2. Financed from external assigned revenues
EN 66 EN
3.2.4.3. Total requirements of human resources
The staff required to implement the proposal (in FTEs):
To be covered by
current staff
available in the
Commission
services
Exceptional additional staff*
To be financed
under Heading
7 or Research
To be financed
from BA line
To be financed
from fees
Establishment
plan posts 3 0 N/A N/A
External staff
(CA, SNEs,
INT)
0 0 N/A N/A
The staff needed to implement this proposal has been assessed at 3 full time equivalent (FTE), of which 1 are redeployed from existing
staff in the DG and 2 are to be covered by the redeployment pool of the Commission.
Description of tasks to be carried out by:
Officials and temporary staff
Outsource the authentication services to an external entity by public
procurement, writing the specifications for the tendering procedure;
monitor the work of the selected entity; ensure the functioning of the
authentication services.
External staff
3.2.5. Overview of estimated impact on digital technology-related investments
EN 67 EN
Compulsory: the best estimate of the digital technology-related investments entailed by the proposal/initiative should be included in the
table below.
Exceptionally, when required for the implementation of the proposal/initiative, the appropriations under Heading 7 should be presented
in the designated line.
The appropriations under Headings 1-6 should be reflected as "Policy IT expenditure on operational programmes". This expenditure
refers to the operational budget to be used to re-use/ buy/ develop IT platforms/ tools directly linked to the implementation of the
initiative and their associated investments (e.g. licences, studies, data storage etc). The information provided in this table should be
consistent with details presented under Section 4 "Digital dimensions".
TOTAL Digital and IT
appropriations
Year
2024
Year
2025
Year
2026
Year
2027
TOTAL
MFF
2021-2027
HEADING 4
IT expenditure (corporate) 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Subtotal HEADING 4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Outside HEADING 4
Policy IT expenditure on
operational programmes 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Subtotal outside HEADING
4 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
TOTAL 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
EN 68 EN
3.2.6. Compatibility with the current multiannual financial framework
The proposal/initiative:
☑ can be fully financed through redeployment within the relevant heading of the
multiannual financial framework (MFF).
☐ requires use of the unallocated margin under the relevant heading of the MFF
and/or use of the special instruments as defined in the MFF Regulation.
☐ requires a revision of the MFF.
EN 69 EN
3.2.7. Third-party contributions
The proposal/initiative:
☑ does not provide for co-financing by third parties
☐ provides for the co-financing by third parties estimated below:
Appropriations in EUR million (to three decimal places)
Year
2028
Year
2029
Year
2030
Year
2031
Year
2032
Year
2033
Year
2034 Total
Specify the co-financing
body (EFTA, (potential)
candidate countries, third
countries)
p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
TOTAL appropriations co-
financed p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m.
3.3. Estimated impact on revenue
☑ The proposal/initiative has no financial impact on revenue.
☐ The proposal/initiative has the following financial impact:
☐ on own resources
☐ on other revenue
☐ please indicate, if the revenue is assigned to expenditure lines
EUR million (to three decimal places)
EN 70 EN
Budget revenue line:
Appropriations
available for the
current financial year
Impact of the proposal/initiative (13)
Year
2024
Year
2025
Year
2026
Year
2027
Article ..........
For assigned revenue, specify the budget expenditure line(s) affected.
[...]
Other remarks (e.g. method/formula used for calculating the impact on revenue or any other information).
[...]
4. DIGITAL DIMENSIONS
4.1. Requirements of digital relevance
If the policy initiative is assessed as having no requirement of digital relevance:
Justification of why digital means cannot be used to enhance policy implementation and why the ‘digital by default’ principle is not
applicable
[...]
Otherwise:
High-level description of the requirements of digital relevance and related categories (data, process digitalisation & automation, digital
solutions and/or digital public services)
Reference to the
requirement
Requirement
description
Actors affected or
concerned by the
requirement
High-level Processes Categories
(13) As regards traditional own resources (customs duties, sugar levies), the amounts indicated must be net amounts, i.e. gross amounts after deduction of 20% for
collection costs.
EN 71 EN
Article 11
Paragraph 1c: Member
States shall recognise
evidence of formal
qualifications for
doctors (with basic and
specialised training),
nurses responsible for
general care, dental
practitioners, specialised
dental practitioners,
midwives, veterinary
surgeons, pharmacists,
and architects obtained
in a third country,
provided the following
conditions are met: (c)
The evidence of formal
qualifications is issued
as a digital credential,
ensuring authenticity,
security, and ease of
verification.
Member States Third
countries’ institutions
Issuance of
qualifications Data/ Digital solutions
Article 28 (1-3)
The Commission shall
provide support services
for the assessment of
authenticity.
1. In providing
these services, the
Commission shall shall
support Member States
in the recognition of
European Commission
provides the system for
Member States upload
evidence provided by
the applicant in the
system
Processing, assessment
and recognition of
evidence authenticity
Data/Digital
Solutions/Digitalisation-
automation of
activities/Digital Public
Services
EN 72 EN
qualifications obtained
in a third country by
offering assessments on
the authenticity of
submitted evidence of
formal qualifications.
2. At the request of
a competent authority of
a Member State, the
Commission shall assess
the authenticity of
qualifications, diplomas,
certificates or other
evidence of formal
qualifications issued in a
third country and
submitted in the context
of an application falling
within the scope of this
Directive, in particular
by utilising digital tools,
international databases
and through cooperation
with third countries and
educational and
professional bodies.
Requests shall be
submitted electronically
and be accompanied by
the documents necessary
for the assessment and
proof of payment of any
EN 73 EN
applicable fee referred
to in paragraph 8.
3. The Commission
shall provide the
requesting Member
State with a
substantiated assessment
of authenticity,
including detailed
explanations of the
evaluation process and
findings. That
assessment shall be
advisory in nature and
shall not be binding on
competent authorities of
the Member States who
shall remain solely
responsible for the
recognition decision.
Article 28 (8-11)
The processing of
personal data by the
Commission for the
purposes of the support
services for assessment
of authenticity shall
comply with Regulation
(EU) 2018/1725 and be
limited to what is
necessary and
proportionate for the
European Commission Processing of personal
data Data/ Digital solutions
EN 74 EN
performance of a task
carried out in the public
interest as laid down in
Article 5(1)(a) of
Regulation (EU)
2018/1725. The
Commission shall
ensure that personal data
is processed lawfully,
securely, and with the
necessary safeguards to
protect individuals’
privacy rights, including
data minimisation,
transparency, and access
rights for data subjects.
The Commission shall
periodically report on
the activities and
effectiveness of support
services to ensure
transparency and
continual improvement.
Member States are
encouraged to provide
feedback to facilitate
enhancements in service
delivery.
Article 30
Access to recognition
procedures Member
States shall ensure that
all requirements,
Member States
Applicants professionals
(users)
Recognition procedure Data/Digital public
services/Digital
Solutions/Digitalisation-
EN 75 EN
procedures and
formalities in
recognition procedures
may be easily
completed, remotely and
by electronic means.
This shall not prevent
competent authorities of
Member States from
requesting certified
copies at a later stage in
the event of justified
doubts and where
strictly necessary.
automation of activities
Article 36
Statistics Member States
shall communicate to
the Commission
statistics on the
implementation of this
Directive. Those
statistics shall cover the
previous calendar year
and include information
on the number of
applications received
and handled and
decisions taken, and
shall be disaggregated
by citizenship, by
occupation, status
(beneficiaries of
international protection,
European Commission
Member States
Statistics on the
recognition processes
Data/Digital
Solutions/Digitalisation-
automation of activities
EN 76 EN
beneficiaries of the right
to free movement, etc),
type of procedure
(Article 6; Title II,
Chapter 2; Title II,
Chapter 3; Article 23;
Article 24 or Article 25),
and outcome of the
decision (positive,
positive with partial
access; positive with
compensation measure,
broken down by type of
compensation measure;
negative). They shall
also include the share of
complete applications at
first submission, average
processing times,
average information
exchanges per case, and
number of authenticity
checks requested.
Article 38
Reports Member States
shall send a report to the
European Commission
on the application of this
Directive. To this end,
Member States shall
collect data on
processing times,
outcomes, and user
European Commission
Member States
Reporting on the
recognition processes
Data/Digital public
services/Digital
Solutions
EN 77 EN
experience across both
procedures for access to
regulated professions
and for migration
purposes, and include
this information in the
report. They shall also
review the procedures to
report on identified
bottlenecks and
opportunities for
improvement. Member
States shall collect
feedback from
employers, professional
bodies, third-country
nationals, and other
stakeholders as part of
this exercise.
4.2. Data
High-level description of the data in scope
Type of data Reference to the requirement(s) Standard and/or specification (if
applicable)
Digital qualification attestations
Article 11 – Formal qualifications issued
as digital credentials by Third country
institutions/Article 28 – Support services
for assessment of authenticity, provided by
the Commission
N/A
Non-digital evidence of formal Article 28 – Support Services for Documents listed in Annex VII of
EN 78 EN
qualification and other supporting
evidence
Assessment of Authenticity Directive 2005/36/EC; accepted in any
official language of the Union
Personal information used for the support
services for assessment of authenticity,
provided by the Commission
Article 28 – Processing of personal data
by the Commission to provide support
services for assessment of authenticity
EUDPR (Reg. (EU) 2018/1725); data
minimisation, transparency and data-
subject access rights (Art. 28)
Annual statistical summary of recognition
procedures (includes number of
applications received and decisions,
breakdowns, outcomes, processing times
and delays)
Article 36
Report on the application of the Directive.
Member States shall send a report to the
European Commission with data regarding
the processing times, outcomes,
procedures on the recognition processes.
Moreover, this report should also include
the identification of bottlenecks and
opportunities for improvement. The
European Commission shall submit a
report to the European Parliament and the
Council on the application of the
Directive.
Article 38
Alignment with the European Data Strategy
Explanation of how the requirement(s) are aligned with the European Data Strategy
[...]
Alignment with the once-only principle
Explanation of how the once-only principle has been considered and how the possibility to reuse existing data has been explored
EN 79 EN
[...]
Explanation of how newly created data is findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable, and meets high-quality standards
[...]
Data flows
High-level description of the data flows
Type of data Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Actors who
provide the data
Actors who receive
the data
Trigger for the
data exchange
Frequency (if
applicable)
Type of data #1
Type of data # 2
4.3. Digital solutions
High-level description of digital solutions
Digital solution
Reference(s) to
the
requirement(s)
Main mandated
functionalities
Responsible
body
How is
accessibility
catered for?
How is
reusability
considered?
Use of AI
technologies (if
applicable)
Digital solution
#1
Digital solution
#2
EN 80 EN
For each digital solution, explanation of how the digital solution complies with applicable digital policies and legislative enactments
Digital solution #1
Digital and/or sectorial policy
(when these are applicable) Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act
EU Cybersecurity framework
eIDAS
Single Digital Gateway and IMI
Others
Digital solution #2
Digital and/or sectorial policy
(when these are applicable) Explanation on how it aligns
AI Act
EU Cybersecurity framework
EN 81 EN
eIDAS
Single Digital Gateway and IMI
Others
4.4. Interoperability assessment
High-level description of the digital public service(s) affected by the requirements
Digital public service
or category of digital
public services
Description Reference(s) to the
requirement(s)
Interoperable Europe
Solution(s)(NOT
APPLICABLE)
Other interoperability
solution(s)
Support services for
assessment of
authenticity
The support services
will be tasked with
supporting Member
States in the recognition
of qualifications
obtained outside the
Union by offering
assessments on the
authenticity of
submitted evidence of
formal qualifications.
Requests to the service
shall be submitted
electronically. The
service might use digital
tools and international
databases to perform its
tasks.
Article 28 (1-3)
EN 82 EN
As mentioned in Article
28(12), delegated acts
will be prepared by the
Commission to set out
the organisational and
technical measures
required for the
operation of the service.
The interoperability
assessment of the
service will be carried
out in the context of
these delegated acts.
Impact of the requirement(s) as per digital public service on cross-border interoperability
Digital public service #1
Assessment Measure(s) Potential remaining barriers (if
applicable)
Alignment with existing digital and
sectorial policies. Please list the
applicable digital and sectorial policies
identified
Digital or sectorial policy #1 Digital or
sectorial policy #2 Digital or sectorial
policy #3
Barrier #1 Barrier #2 Barrier #3
Organisational measures for a smooth
cross-border digital public services
delivery. Please list the governance
measures foreseen
Governance measure #1 Governance
measure #2 Governance measure #3 Barrier #1 Barrier #2 Barrier #3
EN 83 EN
Measures taken to ensure a shared
understanding of the data. Please list
such measures
Measure #1 Measure #2 Measure #3 Barrier #1 Barrier #2 Barrier #3
Use of commonly agreed open technical
specifications and standards. Please list
such measures
Measure #1 Measure #2 Measure #3 Barrier #1 Barrier #2 Barrier #3
4.5. Measures to support digital implementation
High-level description of measures supporting digital implementation
Description of the
measure
Reference(s) to the
requirement(s) of
digital relevance that it
supports
Commission role (if
applicable)
Actors to be involved
(if applicable)
Expected timeline (if
applicable)
Measure #1
Measure #2
Measure #3
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 989 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
Subsidiarity Grid
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
COUNCIL
on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
{COM(2026) 990 final} - {SEC(2026) 990 final} - {SWD(2026) 990 final} -
{SWD(2026) 991 final}
1
Subsidiarity Grid
1. Can the Union act? What is the legal basis and competence of the Unions’ intended action?
1.1 Which article(s) of the Treaty are used to support the legislative proposal or policy initiative?
The proposal is based on Article 79(2)(a) and (b) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU). Article 79(2)(a) TFEU empowers the European Parliament and the Council, acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative procedure, to adopt measures on the conditions of entry and residence of third-country nationals, including standards on the issue of long-term visas and residence permits. Article 79(2)(b) TFEU provides the legal basis for measures defining the rights of third-country nationals legally residing in a Member State, including the conditions governing freedom of movement and of residence in other Member States. Recognition of qualifications is directly linked to the conditions of entry and residence within the meaning of Article 79(2)(a) TFEU, since access to employment, and therefore to residence for work purposes, often depends on whether qualifications acquired in a third country can be recognised. The action also supports the effective exercise of rights of third-country nationals legally residing in the Union under Article 79(2)(b) TFEU, by facilitating access to employment corresponding to their qualifications and skills. The envisaged Union action therefore falls within the scope of both Article 79(2)(a) and (b) TFEU.
1.2 Is the Union competence represented by this Treaty article exclusive, shared or supporting in nature?
The Union's competence is shared.
Article 79 TFEU falls within Title V TFEU (the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice), which Article 4(2)(j) TFEU identifies as an area of shared competence between the Union and the Member States. The Union and Member States therefore share competence in this area, with Union action and Member State action being complementary. The proposal does not seek to replace Member States' responsibility for defining which professions are regulated, organising national education and training systems, or taking migration and admission decisions, all of which remain primarily under national competence. Instead, it aims to establish common procedural rules to facilitate the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals across the Union.
Subsidiarity does not apply for policy areas where the Union has exclusive competence as defined in Article 3 TFEU1. It is the specific legal basis which determines whether the proposal falls under the subsidiarity control mechanism. Article 4 TFEU2 sets out the areas where competence is shared between the Union and the Member States. Article 6 TFEU3 sets out the areas for which the Unions has competence only to support the actions of the Member States.
2. Subsidiarity Principle: Why should the EU act?
2.1 Does the proposal fulfil the procedural requirements of Protocol No. 24: - Has there been a wide consultation before proposing the act? - Is there a detailed statement with qualitative and, where possible, quantitative indicators
allowing an appraisal of whether the action can best be achieved at Union level?
1 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12008E003&from=EN 2 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12008E004&from=EN 3 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:12008E006:EN:HTML 4 https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:12016E/PRO/02&from=EN
2
- The proposal has been subject to extensive consultation activities. A Call for Evidence covering the Skills Portability Initiative (SPI), its three actions and envisaged policy options was published on 5 December 2025 and remained open until 27 February 2026. A Public Consultation was conducted in parallel, running from October 2025 to April 2026, in which 95.3% of respondents considered EU-level action very or somewhat necessary.
- In addition, targeted consultations were conducted between October 2025 and April 2026 with competent authorities, healthcare professional organisations, employers, civil society organisations and third-country nationals applicants (including a dedicated survey), together with bilateral meetings with Member States and written contributions from national governments. A full overview of the consultation activities and their results is summarised in Annex 2 (Stakeholder consultation synopsis report) of the Impact Assessment.
- The Impact Assessment contains a detailed problem definition, supported by qualitative and quantitative indicators, including an estimated average cost of EUR 1,500 and an average duration of 14.2 months per recognition procedure, with 70.4% of third-country nationals surveyed considering the length of the process a 'big' or 'very big' problem. The quantitative baseline, sensitivity analysis and cost estimates underpinning the appraisal of EU-level action are set out in Annex 4 (Analytical Methods).
2.2 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the conformity with the principle of subsidiarity?
The explanatory memorandum and Impact Assessment explain that the subsidiarity principle applies since the proposal does not fall under the exclusive competence of the EU. The objectives of the proposal cannot be sufficiently achieved by the Member States at national, regional or local level and can be better achieved at Union level for the following reasons:
• Divergent national recognition systems, combined with the absence — unlike for EU nationals under Directive 2005/36/EC (PQD) — of any comparable EU framework for third- country nationals, generate uncertainty and burden that individual Member State action cannot resolve;
• Recognition procedures for third-country nationals interact structurally with EU migration instruments adopted under Article 79 TFEU (such as the EU Blue Card, the EU Talent Pool and Talent Partnerships), whose effectiveness depends on recognition systems functioning adequately; Member States cannot individually address this structural misalignment between migration and recognition frameworks;
• The lack of trust in, and understanding of, third-country skills and qualifications is best addressed through EU-level tools (such as a shared authenticity-verification service and mutual learning on third-country qualification systems) that generate economies of scale which would be inefficient to replicate separately across 27 national systems.
Moreover, the identified gap stems from the personal scope of the Single Market legal basis underpinning the PQD, which is necessarily limited to EU nationals and cannot be extended by Member States acting alone to cover third-country nationals. Further EU action is therefore required to establish a framework equipping Member States with common tools to recognise third-country nationals qualifications more effectively.
2.3 Based on the answers to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be achieved sufficiently by the Member States acting alone (necessity for EU action)?
No. The objectives of improving streamlined, simple and trusted recognition procedures for third- country nationals cannot be sufficiently achieved by Member States acting alone. A coordinated EU-level approach is necessary to address divergence between national systems, establish
3
common procedural rules and deliver more predictable outcomes across the Union. The Public Consultation confirmed this, with 95.3% of respondents considering EU-level action very or somewhat necessary. While Member States remain fully responsible for defining which professions are regulated, organising their national education and training systems, and taking individual recognition and admission decisions, no single Member State can establish a coherent, EU-wide approach to procedural consistency, information exchange on third-country qualifications, or coordination between recognition and migration authorities. These limitations stem from the design of the existing EU legal frameworks themselves (see Annex 8) and cannot be remedied by national action alone.
(a) Are there significant/appreciable transnational/cross-border aspects to the problems being tackled? Have these been quantified?
Yes. Recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals is inherently a cross-border phenomenon at EU level. The share of the EU working-age population born in a third country rose from approximately 8% in 2014 to 12.6% in 2024. The scale of the burden this generates has been quantified: an average cost of EUR 1,500 and an average duration of 14.2 months per recognition procedure, rising to years in some cases, with a further EUR 300 in administrative costs for migration-related recognition procedures outside regulated professions. These figures, along with the 95.3% Public Consultation result confirming the perceived necessity of EU-level action, are set out in the problem definition and Annex 4 of the Impact Assessment.
(b) Would national action or the absence of the EU level action conflict with core objectives of the Treaty5 or significantly damage the interests of other Member States?
Yes. Persistent fragmentation in recognition procedures undermines the functioning of the Single Market and the EU's collective competitiveness in the global competition for talent, weakening the effectiveness of EU instruments such as the EU Blue Card, the EU Talent Pool, Talent Partnerships and the European Legal Gateway Office pilot, whose value depends on recognition systems functioning adequately. It also creates inconsistent treatment of third-country nationals and unpredictable outcomes for employers, including SMEs, operating across different Member States.
(c) To what extent do Member States have the ability or possibility to enact appropriate measures?
Member States remain responsible for defining regulated professions, organising national education and training systems, and taking migration and admission decisions. However, the Single Market legal basis underpinning the PQD is limited in personal scope to EU nationals and cannot be extended by Member States acting alone to cover third-country nationals. Member States acting individually therefore cannot establish a coherent, cross-cutting recognition framework applicable across the Union.
(d) How does the problem and its causes (e.g. negative externalities, spill-over effects) vary across the national, regional and local levels of the EU?
The scale of the problem varies with Member States' exposure to inbound migration of third- country nationals and the concentration of shortage sectors such as healthcare, ICT, construction and engineering, as well as with the existing degree of coordination between national migration and recognition authorities (see Annex 11, Diverging territorial impact of policy options). However, the underlying structural misalignment between migration and recognition frameworks is common
5 https://europa.eu/european-union/about-eu/eu-in-brief_en
4
across Member States and stems from the design of the relevant EU legal frameworks themselves (Annex 8), and therefore requires coordination beyond the national level.
(e) Is the problem widespread across the EU or limited to a few Member States?
The problem is Union-wide, even though its intensity varies. Third-country nationals represent a growing and substantial share of the EU workforce (12.6% of the working-age population in 2024), with nurse shortages recorded in 78% of Member States and specialist medical shortages in 75%. The challenges addressed by the proposal therefore affect Member States to different degrees but are Union-wide in nature, relating to the functioning of the internal market and the implementation of common EU migration rules.
(f) Are Member States overstretched in achieving the objectives of the planned measure?
This is less a question of national administrative capacity than of structural limits. Because the Single Market legal basis underpinning the PQD cannot be extended by Member States acting alone to cover third-country nationals, and because Article 79 TFEU migration instruments are not designed around qualification recognition, Member States cannot individually create the missing framework, regardless of their administrative capacity.
(g) How do the views/preferred courses of action of national, regional and local authorities differ across the EU?
Member States' positions diverge. Some explicitly support common rules modelled on the PQD's general system, adapted to reflect the diversity of third-country quality assurance standards. Others, offer conditional supporting views tied to avoiding new administrative burden and ensuring alignment with existing recognition frameworks. Several Member States more broadly stress the importance of preserving national flexibility over substantive recognition standards. These positions are reflected in the written contributions summarised in Annex 2 (Stakeholder consultation synopsis report) and in the wider consultation record described in the Impact Assessment.
2.4 Based on the answer to the questions below, can the objectives of the proposed action be better achieved at Union level by reason of scale or effects of that action (EU added value)?
(a) Are there clear benefits from EU level action?
Yes. EU-level action supports the effectiveness of the EU's talent-attraction ecosystem (the EU Blue Card, the EU Talent Pool, Talent Partnerships and the European Legal Gateway Office) and improves predictability for third-country nationals and employers alike. This could not be achieved without action at EU level.
(b) Are there economies of scale? Can the objectives be met more efficiently at EU level (larger benefits per unit cost)? Will the functioning of the internal market be improved?
Yes. The preferred policy option (PO3) is estimated to generate aggregate administrative savings of approximately EUR 22.3 million per year, monetised time savings for applicants of approximately EUR 300 million per year, and a reduction in employer-borne administrative costs of approximately EUR 20 million per year. These benefits are achieved through shared EU tools — including an EU authenticity-verification service and a public register of third-country learning
5
programmes eligible for automatic recognition — that are inherently more effective when developed once centrally than replicated separately across 27 Member States.
(c) What are the benefits in replacing different national policies and rules with a more homogenous policy approach?
The proposal does not replace national recognition decisions or create a 'once-only' EU-wide validity of recognition granted in one Member State. It establishes common procedural rules on documentation, timelines and safeguards and, for a limited set of professions, automatic recognition grounded in prior verification of third-country learning programmes. This reduces fragmentation and increases legal certainty for third-country nationals, employers and administrations without imposing a single substantive assessment standard.
(d) Do the benefits of EU-level action outweigh the loss of competence of the Member States and the local and regional authorities (beyond the costs and benefits of acting at national, regional and local levels)?
Yes. The proposal does not impact Member States' competence over the definition of regulated professions, national education and training systems, or migration and admission decisions. Given the limited degree of competence affected, the economies of scale, legal certainty and competitiveness benefits described above outweigh the marginal reduction in national discretion over procedural detail.
(e) Will there be improved legal clarity for those having to implement the legislation?
Yes. Common procedural rules on documentation, timelines, coordination between recognition and migration authorities, and use of the shared authenticity-verification service would provide considerably greater legal clarity for competent authorities, employers and third-country nationals than the current fragmented landscape.
3. Proportionality: How the EU should act
3.1 Does the explanatory memorandum (and any impact assessment) accompanying the Commission’s proposal contain an adequate justification regarding the proportionality of the proposal and a statement allowing appraisal of the compliance of the proposal with the principle of proportionality?
Yes. Each of the policy options assessed in the Impact Assessment is shown to respect the principles of subsidiarity and proportionality. Policy Option 1 imposes no new obligations on Member States and is fully compatible as a non-binding option. Policy Option 2 addresses procedural requirements without harmonising substantive assessment standards or affecting Member State competence over recognition or admission decisions. The preferred option, Policy Option 3, introduces automatic recognition for a defined set of professions grounded in the existing framework of minimum training requirements under the PQD; it is a proportionate response that preserves Member States' competence over qualification standards and admission decisions, and participation by third-country institutions in the automatic recognition register is voluntary.
3.2 Based on the answers to the questions below and information available from any impact assessment, the explanatory memorandum or other sources, is the proposed action an appropriate way to achieve the intended objectives?
6
Yes. The preferred option's measures are directly linked to the scale and persistence of the problems they address — an average recognition duration of 14.2 months, an average cost of EUR 1,500 per application, and persistent information asymmetry regarding third-country qualifications — and are targeted at the specific objectives of streamlined recognition systems (SO1), reduced legal and administrative complexity (SO2) and increased trust in third-country qualifications (SO3), while preserving Member States' responsibilities.
(a) Is the initiative limited to those aspects that Member States cannot achieve satisfactorily on their own, and where the Union can do better?
Yes. The initiative is confined to procedural aspects of recognition — common rules on documentation, timelines and safeguards, and automatic recognition for a defined set of professions grounded in verified third-country learning programmes — rather than to admission policy, migration volumes or the definition of regulated professions, all of which remain with Member States.
(b) Is the form of Union action (choice of instrument) justified, as simple as possible, and coherent with the satisfactory achievement of, and ensuring compliance with the objectives pursued (e.g. choice between regulation, (framework) directive, recommendation, or alternative regulatory methods such as co-legislation, etc.)?
The action is intended to take the form of a Directive establishing common procedural rules on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals. This is consistent with the choice of a Directive as the instrument for the parallel amendment of the PQD under Action 2 of the SPI, and reflects the need to leave Member States discretion over how competent authorities apply the common rules within their own administrative structures. The analysis also considered a non- binding instrument, such as a Commission Recommendation, drawing on prior experience with this approach in the field of qualifications recognition. This experience indicated that non-binding instruments have not delivered consistent implementation across Member States, and that a binding instrument is necessary to achieve the objectives of common procedural rules, enforceable deadlines and reliable outcomes for third-country nationals.
(c) Does the Union action leave as much scope for national decision as possible while achieving satisfactorily the objectives set? (e.g. is it possible to limit the European action to minimum standards or use a less stringent policy instrument or approach?)
Yes. The proposal does not harmonise the definition of regulated professions, national education and training systems, or Member State competence over migration and admission policy. It leaves Member States discretion over how they organise the competent authorities responsible for applying the common procedural rules, and participation by third-country institutions in the automatic recognition register remains voluntary.
(d) Does the initiative create financial or administrative cost for the Union, national governments, regional or local authorities, economic operators or citizens? Are these costs commensurate with the objective to be achieved?
Yes, and the costs identified are modest relative to the benefits. Implementation costs under the preferred option are estimated at EUR 28.7–50.7 million one-off and EUR 3.7–6.0 million per year, borne mainly at EU level (with limited adaptation costs for Member States linked to database interoperability), against estimated aggregate annual benefits of over EUR 340 million (administrative savings, monetised time savings for applicants and reduced employer-borne administrative costs). No new administrative costs are expected for citizens or businesses, consistent with the 'one in, one out' approach.
7
(e) While respecting the Union law, have special circumstances applying in individual Member States been taken into account?
Yes. The Impact Assessment recognises that implementation costs and benefits will not be distributed equally across Member States, and identifies five determinants of this territorial variation: the volume of inbound migration applications involving qualification recognition; the scale, density and fragmentation of the national professional-regulation landscape; the existing degree of coordination between national migration and recognition authorities; and the procedural distance between current national practice and the proposed common EU rules (Annex 11, Diverging territorial impact of policy options). The proposal's common framework is designed to accommodate this diversity while respecting Member States' different national contexts and responsibilities.
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
17.07.2026
SEC(2026) 990
REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD OPINION
{COM(2026) 990}
{SWD(2026) 989-991}
Impact assessment / Recognition of qualifications and skills of third country nationals
________________________________
This opinion concerns a draft impact assessment which may differ from the final version.
Commission européenne/Europese Commissie, 1049 Bruxelles/Brussel, BELGIQUE/BELGIË - Tel. +32 22991111 [email protected]
EUROPEAN COMMISSION REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD
Brussels, RSB
Opinion
Title: Impact assessment / Recognition of qualifications and skills of third country nationals
Overall opinion: POSITIVE WITH RESERVATIONS
(A) Policy context The initiative is part of the broader Skills Portability Initiative (SPI), which comprises three complementary actions: facilitating worker mobility across the EU through skills transparency and digitalisation (action 1); modernising and expanding the recognition of qualifications for access to regulated professions (action 2); improving the recognition of qualifications and skills for third-country nationals (action 3). Action 3 aims to address EU labour and skills shortages by facilitating the recognition of qualifications for third country nationals. The initiative focuses on making the Single Market a more attractive destination for third-country nationals by enabling them to have their qualifications recognised and their skills validated more easily. The Skills Portability Initiative is part of the Fair Labour Mobility Package and is to contribute to the Union of Skills.
(B) Key issues The Board notes the additional information provided and commitments to make changes to the report. However, the report still contains significant shortcomings. The Board gives a positive opinion with reservations because it expects the lead Service to rectify the following aspects:(1) The magnitude of the problem is not sufficiently described. The problem
definition does not sufficiently draw on evidence from evaluations. (2) It is not sufficiently explained how the uniform application of common rules will
be ensured and consistently implemented across Member States. (3) The report does not sufficiently assess effectiveness and efficiency, including
costs and benefits. (4) The coherence is not sufficiently analysed, in particular coherence with the
Talent pool platform and digital solutions developed under other parts of SPI.
2
(C) What to improve (1) The report should clarify to what extent the magnitude of the problem stemming from the obstacles related to skills portability can be established and analytically isolated from other factors affecting Third Country Nationals’ (TCN) choice of the EU as a destination. The main report should better use evidence from the existing evaluations of relevant instruments, as detailed in Annex 8, to substantiate the problem definition and the problem drivers. (2) The report should further elaborate the basis of the common approach, and on how a uniform approach by Member States will be ensured given the flexibility foreseen by the legal instrument. The report needs to consider enforcement in more detail, in particular regarding how rules - in particular regarding fixed deadlines, exhaustive lists of documents and transparency of fees - will be enforced. Under policy option 3, the report should better explain the role of the envisaged EU quality assurance agencies, including how these bodies would be selected and how they would relate to the existing landscape of quality assurance for professional qualifications. The report should clarify how the EU wide quality assurance channel provided for by this Action, relates to national approaches. (3) The analysis of effectiveness and efficiency must be improved. The report needs to analyse to what extent the competent authorities have the capacity and incentives to deliver on qualification recognitions, including complying with shorter deadlines, without increasing processing costs. It also needs to demonstrate what productivity or efficiency gains drive this enhanced capacity, and if and how these gains are achieved through the intervention. The specificities of automatic qualification recognition process should be explained in more detail, for example its role in accelerating the processing of qualification recognition and authentication requests. The report also needs to analyse the different types of competent authorities that deal with the recognition of professional qualifications, including these organisations’ governance and incentive structures, and how this might impact on their delivery of the envisaged improved outputs, and compliance with deadlines and other requirements. The risk of possibly limited enforcement of these requirements needs to be factored in in the analysis of effectiveness. (4) The report should provide evidence of the expected level of interest from third country institutions, that provide professional qualifications, to have their qualifications recognised in the envisaged automatic recognition system and their willingness to bear the related expected costs. The report should present a more balanced approach to the expected benefits and their monetisation, considering the uncertainties in the evidence base, the assumptions made, and the flexibility foreseen at Member States level. The main report should more clearly specify which assumptions form the basis for its analysis and findings regarding productivity gains through IT and governance improvements; and describe to what extent the findings may change if the underlying assumptions are changed. (5) The report should strengthen the coherence analysis in relation to the ‘ecosystem of initiatives’ to address EU labour market needs, including the EU Talent Pool Regulation, as well as the other initiatives of the SPI. In particular, the report should analyse the possible synergies with the digital solution to be developed under Action 2, including to be used based on voluntary basis. The report should specify what type of legal act would be proposed under this initiative. Some more technical comments have been sent directly to the author Service.
3
(D) Conclusion The lead Service may proceed with the initiative. The lead Service must revise the report and its executive summary in accordance with the Board’s findings before launching the interservice consultation. Full title Fair labour mobility package - Skills Portability 3: recognition
of qualifications and skills of third country nationals
Reference number PLAN/2026/2650
Submitted to RSB on 17 June 2026
Date of RSB meeting 15 July 2026
Electronically signed on 17/07/2026 12:58 (UTC+02) in accordance with Article 11 of Commission Decision (EU) 2021/2121
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026 SWD(2026) 990 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a
DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
{COM(2026) 990 final} - {SEC(2026) 990 final} - {SWD(2026) 989 final} - {SWD(2026) 991 final}
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT ............................................................... 1
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 6
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT? ......................................................................................................... 25
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?................................................................................ 27
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS? ..................................................................... 27
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS? ........................................................... 38
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE? ............................................................................................ 50
8. PREFERRED OPTION ....................................................................................................................... 54
9. HOW WILL THE ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED? ......................... 56
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 58
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT) ................................................ 61
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW? ........................................................................................... 80
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS ...................................................................................................... 87
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK ............................................................................................... 110
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK ........................................................................................................................... 114
ANNEX 7: DISCARDED OPTIONS ......................................................................................................... 122
ANNEX 8: LEGAL AND POLICY CONTEXT ........................................................................................ 125
ANNEX 9: MAPPING OF RECOGNITION PROCEDURES TO ACCESS REGULATED
PROFESSIONS AND AS PART OF MIGRATION PROCEDURES IN EU MS ........................... 138
ANNEX 10: VALIDATION OF SKILLS .................................................................................................. 186
ANNEX 11: DIVERGING TERRITORIAL IMPACT OF POLICY OPTIONS ....................................... 194
ANNEX 12: POLICY OPTIONS: DESCRIPTION OF MEASURES ....................................................... 199
ANNEX 13: COMBINED COSTS AND BENEFITS OF SPI PREFERRED OPTIONS UNDER
ACTION 1, 2, AND 3 ....................................................................................................................... 209
ANNEX 14: MONITORING ...................................................................................................................... 213
ANNEX 15: RESOURCES......................................................................................................................... 215
ii
Glossary
Term or acronym Meaning or definition
CA Competent Authorities
CSO Civil society organisations
EQF European Qualifications Framework
ETF European Training Foundation
HR Human Resources
IA Impact Assessment
ICT Information and communication technology
IO International organisation
IOM International Organisation for Migration
MRA Mutual Recognition Agreement
MS Member State(s)
OECD Organisation for Economic Cooperation and
Development
PC Public Consultation
PO Policy Option
PQD Professional Qualifications Directive
QA Quality Assurance
SMEs Small and medium-sized enterprises
iii
TCN Third-country nationals
TCQ Third-country qualifications
Note on terminology
In this impact assessment (IA), the expression “recognition of qualifications” refers to two
distinct but related sets of procedures.
In relation to regulated professions1,e.g. doctor, nurse, electrician, (“recognition of
professional qualifications”), it refers to the process by which a person’s qualifications are
assessed and verified by a competent authority (CA) to determine whether they meet the legal
requirements to grant that individual the right to practice the profession in that Member State
(MS).
In the context of migration policy, “recognition of qualifications” refers to the process by
which a person’s qualifications are assessed as part of a procedure to grant residence in that
MS.
While recognition of professional qualifications by a CA grants the legal right to practice a
specific regulated occupation, migration-related recognition functions as an entry filter to
verify that an applicant’s qualifications meet the thresholds required for admission into the
domestic labour market.
Professional and migration-related recognition procedures can intersect when the legal
migration pathway itself is legally contingent upon the applicant already holding the right to
practise a regulated profession within the host Member State.
The problem analysis distinguishes between “recognition systems” and “recognition
procedures”. The former refers to the recognition governance and operational structures in
MS (which authorities are involved, which assessment methods are applied and for what
purpose is recognition required?). The latter refers to the various steps in the administrative
handing of recognition requests (what documents are required, which deadlines apply, etc.?)
within these “recognition systems”.
1 The expression “regulated profession” refers to a professional activity or group of professional activities the
access to and/or the pursuit of is subject to the possession of specific professional qualifications by virtue of
regulatory or administrative provisions
1
1. INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
1.1. Overall context of the Skills Portability Initiative and the Fair Labour
Mobility package
While the EU’s labour market has reached record-high employment levels and shown
remarkable resilience in the post-pandemic era,2 its strong performance masks a structural
challenge: widespread skilled labour shortages that threaten business growth and the EU’s
global competitiveness.3
Critical sectors – ranging from healthcare and ICT to construction and transport – struggle to
find the talent they need to scale up and drive the twin transitions. These shortages are structural,
not cyclical, and expected to worsen due to demographics and evolving demand for new skills
and occupations.4 They are not evenly distributed across the economy and most acutely felt by
Small and Medium-sized Enterprise (SMEs), which have fewer resources to navigate
complex recruitment channels5. Labour and skills gaps also threaten the delivery of essential
public services like healthcare, education and long-term care.6
Paradoxically, the EU also suffers from ‘skills waste’. Overqualification and the
underutilisation of skills remain structural features of the labour market. This mismatch is
significantly more pronounced among EU mobile workers and third-country nationals (TCN)7.
Uncertainty about whether qualifications and skills will be fully understood, valued, and
formally recognised (in the case of regulated professions8) in another MS, may discourage
2 The employment rate for people aged 20-64 equalled 76.3% in the Q1 of 2026. 3 With minor fluctuations, labour market slack in the EU has been decreasing steadily from 18.6% in 2015 to
10.9% in Q1 2026 while the job vacancy rate in the EU stood at 2.0% in Q4 2025. While this represents a slight
dip from previous peaks, it signals an enduring difficulty for employers to find the right talent to sustain growth.
Structural factors, such as demographic change and skills demands from the twin transition, as well as poor
working conditions in some sectors are likely to sustain shortages in the foreseeable future. 4 The EU's working-age population is projected to shrink from 265 million in 2022 to 258 million by 2030 (ESDE
2023, based on Eurostat EUROPOP2023 projections), while job vacancy rates have more than doubled over the
past decade. Cedefop's skills forecast to 2035 further confirms that in key shortage sectors — health, care and
construction — shortages stem primarily from replacement demand. 5 51% EU firms reported that the scarcity of skilled workers was a major barrier to investment in 2024 – up from
38% in 2016. EIB 2024/2025. A 2026 Eurobarometer survey shows that 46% of SMEs are finding it difficult or
very difficult to finding staff with the right skills over the past 24 months. For SMEs, the inability to recruit has
immediate consequences. In an earlier survey, 48% of them reported that shortages lead to an increased workload
for existing staff, directly impacting productivity and the ability to innovate. 6 According to the OECD, in 2022, the EU faced a shortfall of 1.2 million health professionals, with shortages
reported by 20 MS for doctors and 15 for nurses. The crisis is driven by an ageing population increasing demand
while over one-third of doctors and a quarter of nurses approach retirement. This trend is expected to worsen,
causing a projected shortfall of around 2 million health and long-term care workers by 2030, with demand
continuing to grow thereafter due to ageing populations. Cf. OECD (2024) and European Commission (2021). 7 In 2024, there were 14 million European citizens living in another EU MS, of which 10.1 million of working age.
In addition, there were 1.9 million cross-border commuters. In 2024, 12.8 million non-EU citizens were employed
in the EU in 2025. Cf. European Commission (2026), Eurostat LFS 2025. The overqualification rate among EU
workers employed in their own country stood at 20.8% in 2023. For mobile EU-citizens and TCN the equivalent
rate equalled 31.4% and 39.8% respectively. Eurostat LFS, lfsa_eoqgan. 8 Regulated professions are the focus of Action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative; the definition of the concept
and its practical scope are explained in the accompanying IA.
2
professionals from seeking employment opportunities outside their MS.9 It can also deter
companies, especially SMEs, from tapping into the potential pool of talent of the Single Market.
Beyond economic efficiency, skills portability is a prerequisite for exercising the fundamental
rights enshrined in the Treaties, including the right to free movement (Article 21 TFEU), the
freedom of movement for workers (Article 45) and the freedom of establishment (Article
49 TFEU). While individual decisions on relocating to another EU MS depend on many
factors, limited skills portability contributes to difficulties that many citizens experience when
exercising these rights. In border regions, skills-related barriers to mobility limit job
opportunities in neighbouring countries which could be accessed without the need for
relocation10. Improving skills portability across borders thus also contributes to the ‘right to
stay’.
The Letta report on the Single Market to theEuropean Councilhighlightedthat: “Free
movement of people has been and remains the least developed of the four freedoms.” It also
stressed that fragmented national labour markets hinder European growth and competitiveness
and that “extending the system of automatic recognition of professional qualifications and
reviewing the need for and extent of professional regulation would facilitate mobility and help
to respond to persistent labour shortages.” 11
In response, the Political Guidelines of Commission President von der Leyen, committed to
a “Skills Portability Initiative to ensure a skill acquired in one country is recognised in
another.”12 They also underscored the need to “support Member States and companies with
legal migration based on the skills needs of our economies and our regions” and to “make it
easier to attract the right talent with harmonised rules on the recognition of qualifications.” At
its meeting on 19 March 2026, the European Council urged swifter action, calling for measures
to “enhance free movement of workers by improving mutual recognition of professional
qualifications and strengthening the portability of qualifications and skills across national
borders, including through digitalisation and interoperability, on the basis of a Commission
proposal to be presented by autumn 2026.”13 On 24 April 2026, the European institutions
agreed on a roadmap to achieve 'One Europe, One Market' to strengthen Europe’s
competitiveness, with a commitment for concrete actions and targets for agreements by end of
2027. The Skills Portability Initiative is one of the priority deliverables to contribute to a
more integrated Single Market.14
This political direction is supported by the broader institutional landscape. The European
Economic and Social Committee has called for further discussions among governments,
social partners, and stakeholders to consider expanding the list of automatically recognised
regulated professions and creating common training frameworks under Directive 2005/36/EC,
9 In a recent Eurobarometer 18% of respondents indicated an interest in working abroad, higher than the actual
number of mobile workers. Cf. European Commission (2022). 10 ITEM study on challenges and solutions for recognising professional qualifications in cross-border regions. 11 Letta (2024). 12 Von der Leyen (2024). 13 European Council meeting (19 March 2026) – Conclusions 14 One Europe, One Market Roadmap of the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the
European Commission
3
addressing barriers to its implementation.15 The Committee of the Regions has highlighted the
importance of enhancing the portability and recognition of qualifications across the EU, which
are essential for fostering labour mobility, combating brain drain and fully harnessing the Single
Market and talent within regional economies.16
As part of the Fair Labour Mobility package17,the Skills Portability Initiative aims to
empower European businesses to recruit the skilled labour force they need to remain
competitive in the global economy, effectively safeguard the right to free movement and allow
talent to flow seamlessly to where it adds most value. By simplifying and improving the
transparency of recognition, and validation, the initiative strengthens coherence between
migration pathways, labour market needs and skills systems; supporting improved labour
market matching, enhanced productivity and reduced skills underutilisation across the EU.
The initiative aligns with the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, in particular SDG
8 (Decent work and economic growth), SDG 9 (Industry, innovation and infrastructure), SDG
10 (Reduced inequalities) and SDG 1 (No poverty).
1.2. Coherence of the package
Underemployment, overqualification and ‘skills waste’ stem inter alia from imperfect
information and regulatory or administrative barriers to free movement. Mobile
professionals struggle to valorise the qualifications and skills they acquired abroad because
labour market actors find it relatively more difficult to interpret and verify non-national
credentials. This putsqualifications and skills acquired in a non-national context at a
disadvantage. The Skills Portability Initiative aims to address these barriers through a set of
three distinct but interrelated actions:
Action 1: Improving availability of reliable, comparable and verifiable digitalised
information on qualifications and skills in the EU
This action aims to bring simplification for employers and workers by making qualifications
instantly understandable and verifiable for labour market actors across the Single Market, and
facilitating comparison of the level and content of qualifications issued in the EU. It aims to do
so by building on existing tools such as the European Qualifications Framework, Europass and
the European Digital Identity Wallet, and through setting common standards for digital
attestations of qualifications to be interoperable, secure, and machine-readable. This will reduce
the ‘interpretative burden’ on hiring managers, and prevent further fragmentation between MS
resulting from uncoordinated investments in digitalisation.
This action is relevant for all workers using qualifications obtained in other EU MS in any
labour market context, including for access to regulated professions. In the context of
unregulated professions, which constitute 78% of EU labour force, the improved availability of
digitalised and comparable information on qualifications and skills will contribute to decreasing
the uncertainty about how to treat qualifications obtained in another MS, which at the moment
15 SOC/837-EESC-2025 16 CDR-1105-2025 17 For more context, see CWP 2026 Commission work programme 2026 - European Commission.
4
leads employers to request costly and time-consuming comparisons with national qualifications
even though these are not legally required. In regulated professions, the digital attestations set
up thanks to Action 1 are a key element of the simplification of the recognition procedures
under Action 2. The various problem drivers, Policy Options and impacts are discussed in this
IA.
Action 2: Targeted Intervention for Regulated Professions
The second action focuses specifically on improving cross-border recognition procedures for
access to regulated professions.18 There are currently over 5,700 professions regulated across
the EU19 covering an estimated 22% of the labour force20, with considerable variations in how
these professions are governed and diverging access requirements between MS. This
exacerbates the issue of allocative inefficiency as imperfect information is compounded by legal
and administrative hurdles to skills mobility. Under the TFEU, regulation of access to
professions is MS competence within the limits of EU law, and in particular, non-discrimination
and proportionality21. Consequently, there is a high variety of approaches to regulating the
access to professions between MS which creates barriers to professional mobility within the
EU. To address those barriers, the EU has established the Professional Qualifications
Directive22 (PQD) which provides a robust, legally binding framework that sets out rules on the
recognition of professional qualifications in a cross-border context. Thus, the Directive
facilitates professional mobility, ensuring that individuals who have acquired their professional
qualifications in one MS for access to a given profession, can access and pursue the same
profession in another MS under the same conditions as nationals. However, the experience of
professionals navigating the existing regulatory framework reveals that recognition often
remains a complex and time-consuming process. While the framework’s foundations are
fundamentally sound, lengthy procedures, uneven digitalisation of national processes and
procedures, and heavy documentation requirements risk undermining its potential. Action 2
aims to facilitate cross-border recognition of professional qualifications required to access
regulated professions and is organised into two primary work strands. The first work strand
focuses on applying the automatic recognition system to additional regulated professions.
Currently, automatic recognition exists for certain sectoral professions with harmonised
18 Article 3 of the Professional Qualifications Directive defines a regulated profession as “a professional activity
or group of professional activities, access to which, the pursuit of which, or one of the modes of pursuit of which
is subject, directly or indirectly, by virtue of legislative, regulatory or administrative provisions to the possession
of specific professional qualifications.”. 19 According to the ECA, the combined data on professions that are regulated in the MS show that the total
increased from around 5 400 in 2016 to around 5 700 in 2023 (average per MS: 212 regulated professions). Annex
8 of the IA accompanying Action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative provides more background on regulated
professions in the MS, for illustrative purposes. The European Commission’s RegProf allows to verify which
professions are regulated at national level in the EU, by MS. 20 See COM (2016) 820 final. 21 Directive (EU) 2018/958 on proportionality tests obliges MS to assess, before adoption, whether new or
amended regulation of professions is justified, necessary, and proportionate to legitimate public-interest objectives,
and to document this assessment transparently: by doing so, it indirectly supports recognition by reducing barriers
and promoting consistency across MS. 22 Directive 2005/36/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on the recognition
of professional qualifications. The PQD, based on articles 46, 53(1), 53(2) and 62 TFEU is part of a broader acquis
governing the free movement of professionals. The links between the PQD and other instruments on the free
movement of professionals in the Single Market are explained in more detail in Annex 7.
5
minimum training requirements (such as doctors and nurses). For specific economic activities
in trade and commerce there is automatic recognition based on professional experience. The
action aims to extend automatic recognition to professions which are not currently covered
using Common Training Frameworks. It is covered as part of the baseline in the dedicated IA
for action 2.23 The second work strand on Modernisation and Digitalisation of Procedures
aims to simplify and speed up recognition of professional qualifications for regulated
professions, by streamlining the existing recognition procedures under the Directive, leveraging
the potential of digital tools. Action 2 is based on articles 46, 49, 53 and 62 TFEU. The various
problem drivers and Policy Options in this second work strand are discussed in a dedicated IA.
Action 3: Attracting and Empowering Global Talent
Acknowledging that intra-EU mobility alone cannot solve all labour market needs, Action 3
focuses on making the Single Market a more attractive destination for TCN by enabling them
to have their qualifications recognised and their skills validated more easily. This will both
benefit the TCN already residing and working in the EU and those who intend to migrate to the
EU, making the Single Market a more attractive destination for global talent. Action 3 is based
on article 79 (2) points (a) and (b) TFEU. The various problem drivers and Policy Options in
this third work strand are discussed in this IA.
Actions 1, 2 and 3 are closely interlinked and coherent.
The interoperable, secure and verifiable digital attestations developed under Action 1 are a
foundation, on which actions to simplify and speed up recognition procedures in the context of
regulated professions under the PQD (Action 2) build,by reducing administrative burdens on
Competent Authorities enabling smoother, faster assessments of qualifications.
Action 3 addresses a critical gap: the PQD’s recognition procedures do not cover third-
country nationals (TCNs). TCNs and EU citizens holding non-EU qualifications do not
always benefit to the same extent from the existing EU transparency tools. This puts them at a
disadvantage compared to EU citizens holding EU qualifications, undermining the
attractiveness of the Single Market as a destination for global talent. To address these issues,
specific action to facilitate recognition of qualifications of TCN is warranted. This is the
purpose of Action 3. Just like Action 1, Action 3 uses the European Qualifications Framework
as a key tool to enable comparability and portability of qualifications across borders,
implemented in particular through comparisons between the EQF and qualifications
frameworks of third countries, such as in the context of Talent Partnerships, or other EU
partnerships.
Together the three actions form a coherent package, each addressing distinct but interlinked
dimensions of skills portability: 1) the framework for availability of digitalised information
about qualifications and skills which forms the foundation for the other actions, 2) the
recognition of qualifications for intra-EU mobility in regulated professions, and 3) the
recognition of qualifications of TCN. As such, the three actions are mutually reinforcing and
23 The link between this strand of work and the modernisation and digitalisation of recognition procedures is
explained in Annex 9 of the relevant IA.
6
contribute to the broader objectives of supporting labour mobility, reducing skills mismatches,
and improving the functioning of the Single Market.
2. PROBLEM DEFINITION
The primary scope of this action is TCN seeking employment in the EU.24 The focus on
TCN (rather than TCQ) is due to Treaty legal basis, as well as existing EU acquis, that require
any EU intervention in this area to be framed around the personal scope, i.e. focused on TCN
and their rights (discussed in Annex 8).
The action addresses recognition procedures, not migration flows. It does not alter Member
States' competence to determine admission conditions, set migration volumes or decide which
professions they regulate. Legal migration is a necessary component of the EU's long-term
response to demographic decline25, a context within which this action operates exclusively
through procedural improvement. Where relevant, the IA has regard to ethical and geopolitical
dimensions of talent mobility, including the potential impact on origin countries facing
documented workforce pressures.
The recognition landscape facing TCN involves two distinct types of procedures which
are organised differently across 27 national systems.
The first is formal recognition for access to a regulated profession. Where a TCN seeks to
practise a regulated profession, such as medical doctor, nurse, electrician, recognition is a
mandatory legal precondition for access to professional practice26. No TCN may practise a
regulated profession in a Member State without first obtaining a formal recognition decision
from the relevant authority. This decision involves a substantive assessment of the applicant's
qualifications against the national requirements for the profession concerned, may require the
submission of extensive documentation and may result in the imposition of compensation
measures27 before recognition is granted.
24 The IA also considers two further scenarios arising from the legal analysis for the action: TCNs who hold
qualifications obtained in another Member State, and EU nationals who hold third-country qualifications. These
scenarios are described in more detail in the Annex 8 description of the legal context. The scenarios do not alter
the central analysis, and they do not change the principal focus of this action, which is the absence of any EU
framework governing recognition procedures for TCNs. 25 The Commission's 2025 Strategic Foresight Report 26 The qualification requirement can also be linked a particular mode of pursuit, e.g. using a professional title or
working in a self-employed capacity. See the definition of “regulated profession” in Art. 3(1)(a) of Directive
2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional qualifications. 27 Under the PQD (which applies to EU citizens), if a host EU country finds substantial differences between an
applicant's professional qualifications and their national requirements, they may impose compensation measures.
Applicants are generally given the choice between two options: an adaptation period or an aptitude test. No
equivalent framework governs compensation measures for TCNs. In the absence of EU legislation, MS and CAs
determine independently whether compensation measures apply, in what form, and on what terms, resulting in
significant variation in both the nature and extent of the requirements imposed on TCN applicants for the same
profession across different national and regulatory contexts.
7
Unlike EU nationals moving between MS, who benefit from established mutual recognition
mechanisms under PQD (including automatic recognition for seven sectoral professions28)
TCN have no comparable framework for accessing regulated professions. This gap is
particularly acute in healthcare precisely where TCN migration flows are most concentrated29.
Nearly half of TCN who initiated recognition procedures in the EU were seeking access to a
regulated profession in healthcare30.
The second type of procedure is a qualification or skills check conducted as part of a
migration procedure. Several admission pathways, including the Blue Card, researcher visa
and national highly skilled worker schemes, require applicants to demonstrate that their
qualifications meet defined thresholds as a condition of entry or residence, irrespective of
whether the profession they intend to practise is regulated or unregulated31. These checks are
conducted by MS authorities under the legal framework applicable to the admission pathway,
and are distinct in purpose, institutional setting and legal basis from the procedure conducted
by CA. Their function is to establish eligibility for admission rather than to authorise access to
a specific profession.
TCN already make a substantial and growing contribution to EU labour markets. Over the past
decade, the share of the working-age population in the EU born in a third-country has
consistently increased, reaching 12.6% in 2024, compared to approximately 8% in 2014. By
contrast, the share of working-age people born in one MS but living in another rose only
modestly, from 4% in 2014 to 4.4% over the same period32. Employed TCN have particularly
strong presence in sectors facing acute labour shortages, including health and long-term care,
ICT, construction and engineering. Yet, despite available opportunities, OECD analysis shows
that Sweden is the only MS among the top five preferred destinations for highly skilled
workers33, that TCN tend to favour destinations such as the United States, Canada, Australia
and New Zealand.
Several MS have adopted dedicated talent attraction strategies, encompassing fast-track
admission pathways, and targeted visa schemes34, sometimes incorporating solutions for
recognition barriers.35 The issue underpinning talent attraction is not one of a need to increase
migration flows but to deepen the pool of candidates who consider the EU a viable destination.
A larger interested pool, even with unchanged admission volumes, improves the quality of
selection available to MS and employers.
28 The PQD has introduced minimum training requirements for a total of 7 professions: doctors, nurses responsible
for general care, dental practitioners, veterinary surgeons, midwives, pharmacists and architects. 29 OECD (2019) 30 46.8% of TCN survey respondents declared a regulated healthcare profession, and administrative data record
23,500 medical doctor recognition applications from TCNs across 11 Member States in 2023 alone. 31 See Annex 9 Mapping of recognition procedures - Qualifications and Skills Checks with migration pathways 32 European Commission (2025c). 33 OECD (2023). 34 EMN–OECD, Inform on innovative strategies to attract foreign talent in the EU Member Countries, February
2025. Since 2021, 15 EMN Member Countries have introduced new or innovative approaches, including dedicated
national talent strategies (Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Netherlands), sector-specific fast-track pathways (Germany,
Portugal) and active international recruitment programmes 35 See Annex 9 (a) (i) Cooperation — within Member States, between Member States, and with third countries
8
The EU has developed an ecosystem of instruments designed to attract, match and recruit talent
beyond its borders including the EU Talent Pool connecting third-country jobseekers with EU
employers, Talent Partnerships with priority non-EU countries building structured labour
mobility pathways, the European Legal Gateway Office pilot in India, and EU legal migration
directives36. These instruments reflect a strategic goal, articulated in the Union of Skills37, to
make the EU a competitive destination of choice for skilled workers in the global race for talent,
in which other major economies offer faster, more predictable and better-understood pathways.
This ambition is reinforced by a Visa Strategy aimed at streamlining procedures for top
students, researchers and trained workers38, a Commission Recommendation on attracting
talent for innovation39 advocating simpler and faster procedures for long-stay visas and
residence permits, and the Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion40, which specifically
identifies recognition of qualifications as a lever for improving labour market participation for
people with a migrant background
Across this ecosystem, the ability of TCN to have their qualifications recognised in a way that
is simple, trusted and effective remains structurally underdeveloped at both EU and national
level. Therefore, this action focuses on recognition as a distinctive procedural requirement.
Recognition has direct consequences for employers and workers, and impacts the effectiveness
of instruments to attract, match and recruit talent. Challenges associated with recognition,
described in the next section, operate at both EU and national level and addressing these is
therefore both an EU and national priority.
Finally, the decision of a TCN to seek employment in the EU is shaped by a broad set of factors,
including employment opportunities, working conditions, career prospects, cultural and
linguistic affinities, language barriers, access to integration support, housing and social
infrastructure, and general quality of life.41 Available survey evidence typically captures these
motivations at a high level of aggregation, under headings such as work or family, within which
procedural factors such as recognition are embedded rather than separately identified, and it is
inherently difficult to estimate the share of potential migrants for whom the EU is a candidate
destination. The magnitude of the recognition problem cannot therefore be analytically isolated
from the other determinants of destination choice with statistical precision. What the evidence
does establish is that recognition acts as a critical enabling factor shaping the indicators
highlighted in the OECD Indicators of Talent Attractiveness, such as the quality of
opportunities, income and future prospects, and that it is the determinant most amenable to EU-
level regulatory action. Whereas language, integration and social infrastructure require long-
term national investment and are addressed through complementary EU instruments, including
the EU Talent Pool, Talent Partnerships and the Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion, the
fragmentation of recognition procedures is a regulatory problem that EU legislation can target
36 See Annex 8 for an overview of existing EU instruments to attract, match and recruit talent. 37 Union of Skills, COM (2025).
38 Commission adopts a first-ever EU Visa Strategy 39 Commission Recommendation (EU) 2026/311 of 29 January 2026 40 Action plan on integration and inclusion 2021 - 2027 41 The OECD Indicators of Talent Attractiveness include 7 dimensions which impact capacity of a country to
attract and retain different types of talented migrants: (1) quality of opportunities, (2) income and tax, (3) future
prospects, (4) family environment, (5) skills environment, (6) inclusiveness, and (7) quality of life and (8) health
system performance.
9
directly. The focus on recognition is therefore the specific contribution of this action within the
EU's broader talent attraction strategy, not a claim that recognition is the sole or principal driver
of mobility. Moreover, the magnitude of the problem does not rest on the migration decision
alone, since improved procedures would directly benefit the substantial population of TCN
already present in EU labour markets and working below their qualification level, for whom
the barriers documented in this chapter apply in full.
2.1. What is the problem?
The procedures for the recognition of qualifications and validation of skills for TCN
wanting to work in the EU are complex, burdensome, and untransparent, leading to
uncertain and even inconsistent outcomes.
Whether already residing in a MS or seeking to migrate, TCN face a landscape for recognition
of qualifications impacted by three interconnected problems: divergent national systems;
complex and burdensome procedures; and lack of trust and understanding in third-country skills
and qualifications.
Divergent national systems: The TCN applicant navigates a recognition procedure that may
take years, in a country where their continued legal presence depends on its outcome. Where a
TCN seeks to practise a regulated profession through a migration pathway that carries
qualification criteria, both types of procedure may apply: a qualification check by the migration
authority as a condition of admission, followed by a separate formal recognition procedure
before the CA as a condition of access to professional practice. These two procedures operate
under different legal frameworks, involve different authorities and run on different timelines
which compounds the burden on individuals and generates a level of uncertainty that cannot be
addressed by individual Member State action alone.42
Complex and burdensome procedures: Beyond system level complexity, TCN face recognition
procedures that are in practice costly, time-consuming and administratively demanding
regardless of the pathway or profession concerned. The average total cost is estimated at EUR
1,500 per application and the average actual duration at 14.2 months, with 70.4% of TCN43
surveyed considering the length of the process either a ‘big’ or a ‘very big’ problem. A further
EUR 300 in administrative costs applies to migration-related recognition procedures that do not
involve a regulated profession, affecting a comparable annual volume of applications.
Lack of trust and understanding in third-country skills and qualifications: Recognition
outcomes also depend on whether the authority conducting the assessment has sufficient
knowledge and confidence to evaluate what a third-country qualification represents. National
authorities and employers frequently lack familiarity with third-country curricula, quality
assurance frameworks and documentation practices, generating caution, additional verification
42 Focus Group with individual TCNs (FG6, n=12); Public Consultation TCN responses (Annex 2). Quantitative
corroboration: TCN survey and PC data show that 22.6% of individuals who completed recognition procedures
reported total durations of between six months and three years; business organisations and CSOs reported timelines
ranging from under one month to two to three years 43 TCN Survey, Q8 (n=253)
10
burdens and inconsistent outcomes. Addressing this information asymmetry is therefore a
necessary condition for removing the barriers TCN face.
2.2. The scale of the problem
The IA draws on an extensive body of desk research, primary fieldwork, statistical data as
well as secondary literature to build a comprehensive evidence base and to triangulate
findings across sources. This includes a mapping of recognition procedures across all 27 MS,
covering both procedures for access to regulated professions and qualification checks
conducted as part of migration procedures, which describes the authorities involved, the
documents required, the typical timelines, the fees charged and the degree of coordination
between recognition and migration systems (see Annex 9). Nevertheless, important data
limitations remain. No regular EU-wide data collection exists on qualification recognition
procedures and the full extent of barriers for TCN. This gap is itself a product of the divergence
of national systems. Accordingly, surveys and focus groups were used to capture the volume of
procedures and the lived experience of TCN as systematically as possible. Taken together, these
sources provide a sufficient evidence base for the assessment and enabled the identification of
a set of key indicators, introduced below, which form the analytical thread running through the
issues assessed in this IA.
As indicated above, the share of the working-age population born in a third country has
consistently increased over the past years. The same applies to both the absolute number of
TCN employed in the EU and their share of the total employed workforce. In 2025,
approximately 12.8 million TCN were employed in the Union, up from 8.7 million in 2020 and
representing 6.4% of the total employed workforce. In 2024 alone, approximately 1.1 million
TCN obtained a first residence permit in the EU for employment reasons. These numbers have
been relatively stable in recent years and provide a conservative estimate of the actual
application workload as they represent issued permits, not counting visa applications that are
rejected during the vetting process.
Within this total pool, the EU Blue Card, the researchers visa and the national highly skilled
migration pathways require proof of a verified education degree or equivalent upper-level
vocational training. Consequently, in this impact assessment, the rounded sum of these three
specific categories—amounting to approximately 125,000 annual first permit issuances—is
utilised as the baseline estimate of the total number of annual applications which involve an
element of qualification assessment and fall within the scope of the proposed action.
To isolate the share of applications concerning regulated professions within this pool and
because migration databases do not record the regulatory status of the job the first residence
permit applies to, this IA relies on several other sources yielding a convergence interval of
between 40,000 to 85,000 applications for regulated professions per year, with a central
estimate of 62,500 applications annually.
The problem identified above has distinct implications for different stakeholders.
11
For TCN applicants who are already residing in the EU, the bottlenecks are well
documented. Successive studies44 highlight that TCN identified recognition procedures as the
main obstacle to securing employment that matches their skills. Within the area of regulated
professions, 73 out of 182 TCN professionals who had considered seeking recognition reported
that they had not done so due to the complexity, cost or duration of the process — with a further
16 out of 152 of those who initiated a procedure subsequently withdrawing for the same
reasons.45 Overqualification among TCN remains significantly higher than among nationals: in
2023, 39.8%46 of TCN in the EU were overqualified, compared with 20.8% of nationals. While
overqualification does not in itself measure unsuccessful recognition procedures, it is a strong
indicator that skills are not being effectively translated into labour market outcomes.
Recognition of qualifications is associated with better labour market outcomes: TCN with
recognised qualifications have lower unemployment rates compared to those without (16% vs
22%), and a similar pattern can be observed in labour market participation.47 Among tertiary-
educated TCN, participation reaches 81% for those with recognised qualifications compared
with 74% for those without, pointing to a significant gap in labour market integration.
Differences are less pronounced at medium education levels, but still present (79% vs 77%).
The effect of improving recognition systems on these outcomes is empirically well-
documented. Germany's Federal Recognition Act, which introduced a legal basis and
standardised procedures for equivalency assessment, increased employment probability in
regulated occupations for non-EU immigrants by 18.6%, rising to 25.1% in professions with
large application pools such as nursing and medicine.48 OECD data confirms that host-country
qualification recognition reduces the overqualification gap with native-born workers by 75%
on average across the EU49.
For young TCN50 in the EU labour market, qualifications serve as the primary signal of
competence available to employers and authorities yet they suffer particularly from over-
qualification51. High procedural costs and lengthy, opaque procedures act as a regressive barrier
that disproportionately affects young, low-wealth applicants who lack the financial buffers
needed to sustain extended recognition processes or fund compensatory measures.
Taken together, this suggests that barriers to recognition and validation contribute to weaker
labour market integration and to less efficient allocation of skills. These effects are particularly
problematic for sectors facing acute labour shortages, such as healthcare, where the
underutilisation of available skills directly affects public service provision and economic
44 European Parliament (2019); EPRS (2023) 45 TCN Survey and Public Consultation TCN sub-sample (pooled n=182); TCN Survey (n=152 reporting a
procedural outcome). 46 European Commission (2024) 47 Eurostat [lfsa_eoqgan]; EU Talent Pool IA background data. 48 Anger, S., Bassetto, J. and Sandner, M., Making Integration Work? Facilitating Access to Occupational
Recognition and Immigrants' Labor Market Performance, IAB Discussion Paper, 2022 49 OECD/European Commission, Indicators of Immigrant Integration 2023 50 In 2023, young non-EU citizens accounted for 11.9% of the EU population aged 15 to 29, a share that has
followed an upward trend since 2014, Eurostat. 51 In Czechia and Malta, overqualification rates for non-EU citizens aged 20–34 exceeded 50%, compared with
under 15% for nationals. Among non-EU-born individuals aged 20–34, notably high overqualification rates were
also recorded in Greece, Latvia and Czechia in 2024, Eurostat.
12
growth52. TCN facing prolonged barriers to employment are also at risk of taking up undeclared
or informal employment53, a point highlighted in the Social Partners Hearing for the SPI54. So
too, employers in shortage sectors may recruit informally rather than navigate compliance
requirements. Construction, accommodation, food services, care and manufacturing are the
sectors most exposed to illegal employment of TCN.55 The care sector is particularly
significant, with an estimated 6.8 million undeclared workers across the EU, with qualified
nurses and care professionals from third countries being disproportionately represented.56
Beyond the economic consequences, the persistence of overqualification and prolonged
inactivity during recognition procedures weakens economic independence of TCN57, increases
reliance on social support, and creates distance between TCN and the communities in which
they reside58.
For prospective migrants, these procedures create structural obstacles for attempting to
access the EU labour market from abroad. Complicated or absent pre-departure recognition
frameworks can act as a deterrent, discouraging highly skilled professionals from applying to
EU migration pathways in the first place. The pre-departure deterrence factor is inherently
difficult to quantify as individuals who are deterred never enter the national permit or
application statistics, but it is no less real or impactful in undermining the EU’s global talent
attraction. The economic consequence of this deterrence is not a reduction in the number of
TCNs admitted, as admission volumes remain a Member State decision - but in the smaller pool
of qualified/skilled migrant workers available to strengthen the EU economy.
For employers, and SMEs in particular: Employers face uncertainty when assessing
qualifications and skills acquired in third countries and often lack the resources needed to
navigate fragmented procedures, verify documentation or absorb the delays linked to
recognition processes. This reduces incentives to recruit from outside the EU, even where
shortages are severe. EU-level evidence indicates that only 1 in 7 SMEs have attempted to
recruit a non-EU worker within the EU in the previous 2 years59 and that recognising foreign
qualifications remains a significant obstacle. During stakeholder consultations, employers
reported that recognition procedures are often time-consuming and difficult to navigate, and
that the absence of predictable timelines significantly complicates workforce planning, leading
43 ELA (2024); EMN (2024). In healthcare, nurse shortages are reported across 78% of EU countries and specialist
medical shortages across 75%; 46.8% of TCN recognition applicants hold qualifications in this sector. 44 EMN Study on Illegal Employment of Third-Country Nationals (2025); Eurofound (2025), Undeclared work in
the EU. The EMN Study identifies SMEs in construction, accommodation, food services, care and manufacturing
as the sectors most prevalent in illegal employment of TCNs and notes that administrative obstacles are among the
key challenges in preventive measures. Eurofound estimates approximately 6.8 million undeclared workers across
the EU, predominantly women and often migrants. 54 See Annex 2 Stakeholder Consultation 55 EMN Study on Illegal Employment of Third-Country Nationals, 2025 56 Eurofound, Undeclared Work in the European Union, 2025. 57 OECD (2025). 58 Van Enk & Bilgili (2022) 59 Flash Eurobarometer 571 (December 2025) found that nearly half of all EU SMEs (46%) reported difficulty
finding or recruiting staff with the right skills over the preceding 24 months, rising to 70% among SMEs actively
hiring. Despite this, only one in seven EU SMEs (14%) had attempted to recruit TCN.7 Qualification recognition
challenges were cited by 13% of recruiters as a specific barrier, and by 8% of non-recruiting firms as a reason for
not attempting international recruitment.
13
to withdrawal of job offers, abandonment of international recruitment, hiring TCN applicants
at assistant or lower-skilled levels instead of at qualification level.60
The consequences of recognition barriers affect the EU economy and the delivery of public
services at scale. The aggregate effect of skills underutilisation across the TCN workforce
represents a structural drag on EU productivity. Where qualified professionals work in roles
below their skill level, or remain inactive during lengthy recognition procedures, the productive
value of their qualifications is lost to the economy for the duration of that period. The
opportunity costs for applicants working below their qualification level or not at all while their
recognition applications are processed is estimated at approximately EUR 300 million/year61.
Beyond the direct productivity effect, the persistence of recognition barriers contributes to
structural labour and skills shortages in sectors of critical public importance. In healthcare,
where TCNs account for a disproportionately large share of recognition applicants and where
nurse shortages are recorded across 78% of EU countries, recognition barriers translate directly
into reduced capacity to staff hospitals and long-term care facilities. Similar dynamics are
present in construction, where 31% of employers report that shortages are already constraining
output, and in ICT and education, where sustained skills gaps undermine the EU's capacity to
deliver on the green and digital transitions.62
Recognition barriers also carry social costs that compound over time. Where TCNs face
prolonged administrative uncertainty, the social distance between migrant communities and
host societies widens. Prolonged inactivity reduces economic independence, increases reliance
on social support and limits participation in civic and community life.63 These effects weaken
integration outcomes for a population that is both growing in size and increasingly central to
the EU's capacity to sustain public services and economic growth in the context of demographic
decline. Beyond the productivity effects set out above, this represents a waste of individual
human capital and a constraint on social cohesion64.
Validation of skills — a distinct challenge
Validation of skills of TCN presents a distinct set of challenges that cannot be analysed in the
same terms as qualification recognition.
Unlike recognition, which follows structured, requirements-based procedures leading to a
formal decision, validation is by nature flexible, local and context-dependent. There is no single
methodology, no uniform process, and no comparable decision at the end. Validation may take
the form of a structured assessment following the steps of the Council Recommendation on
60 IOM Webinar with private sector stakeholders (See Annex 2) 61 Calculated on the basis of the share of applicants either not working or working below their qualification level
during the procedure and the wage differential between qualification-matched and mismatched employment. See,
Annex 4.5 (Level 3 — welfare-side estimation); TCN survey Q15 (n=152): 49.3% of respondents working below
their qualification level during the procedure; wage proxy from Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey. Reported
as an order of magnitude consistent with its scenario-based and modelled nature. 62 ELA (2024), Labour shortages and surpluses in Europe; ESDE 2023 63 The Commission's Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion 2021–2027 frames labour market inclusion of
legally-residing TCN as key to social cohesion and emphasises that inclusion means ensuring qualifications are
recognised so TCN can find jobs matching their aspirations, not merely any job. 64 The OECD Indicators of Immigrant Integration (2023) confirm that overqualification represents a waste of
human capital that generates lower motivation and undermines social integration.
14
validation65, or be undertaken through an employer-led skills check, a portfolio review or a
documented competence statement, depending on the setting.
Validation is not systematically available, for EU citizens or for TCN, and its use for TCN in
employment remains highly fragmented and largely informal across MS. Where migration
authorities conduct skills checks as part of admission procedures, these typically aim to verify
the plausibility of qualifications or experience rather than to formally validate skills. Validation
to access to regulated professions does not go beyond requiring MS to also take into account
evidence of different forms of learning.66
The analysis below focuses on recognition systems and procedures. Issues related to the
validation of skills of TCN, which present a distinct set of challenges, are examined in Annex
10.
The problem definition and its magnitude are corroborated by the evaluative evidence
available on the instruments governing legal migration to the EU, mapped instrument by
instrument in Annex 8. The Fitness Check on EU Legislation on Legal Migration concluded
that the acquis remained fragmented and had had a limited impact on the EU's ability to attract
the skills and talent its economy needs.67 The implementation report on the Single Permit
Directive identified the recognition of qualifications obtained outside the EU as one of the
practical problems affecting permit holders' access to the labour market.68 The impact
assessment underpinning the recast of the Blue Card Directive found that difficulties in
obtaining recognition limited the attractiveness of the EU's flagship scheme for highly qualified
workers.69 These findings informed the New Pact on Migration and Asylum and the
Commission Communication on attracting skills and talents, both of which committed the
Commission to addressing the shortcomings identified, including the recognition of
qualifications of TCN. This action is the legislative follow-through on that commitment and
applies the ‘evaluate first’ principle by building on the evaluative record of the existing acquis.
The experience of the PQD provides a further, comparative reference point. Its implementation
record demonstrates that binding common procedural rules, applied across a wide range of
competent authorities, can deliver predictable recognition outcomes at scale, and it is precisely
the absence of any equivalent framework for TCN that the problem drivers set out below
describe.
2.3. What are the problem drivers?
The underlying drivers relate to the divergence of national recognition systems, the complexity
and burden of procedures for TCN, and the difficulties faced by authorities and employers in
understanding and trusting qualifications and skills obtained in third countries.
65 Council Recommendation of 20 December 2012 on the validation of non-formal and informal learning, OJ C
398, 22.12.2012 66 Evidence of professional experience, training courses not forming part of a certificate or diploma, non-formal
and informal learning, or lifelong learning 67 Fitness Check on EU Legislation on Legal Migration, SWD(2019) 1055 final, 29 March 2019. 68 Report on the implementation of Directive 2011/98/EU (Single Permit Directive), COM(2019) 160 final 69 Impact assessment accompanying the proposal for the recast Blue Card Directive, SWD(2016) 193 final
15
The three drivers are mutually reinforcing. Because of diverging national systems (Driver 1),
the same TCN faces different requirements, authorities and levels of scrutiny depending on
which MS they apply in. Within each recognition system, complex and burdensome
administrative procedures (Driver 2) add cost and delay. Adding to that is a persistent lack of
trust and knowledge regarding third-country systems (Driver 3), which increases scrutiny
requirements, amplifies documentation burdens and makes outcomes less predictable. Systemic
divergence (Driver 1) reduces the ability to develop shared knowledge (Driver 3); the resulting
knowledge gaps drive burdensome case-by-case procedures (Driver 2); and the burden of those
procedures is amplified further by the absence of common standards (Driver 1).
SPI Action 3 Problem Tree
2.3.1. Driver 1: Diverging recognition systems within and between MS
Recognition systems for TCN are almost entirely governed by national legislation.70 As a result,
the same TCN may face very different requirements, procedures and outcomes depending on
the MS concerned, the profession at issue and the authority responsible.
Sub-driver 1.1: Different recognition systems applied to the same qualifications across MS
Recognition systems differ substantially at structural level across MS in terms of the purpose
of recognition, the legal framework and the authorities involved whether for regulated
professions or where checks are done as part of migration procedures, or both. These systemic
differences mean that the same TCN, with the same qualification, will encounter a
fundamentally different recognition system depending on where in the EU they seek
employment. This is particularly acute in regulated professions, where access to professional
practice depends on formal recognition procedures and where the scope of regulation itself
differs across MS. Even for the seven sectoral professions which are consistently regulated
70 See Annex 8: Legal and policy context.
16
across all Member States, procedures vary. For example, for TCN medical doctors, the
documents required71, the compensation measures applied72 and the assessment methods used
vary substantially across MS. Such variation occurs not only across Member States but also
within Member States where recognition is decentralised. 73 This is in clear contrast to the
situation for EU citizens who can in the case of regulated professions benefit from clear
procedural rules, under the PQD, including the system for automatic recognition for the sectoral
professions, which obliges MS to treat approved qualifications from other MS in a consistent
manner.
During consultation, MS public authorities raised the risk of TCN seeking first recognition in
more flexible MS before moving elsewhere which can only be mitigated against by having
minimum standards applied uniformly across the EU74. This inconsistency contributes to
uneven decision-making and legal uncertainty for applicants facing different outcomes for the
same qualification depending on where they apply. This is an inherent structural weakness at a
time when the EU is competing with other destination countries that offer faster, more
predictable pathways to employment.
Sub-driver 1.2: Duplication and inconsistencies between recognition systems within MS
Within MS, competence for recognition are often scattered across different levels and bodies
of government, including sector-specific boards for regulated professions, lacking a unified
coordinating framework75. Qualification checks that are conducted within recognition
procedures and as part of migration pathways may run in parallel rather than sequentially or
coherently76. Across almost all MS, preliminary qualification checks for residence permits or
visas are conducted by migration authorities, while formal recognition for access to a regulated
profession is handled by a separate CA under different legal and administrative frameworks.
This can lead to overlapping checks, repeated requests for the same documents, inconsistent
guidance and multiple administrative steps for the same person.77 These arrangements are
particularly pronounced in decentralised governance systems.78 In many MS, recognition
bodies do not take into account prior qualification assessments conducted during migration
71 See Annex 9, Figure 7 - Overview of documents required for doctors across MS. 72 Under the PQD, if a host EU country finds substantial differences between an applicant's professional
qualifications and their national requirements, they may impose compensation measures. Applicants are generally
given the choice between two options: an adaptation period or an aptitude test. No equivalent framework governs
compensation measures for TCNs. In the absence of EU legislation, Member States and competent authorities
determine independently whether compensation measures apply, in what form, and on what terms, resulting in
significant variation in both the nature and extent of the requirements imposed on TCN applicants for the same
profession across different national and regulatory contexts. CA survey, Q28 (n=190) 73 Regulation is decentralised in AT, BE, DE and IT. See Annex 9. 74 In a targeted consultation with the Group of Co-ordinators for recognition of professional qualifications on SPI
Action 3, RO supported by EE, IT, PT, CY, SK, HR, HU flagged the risk of TCNs seeking first recognition in
more flexible MS before moving elsewhere. Minimum standards applying uniformly across MS are the primary
design safeguard against this risk (See Annex 2). 75 Bilateral MS meetings 76 DG HOME/Kantar (2023) 77 Focus Group with ENIC-NARIC centres, PES and CSOs (FG3, n=28); Public Consultation TCN responses
(Annex 2) 63 AT, BE, DE, IT
17
processes meaning TCN may undergo parallel and duplicative procedures under different
institutional frameworks, each with its own timeline79.
The dependence of migration status on recognition outcomes is a distinctive and compounding
source of vulnerability for TCN that does not arise for EU nationals exercising free movement
rights. Where recognition is a precondition for the issuance or renewal of a work permit, a
delayed or unsuccessful recognition procedure translates directly into an inability to work, loss
of income and, in the most serious cases, the prospect of forced return. In several MS, formal
recognition is a legal precondition for the issuance of a residence permit, meaning that an
unsuccessful or delayed recognition procedure directly determines whether the applicant's right
to reside and work is granted or maintained80. The IOM has noted in the public consultation
(PC) that shortcomings in recognition procedures for TCN are magnified by their direct
interaction with migration, visa and residence frameworks81.
Sub-driver 1.3: Lack of clear and accessible information for TCN and employers
Even though almost all Member States have some form of information mechanism in place for
TCN on recognition procedures,82 these rarely provide comprehensive or detailed guidance on
requirements, costs, timelines or expected outcomes.83 Only a small number of Member States
(AT, DE, FI, IT, NL, PT, SE) operate dedicated information portals specifically designed for
TCN applicants. Several others provide general information through national websites, but
these are rarely profession-specific, rarely updated when procedures change, and rarely
available in languages other than the official language of the Member State.84
TCN face particular difficulties in identifying whether a profession is regulated in the receiving
Member State, and in determining which competent authority is responsible for recognition The
majority of TCN (154 out of 253) rely on official government websites as their primary source
of information on recognition procedures.85 Yet despite this reliance, 134 out of 253
respondents (53%) characterise the information those websites provide as only "somewhat
clear", and a further 54 out of 253 (21.3%) describe it as "not clear at all". Taken together, 188
out of 253 TCN surveyed — nearly three quarters — report that the information available to
them about recognition requirements is inadequate.86
79 Survey of CAs, Q33 (n=190). MS taking prior assessment into account: AT, BE, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, LT, LV,
NL, PL, PT, SE, SI. 80 (CZ, NL, SK for the Blue Card pathway; BE, CZ, FR, HU, LT, PL, PT, SK, SE for sequentially structured
migration routes more broadly) 81 IOM PC response 82 CA survey, Q10 (n=134); Annex 9, Section 8.6 (Availability of information for TCN and support for applicants).
Almost all MS reported having at least one information mechanism, ranging from dedicated TCN portals to general
national websites covering recognition alongside other immigration-related information. 83 Focus Group on information and support to TCN (FG3, n=37, including ENIC-NARIC centres and PES from
18 MS and 2 EEA Members); PC TCN responses (Annex 2). 84 The difficulty of identifying the responsible CA is particularly acute in decentralised governance systems (AT,
BE, DE, IT) where recognition responsibilities are shared across regional bodies and sectoral regulators, and where
the responsible CA for the same profession may vary across regions of the same MS. 85 TCN survey, Q10 (n=253). 86 TCN survey, Q11 (n=253).
18
Information on recognition procedures is frequently split between ENIC-NARIC centres, which
hold expertise on academic qualification systems, CAs, and MA, who each operate under
different legal mandates and often with limited coordination between them.87 Focus group
participants consistently described information on recognition procedures as fragmented,
highly technical and dispersed across multiple institutional channels, with difficulties
particularly pronounced in decentralised systems where responsibilities vary across regions.88
See Annex 9 (a) (viii) for a full mapping of information availability and support mechanisms
across Member States.
Employers, and in particular SMEs, encounter significant difficulties understanding and
navigating recognition procedures.89 In targeted consultations, employer bodies and HR
departments consistently described recognition information as among the least transparent
aspects of international recruitment, a finding corroborated by the public consultation where
199 out of 486 respondents across all stakeholder types reported difficulties in understanding
and verifying foreign qualifications.
Driver 1 - EU instruments: No existing EU instrument imposes common rules on the design
or systems of TCN recognition systems. Commission Recommendation EU 2023/2611
encourages simplification and greater consistency but, as a non-binding instrument, cannot
establish procedural frameworks, meaning divergent systems remain in place. The PQD has
established rules explicitly for EU citizens mobile in the EU. Where information is available at
EU level, it is itself divergent in source and scope (e.g. Europass, EU Immigration Portal) which
do not offer TCN a coherent picture of the recognition procedures in MS. The ENIC-NARIC
network supplies comparability information that divergent systems need but cannot itself
resolve that divergence. Further analysis of EU instruments is provided in Annex 8,
Recognition-specific instruments.
2.3.2. Driver 2: Complex and burdensome administrative procedures for
recognition
This driver explains why the procedural experience of applying for recognition is onerous for
TCN, even where the appropriate route is known.
Sub-driver 2.1: Lengthy and untransparent procedures
The duration of recognition procedures is impacted by a number of factors. Recognition
procedures take considerably longer than reported by CAs and the lack of transparency
compounds burden for both TCNS and employers. For regulated professions, CAs report
timelines that cover only the period from receipt of a complete application to decision, but pre-
application requirements, document gathering, translation and legalisation mean the true
experience of recognition for TCN is considerably longer. In addition, the duplication of
87 Focus Group on information and support to TCN (FG3, n=37, ENIC-NARIC centres, PES and CSOs from 18
MS) 88 Focus Group on information and support to TCN (FG3, n=37, ENIC-NARIC centres, PES and CSOs from 18
MS); Focus Group on labour migration with MAs and IOs (FG4, n=28); targeted interviews (2 CSOs, 2 IOs, 1
HR, 1 professional body, 5 TC authorities) 89 PC, Q24 and Q25 (n=486); targeted interviews (2 EU employer bodies, 3 HR departments, 1 professional body);
Focus Group on attracting talent (FG5, n=27).
19
procedures, due to the misalignment between recognition and migration procedures, described
above in 1.2, intensifies delays as TCN may undergo parallel and duplicative procedures under
different institutional frameworks and separate timelines90.
In regulated professions, CAs report that only a small share of recognition procedures result in
a formal decision within one month. In most cases, decisions are delivered between one and
three months (65 of 190 CAs) or three and six months (58 of 190 CAs), with even longer
timelines in fewer cases) (18 CAs reported duration of 6-12 months; 6 reported 1-2 years and 3
reported 2-3 years).91 In several MS92, access to recognition procedures is conditional on first
obtaining a recognition statement from ENIC-NARIC centres, adding one to three additional
months93. Data from the TCN survey reveals a much lengthier reality: while 18.8% of
respondents received a decision within one to three months, 36.3% indicated that the process
dragged on for over a year.94 Accounting for pre-procedure requirements and administrative
delays, the estimated actual average duration of the full recognition process is approximately
14.2 months.95
The available evidence does not allow for a precise baseline on the expected duration of
qualification and skills checks within migration procedures.96 An indicative timeline of 6-
12 weeks can nonetheless be established for the majority of standard employment-related
applications, drawing on MA survey data.97
The lack of predictability is itself a barrier. Applicants cannot anticipate procedure duration,
and employers cannot plan recruitment around it. Where recognition determines whether a work
permit can be issued or renewed, delays translate into loss of income, administrative limbo, and
in some cases forced return98. TCN described procedures lasting several years and prolonged
periods of administrative silence. 21 (11.5%) of surveyed TCN withdrew their application due
to the excessive length and cost of the procedure99. Some testimonies linked long procedures to
forced professional inactivity (39 of 253), delayed careers (34 of 253), and prolonged
dependency on precarious employment (39 of 253). Hospitals and other employers report
situations where qualified professionals are legally present but unable to work, or unable to
work at their skill level, while awaiting recognition decisions100. This not only adds complexity,
but unpredictability may prevent the fulfilment of requirements for the recognition process,
including the ability to complete adaptation measures required by CA in some MS (DK, HR,
90 CA survey, Q33 (n=190). 83.7% declared they do not consider prior assessment. 91 Survey of CAs, Q16 (n=190); in addition 29 of 190 CAs reported they did not know the duration of procedures
for TCN. 92 Survey of CAs, Q10 (n=190). MS requiring the listed documents: AT, BE, DE, EE, ES, FR, HR, LT, MT, NL,
PT, RO, SI. 93 NARIC survey, Q10 (n=18) 94 TCN survey, Q13 (n=160) 95 See Annex 4: analytical methods (Level 3 – Social cost and opportunity cost) 96 MA survey (n=48). 50% could not quantify additional time. 50% indicated that the additional time attributable
to such checks is unknown (AT, CZ, FR, IE, IT, LT, MT, PL, PT, SK, SE). 97 MA survey (n=48). 50% report checks before conclusion; 14.6% in parallel; 14.6% varies by route. EMN
(2024b); MPF (2024). See Annex 9. 98 Focus Group with TCNs (FG6, n=12); PC, Q26 (n=98); TCN survey, Q12 (n=183) 99 CN Survey, Q12 (n=183)
100 Contribution to the call for evidence (DKG; CCBC); MS bilateral meetings
20
IE, PL), or result in the rejection of talent-visa applications for reasons related to visa
requirements (SE).101
Sub-driver 2.2: Burdensome documentation and translation requirements
Recognition procedures typically require extensive supporting documentation, including
diplomas, transcripts, proof of professional experience and other formal evidence. All surveyed
CA for regulated professions require on average over six different documentsto be submitted
in original paper form.102 These requirements generate particular complexity for TCN who
cannot access their original documents (including refugees, asylum seekers and those who fled
conflict103) for whom obtaining documents from institutions in the country of origin may be
impossible or prohibitively costly. In addition, the large majority of surveyed CA, across all
Member States, require certified translations adding to the complexity, length and cost of the
process.104
The documentation burden is one of the most distinctive aspects of the TCN experience. EU
nationals exercising intra-EU mobility under PQD face document requirements within a
framework that limits what can be demanded and provides legal recourse. No equivalent
framework exists for TCN. The requests for original curricula or legacy documents, are
amplified where TCN are required to go through repeated or overlapping processes in MS.
CA may also request additional documents that applicants do not directly hold, requiring
contact with national administrations or training institutions in their country of origin. This is
typically time-consuming and, in conflict-affected contexts, sometimes not achievable105. The
requirement for in-person verification or physical document submission is particularly
burdensome for TCN residing abroad who have no legal pathway for entry to a MS for
recognition purposes alone106. Moreover, only some MS have fully107 or mostly108 digitalised
procedures, thus pointing to an overall burdensome and lengthy recognition procedure for
TCNs.109 Where digital procedures exist, they may require a national eID110 or in-person
identity verification that TCN do not yet possess.111
For employers, documentation requirements generate their own burdens. Verifying the
authenticity of foreign documents may require engaging intermediaries, allocating internal
101 Bilateral MS meetings; Focus Group on labour migration with MAs and IOs (n=28) 102 Survey of CAs, Q10 and Q11 (n=190) 103 European Commission (2011); targeted interviews (3 IOs, 2 CSOs, 1 CA, 1 HR dept); call for evidence (IOM;
ENSIE) 88
151 out of 190 surveyed CA require certified translations, 111 requiring them systematically for all documents
submitted, and a further 54 in specific circumstances 105 Focus Group with individual TCNs (FG6, n=12); targeted interviews synthesis; NARIC survey: 66.7% of
centres identified missing or incomplete documentation as a cooperation challenge (n=18). 106 Survey of CAs, Q12 (n=190); European Commission (2011) 107 AT, BE, EE, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, MT, PT, SE 108 LT, LU, LV, NL 109 Survey of CAs, Q18 (n=190). See Annex 8. 110 eID is a set of services provided by the European Commission to enable the mutual recognition of national
electronic identification schemes (eID) across borders: https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building-
blocks/sites/spaces/DIGITAL/pages/467109253/eID 111 Survey of CAs, Q18 (n=190)
21
administrative resources and understanding documents from unfamiliar systems. For SMEs,
which lack specialised HR capacity, such burdens can be disproportionate and may discourage
recruitment from third countries even where labour demand is clear.112
Sub-driver 2.3: High and unclear costs
Recognition procedures generate significant direct and indirect costs. Direct costs include
administrative fees, translations, legalisations, apostilles, examinations and mandatory training
or bridging courses. Indirect costs include income lost while preparing for and undergoing the
procedure, as well as employer opportunity costs from delayed recruitment and prolonged
vacancies.
Fee structures vary substantially across MS and are often difficult to anticipate in advance. The
level of application fees shows extreme variation across MS and professions, ranging from no
fees at all to charges exceeding EUR 2000, with an average lying at around EUR 150. 113 Health
professions, and in particular medical doctors and dentists, are consistently associated with the
highest financial burden, with fees above EUR 1,000 reported in several Member States (HR,
FI, NL, SE). Moreover, during the application process, in 16 MS 114 additional costs may arise,
such as authentication or legalisation of documents115, as well as expenses associated with
additional training, examinations, or tests required as part of compensation measures. For
medical qualifications, costs range from zero (BG, FR, LU, PL) to EUR 1,700 for the BI-
Test.116
The quantified cost baseline is presented in full in Section 6.1 (Table 6.1) and in Annex 4.5.
The average total cost per recognition procedure is estimated at EUR 1,500, comprising an
average application fee of approximately EUR 150 (ranging from zero to over EUR 2,000
across MS and professions), certified translations averaging EUR 200, legalisation averaging
EUR 150, and compensation measures where applicable.117
Financial uncertainty aggravates the burden. Whether for recognition procedures (for
visa/residence decisions, access to regulated professions or other purposes) applicants are rarely
informed in advance of the full scope and total costs involved118; initially unforeseen
obligations (e.g. translation requirements or in-person procedures) can emerge mid-process,
increasing both the financial and psychological burden and discouraging qualified persons from
pursuing recognition119. For TCN, this financial unpredictability is particularly acute. Unlike
EU nationals who can remain legally in the host MS while pursuing recognition for access to a
regulated profession, TCN often face these costs under conditions of precarious or conditional
112 European Commission (2023), Flash Eurobarometer 529 – SMEs, skills shortages and public
support; Eurofound (2021), Tackling labour shortages in EU Member States; Eurofound (2023), Measures to
tackle labour shortages: Lessons for future policy. 113 CA survey, Q17 (n=190) For further details, see Annex 9(b)(vi) Costs and fees (migration procedures). 114 AT, DE, EE, ES, FI, HR, HU, IE, IT, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI 115 Survey of CAs, Q17 (n=190). See Error! Reference source not found. 116 Survey of CAs, Q17 (n=190); EMN (2024a). The Netherlands BIG-register (Beroepen in de Individuele
Gezondheidszorg) requires non-EU doctors to pass a competence assessment called the BI-test. 117 Full cost methodology and breakdown in Annex 4.5. Summary in Section 6.1118 PC, Q36 (n=84); targeted interviews (2 CSOs, 2 IOs); Focus Group with individual TCNs (n=12); Focus Group
on information support (n=28) 119 Bilateral MS meetings; DG HOME/Kantar (2023)
22
residence, meaning that the decision to invest in recognition is taken under heightened financial
and legal uncertainty.
Driver 2 – EU Instruments: Procedural burdens cannot be resolved by the existing EU policy
ecosystem. Commission Recommendation EU 2023/2611 addresses procedural complexity but
creates no enforceable rights. The EU's attract and match instruments (The Talent Pool, Talent
Partnerships) help prospective applicants find vacancies, entry routes and information on
recognition procedures before arrival, but have no bearing on the nature of the recognition
procedures themselves in a MS. The EU legal migration directives grant certain categories of
TCN a right to equal treatment with nationals in accessing recognition procedures but say
nothing about how those procedures are designed. Further analysis of EU instruments is
provided in Annex 8, The EU talent ecosystem.
2.3.3. Driver 3: Lack of trust in and understanding of qualifications and skills
obtained in third countries
Assessing foreign qualifications or credentials requires not only verifying the authenticity of
documents, but also understanding how third-country education, training and professional
experience correspond to national requirements. Where such understanding is limited,
authorities apply more cautious and resource-intensive procedures, while employers hesitate to
recruit otherwise suitable candidates
Sub-driver 3.1: Concerns about authenticity and reliability of documentation
Concerns over the authenticity of documents issued in third countries constitute a significant
challenge for national CAs. Verifying the authenticity of third-country qualification documents
is among the main challenges reported by CAs: 18 of the 21 MS represented in the CA survey
identified this as a primary difficulty120 (AT, DE, EE, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU, MT,
NL, PL, PT, RO, SK), a finding corroborated by almost 90% of ENIC-NARIC centres consulted
across 15 countries.121
Particular difficulty was reported for qualifications from countries with weak administrative
systems or conflict zones, including Syria, several African countries, Ukraine, and for countries
where building trust is structurally difficult, such as India, Brazil, Mexico and the
Philippines.122 Several MS (BE, DE, EE, ES, IE, LV, SK) also reported evidence of fraudulent
documents and diploma mills. Concerns were confirmed by NARIC centres and recognition
bodies in third countries themselves.123 The PC highlighted that approximately 25% of public
authority respondents frame trust issues primarily in relation to verification and authenticity
concerns.
Sub-driver 3.2: Insufficient knowledge of third-country educational systems, curricula and
standards
120 Survey of CAs, Q28 (n=190) 121 NARIC survey, Q26 (n=18) 122 Bilateral MS meetings; Focus Group on access to regulated professions with CA of electricians and crane
operators ( n=20); Focus Group on information support to TCNs with ENIC NARIC centres and PES (n=37) 123 Targeted interviews with 15 TC authorities
23
National authorities often struggle to interpret and compare TCQs as well as the type of
professional activities performed by TCN in third countries, due to limited knowledge of third-
country education and training systems.124 The delays associated with such information
barriers make the recognition and, as a consequence, the recruitment
procedure lengthier and more burdensome and cause distrust of employers for the
qualifications possessed by TCN.125 Indeed, several MS (AT, DE, FR, ES, PL, SK) reported a
high degree of discrepancy between the EU and third-country education and training standards
which hinder the assessment.126
Employers, in particular SMEs, also experience challenges when assessing qualifications
obtained in third countries, due to lack of knowledge of third country qualifications.127 The
assessment of skills possessed by candidates often happens directly during the recruitment
procedure (e.g. through in-house, specific methods) in order to evaluate whether the candidate’s
skills align with the organisation’s needs and job requirements. Consulted stakeholders pointed
out that the lack of knowledge leads to the exclusion of TCN candidates.128
Sub-driver 3.3: Doubts about the efficacy of quality assurance within third-country systems
Even where formal quality assurance (QA) arrangements or qualifications frameworks exist in
third countries, recognition bodies frequently remain uncertain about their reliability.129 CA and
sectoral stakeholders in the PC underlined that third-country QA arrangements are often
insufficiently known, unevenly documented or difficult to verify from an EU perspective.130
As a consequence, authorities tend to adopt a precautionary approach, relying on intensive
individual scrutiny rather than systemic recognition. The trust deficit is widespread rather than
exceptional: 60.5% of CA reported trusting evidence and documents related to TCQ only to a
moderate (51.1%) or low (8.8%) extent.131 This directly affects how recognition applications
are assessed, often leading to more cautious, resource-intensive or fragmented outcomes.
This trust deficit is primarily driven by persistent information barriers. CA and employers
frequently lack access to standardised, verifiable and operational information on curricula,
learning outcomes and accreditation arrangements, leading to reliance on case-by-case
document scrutiny rather than systemic confidence.132 Without cumulative institutional
knowledge or shared reference points, QA arrangements in third countries are assessed in
isolation, without benefiting from learning effects across cases. This contributes to repeated
reassessment of similar qualifications and limits the development of stable recognition practices
over time.
124 Focus Group on information and support to TCNs with ENIC NARIC centres, PES and CSOs (n=37); Focus
Group on access to regulated professions with CA of electricians and crane operators ( n=20); Focus Group with
CA in the healthcare sector (n=31) 125 DG HOME/Kantar (2023) 126 Bilateral MS meetings 127 Bilateral MS meetings; DG EMPL/ECORYS (2017); DG HOME/Kantar (2023); targeted interviews (3 HR
depts, 1 IO) 128 Targeted interviews with three HR departments and one IO 129 ETF (2025); ETF (2024); targeted interviews (2 IOs) 130 ETF (2025); ETF (2024) 131 Survey of CAs, Q15 (n=190) 132 Call for evidence (Taflan GmbH; ZDH; ONCD); PC, Q25 (n=486)
24
Driver 3 – EU Instruments: The trust deficit is addressed only partially and indirectly by
existing EU instruments. The EQF offers a meta-framework for comparing qualifications across
systems, and Talent Partnerships support pre-departure skills development in partner countries,
but neither builds the institutional trust in specific third-country qualifications that MS
authorities need to simplify or accelerate individual recognition decisions. ENIC-NARIC
centres provide valuable expertise, but their assessments remain national and serve the
divergent needs of each system rather than a common trust framework. No existing instrument
provides a systematic mechanism for establishing trust in TCQ across all relevant authorities.
Further analysis of EU tools is provided in Annex 8, Recognition-specific instruments.
2.4. How is the problem likely to persist?
Without further action, the problem is likely to persist and may intensify over time.
First, the identified drivers are structural. Recognition systems and procedures differ
substantially across and within MS and mutual learning and cooperation among MS remains
fragmented. The administrative burdens associated with recognition are therefore unlikely to
diminish on their own. Even where MS take action to simplify procedures, these may only be
implemented for particular professions, sectors or migration pathways and results are siloed.
This pattern of national action addressing specific use cases rather than the underlying system
is consistent with the broader dynamic identified in the Commission's 2025 Strategic Foresight
Report133. Structural challenges that evolve in fragmented governance environments tend to
compound rather than resolve, as incremental national responses generate further divergence
and complexity rather than systemic improvement. In the absence of greater simplification the
scale of uncertainty, delays and costs may in fact worsen as structural issues of demographic
ageing and skills shortages intensify.
Second, labour market pressures are expected to remain high. Long-term demographic
projections indicate that the EU labour supply will continue to contract. The share of the
working-age population is projected to decline steadily after 2030, while the old-age
dependency ratio is expected to rise from 33% in 2022 to over 50% by 2050134. These trends
point to a structurally tighter labour market, with fewer entrants replacing retiring workers and
increasing reliance on migrant labour, particularly in sectors already experiencing shortages.
The EU population is projected to peak at around 453 million in 2029 before entering a gradual
decline; the share of the working-age population (aged 20–64) is projected to shrink from
approximately 58% in 2022 to around 50% by 2100135. The resulting strain on labour markets
and public finances are among the central structural challenges facing the EU through to
2040136.
Third, future skills demand is expected to remain strong even without rapid net
employment growth. Forecasts to 2035 indicate that around nine out of ten job openings in the
EU will arise from replacement demand, notably in health and long-term care, construction,
133 European Commission, Strategic Foresight Report 2025 — Resilience 2.0, September 2025, pp.4–5. 134 Cedefop (2023); Cedefop (2021); Cedefop (2020). 135 EUROPOP2023 population projections, March 2023 (dataset proj_23np) 136 European Commission, Strategic Foresight Report 2025 — Resilience 2.0, September 2025, pp.13–14
25
manufacturing, transport and technical professions137. Many of these sectors include regulated
occupations or depend on a high degree of confidence in qualifications and skills. This means
that barriers to recognition are likely to remain a binding constraint on labour market matching.
The Commission's 2025 Strategic Foresight Report reinforces this outlook, identifying labour
market reconfigurations driven by demographic and technological megatrends as a priority area
of action, and framing the ability to deploy skills effectively — including from abroad — as a
condition for sustaining EU competitiveness and economic resilience through to 2040.
Recognition barriers that prevent the effective deployment of available qualified workers are
therefore not only a procedural inefficiency but a constraint on a strategic EU priority.
Fourth, sector-specific shortages reinforce this outlook. In health and long-term care, for
example, the EU is expected to face a shortfall of around 2 million additional workers by
2030138. The Commission's 2025 Strategic Foresight Report confirms that healthcare and
elderly care systems face structural long-term pressures from labour and skills shortages that
compound the effects of demographic change that are among the central challenges to European
societal resilience through to 2040. Simulations project healthcare workforce growth of only
16% for doctors and 8% for nurses by 2071 against requirements of 30% and 33% respectively
to meet the demands of an ageing population, with the period to 2036 identified as the window
of greatest urgency as large cohorts approach retirement while replacement flows remain
insufficient.139 Foreign-trained professionals already play a significant role in European
healthcare systems, and several MS have reinforced their workforces through international
recruitment — underscoring that the gap between domestic supply and demand cannot be
closed without continued inflows of qualified professionals from third countries.140 The
consequences of this shortfall are not uniform: rural, peripheral and border regions face a
disproportionate burden, as systemic weaknesses prevent them from attracting or retaining the
qualified workforce that more dynamic urban centres can offer. The recognition of
qualifications constitutes a key access barrier within this complexity. Without improvements in
recognition systems, projected labour shortages are therefore likely to coexist with the
continued underutilisation of available third-country skills.
3. WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT?
3.1. Legal basis
The legal basis for this Union action is Article 79(2)(a) and (b) TFEU, which empower the
European Parliament and the Council, acting in accordance with the ordinary legislative
procedure, to adopt measures concerning the conditions of entry and residence of TCN, and the
definition of their rights, including access to employment.
137 Eurostat: Population projections in the EU, https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-
explained/index.php?title=Population_projections_in_the_EU:. EU’s population projected to drop by 11.7% by
2100
: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-eurostat-news/w/ddn-20260416-1 138 European Commission (2021). 139 Bernini, A., Icardi, R., Natale, F. and Nedee, A., Healthcare workforce demand and supply in the EU27, JRC,
2024 (JRC139503). 140 OECD, Recent Trends in International Migration of Doctors, Nurses and Medical Students, 2019; Bernini et
al., JRC139503, op. cit.
26
The action aims to facilitate the recognition of qualifications of TCN, to improve their access
to the EU labour market and the effective use of their skills. Recognition of qualifications is
directly linked to the conditions of entry and residence within the meaning of Article 79(2)(a)
TFEU. Access to employment and therefore to residence for work purposes often depends on
whether qualifications acquired in third countries can be recognised. The action contributes to
making the procedures linked to meeting the conditions for admission for employment purposes
simpler, more efficient and more transparent, and their outcomes more predictable for both
applicants and employers.
At the same time, the action supports the effective exercise of rights of TCN legally residing in
the Union under Article 79(2)(b) TFEU. By simplifying recognition procedures, the action
facilitates access to employment corresponding to their qualifications and skills, thereby
reducing underutilisation of talent and supporting equal treatment in working conditions. The
envisaged Union action therefore falls within the scope of both Article 79(2)(a) and (b) TFEU.
3.2. Subsidiarity: Necessity and added value of EU action
The objectives of improving streamlined, simple and trusted recognition procedures for TCN
cannot be sufficiently achieved by MS acting alone: a coordinated EU-level approach is
necessary to address divergence, establish common procedural rules and deliver more
predictable outcomes across the Union. The PC confirmed this with 95.3% of respondents
considering EU-level action very or somewhat necessary.
The added value of common rules for the recognition of qualifications in the EU lies in
simplifying a divergent set of national procedures into a more consistent approach that enables
the functioning of the Single Market. TCN will be able to better understand requirements,
prepare applications, and anticipate outcomes. Similarly, for employers, particularly SMEs that
currently lack the resources to navigate divergent national systems, more reliable and usable
recognition procedures would lower the administrative burden of recruitment and facilitate
workforce planning, directly addressing a barrier within the Single Market that limits
employers' ability to draw on the full pool of available talent.
More broadly, a coherent and accessible recognition framework would strengthen the EU's
position in the global competition for talent. The EU presents itself as a single destination, a
single trading partner, and a single labour market through instruments such as the EU Blue
Card, the EU Talent Pool, the European Legal Gateway Office pilot in India, and EU Talent
Partnerships. These each depend on recognition systems functioning adequately to deliver their
intended results. If recognition remains cumbersome and unpredictable, the value added of
those instruments will be reduced for employers and jobseekers. The action would send a clear
signal that the Union offers fair and navigable routes for skilled workers to use their
qualifications complementing these EU instruments and reinforcing competitiveness. Acting at
EU level would also generate economies of scale in addressing the issues of trust and
understanding of qualifications, by maximising mutual learning about qualifications issued in
third-countries. Shared tools are inherently more effective when developed collectively than
when replicated separately across 27 MS.
Critically, this action would complement rather than replace national systems. MS would
remain fully responsible for defining which professions are regulated, the organisation of
training systems, taking individual recognition decisions, and managing migration policy and
27
admission decisions. Importantly, although the action will aim to minimise duplication of
processes, it does not create a “once only process” by which recognition in one MS would be
valid for the whole of the EU.141 Hence, common rules on procedures, documentation, timelines
and safeguards, would support existing frameworks, while preserving flexibility in
implementation and respecting national competence.
4. OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?
4.1. General objectives
The general policy objective of SPI Action 3 is: Facilitating the recognition of qualifications
for TCN to address EU labour and skills shortages.
This general objective addresses persistent barriers faced by TCN in accessing EU labour
markets. By reducing divergence, administrative barriers, and legal uncertainty the action aims
to contribute to the EU economy and competitiveness by addressing labour and skills shortages
and support the Commission’s simplification agenda.
4.2. Specific objectives
The specific policy objectives are:
SO1: Streamlined recognition
systems within and between
MS
Improved alignment and consistency between national
recognition systems across the EU, and coherence within
MS, between recognition procedures for access to
regulated professions and those embedded in migration
regimes.
SO2: Reduced legal and
administrative complexity for
recognition of qualifications
of TCN
Clearer and less burdensome requirements, documentation
and procedural steps for TCN applicants, employers and
authorities, including, reduced administrative steps and
enhanced user-friendliness.
SO3: Increased trust and
understanding of
qualifications obtained in
third countries
Improved transparency, comparability and trust of TCQ
within the EU, through enhanced information availability
and mechanisms that support the assessment of foreign
qualifications and skills.
5. WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS?
5.1. What is the baseline from which options are assessed?
Under the baseline, recognition of qualifications for TCN will continue to be governed by
divergent national systems without EU-level coordination. Improvements undertaken by
141 This approach is in line with the system in place for mobile EU citizens under the PQD. This system is built on
mutual recognition of professional qualifications but does not provide for mutual recognition of recognition
decisions.
28
individual MS are likely to address specific use cases (particular professions, sectors or
migration pathways) rather than the underlying structural fragmentation identified in Chapter
3. The result is a trajectory of incremental national change that is likely to generate further
divergence rather than convergence, as each MS develops its own responses in isolation.
At EU level, Commission Recommendation (EU) 2023/2611142 will continue to provide the
main horizontal framework, encouraging MS to simplify procedures and exchange good
practices. As set out in Annex 8, however, its non-binding character means it cannot create
enforceable procedural rights, impose deadlines or mandate coordination between recognition
and migration systems; its capacity to address the structural drivers identified in Chapter 3 will
therefore remain limited. Talent attraction instruments143 will continue to develop and will
improve information provision and upstream preparation but will not alter the nature of national
recognition procedures. EU legal migration directives144 will continue to provide harmonised
admission conditions for certain categories of TCN, but their impact on recognition procedures
through equal treatment provisions will remain limited. None of these instruments will
structurally address the organisation, design or functioning of recognition systems.
Under the baseline, TCN will therefore continue to face the procedural barriers described in
Chapter 3: divergent national systems producing uncertain and inconsistent outcomes,
burdensome documentation and cost requirements, and recognition authorities with limited
capacity to assess third-country qualifications with confidence. For prospective migrants, the
absence of predictable recognition pathways will continue to operate as a deterrent that shapes
destination choices in favour of countries offering faster and more predictable routes to
employment. The EU's structural disadvantage relative to competitor destinations in
recognition predictability will persist.145
These conditions will be particularly acute for access to regulated professions, where TCN will
continue to operate without the procedural guarantees available to EU citizens under the PQD.
Labour shortages in regulated sectors, documented in Chapter 3, will persist and are projected
to intensify in particular in healthcare, where demographic pressures will compound the effects
of current recognition barriers. The conditions conducive to undeclared work identified in
Chapter 3 will remain fully in place in the absence of binding procedural reform.
Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRAs), whether standalone or embedded in free trade
agreements, remain relatively rare in practice and their overall impact on addressing large-scale
labour market needs will remain limited. EU transparency tools, including the EQF, would
continue to contribute to improving the comparability and understanding of qualification from
third countries, in a context of comparisons between the EQF and qualifications frameworks
from third countries, but use of qualifications frameworks and meta frameworks will not resolve
underlying issues of divergence and duplication in recognition systems for third-country
nationals.
142 Commission Recommendation (EU) 2023/2611, recitals 4–6; Annex 8 (Legal and Policy Context). 143 The EU Talent Pool, Talent Partnerships and the European Legal Gateway Offices (Annex 8 (Legal and Policy
Context).) 144 Overview of EU legal migration instrument and links with recognition in Annex 8 (Legal and Policy Context). 145 OECD (2023)
29
Separately, implementation of validation of skills for TCN will continue to vary significantly
across MS and its use for TCN remains uneven (See Annex 10).
5.2. Description of the policy options
All three policy options identified aim at improving the recognition of qualifications of TCN in
the EU (including qualifications obtained in a third country and in another MS146. They each
address the divergence, procedural complexity and lack of trust that currently characterise
national systems. The options address procedural and systemic barriers to recognition of
qualifications but do not impact MS competence to define which professions are regulated, the
organisation of training systems, to take individual recognition decisions, and to manage
migration policy and admission decisions. A set of non-legislative supporting measures can
accompany each of the options to support their implementation and effectiveness. These include
promotion and awareness raising of the EU Talent Pool; facilitating pre-departure support under
Talent Partnerships; supporting cooperation and exchange of good practices among MSs and
stakeholders on recognition and validation147; and, awareness raising of the changes introduced
under this action focusing on the practical benefits of well-managed recognition for addressing
skills and labour shortages, and the benefits for TCN, EU citizens and employers within the
Single Market.
5.2.1. PO 1 – Soft measures to enhance procedures for the recognition of
qualifications of TCN (voluntary)
PO1 addresses the objectives through a coherent set of practical tools developed collaboratively
by the Commission, MS, and relevant stakeholders. This option creates the conditions for
greater commonality and more user-friendly processes. The voluntary character ensures that
progress is anchored in shared commitment and incremental trust, while its practical and
granular tools are designed to deliver tangible improvements to procedural barriers. The
measures comprising PO1 (B1–B10) are described in detail in Annex 12.
To drive convergence of systems, common EU guidelines and best practices would be
developed covering recognition systems and methodologies for consistent qualification
assessments, complemented by comparative studies to support evidence-based alignment.
These tools directly target the systemic fragmentation and duplication that currently impede
mobility and consistent outcomes within and between MS.
To support simplification of administrative procedures, common templates, checklists, and
guidance on procedural steps, fees and documentation requirements would be co-developed,
alongside improved EU-level information provision for TCN and employers. The aim is to
make processes more accessible, predictable and coherent in practice, addressing the
complexity and lack of transparency that often discourage or delay applications.
146 While the scope of this action is facilitating recognition for TCN, it will be complemented by targeted
amendments to the PQD to guarantee equal treatment for EU citizens holding TCQ. See Annex 8 Legal and Policy
context. 147 As set out in Annex 7 (discarded options), EU action on procedural rules for validation is not considered within
this IA. Accompanying measures are considered the most appropriate way to support exchange and cooperation
on validation, in alignment with the ongoing implementation of the Council Recommendation on validation
30
To build trust in TCQ, AI-assisted solutions for authenticity verification would strengthen
confidence among CA and employers, complemented by comparative work on how third-
country qualification frameworks relate to the EQF and analytical work to improve the
transparency and comparability of quality assurance arrangements in third-country systems.
Together, these tools support more consistent and well-informed decision-making, addressing
the uncertainty that can lead to inconsistent or overly cautious outcomes.
5.2.2. PO 2 – Common rules to streamline procedures (binding)
PO2 introduces a binding legal framework establishing EU level common procedural rules for
the recognition of qualifications. It will apply to recognition procedures to access regulated
professions and any qualifications recognition procedures that form part of migration
procedures. The measures comprising PO2 (A1–A10) are described in detail in Annex 12.
The rules are modelled on the procedural framework of the PQD. This ensures that TCN are
not treated more favourably than EU citizens exercising free movement rights and anchors the
rules in a framework already tested across MS148. The framework is designed to accommodate
the different contexts in which qualification checks take place. The standard of scrutiny applied
to a qualification check within a migration procedure need not replicate the depth of assessment
required for access to professional practice. The check should be proportionate to its purpose
and conducted within a predictable and transparent procedural framework without creating
undue burden for the MS. The aim throughout is to ensure that recognition supports rather than
delays or blocks decisions on migration and employment. Within these parameters, the common
rules would include:
Rules modelled on the PQD: (1) fixed deadlines (e.g.1 month to acknowledge receipt and
inform of missing documents, 3-4 months for taking a decision), (2) a right to a duly
substantiated decision; (3) a right to appeal; (4) an exhaustive list of documents that may be
required from applicants; (5) an obligation to provide full transparency on fees.
Rules addressing circumstances specific to TCN149 : (1) a right to receive communications and
submit documents in at least one language other than an official language of the Member State
that is frequently used by migrants; (2) a framework for imposing compensation measures150
on TCN, seeking access to regulated professions, with greater flexibility for MS than under the
148 Targeted amendments to the PQD will ensure that EU citizens with TCQ are not treated less favourably (see
Annex 8 (1) on Treaty legal basis). 149 Third-country nationals face procedural circumstances without equivalent in the PQD framework, including
the need to navigate migration procedures as a precondition to labour market access and the absence of the
information and support networks available to EU mobile workers. The rules in this section address those specific
circumstances. 150 Under the PQD, if a host EU country finds substantial differences between an applicant's professional
qualifications and their national requirements, they may impose compensation measures. EU citizens may choose
the form of compensation measure they wish to complete: an adaptation period or an aptitude test. No equivalent
framework governs compensation measures for TCNs. In the absence of EU legislation, Member States and
competent authorities determine independently whether compensation measures apply, in what form, and on what
terms, resulting in significant variation in both the nature and extent of the requirements imposed on TCN
applicants for the same profession across different national and regulatory contexts. In addition, to factor in the
potentially large volumes of applications as well as existing practices in MS, CA would be able to choose from
two additional types of compensation measures.
31
existing system for EU citizens under the PQD; (3) the possibility for TCN to choose a single
integrated recognition procedure, or to re-use verifications across procedures, where
recognition requirements arise under both migration procedures and for access to regulated
professions; (4) an obligation for MS to provide access to comprehensive, up-to-date and user-
friendly information regarding procedures for TCN, including tailored information for refugees.
In addition, PO2 would require MS to develop interoperable national databases on the
comparability of TCQ to facilitate the sharing of information and expertise between MS.
Furthermore, PO2 would establish an EU-level service to carry out authenticity checks on TCQs
to support MS authorities in their assessment procedures.151
MS would be required to adapt their recognition systems and procedures to comply with these
minimum rules, thereby establishing the basic conditions that any procedure must meet. This
includes aligning documentation requirements, introducing procedural guarantees (such as
deadlines and right of appeal), and ensuring coordination between recognition and migration
authorities to reduce duplicated procedures as part of clearer and more integrated pathways.
The legal instrument envisaged for this option would be a Directive, based on Article 79(2),
points (a) and (b), TFEU, consistent with the form taken by the existing legal migration acquis
and mirroring the approach of the PQD establishing common rules for the cross-border
recognition of qualifications of EU citizens. A Directive is the proportionate instrument because
it lays down a harmonised minimum set of procedural rules rather than exhaustively regulating
the field. Member States would retain competence over the regulation of professions, over
admission and migration policy more broadly, and over the institutional organisation of
recognition and migration authorities. The elements that determine applicants' legal certainty -
including the rules pertaining to deadlines, the categories of documents that may be requested,
the procedural guarantees, the right of appeal and the transparency of fees - would be
harmonised through binding minimum standards. These would be drafted with sufficient
precision to ensure uniform application and effective enforcement. While binding on the MS, a
Directive affords them the flexibility to integrate the procedural rules regarding recognition into
their unique domestic procedures and regulatory landscape. The framework therefore
establishes a predictable baseline of treatment throughout the Union, reinforced by strict
information obligations requiring the relevant information to be made publicly available
through existing EU tools and platforms. This would limit the divergence observed under the
current patchwork of national recognition systems while leaving MS discretion over how these
common standards are embedded into their national systems.
To ensure harmonised implementation, the Commission would closely monitor compliance
both in law and in practice through a transposition review, rigorous enforcement and regular
exchanges of good practices:
- Following the transposition deadline, and drawing on experience with the Professional
Qualifications Directive (PQD), a comprehensive conformity check would be deployed
151 Both these activities would be developed as an extension of existing Commission activities in the area of
transparency of qualifications and skills, building on established instruments including the European
Qualifications Framework, digital infrastructure, databases of qualification information, and the facilitation of
cooperation between Member States in this area.
32
to detect and address inconsistencies in national legal frameworks early on, particularly
in decentralised systems involving a wide range of different competent authorities. This
review would also verify that MS have established the necessary institutional
arrangements for practical compliance, including structured cooperation between
migration and recognition authorities where required.
- Following the initial transposition check, the Commission would follow up to ensure
that MS comply also in practice with their obligations under the Directive. The more
detailed annual statistics to be provided by MS - including data on outcomes, average
processing times, average information exchanges per case and the number of
authenticity checks requested - will provide a concrete basis for identifying possible
patterns of non-compliance, complemented by complaints received from TCN and other
stakeholders. Where evidence points to a broader administrative practice incompatible
with the Directive, the Commission may take enforcement action. At the same time, in
line with the Union’s decentralised enforcement system, individual cases remain
primarily a matter for national remedies and judicial review.
- Continuous uniform implementation would be reinforced through regular exchanges of
good practice within the relevant expert group, fostering convergence in administrative
interpretation and resolving operational bottlenecks collectively.
5.2.3. PO 3 – Common rules and Automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
PO3 includes the common procedural rules described under Option 2 and introduces an EU
system of automatic recognition for TCQ for specific regulated professions. The measures
comprising PO3 (A1–A13, building on the PO2 measures A1–A10) are described in detail in
Annex 12. The legal instrument for this Option would also be a Directive, integrating the
common procedural rules described under Option 2 and including additional provisions
specifically on automatic recognition. Harmonised implementation would be ensured in the
same way as explained above.
Regarding the additional elements pertaining to automatic recognition, recognised third-
country education and training institutions could apply to have specific programmes reviewed
for compliance with EU quality assurance standards152 and the relevant minimum training
requirements established under the PQD for the seven sectoral professions. Even well-run
procedures operating with common procedural rules still require individual case-by-case
scrutiny that cannot scale to meet the volume and pace of skilled migration the EU needs, and
still produce variable outcomes for the same qualification assessed in different MS. With
structural labour shortages deepening, particularly in the sectoral professions where EU-level
minimum training standards already exist, procedural improvements alone cannot deliver the
consistency and predictability that applicants and employers require. PO3 addresses this by
152 The Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG) and the
European Quality Assurance Reference Framework (EQAVET) provide complementary frameworks for internal
and external quality assurance across European education and training systems, supporting trust and mobility
across systems irrespective of the delivery mode. While the ESG underpin quality assurance in higher education
within the Bologna Process, EQAVET offers an equivalent European-wide reference framework for vocational
education and training (VET).
33
moving from procedural alignment to systemic trust, replacing repeated individual case-by-case
assessments with verification of programmes against agreed standards
For the system to operate, first, the applying institutions would undergo a quality assurance
review, building on established international cooperation in quality assurance. Reviews would
be conducted by trusted review bodies satisfying functional criteria defined at EU level, which
would apply to the Commission for inclusion on a dedicated list. For higher education
qualifications, the potential population of trusted review bodies comprises the quality assurance
agencies registered on the European Quality Assurance Register for Higher Education (EQAR).
Registration on EQAR requires demonstrated compliance with the Standards and Guidelines
for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG), so that the framework
provides a defined quality standard, an independent mechanism for verifying that review bodies
meet it and, through the Database of External Quality Assurance Results (DEQAR), a public
record of review outcomes on which the system can rely. For the vocational strand, bodies
would be identified against the same functional criteria, adapted to the characteristics of VET.
The reviews would be performed by multidisciplinary expert teams and include on-site visits,
with both positive and negative outcomes published to ensure transparency.153 The second stage
would be a check of compliance with the minimum training requirements established under the
PQD for the relevant profession. The minimum training requirements define a fixed threshold,
and a programme either meets them or does not. It is upon this basis that automatic recognition
can be extended with confidence.
Approval would be granted for a defined validity period, indicatively five years, with renewal
subject to a further review confirming continued compliance, ensuring that recognised
programmes remain aligned with evolving EU standards. Between reviews, institutions would
be required to notify substantive changes to an approved programme, MS participating in
review teams could trigger an early re-assessment where justified concerns arise, and approval
could be suspended or withdrawn where the conditions are no longer met. The costs of
verification would be borne by the applying institutions, not by MS or individual applicants,
making the system financially self-sustaining. Fees would be set according to a defined scale
of factors, including profession type, the complexity of the assessment required, and whether
on-site visits are necessary.154 Recognition costs for individual TCN under this channel would
also fall, since the role of the competent authority is confined to verifying the applicant's
identity, the authenticity of the credential and its correspondence to a programme listed on the
EU register, with authenticity verification supported at EU level, so that individual procedures
are shorter and less costly than case-by-case assessment. Qualifications would need to be issued
as verifiable digital credentials by the third country institution to guarantee authenticity and
ease of verification by authorities and employers. Qualifications issued on the basis of
successfully reviewed programmes would be listed in a publicly accessible EU register.
153 Reviews would be adjusted to the nature of the third-country quality assurance system whereby more intensive
assessments may be applied where there are different or under developed QA systems or less intensive reviews of
QA where a robust national framework is in place. 154 For institutions in lower-income countries, cost may nonetheless constitute a significant barrier, and capacity-
building support under existing EU external action instruments, such as Talent Partnerships and the Global
Gateway, could serve as a flanking measure.
34
The plausibility of institutional demand is supported by the pattern of engagement observed
under existing skills mobility projects between individual MS and partner institutions in third
countries. Origin-country institutions have consistently demonstrated the willingness and the
capacity to align their training with EU requirements, submit to joint certification and bear the
associated adjustment costs, because doing so raises the value and portability of the
qualifications they confer.155 This pattern is corroborated by established international quality
assurance systems operating on the same logic: ABET, the leading accreditor for engineering
and technology programmes, now accredits close to 4,900 programmes across 42 countries
outside the United States, almost entirely through voluntary international uptake. In medical
education156, WFME's Recognition Programme grew from its first recognised accrediting
agency in 2012 to 33 recognised agencies and a further 16 in application by 2022, together
covering over three-quarters of the world's medical schools, once a clear link to US residency
eligibility created a concrete incentive to engage.157 The fees such bodies charge for
programme-level review have not deterred international take-up in these cases. Employers
place a high value on training matched to a recognisable standard and correspondingly little on
generic provision designed with no destination in mind, and origin institutions respond readily
wherever a concrete partnership gives them a standard to align to. An EU system of automatic
recognition would supply precisely such a standard at scale, giving these institutions a strong
and durable incentive to engage that builds on a demonstrated pattern of commitment rather
than presupposing an untested one. The EU-wide channel would operate alongside, and as a
complement to, the arrangements individual MS have developed with third countries; it would
not replace them and no transition period is required.
The automatic recognition mechanism would apply exclusively to professions for which
harmonised minimum training requirements have already been defined under the PQD158.
These professions already have agreed EU-level standards against which third-country
programmes can meaningfully be assessed, making prior verification both proportionate and
legally coherent. By anchoring the system in existing harmonised standards rather than creating
new ones, the option does not harmonise national education systems, does not extend beyond
the existing logic of automatic recognition under EU law, and fully respects MS competences
to define which professions are regulated, the organisation of training systems, to take
individual recognition decisions, and to manage migration policy and admission decisions.
155 Examples span sectors and regions, including German nursing curricula embedded into partner training
programmes in the Philippines, Indonesia and India; vehicle mechanic training co-designed and equipped by
Porsche at the Don Bosco Institute in Manila; and the France–Tunisia plastics partnership, comprising forty-two
training tracks built jointly with Tunisian vocational institutions. See CGD (2021); Business Advisory Group on
Migration (2024); EMN and OECD (2022); OECD (2018). 156 ABET, At a Glance, 2026, www.abet.org/about-abet/at-a-glance/
157 Tackett S. et al., "Examining the WFME Recognition Programme at 10 years", Medical
Teacher, 2023 (drawing on data to end-2022)
158 Doctors, nurses, dentists, pharmacists, midwives, veterinary surgeons and architects
35
Additional professions could become eligible for inclusion within this system over time through
the establishment of Common Training Frameworks (CTFs).159
Holders of approved qualifications would benefit from automatic recognition for access to the
relevant regulated profession across all MS, without individual assessment or compensation
measures, under the same conditions as qualifications issued within the EU under the PQD. MS
administrations would integrate this mechanism into their national procedures, replacing their
own assessments for covered professions. MS would nonetheless remain involved through
participation in review teams and the ability to trigger a second assessment in cases of justified
concern preserving national oversight within the system.
The system must be designed with awareness of political and geopolitical considerations,
including engagement with countries subject to EU sanctions or whose participation would be
incompatible with EU foreign policy commitments. Further, it must be emphasised that PO3
does not create new migration flows beyond those that MSs themselves decide to accept within
their territories. However, as third-country health professionals are already moving to EU MS
in substantial and growing numbers, this option will improve the speed, predictability and
consistency with which those professionals already can use their skills to the benefit of the EU
labour market. In maintaining the system, the Commission will nonetheless have regard to the
broader impacts on origin countries' public services, including by reference to the WHO Health
Workforce Support and Safeguards List160, where engagement with specific countries or
professions would risk exacerbating documented workforce pressures.
5.3. Stakeholder views
Full stakeholder feedback is set out in Annex 2. PO1 is widely accepted as a necessary starting
point. The PC showed that 75.7% of respondents considered EU-level action very necessary,
and MS, employers and CAs broadly welcome the tools proposed. The recurring reservation is
that voluntary measures cannot address structural gaps, particularly the absence of a shared EU
mechanism for verifying third-country qualification documents. PO2 attracts the widest support
across stakeholder groups. TCN, employers, civil society and professional organisations
strongly endorse binding minimum procedural rules. Views from MS authorities and
stakeholders are more varied, ranging from explicit support to conditional acceptance (RO) and
scepticism (DE) on mandatory binding rules for health professions. PO3 generates strong
interest from TCN, employers and some MS who identify it as potentially the most effective
option for shortage professions. The central concern, raised consistently by healthcare
professional organisations (CPME, EFN, UEMO), as well as CAs, is that any acceleration of
recognition timelines must be underpinned by genuinely rigorous prior verification of training
programmes.
159 Common Training Frameworks (CTFs) are established under Article 49a of Directive 2005/36/EC. They define
a common set of knowledge, skills and competences that professionals must possess upon completion of their
training, agreed at EU level in cooperation with Member States and relevant professional organisations. Where a
CTF exists for a given profession, it serves as the basis for automatic recognition of professional qualifications
across Member States, without the need for individual assessment of the qualification concerned. Efforts are
already underway to establish a CTF for physiotherapists, and the Commission is working to identify further
professions for which such frameworks could be developed, as described in the IA for SPI Action 2. 160 WHO Health Workforce Support and Safeguards List
36
5.4. Options discarded at an early stage
A number of potential measures were examined during the preparation of this action but were
not retained for detailed assessment. These are presented with their rationale in Annex 7. Across
the problem areas examined, these measures were discarded due to issues of proportionality,
legal feasibility and coherence with the existing framework. Among the discarded approaches
was a dedicated EU-level digital solution, examined in two variants, namely a new EU-wide
platform for recognition and validation procedures and the extension to TCN of the fully unified
workflow envisaged under Action 2 of the SPI. Both were discarded on feasibility and
proportionality grounds, since digitalisation without prior simplification of the underlying
procedures would not address the drivers of the problem, while a modular reuse of Action 2
digital building blocks is retained under all options. The full analysis is presented in Annex 7
and synergies with Action 2 are assessed in Section 7.3.
37
Intervention Logic
Problem drivers Sub-drivers Specific objective Option 1
Support & coordination
Option 2
Common rules
Option 3: Common rules + auto-
recognition
Option 2, complemented by:
Diverging
recognition
systems within and
between MS
Different recognition systems
applied to the same
qualifications across MS
Streamline recognition
systems within between
MS
• Common guidelines on
recognition systems
• Comparative studies on
recognition practices
• Common EU procedural rules for
recognition of qualifications of
TCN
• Clarification of legal effects of
recognition, ensuring access to
regulated professions
• Common EU legal framework for
automatic recognition of
approved TCQ
• EU-level register of reviewed TC
qualifications
• Same legal effect as national
qualifications for professions
under the PQD
Duplication & inconsistencies of
recognition procedures within
MS
Lack of clear & accessible
information for TCN and
employers
Complex and
burdensome
administrative
procedures for
recognition
Lengthy & untransparent
administrative procedures Reduce legal &
administrative complexity
for recognition of
qualifications
of TCN
• Guidelines, templates and
checklists to streamline
procedures
• Exchanges among MS to promote
convergence of administrative
best practices
• Simplification of documentation
requirements
• Clear procedural guarantees:
deadlines, rights of appeal
• Access to. compensation
measures
• Limitation of fees to cost-based
levels
• Automatic recognition
for approved qualifications
• Review costs borne by applying
education and training
institutions
Burdensome documentation &
translation requirements
High & unclear costs
Lack of trust &
understanding of
qualifications &
skills obtained in
third countries
Concerns over authenticity of
documents issued in third
countries
Increase trust &
understanding of
qualifications and skills
obtained in third countries
• Fraud and authenticity checklists,
digital/AI-powered verification
solutions
• EU-level service for authenticity
checks
• Compensation measures where
substantial differences in quality
• Interoperable national databases
on comparability of TCQ
• Verification of learning
programmes against EU quality
assurance standards
• Verifiable digital credentials
required from third-country
providers
• Review process with
multidisciplinary expert teams,
on-site visits, and renewal
mechanisms
Insufficient knowledge about
third-country educational
systems, curricula & standards
Doubts about efficacy of quality
assurance within third-country
systems
38
6. WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS?
The cost-saving analysis uses a baseline of 125,000 procedures, split between professional
recognition procedures in the context of regulated professions (62,500 procedures) and migration-
related recognition procedures (62,500 procedures). The source data and methodology
underpinning these baseline estimates are explained in detail in Annex 4.
Because they refer to two distinct types of procedures, these two types of recognition are kept
separate throughout the analysis. The 62,500 recognition applications in the context of regulated
professions are the most time- and resource-intensive, since they rely on a case-by-case assessment
of the professional qualifications of the applicant against the applicable legal requirements to
exercise a specific profession. The remaining share of migration-related recognition procedures
are less costly and time-intensive as, in this context, the assessment takes the form of a verification
of diplomas or the application of a standardised point system instead of
a comprehensive evaluation of the professional qualifications.
An assessment of environmental factors has not 161been carried out as this action is not expected
to have significant environmental impacts, including under the 'do no significant harm' (DNSH)
principle and climate consistency requirements. 162
6.1. Direct cost impacts
The direct cost savings estimated pertain to administrative cost savings (6.1.1.), monetised time
savings for the applicant (6.1.2.) and cost savings for the employers (6.1.3.). Implementation costs
for public authorities (IT development and maintenance, legal and compliance staff time,
recognition-related training, management overhead and cooperation with third countries) are
discussed in section 6.1.4.
6.1.1. Direct administrative cost savings
Direct administrative costs for applicants include the application fee paid to the host CA, a fee to
ENIC-NARIC where applicable, certified translations of documents, legalisation or apostille fees,
notarisation costs, postal or courier charges and additional documentation costs. Per procedure
administrative costs for CAs include administrative processing time, expert review time and the
costs associated with contacting external issuing bodies to verify information.163 These various
162 The initiative does not assume or project increases in migration to the EU and therefore does not generate additional
international travel as a direct consequence. The simplification of recognition procedures does not affect admission
flows. Furthermore, this initiative concerns TCNs who typically hold a residence permit tied to a single Member State
and do not enjoy the right to move freely between Member States to work. The initiative does not therefore trigger
additional cross-border or international movement 163 Beyond these variable per procedure costs, competent authorities for the recognition of professional qualifications
of TCN incur fixed and semi-fixed annual costs (IT systems maintenance, legal and compliance staff time, recognition-
related training, management overhead). These cost components do not enter per-procedure SCM calculations since
they do not scale directly with procedure volumes, but are expected to be partially reduced under POs 2 and 3 through
economies of scale and shared infrastructure (e.g. the EU comparability database and harmonised documentation
requirements reducing per-case verification effort, common procedural rules, binding deadlines and fee structure rules
reducing the case-by-case legal review effort, and the shared comparability database reducing the per-case verification
39
costs are estimated using survey sources involving CA, ENIC-NARIC centres, and TCN,
supplemented by national mappings and focus group dataforms. The source data and the
component-level value estimates are detailed in Annex 4.
For recognition procedures in the context of regulated professions, the average per procedure cost
is estimated at EUR 1,500 (EUR 1,100 borne by the applicant and EUR 400 by the CA). For
migration-related recognition procedures not pertaining to regulated professions, the cost borne by
the applicant is estimated at EUR 300.
The administrative cost savings of the different POs reflect partial reductions in document
preparation effort, payable fees and other legal and operational costs linked to the drivers listed in
Section 2. The size of these reductions is expressed as percentages of the per procedure cost,
estimated based on the expected effects of the policy measures on the different cost drivers. These
estimates are triangulated across survey evidence, focus group polls, stakeholder consultations and
documented administrative bottlenecks. To account for partial implementation effectiveness of the
different POs, the administrative cost savings are adjusted by a realisation factor. The analysis faces
certain degree of uncertainty, so results are presented in ranges and should be interpreted as
indicative. The full methodology, the source data underpinning the calculations and a sensitivity
analysis to test the assumptions are presented in Annex 4.
For PO1, administrative costs savings are estimated at 4–8% per procedure pertaining to regulated
professions. This reflects the reduction in document preparation effort enabled by improved
information availability, and the reduction in CA-side verification effort enabled by capacity
building on third-country qualification systems. The realisation factor of 60% per cent reflects the
soft-law character of the measures. Per-procedure savings under Policy Option 1 are therefore
approximately EUR 36–EUR 72 (≈EUR 54)164, corresponding to an aggregate annual
administrative saving of approximately EUR 3.4 million per year on the baseline of 62,500
procedures per year. For PO2, a cost savings estimate of 15-22% of the baseline is applied,
reflecting the structural reduction in document preparation effort enabled by harmonised
documentation requirements, the structural reduction in CA-side verification effort enabled by the
EU comparability database and authenticity check service, and the structural reduction in the
application fee component enabled by the proportionate fee structure, the multilingual document
acceptance reducing translation needs and the minimum mandatory information requirements. Per-
procedure savings under Policy Option 2 are therefore approximately EUR 169–EUR 247 (≈ EUR
208), corresponding to an aggregate annual administrative saving of approximately EUR 13 million
per year on the baseline of 62,500 procedures per year. The realisation factor of 75% reflects the
binding but transposition-discretionary character of the measures.
For PO3, a cost savings estimate of 33-47% is applied on the concerned subgroup of applications
for automatic recognition. This reflects the structural reduction in document preparation effort, CA-
side verification effort, application fee, certified translation effort and authenticity verification
effort enabled by the combination of binding common rules, automatic recognition for sectoral
procedures and digital credentials infrastructure. Per-procedure savings for the share of
automatically recognised applications under Policy Option 3 are approximately EUR 420–EUR
effort. These savings are reflected in the multi-criteria decision analysis as additional cost avoidance items under Policy
Options 2 and 3. 164 The figure between brackets is used for the assessment of total impacts. It represents the average reduction in costs,
based on the middle realisation factor (i.e. central scenario).
40
599 (≈ EUR 510). A realisation factor of 85% is applied to this share of applications specifically,
reflecting the fact that this type of recognition procedure leaves less transposition discretion that
the general-system rules. As the implementation of this option will happen only gradually (once a
larger number of training institutions have been accredited and TCNs fully trained according to the
MTR of the PQD become eligible for automatic recognition), aggregated cost savings will take
time to materialise. Under a steady state scenario whereby 40% of the 62,500 baseline would be
eligible for automatic recognition, they would equal approximately EUR 20.5 million per year on
the baseline of 62,500 procedures per year.
For migration-related recognition procedures, cost savings arise from the reduction of documents
required and their standardisation. Lower cost savings estimates were used than for regulated
professions, reflecting the fact that these checks concern non-regulated professions, which are less
complex and offer narrower scope for streamlining. They are estimated at EUR 0.5 million for PO1
and at EUR 1.8 million for both PO2 and PO3.
6.1.2. Monetised time savings for the applicants
In addition to the direct administrative costs linked to procedural requirements, a significant share
of the applicants also bear the opportunity cost of not being able to exercise the profession for
which they are qualified while the procedure is running. For the purpose of this analysis, the
baseline duration of a recognition procedure in the context of regulated professions is estimated at
14.2 months. The full methodology and the source data underpinning these estimates are detailed
in Annex 4.
The different policy options would reduce these opportunity costs by compressing the waiting time
to a different extent:
• PO1 introduces no binding deadline but raises the visibility and predictability of timelines
through the soft-law measures, with an indicative time gain of approximately 10% of the
actual baseline (≈1.4 months).
• PO2 introduces binding deadlines, reducing the median processing time from 14.2 months
to approximately 5 months on the central scenario, with a time gain of approximately 9
months.
• PO3 introduces the automatic recognition channel for the seven sectoral professions,
reducing the processing time for sectoral procedures from 14.2 months to approximately 4
months (range 3–5 months), with a time gain of approximately 10.2 months for the sectoral
subgroup, while the general system procedures retain the 5-month deadline introduced
under Policy Option 2.
To estimate the monthly opportunity cost for the applicants, occupational wage proxies were used.
Looking at various typical occupational profiles (nurses, medical doctors, engineers), the central
monthly gross wages proxy was set at approximately EUR 4,300, representing an opportunity cost
of approximately EUR 800/month for the share of applicants who work below their qualification
41
level during the processing time and of EUR 4,300/month for those who do not work at all.165 The
monetised time savings associated with each policy option were estimated by combining the
volume of procedures in each subgroup, the corresponding reduction in processing timelines, the
monthly opportunity cost proxy, the share of applicants either not working or working below their
qualification level during the procedure, a calibration factor to account for the fact that they do not
all find suitable employment at their qualification level following recognition, and the realisation
factors reported above, reflecting the expected degree of effective implementation under each
policy option. Taking these various factors into account, the aggregate annual monetised time
savings realised under each option are estimated at approximately EUR 33,5 million for PO1, EUR
273,5 million for PO2 and EUR 300 million for PO3. The full methodology is explained in Annex
4. A sensitivity analysis is also provided to test the impact of changes to the main assumptions
underpinning the model.
For the 62,500 applications pertaining to unregulated professions, no time savings were calculated
since the average duration of these migration-only related recognition procedures would not be
affected by the policy options.
6.1.3. Cost savings for employers
In addition to the costs borne by recognition applicants and public administrations, EU employers
also incur administrative and organisational costs related to the recruitment of third-country
nationals whose qualifications require recognition. These costs include the verification of the
recognition outcome, the coordination with the migration authorities for the work permit procedure
and the indirect cost of the recruitment cycle prolongation due to the recognition processing time.
These costs are estimated at approximately EUR 800–1,200 per recruitment of a TCN professional
applying for a regulated profession.
The reductions are driven primarily by shorter recognition processing times, which reduce the
employer's loss of productive capacity during the prolonged recruitment cycle, together with the
documentation and coordination improvements specific to each option. The different policy
options would reduce these costs to a different extent depending on the measures included:
• Under PO1, the employer-borne cost is reduced by approximately 5–10% through
improved employer-side information availability on the recognition timeline and outcome
and on the coordination with migration procedures.
• Under PO2, the reduction reaches approximately 20–30%, driven by the binding timelines
and the binding coordination requirements between recognition and migration authorities
and the harmonised documentation requirements.
• Under PO3, the reduction reaches approximately 35–50% for recruitments involving the
seven sectoral professions, driven by the automatic recognition channel and the digital
credentials infrastructure which enable near-immediate verification by the employer.
165 These shares are estimated at 49.3% and 16.4% on the basis of from the responses Q15 of the TCN survey, n =
152). For the sake of this simulation, it is assumed that 75% of those already working prior to their qualification
recognition will find a job at their qualification level. This share is adjusted to 50% for those not yet in employment
prior to the qualification recognition.
42
Based on these assumptions, the aggregate reduction in employer-borne costs amount to EUR 4.7
million/year under PO1, EUR 15.6 million/year under PO2 and EUR 20 million/year under PO3.
6.1.4. Implementation costs
Implementation costs vary substantially across the three policy options, reflecting differences
in the scope of digital infrastructure required at national and EU level. They are specified in further
detail in annex 4.
Under PO1, costs are relatively limited, as implementation mainly builds on existing structures
and focuses on mutual learning, exchange of best practices and voluntary convergence. The main
cost drivers one-off costs at EU level of EUR 1–3 million, mainly for guidance, peer learning and
analytical support, with only marginal and non-quantified costs for Member States.
Under PO2, costs increase significantly because the option requires both stronger cross-border
interoperability and the development of additional EU-level support, notably a centralized service
for authentication and verification of third country qualifications. This implies higher initial IT
development and integration costs, as well as recurring costs for maintenance, operation of the
infrastructure and the EU-centralised service and support. The overall cost burden remains uneven
across Member States, depending in particular on the maturity of their existing digital infrastructure
and the extent of system upgrades needed. One-off costs would be in the margin of EUR 27.3 –
47.9 million; yearly costs for operation around EUR 3.7 – 6.0 million. For the period until 2040,
this would sum up to EUR 72 – 120 million, out of which around EUR 46 – 80 million would be
borne by Member States and EUR 26 – 40 million by the EU level.
PO3 entails the highest implementation costs, as it combines the infrastructure needs of PO2 with
the establishment of a public register supporting automatic recognition. In addition to the costs
linked to database interoperability and EU-level authentication services, this option requires further
investment in developing, operating and updating the register, as well as ensuring data quality,
accessibility and governance arrangements. One-off costs would be in the margin of EUR 28.7 –
50.7 million; yearly costs for operation around EUR 3.9 – 6.5 million. For the period until 2040,
this would sum up to EUR 76 – 128 million, out of which around EUR 46 – 80 million would be
borne by Member States and EUR 30 – 48 million by the EU level.
Overall, while all options involve some adaptation costs, the scale and complexity of
implementation increase markedly from PO1 to PO3.
Table 6.1: Total implementation cost for the 2027-2040 period, discounted to 2026 present values (3% discount rate).
Baseline PO1 PO2 PO3
Total costs borne by EU
(discounted)
0.0 M€ 1.0 - 2.9 M€ 21.7 – 33.1 M€ 24.8 – 40.2 M€
Total costs borne by MS
(discounted)
0.0 M€ 0.0 M€ 39.4 – 69.0 M€ 39.4 – 69.0 M€
Total (discounted) 0.0 M€ 1.0 - 2.9 M€ 61.1 – 102.0 M€ 64.2 – 109.2 M€
6.1.5. Methodological uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
43
The estimated savings depend on the capacity and the incentives of the authorities concerned to
deliver improved outputs within the common rules. The proposed framework relies on an
established and tested institutional landscape, since the authorities that would apply the new
instrument are those currently managing recognition procedures under the PQD and the legal
migration acquis. These comprise several types of body with distinct governance and incentive
structures, including ministries and migration authorities, independent professional regulators,
chambers and professional associations exercising delegated public functions, and ENIC-NARIC
centres166. The evidence gathered for this IA indicates that the problem observed in practice is
inconsistency, opacity and delay in the handling of third-country cases, precisely because no
common procedural framework currently constrains the authorities' discretion in the way the PQD
does for intra-EU cases. The common rules address this directly, and while MS retain the
competence to designate the bodies involved167, including bodies close to the professions whose
position may raise a risk of self-interested gatekeeping (not evidenced in this IA), MS remain
legally accountable under the Treaties for uniform application, subject to Commission enforcement
and national judicial review (Chapter 9).
On capacity, the proposed deadlines are aligned with procedural approaches already familiar to the
authorities concerned. Migration authorities already operate under deadlines set by the EU legal
migration acquis which are in many cases at least as demanding as the proposed rules, for example
the 90-day deadline for a decision on an EU Blue Card application compared with the proposed
3+1 months for the recognition component taken in isolation, and MS retain the principal lever for
managing capacity pressures through their competence over admission volumes. Where migration
authorities assess qualifications within migration procedures, these checks are in any event more
limited and less time-consuming than full recognition procedures. Competent authorities for
regulated professions, and the ENIC-NARIC centres on which some of them rely, are already used
to complying with the same or similar deadlines for qualifications falling within the PQD or the
Lisbon Recognition Convention. Additional capacity is expected from two sources, namely the
digitalisation of intra-EU procedures under Action 2, which should free resources within the same
authorities, and the automatic recognition channel under PO3, which replaces repeated case-by-
case assessment with prior programme verification in the shortage professions where caseloads are
heaviest. The efficiency gains underpinning the analysis derive from identified elements of the
action, namely the EU authenticity assessment service, which absorbs a particularly time-
consuming and technically demanding step of the process; the interoperable national databases,
which reduce duplication of comparability assessments and allow authorities to rely more
systematically on existing ones; structured cooperation through the dedicated expert group,
supporting quicker access to information and more consistent decision-making; and the mandatory
166 Cedefop (2026). Recognition and validation of foreign VET qualifications in Europe: Comparative
insights for skills portability. Cedefop Insights No. 04. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. DOI:
10.2801/2307117
167 A comparative mapping of national recognition and validation arrangements for foreign VET qualifications and skills found
that CAs and recognition bodies are almost all public. Of the 73 named bodies across the 30 systems, about 93% are government
departments, statutory agencies or public-law corporations. The remaining 7% are private-law foundations or associations that
still carry out public tasks. See: Cedefop (2026b). Annex: Comparative Mapping of National Recognition and Validation
Arrangements for Foreign VET Qualifications and Skills [Dataset].
44
coordination between recognition and migration authorities, which eliminates duplicate checks and
rework.
On incentives, acute labour and skills shortages align the interests of professions experiencing
shortages, employers and public authorities in integrating qualified talent rapidly into the
workforce, while a simpler and more unified legal framework, the procedural support measures
that reduce workload and the greater transparency of applicants' rights reinforce timely handling.
Even under the baseline, demographic change and persistent shortages are increasing pressure on
MS to devote more resources to the recognition of qualifications of TCN; the action provides the
more coherent framework within which those resources can be used efficiently. The risk that the
requirements are imperfectly implemented or enforced is factored into the quantified analysis
through the realisation factors applied to each option, which discount the estimated savings to
reflect that a partial-harmonisation directive may not be fully effective in practice, consistent with
the Better Regulation guidance.
To reflect the inherent uncertainties surrounding baseline estimates, procedural volumes, and
implementation effectiveness across 27 national systems, the quantitative impacts presented above
are underpinned by the sensitivity analysis detailed in Annex 4.5.
Key parameters tested in the sensitivity framework include, among others:
- Realisation Factors: Realisation factors (60% for Policy Option 1, 75% for Policy Option
2, and 85% for the automatic recognition cases under Policy Option 3) reflect varying
degrees of national transposition efficiency and administrative uptake. Under conservative
scenarios (reducing the realisation factors by another 10 percentage points), annual
aggregate administrative cost savings would amount to EUR 2.8 million, EUR 11.3 million
and EUR 18 million for PO1, PO2 and PO3 respectively.
- Baseline caseload: As explained in more detail in Annex 4.2, the volume baselines are
intentionally conservative considering the available evidence. Since application flows
depend on various factors – such as geopolitical shifts and evolving migration policies –
the sensitivity analysis includes a low-case scenario of 40,000 annual procedures (instead
of 62,500). Under this assumption, the annual administrative costs savings for recognition
procedures in regulated professions would be reduced to EUR 2.2 million, EUR 8.3 million
and EUR 8.8 million respectively
6.2.Opportunity costs: Monthly opportunity costs were approximated using occupational wage
proxies from the Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey 2022, EU-27 aggregate168), mean
annual gross earnings, enterprises with 10 or more employees. If, in a conservative scenario,
the opportunity cost proxies are reduced by 20% to EUR 640/month for those TCN that are
working but overqualified and to EUR 3,440/month for those that remain unemployed during
the recognition process, the monetised time savings amount to EUR 26.8 million/year, EUR
218.8 million/year and EUR 240 million/year for PO1, PO2 and PO3 respectively. Wider
Economic Impacts
168 The Eurostat statistic is published at EU-27 level and is used here as a proxy; the study perimeter is EU-26, Denmark
being outside the study.
45
All three policy options are expected to generate wider economic benefits compared to the baseline
to the extent that they facilitate recognition of professional qualifications of TCN.
At firm-level, this results in increased high-quality recruitment opportunities relative to the
baseline, enhancing businesses' competitiveness and growth potential. As per procedure costs
and waiting times are reduced, employers can tap into a wider, geographically diverse pool of
qualified TCNs, able to exercise the profession for which they have been trained.
The sizeable overqualification gap between EU citizens employed in their national labour market
(20.2% in 2023) and TCN (38.9% in that same year)169 suggests that there is a considerable pool
of untapped talent already present within the EU labour market. Empirical evidence suggests
that reforming recognition frameworks is a highly effective mechanism for unlocking this
underutilised potential. Germany’s “Federal Recognition Act” led to a 15% increase in the
probability that non-EU migrants already residing in the country would apply for recognition.
Faster and less cumbersome recognition processes improved labour market outcomes, resulting in
an almost 20% increase in the employment of TCNs within regulated, high-skill occupations (such
as healthcare and education), alongside measurable wage growth.170
Facilitating recognition of qualifications as part of migrant procedures and for access to regulated
professions would also make the Union a more attractive destination for qualified TCN. The
evidence presented in Chapter 2 suggests that barriers to recognition of qualifications can act as a
deterrent and that their removal would have a positive impact on the available pool of talent
considering the Single Market as a destination. Even if total legal labour migration flows, as
determined by MS migration policies, are kept constant, faster, less onerous and more predictable
recognition procedures would improve the quality of matches between the supply of talent and
skills demands in the EU. In this sense, the action contributes to the effectiveness of EU
migration instruments such as the Talent Pool and the Talent Partnerships, and to the overall
competitive position of the EUin the global race for talent.
The possibility to recruit from a broader pool of qualified TCN with skills that match their needs
benefits all businesses. It is particularly relevant for SMEs, however, as they report the most
difficulties in widening the recruitment pool beyond the borders of their national economy171.
169 Migrant integration statistics - over-qualification - Statistics Explained - Eurostat: overqualification gap between
EU citizens employed in their national labour market (20.2% in 2023) TCN (39.6% in that same year) 170 S. Anger, J. Bassetto, M. Sandner, Making Integration Work? Facilitating Access to Occupational Recognition and
Immigrants’ Labor Market Performance, IAB Discussion Paper, 2022. For a correct understanding of the reported
results, it is important to note that the study focused on the labour market integration effects of the reform, not on its
impact on migration flows. The analysis therefore concentrates on immigrants who lived in Germany before the reform.
Crucially, the study also notes that these gains were achieved without compromising professional quality standards or
depressing wages, providing clear evidence that streamlined recognition effectively bridges the overqualification gap
by aligning TCN talent with actual market needs.
171 Flash Eurobarometer 571 (December 2025) found that nearly half of all EU SMEs (46%) reported difficulty
finding or recruiting staff with the right skills over the preceding 24 months, rising to 70% among SMEs actively
hiring. Despite this, only one in seven EU SMEs (14%) had attempted to recruit TCN.7 Qualification recognition
challenges were cited by 13% of recruiters as a specific barrier, and by 8% of non-recruiting firms as a reason for not
attempting international recruitment.
46
At macro-economic level, effective recognition procedures reduce “brain waste” and
overqualification.172 By enabling residing qualified TCN to more easily access regulated
occupations that match their training, they enhance the allocative efficiency and aggregate
productivity of the existing workforce. They also ensure that newly arrived migrants are matched
more quickly with positions aligned with their qualifications. This improves both the total volume
and the quality of the available labour supply and helps to address shortages in critical sectors,
thussupporting GDP growth. The size of these impacts depends on the share of TCNs who move
into higher added-value jobs following recognition, on employer confidence in TCQs, and on the
relative importance of other factors that influence the choice of the destination of TCN. The
available evidence suggests that the effect of improved recognition on these both TCN labour
market outcomes173 and choice of destination is considerable.174
All three policy options contribute positively to these firm-level and macroeconomic effects,
though their impacts relative to the baseline vary.
Compared to the baseline, PO 1 would reduce deterrence among TCN already navigating the
system and improve the attractiveness of the Single Market as a destination for global talent by
providing guidance to prospective TCNs as well as their (potential) employers on how to navigate
applicable recognition procedures. Common EU tools would foster simplification of administrative
procedures and increased alignment towards more efficient models. However, no binding rights
are created, deadlines remain indicative and costs are only incrementally reduced. The effect on
recruitment opportunities, improved allocative efficiency of the TCN workforce and on the total
volume and the quality of the available labour migration pool is therefore expected to be limited,
particularly for SMEs, for whom voluntary measures cannot eliminate the open-ended timelines
and unclear fees that most directly undermine workforce planning.
Compared to the baseline, PO 2 introduces a binding legal framework with common, more
integrated and streamlined procedural rules that are expected to increase the incentives of TCNs
already residing in the EU to apply for recognition and to make the EU more attractive to TCN.
Procedural clarity and a more predictable framework with enforceable deadlines would also
incentivise SMEs to engage more in international recruitment.175 National databases on the
comparability of TCQ would facilitate the sharing of information and expertise between MS and
an EU-level authentication service would support MS authorities in their assessment
procedures. These measures help foster a deeper understanding of and trust in qualifications
obtained outside of the EU, thereby enhancing the effect of recognition on labour market outcomes.
172 The joint OECD and European Commission Indicators of Immigrant Integration report confirms that while
immigrants are more likely to be overqualified almost everywhere, host-country degree recognition reduces this
overqualification gap with native-born workers by 75% EU-wide, underscoring the central role of recognition systems
in closing the gap. 173 Cf. the study by Anger et allii quoted above which points at the improved labour market outcomes of TCNs residing
in Germany following the recognition of their qualifications. The results of this analysis show a robust positive effect
of degree recognition in increasing the number of high-skilled migrants by 30 to 60 percent. 174 Czaika M., & Parsons C., The Gravity of High-Skilled Migration Policies, KNOMAD Working Paper 13 (March
2016). Utilizing a panel dataset tracking bilateral migration labour flows across 10 OECD destinations from 2000 to
2012 the paper shows a robust positive effect of degree recognition in increasing the number of high-skilled migrants
by 30 to 60%. 175 Approximately 39% of SMEs indicated in the consultation that simpler recognition procedures could at least
moderately support their recruitment, underscoring the practical firm-level relevance of procedural simplification.
47
The impact on recruitment opportunities for and allocative efficiency of the TCN workforce is
expected to be significantly positive at both firm and macro level.
Under PO3, compared to the baseline and in addition to the measures included under PO2, the
automatic recognition system would further reduce the processing times of the concerned
applications and contribute positively to the predictability of their outcomes. The impact relative
to the baseline in terms of increased recruitment possibilities and the macro-level effects described
above on over-qualification, the volume and the quality of the available labour supply is expected
to also increase compared to PO 2. As the professions in scope are concentrated in the health care
sector, PO 3 most directly address the issue of critical shortages in this sector, aligning the EU's
offer more with the predictable, fast-track routes competitor destinations have established.
6.3.Social Impacts
Social impacts relate primarily to the situation of TCN navigating recognition procedures in the
EU for employment purposes, covering employment opportunities and career mobility, undeclared
work, access to essential public services, and fundamental rights. Impacts are also assessed against
the European Pillar of Social Rights (EPSR), SDG 8 (decent work and economic growth, targets
8.5 and 8.8) and SDG 10 (reduced inequalities, targets 10.2 and 10.7). All three policy options are
expected to have an overall positive social impact compared to the baseline, with binding options
delivering greater and more consistent benefits.
Recognition barriers directly suppress employment opportunities and upward career mobility
for TCN, but procedural improvements can translate into measurable labour market gains176. PO1
would help TCN navigate procedural complexity through guidance and voluntary simplification,
though outcomes remain modest and uneven across MS in the absence of binding rights or
deadlines. PO2 reduces the complexity that discourages or delays applications through binding
rules, sets documentation requirements and enforceable timelines, allowing employment
opportunities to materialise more quickly and at lower cost. PO3 combines PO2's procedural
guarantees with an automatic recognition channel that substantially reduces practical barriers for
TCN holding qualifications from verified programmes, significantly improving career prospects in
the Single Market. PO1 would improve transparency and access to information on recognition
procedures, including through non-binding guidance on the use of EU tools such as the EQF177.
For young people, the non-binding nature of PO1 measures limits their likely impact to address
their particular needs. PO2 would go further, introducing common procedural rules that would
reduce the unpredictability of recognition procedures and timelines. Binding measures on limits to
document requests, and to provide documents in languages spoken by migrants, respond directly
to calls for reduced administration and language barriers178. PO3 would bring the strongest effect
for young people. By establishing equivalence of qualification levels for the professions and
qualification types in scope, it eliminates the need for individual assessments entirely, removing
176 As set out in Chapter 2
177 The EU Youth Stakeholders Consultation for the SPI specifically highlighted the need for better implementation
and awareness of EU tools, including the EQF.
178 Input received during the EU Youth Stakeholders Consultation. Overview of Stakeholder Consultation in Annex 2.
48
the procedural burden at source and reducing the risk of underemployment at the start of a career
for those whose qualifications fall within scope.
As to combatting undeclared work, prolonged and uncertain recognition procedures create
structural incentives for informal work179, both for TCN waiting out procedures and for employers
in shortage sectors. PO1 does not materially shorten the period of uncertainty during which
informal work is most likely, as the absence of binding deadlines leaves the exposure window
structurally unchanged. PO2 substantially reduces that window through binding deadlines, set
documentation requirements and streamlined coordination between recognition and migration
authorities. PO3 goes furthest for the seven sectoral professions, compressing processing times
from 14.2 months to approximately 3 months in the care and health sectors where, undeclared
employment of migrant professionals is most prevalent.
On access to essential services, healthcare workforce shortages are acute, structural and
worsening, and cannot be addressed without continued inflows of qualified TCN professionals.
The recognition procedure is a direct bottleneck on that inflow: at 14.2 months average duration, it
delays or deters qualified professionals precisely where and when they are most needed. PO1
leaves that bottleneck structurally unchanged, delivering only marginal improvements in service
availability, with the most vulnerable regions continuing to bear a disproportionate share of unmet
need. PO2 accelerates integration through binding deadlines, with moderate positive effects on
service availability in shortage sectors. PO3 eliminates the bottleneck for the sectoral subgroup,
compressing processing times to approximately 3 months and freeing CA capacity in the
professions where shortages are most acute. Unlike intra-EU mobility measures, Action 3 brings
new professionals into EU labour markets, providing net additionality for regions that cannot be
served from within the existing EU workforce.
Regarding fundamental rights, all three options reduce procedural barriers to recognition,
enhancing access to occupations and employment rights (Articles 15 and 20, EPSR Principle 4).
PO1 relies on voluntary uptake and compliance with tools but PO2 and PO3 introduce enforceable
procedural guarantees (binding timelines, defined documentation requirements and appeal rights)
giving TCN an effective remedy against procedural failures (Article 47) and supporting the right
to good administration (Article 41). By enabling access to regulated professions commensurate
with TCN qualifications, they improve fair and just working conditions and wages (Article 31,
EPSR Principles 5 and 6). A common procedural baseline, applied regardless of nationality or
country of qualification, strengthens non-discrimination protections and promotes equal
opportunities (Articles 21 and 23, EPSR Principles 2 and 3). Under PO3, the automatic recognition
channel for the seven sectoral professions addresses the undeclared work risk disproportionately
borne by women in care and nursing, with a direct gender equality dimension (Article 23). PO3
also advances equal treatment between TCN and EU citizens for the covered professions (Article
20), and tailored information and support for refugees under the measure strengthens protection for
the most vulnerable applicants.
Digital measures under PO2 and PO3 must comply with GDPR and the EUDPR; no significant
risks to personal data are anticipated, with the database and authentication service designed to apply
the highest data protection standards in line with EPSR Principle 10.
179 As set out in Chapter 2
49
6.4. Impact on digitalisation
PO2 and PO3 offer distinct contributions to the EU’s broader digitalisation objectives by furthering
digital integration of what are currently fragmented national systems, often operating in a hybrid,
semi-digital manner. PO2 supports digitalisation by mandating the development of interoperable
national databases for sharing comparability expertise, establishing a centralised EU-level service
for digital authenticity checks, and allowing applicants to re-use digital verifications to eliminate
administrative duplication. PO3 builds on this and adds a centralised, publicly accessible EU
register of pre-verified training programmes and requiring qualifications to be issued by reviewed
third country institutions as verifiable digital credentials. This shift replaces repeated, manual, case-
by-case national assessments with a scalable, automated framework tailored to meet the volume
and pace of skilled migration. Although it is not possible to estimate the exact size, even assuming
the smallest reasonable impact, the option would still make a significant positive difference relative
to the baseline.
6.5. Unintended consequences
The design of the action is informed by an awareness of potential unintended consequences,
drawing on consultation findings, the experiences of MS active in international recruitment with
the clear scope of the action on recognition procedures and not on admission criteria or migration
volumes, which are Member State competence. Four categories of risk were identified and
considered throughout the analysis.
Procedural quality and fraud prevention: Streamlining procedures does not entail a reduction
in the substantive quality of recognition decisions. Member States will retain the capacity to make
confident, well-informed assessments; the action supports this through mutual learning, shared
comparability tools and an EU-level authenticity check service. This issue of fraud was raised
repeatedly throughout consultation. The action recognises that this is an existing problem under
current divergent systems, and addresses it directly in each policy option: tools for authentication
(PO1); EU authentication service (PO2); issuance of digital credentials by reviewed third country
institutions (PO3) to each enable systematic verification mechanisms.
Labour market integration outcomes: Faster recognition is a necessary but not sufficient
condition for full labour market integration. Some TCN may continue to face employer
discrimination, language barriers or conditions linked to migration status that fall outside the scope
of this action. Similarly, overqualification may persist where structural labour market factors
predominate. The action is coherently focused on the procedural barrier it can address; the
sensitivity analysis of cost savings reflects this by applying conservative assumptions on the share
of applicants who convert recognition into employment at qualification level.
Brain drain and ethical dimensions: The action does not stimulate migration or create new
admission pathways; it improves the treatment of qualifications for those already entering through
existing legal channels. Nonetheless, concerns about skills drain from partner countries,
particularly in health, must be addressed in the communication and design of the action. As flagged
in the description of PO3, the rollout of automatic recognition will be attentive to these dynamics,
including through the Talent Partnerships framework, which is designed to support managed and
mutually beneficial mobility.
Competitive effects: Concerns about competitive pressure on EU citizens are addressed through
a consistent commitment to equal treatment. The procedural standards would apply uniformly and
50
do not confer any preferential status on TCN relative to EU citizens. Where administrative burden
may shift such as under PO3 (where quality assurance requirements fall partly on third-country
institutions) this is considered a proportionate consequence for third country institutions with an
interest in structured labour mobility with demonstrated willingness to engage with such
frameworks. Where review costs represent a barrier for institutions in lower-income origin
countries, the Commission could consider co-financing arrangements for priority partner countries.
7. HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE?
This chapter evaluates the relative performance of each policy option against baseline across three criteria:
(i) effectiveness in achieving the specific objectives of the action; (ii) efficiency in terms of the balance
between benefits and costs, monetised and non-monetised; and (iii) coherence, including with broader EU
policy objectives and the EU policy landscape.
Options are scored relative to the baseline on a scale from '+' to '+++': a single '+' indicates a limited positive
effect; '++' a moderate positive effect; and '+++' a significant positive effect. Equal weights are applied
across criteria in the absence of a strong evidential basis for differential weighting. All three policy options
are expected to generate positive effects relative to the baseline across all three criteria.
7.1 Effectiveness
PO3 is the most effective option across all three specific objectives, with a score of +++. Under SO1, the
automatic recognition channel eliminates case-by-case assessment for the seven sectoral professions,
replacing it with a uniform outcome for all holders of qualifications from verified programmes — the most
direct structural response to fragmentation between and within MS. Under SO2, binding deadlines compress
processing time from 14.2 months to approximately 4 months for the sectoral subgroup, document limits
and multilingual document acceptance reduce per-application burden, and per-procedure savings reach
approximately EUR 510 for automatically recognised applications. Under SO3, prior verification of third-
country learning programmes against EU minimum training requirements replaces repeated case-by-case
assessments with a systematic quality assurance foundation, substantially increasing the share of CA able
to decide on the basis of a verified programme listing without requesting compensation measures. PO2
scores ++ across all objectives, delivering the same structural procedural improvements as PO3 for the
general system but without the automatic recognition channel, leaving trust-building dependent on the
authenticity service and comparability database rather than programme pre-verification. PO1 scores + across
all objectives, as voluntary measures improve information availability and encourage convergence but
cannot mandate coordination, enforce timelines or systematically address the knowledge and documentation
asymmetries that drive compensation measure use. The effectiveness assessment takes account of the
capacity, incentive and enforcement considerations analysed in Section 6.1.5, which are reflected in the
realisation factors applied to the quantified estimates under each option.
Table 7.1 — Assessment of policy options against criterion of effectiveness
Specific Objective Criteria PO1 PO2 PO3
SO1: Streamlined
recognition systems
within and between
MS
Reduction in duplication across recognition
and migration procedures and increased
alignment between national systems.
+ ++ +++
SO2: Reduced legal
and administrative
complexity for
recognition of
Reduction in processing times,
documentation burdens and applicant-side
costs.
+ ++ +++
51
Specific Objective Criteria PO1 PO2 PO3
qualifications of
TCN
SO3: Increased trust
and understanding of
qualifications
obtained in third
countries
Increases in the share of CA with sufficient
information to make timely decisions, and
reduction in recourse to compensation
measures.
+ ++ +++
7.2 Efficiency
Efficiency is assessed by two dimensions. First, the difference between expected benefits and costs under
each option (table 7.2); second, because not all benefits can be expressed in monetary terms, efficiency
assessment takes into account also non-monetised benefits (wider economic and social impacts) as presented
in sections 6.2 and 6.3.
All three options are efficient with net present value above zero and with positive wider economic and social
impacts. PO3 is considered the most efficient option, with a score of +++. This is due to its ability to deliver
high net present value. The binding coordination requirements and shared verification infrastructure (EU
comparability database and authenticity check service) address the two principal structural inefficiencies
directly and for all procedures, leading to substantial administrative cost-saving and time savings across
different stakeholders, including applicants, CAs and employers. For the sectoral subgroup, automatic
recognition brings important savings by replacing substantive per-case assessment with credential
verification. PO3 also delivers high wider economic and social impacts across all assessed areas (increased
high-quality recruitment opportunities, making the EU more attractive destination for qualified TCN,
reduction of “brain waste” and overqualification, employment opportunities and upward career mobility,
respect for fundamental rights, combat against undeclared work and improving access to essential services).
Total efficiency for PO2 is ++ and for PO1 is +, reflecting their lower net present values and wider economic
and social impacts. PO2 gains are smaller in the absence of automatic recognition, while the PO1 gains are
smaller and uneven across MS given the non-binding nature of the measures.
Table 7.2 — Summary overview of cumulative monetised benefits and costs (present value in 2026)
PO1 PO2 PO3
Benefits
Administrative cost- saving –
regulated professions
(cumulative)
EUR 35M EUR 134M EUR 212M
Administrative cost- saving –
migration related procedures
(cumulative)
EUR 5M EUR 19M EUR 19M
Monetised time savings
(cumulative) EUR 346M EUR 2824M EUR 3098M
52
PO1 PO2 PO3
Cost savings for employers
(cumulative) EUR 49M EUR 161M EUR 207M
Total EUR 435M EUR 3138M EUR 3536M
Costs
EU one-off implementation
cost EUR 1–3M EUR 6-11M EUR 8-14M
MS one-off cost (27 MS) Marginal (0) approx. EUR 20-
35M approx. EUR 20-35
EU recurring costs
(cumulative) 0 EUR 15-22M EUR 17-27M
MS recurring cost
(cumulative) 0
approx. EUR 20-
34M approx. EUR 20-34M
Total EUR 1-3M EUR 61-102M EUR 64-109M
Notes: aPresent values in 2026, using 3% discount rate. b Annual benefits for PO1 start to accrue in 2028 and up to
2040. Annual benefits for PO2 and PO3 start to accrue in 2029. cOne-off EU and MS implementation costs are equally
spread between 2027 and 2028. Recurrent EU and MS costs start in 2029 and up to 2040.
7.3 Coherence
Coherence is assessed on consistency with broader EU policy objectives and policy landscape, in particular
with EU talent attraction and Single Market objectives, without undermining or duplicating other initiatives
and the EU simplification efforts .
PO3 delivers the strongest coherence with both dimensions, scoring +++. It directly aligns recognition for
the seven sectoral professions with EU-level objectives on talent attraction, healthcare workforce supply
and the Single Market, mirroring the logic already applied to EU citizens under the PQD and closing the
gap between the procedural guarantees available to EU nationals and those available to TCN. By
establishing a fully integrated recognition channel that is consistent and equivalent across all MS, PO3
provides the structural certainty that the EU's talent attraction instruments require to function as a coherent
ecosystem. It most directly operationalises the EU's competitiveness and demographic agenda. PO2 scores
++, ensuring that EU talent attraction instruments can deliver on their promise: a TCN admitted on a Blue
Card or prepared through a Talent Partnership is guaranteed a time-bound, procedurally consistent
recognition procedure. By focusing on procedural rules rather than admission criteria, PO2 preserves
national competence while creating a common operational baseline across MS. PO1 scores +,
operationalising Commission Recommendation EU 2023/2611 through voluntary tools that complement the
talent attraction ecosystem but cannot guarantee predictable procedures at national level, leaving the
fragmentation that limits the ecosystem's effectiveness structurally unchanged.
The coherence of the options has also been assessed against the wider ecosystem of instruments addressing
EU labour market needs, mapped in Annex 8. First, within the Fair Labour Mobility Package, the action is
53
complementary to, and does not overlap with, the other principal strands. The modernisation of social
security coordination, including the European Social Security Pass (ESSPASS) and the strengthening of the
European Labour Authority are Single Market instruments concerned with workers who are already present
and moving within the Union. They do not address the recognition of qualifications which is the specific
gap addressed by this action. They form part of the wider set of conditions shaping a TCN's experience of
the EU labour market once admitted, particularly from a protection and enforcement perspective, rather than
instruments interacting with the recognition procedure itself.
Second, the action is complementary to the EU Talent Pool Regulation. The Talent Pool can flag the
applicable recognition procedures to registered jobseekers and employers, but it has no capacity to influence
the nature, duration, cost or outcome of recognition itself. A TCN matched through the Talent Pool with an
employer must still complete the full national recognition procedure under the same conditions that would
apply in its absence, whether for a regulated profession, as part of a migration procedure, or both. This
action addresses the procedure itself, so that the two instruments reinforce each other and will develop in
parallel.
Third, within the SPI, Action 2 and Action 3 share the underlying objective of facilitating the mobility of
regulated professionals and addressing skills shortages, but they address distinct personal scopes arising
from different Treaty legal bases. Action 2 operates under the Single Market legal bases and modernises
recognition for EU nationals exercising free movement rights, a personal scope which excludes TCN,
whereas Action 3 operates under Article 79(2) TFEU and addresses TCN, for whom no comparable
framework currently exists. By introducing a common framework that largely mirrors the PQD and
incorporates several of the improvements developed under Action 2, Action 3 fills a gap in the existing
acquis rather than duplicating Action 2, and its material scope is necessarily broader, extending to
qualification checks conducted within migration procedures, including in relation to unregulated
professions.
Fourth, as regards the EU's international obligations, coherence extends beyond the mutual recognition
agreements discussed in Chapter 5. The schedules of commitments in EU free trade agreements make certain
references to professional qualifications, particularly in services industries, and the WTO framework,
notably the GATS, imposes general non-discrimination and most-favoured-nation obligations. These
instruments establish framework-level commitments rather than operational recognition mechanisms, and
the design of the options is compatible with them, since the common procedural rules apply to qualifications
from all third countries alike and eligibility for automatic recognition under PO3 is determined by the
functional verification of a training programme against defined EU minimum training requirements, applied
on the same basis irrespective of the third country concerned, rather than by preferential treatment of specific
trading partners. PO3 attaches recognition to individually reviewed programmes rather than to a partner
country's system as a whole, keeping the level of assurance constant across countries. The common rules
and the system of automatic recognition would in fact reinforce mutual recognition agreements and
partnership arrangements, whether national or EU-level, by providing the stable and uniform framework on
which they can build.
Table 7.3 — Assessment of policy options against criterion of coherence
Criteria PO1 PO2 PO3
Consistency with EU talent attraction, Single
Market objectives and EU simplification
objectives
+ ++ +++
7.4 Comparative overview
Table 7.4 — Overall assessment of policy options against the baseline
54
Criterion PO1 PO2 PO3
Effectiveness + ++ +++
Efficiency + ++ +++
Coherence + ++ +++
Overall score 3 6 9
Each policy option respects the principles of subsidiarity and proportionality. PO1 imposes no new
obligations on MS and is fully compatible as a non-binding option. PO2 addresses procedural requirements
without harmonising substantive assessment standards or affecting MS competence to take recognition
decisions or manage migration and admissions. Its implementation obligations are proportionate to the
improvements it delivers and sit within the established EU legislative tradition of minimum harmonisation
in the field of qualifications. PO3 measures are directly linked to the scale and persistence of the problems
they address and are grounded in the existing framework of minimum training requirements under the PQD.
Automatic recognition grounded in prior programme verification is a proportionate response that preserves
MS competence over qualification standards and admission decisions; participation by third-country
institutions is voluntary and the system will expand based on demonstrated interest by the institutions,
limiting the risk of unintended effects on origin country skills systems.
8. PREFERRED OPTION
8.1. Policy Option 3
PO3 is identified as the preferred option. It is the most effective, efficient and coherent of the three options
assessed, and it provides the appropriate overall policy response to the scale and persistence of the identified
problems with recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals, while keeping and respecting the
competences of MS in the areas of migration and professional regulation. The preferred option would be
implemented through a proposal for a Directive, based on Article 79(2), points (a) and (b), TFEU, as set out
in Section 5.2. Parallel amendments to Directive 2005/36/EC should be made as part of SPI Action 2 to
ensure coverage of EU citizens holding third-country qualifications, as that Directive which addresses EU
citizens is the appropriate instrument for this purpose.
PO3 meets the specific objectives of the action in the most direct and complete way. Under SO1, the binding
common procedural rules establish, for the first time, a comprehensive framework governing recognition
across all 27 Member States — eliminating the divergence that currently produces inconsistent outcomes
for the same qualification assessed in different national systems — while the automatic recognition channel
for the seven sectoral professions replaces repeated individual assessments using established EU standards.
This represents a structural shift from a system defined by national fragmentation to one grounded in shared
rules and mutual trust, with a clear dimension of EU added value that neither voluntary coordination nor
procedural reform alone could deliver. Under SO2, binding procedural deadlines, documentation limits,
transparent fee structures and a right of appeal establish a common procedural floor that applies consistently
across all Member States, compressing processing times from the 14.2-month baseline to 4 months for
automatic recognition procedures and to 5 months for the remaining ones. The per-procedure administrative
burden would be reduced by approximately EUR 208 on the central estimate for non-automatic procedures
and by EUR 510 for automatic ones. Under SO3, the system of automatic recognition, with the
interoperable databases, and EU authentication service create a new foundation to address issues of trust,
55
providing a basis to increase the share of CAs able to decide on the basis of a verified programme listing
without requesting compensation measures.
The current system imposes its heaviest costs (in time, money and skills waste) on precisely the professions
where qualifications are most standardised, workforce shortages most severe, and case-by-case assessment
most disproportionate to the risk it is designed to manage. Automatic recognition for those professions is
the appropriate and proportionate response. PO3 does not remove Member State competence over
qualification standards; it first establishes a core of simplified, common procedural rules, and secondly
removes the redundant procedural burden of repeatedly re-examining applications from individual
applicants from verified programmes. It restructures recognition around a logic of uniformity, trust,
transparency and proportionality that the current system lacks and that the scale of identified labour market
needs requires.
PO3 is also the most efficient option, generating aggregate cumulative net benefits that are substantially
larger than PO2 and several times larger than PO1. Cumulative benefits over the assessment period are
estimated at approximately EUR 3,536 million against total cumulative implementation costs of EUR 64–
109 million, yielding a strongly positive net present value that is robust across all tested sensitivity
dimensions. While PO3 entails higher EU-level implementation — EU one-off costs of EUR 8–14 million
and cumulative recurring costs of EUR 17–27 million — these remain modest in relation to the scale of
expected benefits.
PO3 also delivers the strongest coherence with EU policy objectives. It directly aligns recognition for the
seven sectoral professions with EU-level objectives on talent attraction, healthcare workforce supply and
the Single Market, mirroring the logic already applied to EU citizens under the PQD and closing the gap
between the procedural guarantees available to EU nationals and those available to TCN. By establishing a
fully integrated recognition channel that is consistent and equivalent across all MS, PO3 provides the
structural certainty that the EU's talent attraction instruments — the EU Talent Pool, the Blue Card, and the
Talent Partnerships — require to function as a coherent ecosystem. It most directly operationalises the EU's
competitiveness and demographic agenda as set out in the Union of Skills communication and the European
Council conclusions of March 2026.
8.2. REFIT (simplification and improved efficiency)
The initiative tackles recognition system inefficiencies through binding common procedural rules
that are estimated to reduce certified translation needs by around one third, while a shared EU
authenticity service will reduce the burden associated with verification of documents. Mandatory
coordination between recognition and migration authorities eliminates duplicate qualification
checks across parallel procedures, reducing avoidable exchanges and rework for both applicants
and CA. For the seven sectoral professions covered by automatic recognition, processing times are
projected to fall from 14.2 months to approximately 4 months, freeing CA capacity for complex
cases. Employers stand to benefit from faster recruitment and more predictable timelines, with
administrative costs for hiring a recognised professional estimated to fall by 35–50% for sectoral
professions, generating indicative aggregate savings of EUR 14–30 million per year.
8.3. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach
There are no expected administrative costs for citizens and businesses arising from the initiative.
56
9. HOW WILL THE ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED?
9.1. Monitoring framework
The monitoring framework for the action is based on headline indicators for each specific objective,
and identified data sources, including new streams coming from the implementation infrastructure.
The framework will comprise the elements below and will be subject to further adjustment
according to the final legal and implementation requirements and timeline.
• Annual MS reporting: From entry into force, MS will submit an annual standardised report
covering: applications received; share of complete applications at first submission; average
processing times; information exchanges per case; cases handled under the automatic
recognition channel; and authenticity checks requested. The template will be kept short to
minimise burden on national authorities.
• EU shared infrastructure data: The authenticity check service will generate operational
data automatically — queries processed, average response times — available to the
Commission and MS on a continuous basis and feeding directly into annual monitoring
cycles without additional national reporting effort.
• Stakeholder surveys: Approximately two years after entry into force, the Commission will
survey CA on early implementation experience and the functioning of new digital tools,
and TCN applicants and employers, including SMEs, on user experience, procedure
duration and administrative burden.
Monitoring is directly connected to enforcement, and the Commission will monitor compliance
both in law and in practice. A first step will be a conformity assessment of the national transposition
measures. The experience of the PQD demonstrates that a comprehensive conformity check
enables the Commission to detect and address inconsistencies in national legal frameworks,
including in areas involving a wide range of different competent authorities, and this ex ante review
will also allow the Commission to verify that MS have put in place the institutional arrangements
required for practical compliance, including structured cooperation between migration and
recognition authorities where required.
Following the initial transposition check, the annual statistics provided by MS - covering outcomes,
average processing times, information exchanges per case, authenticity checks, appeals and fees,
will provide the basis for identifying systemic patterns of non-compliance. This data will be
complemented by qualitative feedback and complaints received from TCNs, employers and other
stakeholders and by the exchanges within the dedicated expert group.
Where the evidence points to an administrative practice incompatible with the Directive, the
Commission may take enforcement action under the Treaties, while, in line with the Union's
decentralised enforcement system, individual cases remain primarily a matter for national remedies
and judicial review, supported by the right of appeal guaranteed under the common rules.
The elaborated framework is set out in Annex 14.
9.2. Evaluation
A formal evaluation will be conducted no sooner than seven years after the date of application of
the legislation. The evaluation will assess the effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and EU added
value of the measures, based on monitoring data collected throughout implementation. It will
57
examine in particular whether processing times and administrative costs have fallen, uptake of the
automatic recognition channel by third-country institutions, and whether trust in TCQ among CA,
migration authorities and employers has increased.
58
ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION
Identification of the lead DG:
DG Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion (DG EMPL) is the lead DG.
Organisation and timing
PLAN/2025/2650 Fair labour mobility package: Skills Portability 3: recognition of qualifications
and skills of third country nationals
Commission work programme 2026, Supporting people, strengthening our societies and our
social model - 25: Skills and fair labour mobility – Fair labour mobility package
The Call for evidence2 providing an overview of the SPI, the 3 actions and envisaged policy
options was published on 05 December 2025 and remained open for feedback until 27 February
2026 (a detailed assessment of the feedback received is provided in Annex 2).
The Impact Assessment report (IA report) is based on a number of studies and existing literature,
reports and background research. A study from an external contractor was launched in October
2025 to inform the IA report.
In addition, extensive targeted consultations were conducted on this action between October
2025 and April 2026.
Previous consultations were also taken into account in the preparation of the IA report in
particular for development of the Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the
Council establishing an EU Talent Pool.
Inter-Service Steering Group
The Inter-service Steering Group (ISG) was set up by the Secretariat-General to assist in the
preparation of the initiative as part of the wider Union of Sills. A specific sub-group (technical
steering committee to the support studies of the IA) on the Skills Portability Initiative was created.
The representatives of the following Directorates-General participated in the ISG work: BUDG,
CNECT, COMM, EAC, ECFIN, EEAS, EMPL, ENV, ESTAT, GROW, JUST, JRC, INTPA,
MOVE, NEAR, REFORM, REGIO, RTD, SANTE, TRADE, SG and the Legal Service.
The ISCG met 3 times to discuss the SPI, namely on 16 September 2025 (meeting on the overall
Union of Skills with a dedicated point on the SPI), on 26 March 2026 (to discuss preliminary
elements of the three SPI IA) and on 27 May (to discuss the three IA before their submission to the
Regulatory Scrutiny Board.
The steering group for the external study supporting the IA on SPI Action 3 met on 13 October
2025 for the kick-off meeting, on 20 November 2025 to discuss the draft Inception report and on
19 March 2026 to discuss the draft Interim report. The draft Final report was discussed by written
procedure with a deadline for comments by 3 June 2026.
Bilateral meetings with other Commission services
Furthermore, DG EMPL has held a number of bilateral meetings with several Commission services
including DG HOME and DG RTD.
59
On 31 March 2026 and 20 April 2026 a joint meeting with HOME and LS was organised to discuss
key aspects for the design of SPI Action 3.
External meetings and consultations
SPI Action 3 touches upon different policy areas including, migration, employment and
recognition of qualifications related aspects. Therefore, extensive consultations were conducted
with a wide range of stakeholders and experts from different backgrounds.Meetings and ad-hoc
consultations with EU institutions and agencies, international organisation, MS, expert groups,
high-level groups, think tanks, and civil society were organised. A full overview of the
consultations conducted is available in Annex 2.
Consultation of the Regulatory Scrutiny Board
On 15 June 2026, DG EMPL submitted the draft IA to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board, which
examined the draft IA on 15 July 2026.
The Board issued a positive opinion with reservations on 17 Month 2026. The Board pointed to a
number of elements of the IA that should be addressed. The table below summarises the main
recommendations for improvement, and how they have been addressed in this IA report.
Main recommendations for improvement Modifications in the IA report
Better substantiate the magnitude of the
problem and isolate it from other factors
shaping TCN destination choice; draw more on
existing evaluations (Annex 8) to support the
problem definition and drivers.
Added text acknowledging destination choice
reflects many factors but showing recognition
is the one EU-regulable determinant, and that
the problem also affects TCN already resident.
Brought forward Annex 8 information (Legal
Migration Fitness Check, Single Permit and
Blue Card IAs) into Chapter 2.
Explain how a uniform approach will be
ensured given MS flexibility, and how rules on
deadlines, document lists and fee transparency
will actually be enforced.
Added text on the legal instrument (Directive,
Art. 79(2) TFEU) clarifying enforcement
mechanism (transposition/conformity check,
practice-based monitoring via annual statistics,
expert-group exchanges) in the PO2/PO3
sections and Chapter 9.
Better explain the role, selection and
governance of the envisaged EU quality
assurance agencies under PO3, and how the
EU-wide QA channel relates to existing
national approaches.
Added detail on trusted review bodies,
approval validity, renewal and withdrawal
conditions. Added text/footnote evidencing
existing MS–third country curriculum-
alignment initiatives to show the EU channel is
complementary, not competing.
Analyse whether CAs have the capacity and
incentives to meet shorter deadlines without
raising costs, what drives the assumed
Added a new section (6.1.5, methodological
uncertainty and sensitivity) covering
CA/migration-authority typologies and
incentive structures, the specific sources of
60
efficiency gains, and the range of CA types,
governance and enforcement risk.
efficiency gains (authenticity service,
interoperable databases, mandatory
coordination), and confirming enforcement
risk is captured via the realisation factors.
Provide evidence of third-country institutions'
interest in, and willingness to bear the costs of,
automatic recognition; present
benefits/monetisation more cautiously,
specifying assumptions and their sensitivity.
Added evidence on institutional uptake
drawing on existing MS-led curriculum-
alignment projects as a proxy for demand.
Added an explicit sensitivity analysis (Annex
4.5) testing realisation factors, baseline
caseload and opportunity-cost assumptions,
referenced in the main text.
Strengthen coherence analysis against the
wider ecosystem (EU Talent Pool Regulation,
other SPI actions), synergies with Action 2's
digital solution, and specify the type of legal
act proposed.
Added a four-part coherence analysis (Fair
Labour Mobility Package, EU Talent Pool
Regulation, Action 2, international trade
obligations) and specified the Directive under
Art. 79(2)(a)–(b) TFEU as the proposed
instrument, mirroring the PQD. Clarified why
use of a potential digital work flow (similar to
SPI Action 2) is not feasible in section on
discarded options.
External consultant
An external contractor (consortium led by EY Italy in collaboration with the Istituto Ricerca
Sociale (IRS)) has assisted DG EMPL by conducting a study to support the work on the IA report.
The call for tenders for the study was launched on 25 July 2025, three substantive bids were
evaluated in October 2026, leading to the award decision on 16 October 2025. The kick-off meeting
for the study took place on 24 October 2026, an inception report was delivered on 16 December
2025 and a draft interim report on 3 March 2026. The final report for the first reviews cycles was
submitted on 30 April 2026.
Evidence and Sources
This IA draws on a broad and layered evidence base assembled through desk research, a
comprehensive literature review, inter-service consultation, targeted expert consultations and focus
group discussions. Quantitative analysis is grounded in numerical estimates and calculations
derived from primary data collection complemented by triangulation with external datasets and
secondary sources. Qualitative evidence draws on expert assessments, stakeholder position papers
and the outputs of structured consultation activities.
The source base spans EU institutional documentation, UN and ILO instruments, OECD labour
market and migration analyses, peer-reviewed academic literature, and sector-specific studies on
labour and skills shortages, labour migration, and labour market inclusion. A full list of sources
consulted is provided in the Annex 15 Resources.
61
ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT)
1. Consultation Strategy
The objective of the consultation process for SPI Action 3 was to collect the views of MS and
relevant stakeholders on EU action to improve the recognition of qualifications and the validation
of skills of TCN. Targeted consultations provided stakeholders with an opportunity to contribute to
the development of the IA, including the identification of problems to be addressed, the assessment
of policy options, and the analysis of potential impacts. The consultations sought to gather both
objective data and evidence to inform the IA, and views, opinions and concerns about possible
policy responses and their likely impacts.
Commission services carried out an initial mapping of relevant stakeholders comprising: EU
institutions and agencies; CA in MS; EU-level networks of non-governmental organisations;
subject-matter experts; economic and social partners; trade unions; international organisations; and
employer associations.
Outcomes of bilateral meetings with MS, held in December 2025 and January 2025 as part of
the follow-up to Commission Recommendation EU 2023/2611, were also analysed for the
considered in analysis stakeholder views. A summary of these meetings is included below in part
7.
2. Overview of Consultation Activities
The consultation process drew on four main methods of engagement.
2.1 Call for Evidence
The Call for Evidence was published on 5 December 2025 on the Commission's Have Your Say
platform and remained open until 27 February 2026. A total of 235 stakeholders provided
feedback, accompanied by 125 position papers. Respondents included umbrella organisations,
economic and social partners, civil society organisations (CSO), public authorities and EU
citizens.
2.2 PC
A PC was conducted in parallel with the Call for Evidence, running from 5 December 2025 to 27
February 2026. It generated 785 responses in total, of which 486 were retained for analysis as
relevant to Action 3. Respondents included TCN (61), EU citizens with TCQ (37), public
authorities (81), academic and research institutions (44), non-governmental organisations (43),
business associations (41), companies and businesses (29), trade unions (11) and other
stakeholders (56).
2.3 Targeted Consultations Conducted by the Commission
Between October 2025 and April 2026, Commission services organised targeted consultations in
the form of bilateral meetings, thematic focus groups and written exchanges. A discussion
document and questionnaire were shared in advance of each meeting. The full list of consultation
activities is set out below.
62
Consultation activity Date
Meeting with EurHeCA (European Health Professionals' CA) 2 October 2025
Meeting — Alignment on "Choose Europe" (Attracting
Researchers)
22 October 2025
Groningen Declaration Network Meeting 29–30 October 2025
EU Youth Stakeholders — Targeted Consultation 6 November 2025
European Migration Network Advisory Group 6 November 2025
Adult Learning Coordinators 14 November 2025
Regular Network Meeting — VET Providers 18 November 2025
European Federation of Nurses 18 November 2025
Pharmaceutical Group of the EU (PGEU) — General Assembly 19 November 2025
Validation and Recognition Working Group 25 November 2025
Geodesks 27 November 2025
Eurochambres Skills Committee 3 December 2025
Group of Coordinators for Professional Recognition 4 December 2025
Youth Guarantee Coordinators 5 December 2025
Annual NARIC Meeting 11 December 2025
EQF Advisory Group 16 December 2025
ENIC-NARIC Network January 2026
National Europass Centres — Dedicated Meeting 13 January 2026
63
Consultation activity Date
ESCO and National Classifications Experts — Dedicated
Meeting
14 January 2026
Talent Partnership Delegations 14 January 2026
Cross-Border Regions Stakeholders — Dedicated Meeting 16 January 2026
Public Employment Services (PES) — Targeted Consultation 20 January 2026
Social Partners Hearing 23 January 2026
Cross-Border EURES Projects 27 January 2026
ENIC-NARIC Network — Dedicated meeting on SPI 28 January 2026
EURES National Coordination Offices 28 January 2026
VET Stakeholders 29 January 2026
IOM Webinar with private sector stakeholders 9 February 2026
EU Labour Mobility Practitioners Network Flash Focus Session 19 February 2026
Micro-credentials Masterclass 24–26 February 2026
European network of CA for architects (ENACA) 6 March 2026
Prague Process / ICMPD 11–12 March 2026
Labour Migration Platform 26 March 2026
2.4 Targeted Consultations
A series of surveys, focus groups and targeted interviews were undertaken, with the support of
the external contractor.
Targeted Surveys
64
Survey Respondents Coverage
CA for
regulated
professions
190 AT, BE, DE, EE, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV,
MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK
Labour
migration
authorities
48 AT, BE, BG, CZ, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, SE,
SK
ENIC-NARIC
centres
18 BE, BG, EE, FI, FR, EL, ES, HU, IE, IT, LT, LV, NL, NO,
RO, SE, SI, SK
TCN and EU
citizens with
TCQ
155 —
SME Panel
Survey
159 The dedicated SME panel survey captured the specific
experiences and views of small and medium-sized
enterprises to gather their understandings of the costs,
administrative burden and expected benefits associated with
EU-level action.
Focus Groups
Seven thematic focus groups were conducted between 16 February and 14 April 2026.
Focus group Participants MS covered
National CA — electricians and crane
operators (9 March 2026)
20 EE, ES, FI, HR, IT, LT, LU, MT,
NL, SE
National CA and EU professional
organisations — healthcare (13 March
2026)
31 AT, DE, EE, ES, FI, IE, LT, LU,
MT, NL, PL, SE
Labour migration authorities and
international organisations (3 March
2026)
28 BE, CZ, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, LT,
MT, NL, PL, SI
65
Focus group Participants MS covered
ENIC-NARIC centres, PES and CSO
(5 March 2026)
37 BE, BG, DE, EL, ES, FI, FR, IE,
IT, LI, LU, LV, NL, NO, PT, RO,
SE, SI
HR departments and Talent
Partnerships stakeholders (17 March
2026)
27 AT, BE, DE, DK, ES, IT, NL, RO,
SE
TCN (19 March 2026) 12 —
Automatic recognition for selected
professions (14 April 2026)
23 BE, FI, FR, LT, NL, PL, SI
NZ, NO, ZA, TR, GB
ETF, UNESCO
Targeted Interviews
Six scoping interviews were conducted during the inception phase (2–18 December 2025) with
representatives of DG EMPL, DG HOME, DG SANTE, the ETF and the ICMPD. A further 44
targeted interviews were conducted between 20 January and 21 April 2026 with the following
stakeholders.
Stakeholder group Organisations / countries covered
CA in selected third
countries (15)
Armenia, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bangladesh, Georgia, India,
Israel, Jordan, New Zealand, North Macedonia, Pakistan,
Palestine, Serbia, Tunisia, Türkiye, Ukraine
EU umbrella
organisations of
employers (4)
HOSPEEM, BusinessEurope, SMEUnited, FIEC
HR departments and
recruitment
organisations (6)
Work in Finland Unit, Business Finland, Carinthian International
Centre, Fragomen, Working Studying and Living in Germany,
World Employment Confederation, EY HR Department
International
organisations (6) ECPDM, IOM, ITCLO, OECD, UNHCR, WHO
CSO (5)
Jesuit Refugee Services, Advisory Council on Migration, Solidar
Foundation, Lifelong Learning Platform, Women Migrants in
Malta
66
Stakeholder group Organisations / countries covered
EU professional
organisations (5)
CPME, EFN, UEMO, IRU, European Council of Engineers
Chambers
Other stakeholders (3) ENIC-NARIC centres and Public Employment Services
3. Summary of Consultation Findings
3.1 Targeted surveys
Survey evidence from CA (n=190), migration authorities (n=48) and ENIC-NARIC centres (n=18)
consistently points to significant problems in procedural duration, administrative burden, cost
exposure and trust.
Lengthy and unpredictable procedures: Recognition decisions are rarely delivered within one
month; 40% of authorities report average timelines of one to three months, and 36% report
timelines of three to six months from the date of a complete application. Migration authorities
report limited visibility on timelines, with 50% indicating that additional processing time linked to
qualification checks within migration procedures is unknown.
Heavy documentary requirements: All responding CA require more than ten documents, often in
original paper form, with certified translations widely required. 64.6% of migration authorities state
that applications cannot proceed when documentation is missing or incomplete.
Cost barriers: Application fees range from zero to over EUR 2,000 depending on the MS and
profession, with medical doctors and dentists consistently facing the highest costs, frequently
exceeding EUR 1,000.
Trust deficits: 57.1% of CA identify verification of authenticity as a principal challenge, while
60.5% report only moderate or low trust in evidence of TCQ. Almost 90% of ENIC-NARIC
respondents report significant difficulties in recognising TCQ.
3.2 Focus Groups
Seven focus groups provided in-depth qualitative insights across a broad range of professions,
institutional roles and MS. The principal findings are as follows.
Fragmentation within and between MS. Recognition and skills validation procedures are highly
fragmented both between MS and within national systems. Documentation requirements,
assessment criteria and the use of compensatory measures vary substantially across MS, largely
driven by national legal frameworks and governance traditions. Within MS, overlapping
responsibilities between sectoral regulators, education authorities, ENIC-NARIC centres,
migration authorities and public employment services result in parallel procedures and duplication
of checks.
Institutional silos between migration and recognition procedures. Qualification checks embedded
in migration pathways are not consistently aligned with recognition processes carried out by
education or professional authorities, contributing to uncertain outcomes for both applicants and
employers.
67
Lack of accessible information. Information on recognition procedures was described as
fragmented, highly technical and dispersed across multiple institutional channels, with particular
difficulties in decentralised systems where responsibilities vary across regions.
Procedural complexity, timelines and costs. Recognition procedures are characterised by uncertain
timelines, particularly in the healthcare sector due to detailed curriculum comparisons, public-
interest safeguards and compensatory measures. Burdensome documentation and translation
requirements constitute a major bottleneck, with third-country national participants describing
particular difficulties in retrieving documents from countries of origin in contexts of conflict,
displacement or weak administrative systems. Total costs are frequently unclear at the outset and
can be sufficiently high to discourage applicants from pursuing or completing recognition
procedures.
Trust deficits and quality assurance gaps. Document verification processes are largely manual and
resource-intensive. Insufficient knowledge of third-country education systems and curricula drives
cautious, case-by-case decision-making. The mere existence of quality assurance systems or
qualifications frameworks in third countries is considered insufficient to enable trust or facilitate
more systematic forms of recognition without comparable, verifiable and practice-oriented
information on how those systems operate in reality.
3.3 Strategic Interviews
There is broad consensus among stakeholders that difficulties in the recognition of qualifications
and the validation of skills of TCN constitute a major structural barrier to effective labour market
integration and to addressing persistent labour shortages. Refugees, beneficiaries of international
protection and some categories of family migrants were identified as facing the greatest obstacles.
Recognition systems are widely described as fragmented, slow, costly and difficult to navigate,
with significant variation across MS and limited transparency for both migrants and employers.
Stakeholders broadly agreed that EU-level action could add value by fostering trust, pooling
recognition decisions and knowledge, improving information availability, and promoting common
principles or minimum standards while fully respecting national competences. Most interviewees
expressed caution about binding EU legislation, citing the political sensitivity of migration policy
and subsidiarity of education systems, and expressed broader support for softer EU instruments
such as guidelines, common principles, interoperability tools and structured information exchange
frameworks.
3.4 Targeted Interviews
Forty-four targeted interviews explored legal and policy barriers, administrative challenges and
coordination mechanisms across MS. The principal findings are as follows.
Complexity as a deterrent. Complex, lengthy and fragmented recognition procedures discourage
TCN from pursuing employment in the EU and reduce employers' willingness to recruit them,
contributing to skills underutilisation and recruitment bottlenecks particularly in shortage sectors.
National silos and limited coordination. Recognition systems operate largely in national silos with
limited cross-border coordination, leading to diverging procedures, duplicated checks and
inconsistent outcomes for equivalent qualifications. Neither TCN nor employers can easily obtain
clear, comparable and authoritative information on recognition requirements across MS.
68
Skills underutilisation and labour shortages. Persistent labour shortages coexist with long-term
underutilisation of third-country national skills. Rigid recognition procedures delay or prevent
labour market entry, disproportionately burden SMEs with limited administrative capacity, and
tend to channel TCN into lower-skilled employment.
Misalignment between migration and recognition frameworks. Limited coordination between
migration rules and recognition requirements leads to repeated checks, delays and, in some cases,
inability to complete recognition due to residence or visa constraints.
Limited employer capacity. Employers, especially SMEs, lack the tools and knowledge needed to
interpret TCQ and skills profiles, leading to conservative recruitment practices or outright
exclusion of third-country national candidates. Validation of non-formal and informal skills
remains largely employer-driven and inconsistently applied.
Documentation as a barrier for the most vulnerable. Additional documentation requests are
frequently difficult or impossible for TCN to meet, particularly for refugees and asylum seekers,
exacerbating delays and leading to exclusion from recognition pathways.
4. Economic and Social Partners
A dedicated hearing with social partners was held on 23 January 2026. Social partners also
participated in the European Labour Migration Platform, which included a dedicated presentation
on SPI Action 3. The positions of key organisations are summarised below.
4.1 Social Partners Hearing
Trade union and public service organisations raised a series of cross-cutting concerns about the
treatment of TCN under the action. OGBL stressed that the scope and concrete content of Action 3
remain insufficiently clear, particularly regarding its practical implications for migrant workers,
and underlined that interlinked issues such as social security coordination and family reunification
are closely connected and should be explicitly acknowledged. ETUC emphasised that immigration
cannot substitute for good working conditions and must not become a mechanism for creating
cheap labour, noting that women workers are disproportionately affected by exploitation and abuse;
it also pointed to the Ukrainian temporary protection experience as a useful model for standardised
approaches to the recognition of prior learning. EPSU identified language barriers as a key
structural obstacle and cautioned that recruiting TCN cannot resolve skills shortages as long as
working conditions remain insufficient, adding that drawing care workers from other MS risks
shifting rather than solving shortages, to the particular detriment of female migrant workers.
ETUCE welcomed efforts to improve the recognition of TCQ but stressed the need for robust
comparability mechanisms to prevent any lowering of standards.
4.2 Position Papers
Organisation Summary of position
Joint Employers Input
(BusinessEurope,
SMEUnited, SGI
Europe)
Broadly welcome the initiative as relevant to addressing labour
shortages and supporting EU competitiveness. Support minimum
procedural standards to reduce processing times and burdens,
improved guidance and information through EU delegation offices
in partner countries, voluntary guidance and methodology for
69
Organisation Summary of position
recognition and validation of skills, access to temporary work
while recognition is pending, and expanded Talent Partnerships.
Eurochambres Support exploring practical ways to improve recognition,
particularly in shortage sectors. Call for clearer procedural
standards, shorter timelines, greater predictability, fully digitalised
procedures including interoperable digital certificates, and
structured partnerships with third countries. Caution against
additional binding legislation, citing national business
communities in Germany and Italy as seeing no immediate
legislative need. Prefer flexibility and temporary employment
during recognition over new regulatory requirements.
SMEUnited Welcome skills portability efforts as a key enabler of SME
competitiveness. Identify burdensome, multi-stage and
fragmented procedures as the central structural obstacle,
compounded by lack of centralised information and
disproportionate impact on SMEs. Call for streamlined, sector-
sensitive procedures modelled on the approach adopted for
Ukrainian qualifications, SME-friendly digital tools and tailored
advisory services. Support a non-legislative EU approach and
stress the need to address broader integration barriers including
language, housing and financial access.
Ceemet Welcome the intention to simplify procedures, describing existing
processes as extremely bureaucratic and a major disincentive for
workers and companies alike. Endorse the 2023 Commission
Recommendation and swift deployment of the EU Talent Pool.
Note that for MET industries, immigration rules rather than
qualification recognition constitute the primary obstacle. Support
simplification and digitalisation, call for social partner
involvement from the outset, and stress the need for any new
scheme to be unbureaucratic and accessible for SMEs.
ETUC Welcome faster and better-resourced recognition procedures,
framing non-recognition as a structural vulnerability that increases
workers' dependence on employers and exposure to lower pay and
social dumping. Insist that any recognition framework must be tied
to equal pay, equal treatment and collective bargaining coverage,
with the right to challenge decisions and request reassessment. Call
for accelerated and standardised recognition drawing on the
Ukrainian model, subsidised sworn translation costs and dedicated
funds for lower-income applicants. Call for social partner
participation at all stages and oppose any outcome resulting in
70
Organisation Summary of position
automatic downgrading of qualifications or erosion of national
qualification systems.
5. PC Results
Demand for and Experience of Recognition: Among third-country national respondents, 27.9%
had already applied for recognition of their qualifications and 63.9% planned to do so in the future.
Among EU citizens with TCQ, 36.8% had completed recognition and a further 36.8% planned to
apply. The main motivations were consistent across groups: 70.2% sought recognition to improve
access to employment commensurate with their qualification level, and 53.6% to support career
progression and improve pay or working conditions. Among TCN specifically, 39.3% reported that
recognition was linked to visa, residence or work permit requirements, confirming the close
interplay between recognition and migration frameworks.
Duration and Costs: Recognition procedures were reported to be relatively short for most
respondents. 61.3% of those who had completed procedures reported total durations of up to six
months, while 22.6% reported durations of between six months and three years, with no meaningful
differences between TCN and EU citizens with TCQ. Costs varied widely: 35.5% reported total
recognition costs of between EUR 1 and EUR 250, while 12.9% reported costs of between EUR
501 and EUR 1,000 including application fees, certified translations and document legalisation,
reflecting substantial variability across MS and professions.
Labour Market Outcomes: Respondents frequently associated recognition processes with negative
labour market effects. Among those who had completed recognition procedures, 32.3% reported
missing a job opportunity, 19.4% had accepted employment below their qualification level or
expected pay, and 13% experienced delays in starting employment. A smaller share reported having
changed occupational field or left the EU due to recognition-related difficulties. Only 5.9%
reported exclusively positive outcomes.
Employer Practices: Employers reported varied assessment practices when recruiting TCN. 75%
request formal proof of qualifications and 60% rely on credentials issued by an official authority,
while 45% use structured interviews and 40% rely on competency-based tests or practical
assessments. Only 15% require formal validation by a competent authority. Formal recognition was
frequently reported as a response to external compliance requirements — 50% indicated
recognition was required due to public procurement or subsidised contract obligations — rather
than as an employer preference. Trust in micro-credentials remains limited, though acceptance rises
to 35% where learning outcomes, training providers and quality assurance arrangements are clearly
identifiable.
Interaction Between Recognition and Migration Frameworks: Responses clearly highlight the
interaction between recognition and migration frameworks. Respondents consistently reported that
delays or uncertainty in recognition directly affect access to employment, residence security and
mobility. Employers and other stakeholders provided examples of qualified TCN who were legally
present in a MS but unable to work at their skill level while awaiting recognition decisions required
for permit issuance or renewal.
71
Validation of skills: Formal validation of skills remains limited in practice: only 6.6% of third-
country national respondents and 5.3% of EU citizens with TCQ had completed a validation
procedure. However, interest is considerable, with 65.6% of TCN and 44.7% of EU citizens with
TCQ planning to pursue validation in the future. Among those not intending to do so, 65.7%
identified lack of awareness as the principal barrier, suggesting that low uptake is driven primarily
by information gaps rather than low perceived value. Where validation had taken place, durations
ranged from less than one month to six months, costs were generally low, and impacts were similar
to those reported for qualification recognition.
Key Challenges and Support for EU Action: The challenges most frequently identified across all
respondent groups were: fragmented and non-uniform recognition procedures across MS (67.9%);
limited understanding of TCQ by employers (62.4%); lack of trust in qualifications obtained
outside the EU (43.8%); and limited understanding of skills acquired outside the EU (41.6%).
Support for EU-level action is strong: 75.7% of respondents considered it very necessary to
simplify recognition and validation procedures, a further 19.8% considered it somewhat necessary,
and more than 70% considered attracting skilled non-EU nationals important or very important for
their sector or country.
6. Stakeholder views on the Policy Options
9.2.1.1.1. Stakeholder views on Policy Option 1: Soft measures to enhance
procedures for the recognition of qualifications of TCN
PO1 is the least contested of the three options in terms of stakeholder acceptance — most
stakeholders support the soft-law measures it contains as a necessary baseline — but views differ
significantly on whether it is sufficient to address the problem. GoC written contributions, March 2026
Stakeholder
group
Position and key arguments
Belgium
(Flanders, PQD
coordinator)
Challenged the premise that existing instruments are inadequate, arguing that the Lisbon
Recognition Convention (LRC) and the Global Recognition Convention (GRC) provide
effective and underused frameworks for higher education that are not referenced in the
Commission's analysis. Concerned that the problem statement overstates systemic failure
in recognition systems.
Belgium
(Flemish
Community)
Echoed the LRC/GRC point in Dutch. Suggested that Option 3 is potentially the most
promising in the short term, targeting specific important professions and specific third
countries with significant application volumes — comparable to the architects MRA model
with Canada.
Germany Conceivable in principle. Germany already provides comprehensive multilingual
information on recognition ('Recognition in Germany' portal, 11 languages). Flagged the
importance of digital solutions and AI tools for TCQ, and called for EU tools to interface
with existing national digital solutions. Emphasised that any EU action must be compatible
with existing national systems.
Lithuania Supportive as a starting point. Flagged authentication of third-country documents as the
major challenge and noted that national systems may legitimately reflect specific national
contexts (shortage professions, geographic proximity). Questioned whether procedural
harmonisation could be sufficient.
72
Stakeholder
group
Position and key arguments
Poland Saw Option 1 as a good starting point, particularly the integration of information through
EU Talent Pool and Talent Partnership entry points. Supported expanded IMI use and
mutual learning. Raised doubts about whether voluntary measures could reduce
complexity sufficiently without prior investment in information collection on TCQ. Noted
third countries are not homogeneous in terms of quality assurance.
Romania Supported strengthening existing mechanisms as a necessary foundation. Flagged the
importance of online recognition procedures (already implemented in Romania for
regulated and non-regulated professions) and extending IMI to TCQ.
Sweden Noted that the Swedish system for recognition of TCQ is relatively limited and varies
across authorities; only four of fifteen relevant authorities have established systems.
Supported strengthened IMI and an AI tool covering TCQ.
TCN
The TCN survey and PC responses identify information gaps and procedural opacity as primary
barriers to initiating recognition. 60.9% of TCN use official government websites as their main
information source, but 53% describe requirements as only 'somewhat clear' and 21.3% as 'not
clear at all'. PO1 information and guidance measures are directly responsive to these expressed
needs. However, TCN respondents consistently note that improved information does not reduce
the underlying procedural costs (average EUR 1,500 per procedure), processing times (average
14.2 months actual) or outcome uncertainty (44.8% did not obtain full recognition). Pre-departure
support under Talent Partnerships is seen as beneficial for applicants outside the EU; for those
already in a MS, the information gap is secondary to procedural barriers.
Employers and SMEs
Employers value improved information and see pre-departure guidance as a concrete benefit. The
SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159) documents that 68% of respondents identify reduced
administrative burden during recruitment as the primary anticipated benefit of a more common EU
recognition framework, and 61% identify faster recruitment processes. BusinessEurope and
SMEUnited support the soft-law measures but note that non-binding tools are unlikely to deliver
the consistent and predictable simplification that SMEs require, given their limited HR capacity.
70% of employer respondents in the PC identified faster and more transparent procedures as a
structural factor in attracting qualified TCN professionals. Focus group FG5 participants (n=19–
26) confirmed that information asymmetry is a real obstacle but that it is secondary to procedural
uncertainty and document verification complexity.
CA
In the CA survey (Q39, n=190): 47% consider EU intervention would improve the efficiency of
daily tasks to a large or moderate extent; 48% expect it to enhance simplification and
harmonisation; 74.7% identify tools to verify document authenticity and prevent fraud as among
the most helpful EU-level measures; and 38.4% selected guidance and best practices to streamline
procedures. The modal expectation (Q37, n=94–118) was a small decrease in internal staffing costs
from soft-law measures. CA expressed strong support for the non-legislative, capacity-building
and coordination measures underpinning PO1 — but identified the absence of an IMI-equivalent
for third countries as a structural gap that guidance cannot fill.
73
Healthcare professional organisations
The focus group with healthcare CA and professional associations (FG2, n=31, including CPME,
EFN and UEMO) welcomed capacity-building and information-sharing measures. Representatives
noted that better information on TCQ systems would reduce reliance on conservative case-by-case
assessments driven by information deficits. No objection was raised to the soft-law elements of
PO1.
9.2.1.1.2. Stakeholder views on Policy Option 2: Common rules to streamline
procedures
PO2 attracts the broadest cross-stakeholder interest. Employer, TCN, CSO and professional
organisation respondents are broadly supportive of binding procedural minimum standards. MS
positions are more nuanced, with several emphasising the importance of avoiding additional
administrative burden and maintaining alignment with existing national frameworks.
GoC written contributions, March 2026
Stakeholder
group
Position and key arguments
Poland The most explicitly supportive MS. Common rules modelled on — but adapted from —
the PQD general system could deliver for TCN the same consistency and predictability
achieved for EU citizens under the PQD. If the rules and their application are the same
across EU, there is trust in the process. Suggested a directive as the appropriate instrument.
Noted that rules cannot be a carbon copy of the general system, as third countries differ
greatly in quality assurance standards.
Romania Conditional support. Supported Option 2 if no new administrative burdens are imposed
and no discrimination is created relative to EU citizens. Called for alignment of deadlines,
documentation requirements and right of appeal with Directive 2005/36/EC rules for
regulated professions. Flagged the practical difficulty of reducing deadlines given
authentication requirements for TCN documents. Noted the risk of a 'first recognition'
transition phenomenon (TCN seeking first recognition in more flexible MS before moving
elsewhere) and called for this mechanism to be reviewed.
Sweden Noted that CA need clearer legal support for recognising TCN qualifications — a binding
framework could provide it. IMI is not developed for third countries, creating an
information and cooperation gap. Trust in qualifications and verification tools are key.
Germany Sceptical. No demonstrated need for new EU regulation. Binding measures for regulated
health professions not welcomed as mandatory requirements. Individual measures could
potentially simplify procedures in addition to existing German systems only on the basis
of more concrete proposals. Suggested limiting scope to highly qualified workers (Blue
Card Directive) or to regulated professions.
Lithuania Did not specifically address Option 2, but implied support for more structured approaches
by noting that procedural harmonisation alone is insufficient and that authentication of
documents is the core challenge — an issue that Option 2's EU authenticity check service
(A8) and comparability database (A9) directly address.
TCN
TCN are strongly supportive of binding procedural guarantees. The three measures most directly
responsive to TCN experiences are: (i) binding deadlines — 70.4% consider procedure length a
74
big or very big problem and 36.3% report processes lasting over one year; (ii) documentary
discipline — TCN describe excessive documentation requirements and repeated requests for
additional documents as among the most burdensome aspects; and (iii) transparent fees — financial
unpredictability is identified as a barrier to initiating procedures, particularly for TCN with
precarious residence status. The indicative combined applicant-side burden reduction under PO2
(EUR 1,500–2,500 per procedure on the central scenario) reflects the magnitude of the
improvement that binding procedural standards could deliver.
Employers and SMEs
Employers are broadly supportive. 88% of focus group FG4 respondents (n=11) expected a very
positive impact from a binding common framework. BusinessEurope and SMEUnited explicitly
identify bureaucratic complexity and limited digital processes as the primary obstacles and support
common rules as a structural improvement, particularly for SMEs that cannot absorb the costs of
fragmented national procedures. The SME Panel Survey documents anticipated savings of 26–36%
across cost categories from a common EU digital recognition framework — savings consistent
with the PO2 per-procedure reduction of 15–22% on direct costs plus the reduction in opportunity
costs from the binding deadline. Employer respondents in the PC (n=118) consistently identify
procedural simplification and digital credentials as the main factors that would reduce the
employer-borne burden (70% of focus group FG5 respondents).
CA
In the CA survey: 27.9% consider that EU intervention would enhance simplification and
harmonisation to a large extent; 25.3% to a moderate extent; and 51% believe it would contribute
to more predictable recognition outcomes. Common rules on deadlines, documentation, appeals
and compensation measures were identified by 25.3% of CA as among the most helpful measures.
Healthcare CA in the focus group described the misalignment between recognition and migration
timelines as a major source of delays, directly addressed by the binding coordination requirements
under measure A2. Several CA called for clearer assessment criteria and additional resources,
which are addressed by measures A9 (EU comparability database) and A8 (EU authenticity check
service).
Civil society and international organisations
CSOs supporting TCN, including Jesuit Refugee Services and the Solidar Foundation, welcome
binding procedural guarantees as tools to reduce the structural vulnerability of TCN whose
residence status is contingent on recognition outcomes. The ETUC highlighted in the PC that
delayed or failed recognition creates structural dependency on a single employer, and trade unions
flagged that rigid recognition processes can lock TCN into precarious employment — concerns
that binding procedural guarantees, right of appeal and coordination requirements under PO2 are
designed to address. The IOM supported binding coordination between recognition and migration
authorities as essential to resolving the structural misalignment documented across MS.
9.2.1.1.3. Stakeholder views on Policy Option 3: Common rules including
automatic recognition
PO3 attracts strong interest from employers, professional organisations, TCN and several MS, who
see automatic recognition as the most effective tool for addressing structural labour shortages in
the covered professions. The option generates the strongest reservations among authorities
responsible for regulated health professions, who emphasise quality assurance and patient safety
concerns.
75
GoC written contributions, March 2026
Stakeholder
group
Position and key arguments
Romania A public register of verified TCQ would facilitate recognition and reduce administrative
costs. Procedures must remain rigorous to guarantee compliance with professional and
training standards. Emphasised the importance of country-by-country approaches and
verification of programme quality.
Belgium
(Flemish
Community)
Identified Option 3 as potentially the best approach in the short term: select specific
important professions and specific third countries with high application volumes, assess
which qualifications are acceptable for those professions. Compared the model to the EU-
Canada architects MRA. Suggested this targeted approach is more realistic than
comprehensive options 1 or 2.
Lithuania Conceptually interesting; more information on feasibility needed. Acknowledged that
automatic recognition is among the most effective available tools, with substantial benefits
for applicants and CA. Requested further detail on governance and implementation.
Poland Acknowledged that automatic recognition would significantly improve recruitment and
reduce processing times in shortage sectors. However, cautioned that this is a very
ambitious goal given the wide variation in third-country education system quality. Urged
a country-by-country rather than one-size-fits-all approach. Stressed that employers and
service users must be assured that automatically recognised applicants actually meet the
professional requirements of the host MS. Recommended a mixed practical and theoretical
aptitude test to complement the programme verification process.
Germany Firmly rejected mandatory automatic recognition for the regulated health professions on
quality assurance and patient safety grounds. Automatic recognition of partial
qualifications from third countries is not an option; access to regulated professions can
only be granted following a full equivalence assessment. Indicated that voluntary
participation could be examined if measures are further developed.
Sweden Noted that trust in qualifications and access to verification tools would be crucial if this
approach is implemented.
TCN
TCN are the stakeholder group with most to gain from automatic recognition and are strongly
supportive. A significant share of TCN are currently deterred from initiating recognition
procedures by the length and unpredictability of the process and by the prospect of not obtaining
full recognition — factors that generate latent demand well above observed application volumes.
For the seven sectoral professions in scope, automatic recognition compresses the procedure from
the 14.2-month baseline and eliminates compensation measures within the automatic recognition
route, addressing two of the most significant barriers identified in TCN survey responses.
Employers and SMEs
Employers are strongly supportive, particularly in healthcare and other shortage sectors. The
European Hospital and Healthcare Employers' Association (HOSPEEM) and employer participants
in the GoC focus group (FG2) confirmed that lengthy and variable recognition timelines
76
significantly obstruct workforce planning in shortage conditions. The SME Panel Survey
documents that the employer-borne cost reduction for sectoral professions under Policy Option 3
is in the order of 35–50%, driven by the automatic recognition channel and use of digital credentials
enabling near-immediate employer-side verification. Focus group FG5 participants (70%)
identified procedural simplification and digital credentials as the primary factors reducing the
employer-borne burden — both central to Policy Option 3's design.
CA, ENIC-NARIC centres and professional organisations
Healthcare CA in FG2 (n=31) expressed the strongest reservations: processing times are difficult
to shorten without compromising regulatory obligations, curriculum comparisons are substantively
necessary in healthcare, and the imposition of compensation measures often reflects genuine
qualification gaps rather than administrative inertia. The Standing Committee of European Doctors
(CPME), the European Federation of Nurses (EFN) and the European Union of General
Practitioners (UEMO) all emphasised that quality assurance must take precedence and that
automatic recognition should be conditional on a robust, independently verified equivalence
assessment. These concerns are addressed in the design of Policy Option 3 through the prior
verification mechanism (EU quality assurance agencies conducting on-site visits), time-limited
approval with renewal conditions, and MS oversight through participation in review teams and a
second-assessment trigger.
Among NARIC centres180, 11 of 18 expect EU action to enhance simplification and harmonisation
to a large or moderate extent; 10 of 18 expect it to contribute to more predictable outcomes; and 8
of 18 consider it would improve trust in TCQ to a large extent. The most frequently selected
measure among migration authorities is the use of trusted lists or tools to verify qualifications (28
of 48, Q25, n=48), followed by standardised document requirements (18 of 48) — both consistent
with the infrastructure underpinning Policy Option 3 (the public register of approved programmes
and use of digital credentials).
Cross-cutting concern: the 'transition phenomenon'
Romania raised (supported by Estonia, Italy, Portugal, Cyprus, Slovakia, Croatia and Hungary) at
the GoC meeting a concern about TCN seeking first recognition in MS with more flexible rules
before moving to work in another. Romania called for this mechanism to be reviewed as part of
any legislative framework. This concern applies to PO2 and PO3 and could be addressed through
minimum standards that prevent a race to the bottom, consistent with the principle that procedural
minimum rules apply uniformly across MS.
7. Summary of bilateral meetings with MS as part of follow-up to Commission
Recommendation EU 2023/2611 of 15 November 2023 on the recognition of
qualifications of third-country nationals
As part of the follow-up to Commission Recommendation EU 2023/2611, the Commission invited
each MS to participate in an online bilateral meeting to gather information on current MS actions
to facilitate recognition of qualifications of third country nationals (including the measures
included in the Commission Recommendation) and discuss possible future initiatives in this policy
180 NARIC Survey (n=18)
77
area. Meetings were held with 20 Member States in December 2024 and January 2025. The
meetings were informal in nature to facilitate exchange of views.
See below a summary of the main findings which emerged from the meetings:
Fragmentation and decentralisation
One of the most persistent barriers to the effective recognition of qualifications is the fragmented
nature of national recognition systems. In many cases, responsibilities are divided across multiple
authorities, including federal or regional governments, professional associations, and sector-
specific bodies. In decentralised systems, requirements can vary not only by profession but also by
region, making it difficult for third-country nationals to navigate the process.
For example, in some cases, regulated professions—such as teachers, engineers, and healthcare
workers—are assessed at the regional level, while academic and vocational qualifications fall under
national ministries. The result is often disparities in processing times, documentation requirements,
and procedural steps depending on the applicant’s intended place of work.
In contrast, some Member States have adopted more centralised models, where a single agency or
ministry oversees the recognition of foreign qualifications. These systems tend to be more efficient,
as they provide a single point of contact for applicants and ensure greater consistency in decision-
making. Digital solutions, such as recognition portals, online application tracking, and national
databases, are increasingly being used to simplify access to information.
However, despite efforts to streamline national systems, applicants often face widely different
recognition processes depending on their country of destination. Some recognition bodies support
greater EU alignment, arguing that inconsistent national policies create barriers to mobility and
unnecessary duplication in qualification assessments. Others insist that recognition rules must
remain flexible, as labour market needs differ significantly between Member States and even within
regions.
Verification and Fraud Prevention
A major challenge in recognition procedures is ensuring the authenticity and reliability of third-
country qualifications. Many Member States report difficulties in verifying foreign qualifications,
accreditation status, and training quality, particularly from regions where education systems are
less regulated or where fraudulent qualifications circulate.
Traditional approaches to verification often require certified translations, notarised copies, and
document legalisation, which can create significant delays in processing. Some countries are now
experimenting with more flexible approaches, such as accepting simple copies instead of certified
versions or allowing employers to initiate the recognition process on behalf of the applicant,
thereby reducing waiting times.
Several Member States are also exploring AI-driven verification tools to detect fraudulent
documents and speed up authentication. However, challenges remain, as incomplete databases,
inconsistent record-keeping, and legal barriers limit the effectiveness of automated systems. Some
authorities have found that direct partnerships with origin countries—including employment
agencies and educational institutions—can improve document validation and reduce fraud risks.
78
One emerging approach is a partnership with third countries model, which allows professionals to
complete training abroad according to the destination country's standards, eliminating the need for
lengthy recognition procedures upon arrival.
Despite these efforts, trust in third-country qualifications remains a key issue, particularly in highly
regulated fields. Some Member States advised that recognition bodies stress the importance of
enhancing EU-wide collaboration to develop standardised assessment tools for common countries
of origin, reducing repetitive verification procedures across different Member States.
Healthcare sector
Among all professions, the healthcare sector faces the greatest challenges and most pressing need
for reform in qualification recognition. Severe shortages of doctors, nurses, and other medical
professionals have led many countries to introduce special recognition pathways to bring third-
country healthcare workers into the workforce more quickly.
Common approaches include:
• Fast-track procedures for skilled workers, allowing employers to initiate recognition on
behalf of applicants.
• Temporary employment solutions, enabling healthcare professionals to work in supervised
roles while completing additional training or exams.
• Knowledge-based testing models, which allow applicants to prove competency through
exams instead of undergoing full qualification assessments.
To address language barriers, many countries now offer integrated language and vocational training
courses, combining technical language instruction with sector-specific learning. In some cases,
employer-sponsored language programmes are included as part of recruitment and retention
strategies.
However, despite these adaptations, several barriers remain:
• Strict qualification standards, requiring lengthy adaptation periods before full recognition
is granted.
• Regional variations in recognition, meaning that an applicant may qualify in one
jurisdiction but not in another.
• Retention issues, with a significant percentage of recognised professionals leaving after a
few years, reducing the long-term impact of recognition efforts.
To improve retention, some governments have introduced structured induction and mentoring
programmes, ensuring that foreign healthcare professionals receive adequate support, cultural
training, and career development opportunities. A potential area for greater EU collaboration is the
mutual recognition of training and adaptation measures, allowing professionals who have
completed recognition in one country to have their qualifications more easily recognised elsewhere.
Future EU Cooperation
79
Member States presented differing view between those advocating for more harmonisation and
those emphasising national flexibility. Some policymakers argue that disparities in recognition
systems create inefficiencies, prevent the full use of skilled migrant labour, and result in duplicated
efforts across the EU. Others stress that national recognition rules must remain adaptable to sectoral
and regional differences, as well as specific labour market conditions.
There was broad agreement, however, on the need for greater EU coordination in specific areas,
including:
• A shared qualifications database, enabling authorities to verify foreign qualifications more
efficiently.
• Mutual recognition of assessments for common countries of origin, reducing administrative
burdens.
• Investment in digitalisation, including AI-based verification, automated translation, and
online application tracking.
• Greater alignment of adaptation measures for highly regulated professions, such as
healthcare and engineering.
Reducing bureaucratic burden through mutual recognition of qualifications was highlighted as a
key priority, so that a recognition decision in one EU country can serve as a basis for other Member
States, rather than requiring repeated assessments. Some countries also support an EU-wide
approach to ethical recruitment, ensuring that foreign professionals are not exploited and that
recognition processes contribute to sustainable workforce integration.
Cooperation on verification tools, digitalisation, and standardised assessments could help address
labour shortages, improve efficiency, and create a fairer, more transparent recognition system
across Europe. The challenge ahead is to find a balanced approach that respects national autonomy
while ensuring that recognition systems remain fit for purpose in an evolving labour market.
80
ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW?
1. Practical implications of the action
For the Commission
• Prepare and propose a legislative proposal necessary to introduce binding common
procedural rules and the automatic recognition mechanism for selected professions under
the preferred option.
• Monitor and support the implementation of the new framework using the standard
enforcement tools available under EU law.
• Facilitate exchanges of best practice, common understandings and operational coordination
on the application of the new framework within relevant MS expert groups
• Develop, operate and maintain the EU-level infrastructure underpinning the preferred
option, including the EU authenticity check service and the system for automatic
recognition of qualifications for selected professions,
For Member States and national authorities
• Transpose the legislative act into national law and adopt the necessary implementing
measures at national level.
• Ensure effective coordination between national coordinators, CAs and MAs responsible for
recognition procedures.
• Instruct and support CAs and MAs on the practical application of the new rules to simplify
procedures.
• Adapt internal workflows, administrative practices and, where necessary, IT infrastructure
to support streamlined procedures for recognition of qualifications of TCN.
• Respect the harmonised rules on fees, procedural deadlines and appeal rights established
under the legislative act.
• Regularly provide updated statistics and cooperate effectively with the Commission and
other Member States to support monitoring and evaluation.
• Draw the attention of the Commission and other MS to shortcomings, implementation
difficulties and areas requiring further attention or improvement in the practical application
of the new framework.
For third-country education and training institutions
• Submit an application for programme review against EU quality assurance standards and
the minimum training requirements established under the PQD for the relevant sectoral
profession, and bear the costs of that review.
• Cooperate fully with the review process, including by providing complete documentation
and facilitating on-site visits where required.
• Issue qualifications from approved programmes as verifiable digital credentials compatible
with the EU register.
• Maintain continued compliance with the conditions of approval, notify the Commission of
any material change to an approved programme, and cooperate with renewal assessments
to remain listed in the public EU register.
81
2. Summary of benefits and costs
The tables below summarise the benefits and costs associated with the preferred policy option (PO3
— Common rules including automatic recognition for selected professions). Benefits are expressed
in monetary terms where the nature of the underlying effect and the available evidence support
monetisation, consistent with the methodological framework (Annex 4). Where monetisation is not
feasible, a qualitative direction-of-impact statement is provided.
Table A3.1- Overview of benefits — Preferred Option: Policy Option 3
Description Amount Comments
Direct benefits
Per-procedure
administrative cost
savings for applicants
and CAs
Approx. EUR 169-247 for
non automatic recognition
procedures in regulated
professions AND approx
EUR 420 – 599 per
automatic recognition
procedure.
Approx. EUR 25-38 for
migration-related
recognition procedures in
unregulated professions.
The total administrative cost for a
recognition procedure in regulated
professions is estimated at EUR 1,100
for applicants and EUR 400 for CAs.
The savings would stem primarily from
the reduction in document preparation,
translation and legalisation effort, the
reduction in CA-side variable staff
time, and the elimination of repeat
requests for additional evidence.
Aggregate annual
administrative saving
at system level
Approx. EUR 22.3
million/year
Estimated on the baseline of 62,500
recognition procedures/year for
regulated professions and 62,500
migration-related procedures.
Monetised time
saving for applicants
from reduced
opportunity cost
during the
recognition waiting
period
Approx. EUR 300
million/year
Reduction of forgone earnings during
the recognition waiting period,
calibrated on the share of applicants
either not working or working below
their qualification level during the
procedure.
Reduction in
employer-borne
administrative cost in
cross-border
recruitment of TCN
Approx. EUR 20
million/year
Baseline employer-borne
administrative cost estimated at
approximately EUR 800–1,200 per
recruitment of a recognised third-
country national.
82
Description Amount Comments
Indirect benefits
Increased high-level
recruitment
opportunities for
individual firms
Not directly monetised;
significant positive
direction
Faster, more predictable and more
reliable recognition outcomes are
expected to improve the availability of
qualified third-country professionals in
regulated sectors facing acute shortages
(healthcare, construction, transport
etc).
Reduction of “brain
waste" and
overqualification
Not directly monetised,
significant positive
direction
By enabling residing qualified TCN to
more easily access regulated
occupations that match their training,
faster and less cumbersome recognition
processes enhance the allocative
efficiency and aggregate productivity
of the existing workforce.
Enhanced EU
attractiveness for
global talent
Not directly monetised;
positive direction.
More predictable, simpler and faster
recognition reduces a structural
deterrent for skilled TCN to consider
the EU as a destination for legal labour
migration.
It also ensures that newly arrived
migrants are matched more quickly
with positions aligned with their
qualifications. This improves both the
total volume and the quality of the
available labour supply.
Increased
employment
opportunities and
upward career
mobility for TCNs
Not directly monetised;
significant positive
direction.
The combination of procedural
guarantees with the possibility of an
automatic recognition channel for
specific learning programmes
substantially reduces practical barriers
for TCN holding qualifications to
exercise their preferred profesions.
83
Description Amount Comments
Protection of
fundamental rights
Not directly monetised;
significant positive
direction.
The initiative supports the freedom to
choose an occupation and engage in
work (Article 15 of the Charter of
Fundamental Rights of the European
Union) by reducing arbitrary or
inconsistent application of recognition
requirements affecting TCN.
Standardised and enforceable
procedures under PO 3 reduce the
scope for inconsistent or discriminatory
application of recognition rules.
Combatting
undeclared work
Not directly monetised;
significant positive
direction.
Increased clarity and shortening
waiting times for recognition reduce
incentives for both workers and
employers to engage in undeclared
work
84
Table A3.2- Overview of costs — Preferred Option: Policy Option 3
Citizens / TCN Businesses (incl. SMEs) Public administrations
Direct
adjustment
costs
One-off: nil — no
new compliance
obligation on third-
country applicants.
Recurrent: nil.
One-off: marginal HR adaptation
costs for employers operating in
regulated sectors with active cross-
border recruitment of TCN
(familiarisation with the new
recognition framework, including
the automatic-recognition route for
sectoral professions); not
separately quantified.
Recurrent: nil.
One-off (MS): Substantial MS-level adaptation
costs for enhanced interoperability of national
database on the comparability of TCQ (mapping to
common standards, connector implementation,
testing, and onboarding).
One-off (EU): Setting up of infrastructure to
support the interoperability of national databases,
the EU service for the assessment of authenticity of
third country qualifications, and the functioning of
a system of automatic recognition of eligible third
country qualifications (public registry).
Recurrent (MS): Maintenance and support of
national systems for continued interoperability.
Recurrent (EU): Maintenance and support of the
above-mentioned EU-level digital infrastructure;
operation of a central EU service for the assessment
of authenticity of third country qualifications.
Direct
administrative
costs
NA NA NA
For further detail see ch. 6.1.4, and annex 4.6
85
Table A3.3 - Contribution to the administrative burden reduction targets – Preferred option(s)
Administrative
costs
[M€]
New
recurrent
costs (INs)
(nominal
values per
year)
Removed recurrent costs (OUTs)
(nominal values per year)
Net cost
(INs –
OUTs)
(nominal
values per
year)
New one-off
costs (INs)
(annualised
total net
present value
over the
relevant
period)
Removed one-
off costs
(OUTs)
(annualised
total net present
value over the
relevant period)
All businesses N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
- in which
SMEs N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Public
administrationsa N/A
Overall administrative cost savings estimated
at EUR 22m per year. Savings would be
predominantly for TCN, as they bear the
biggest share of costs in baseline (EUR 1100
vs 400 for CA our of total EUR 1500).
Nevertheless, some savings are expected also
for CA, but precise estimate/breakdown is not
available
N/A
N/A N/A
Third country
national s N/A
EUR 20.5M (regulated profession procedures)
EUR 1.8M (migration-related procedures]
N/A
N/A N/A
Notes: a The initiative target TCN, so the category is relabelled. TCN can include also those who are already residing in the EU, but precise estimate/breakdown is
not available
86
3. Relevant Sustainable Development Goals
SPI Action 3 is relevant to two of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, as follows:
Table A3.4 Overview of relevant Sustainable Development Goals – Preferred Option(s)
Relevant SDG Expected progress towards the Goal Comments
SDG 8
Decent Work
and Economic
Growth
Expected reduction in barriers to labour market
participation for TCN seeking recognition of
qualifications in the EU. Under PO3: per-procedure
administrative cost reduction of approximately EUR
329 (central estimate); processing times for the
seven sectoral professions reduced from 14.2 months
to approximately 4 months; aggregate annual
welfare gain from reduced waiting-period inactivity
in the order of magnitude of EUR 300 million per
year.
Targets 8.5 (full and productive employment and decent
work for all) and 8.8 (protect labour rights and promote
safe and secure working environments for all workers,
including migrant workers): the initiative directly supports
access to employment at qualification level for TCN,
reducing overqualification and skills waste. It addresses the
particular vulnerability of TCN whose employment and
residence status may depend on recognition outcomes, and
reduces structural incentives for undeclared work arising
from prolonged procedural uncertainty. Consistent with
SDG 8 targets on reducing the NEET rate and the
overqualification gap, both disproportionately high among
young TCN.
SDG 10
Reduced
Inequalities
Expected reduction in structural barriers faced by
TCN in accessing host-country labour markets, with
particular benefit for low-wealth applicants, early-
career professionals and those whose qualifications
are issued by systems less familiar to EU competent
authorities. PO3 eliminates individual assessment
for the seven sectoral professions in scope, removing
the regressive entry cost disproportionately borne by
first-time applicants without institutional support.
Targets 10.2 (empowerment and inclusion of all,
irrespective of national origin) and 10.7 (facilitate orderly,
safe, regular and responsible migration and mobility): the
initiative reduces inequality of access to regulated
professions based on national origin by establishing a
common procedural floor across all MS. Mandatory
timelines, documentation and fees reduces scope for
inconsistent or discriminatory application of recognition
rules. The procedural guarantees introduced under PO2 and
PO3 are particularly relevant for TCN whose migration
status creates compounded legal and financial vulnerability
relative to EU nationals exercising free movement.
87
ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS
This annex describes the analytical framework used in the impact assessment. It outlines the
data sources, specific techniques employed for data collection, and the analytical methods
used to quantify potential impacts. Additionally, the annex discusses the limitations of the
available data and the underlying assumptions to ensure a balanced and informed
interpretation of the findings.
The methodological approach relies on the insights and methodologies from the external study
on the “Study on a proposal for EU rules on the recognition of qualifications and validation of
skills of third country nationals”, complemented by internal analyses and further
comprehensive stakeholder outreach.
10. OVERVIEW OF ANALYTICAL METHODS
This impact assessment is underpinned by a mixed-methods research framework designed to
build a highly robust and multi-layered evidence base. The following methods were used:
- Data mapping: A structured mapping exercise was conducted to identify relevant,
reliable, and up-to-date information, prioritizing EU-wide sources. These included, but
were not limited to, official EU statistics (Eurostat), national statistical reports, relevant
policy documents, academic literature, and research reports from international
organizations such as the OECD and network such as the European Migration Network.
The evidence gathered through this secondary research, including key statistical
findings, macro-economic trends, and qualitative assessments, is directly integrated into
the body of the report to substantiate the underlying baseline analysis.
- Literature review: Emerging academic and institutional research on the recognition
of qualifications and the validation of formal and informal skills was explored to gather
insights into the bottlenecks, administrative hurdles, and socioeconomic impacts
associated with existing recognition frameworks. The review assessed recent scholarly
publications, peer-reviewed journals, and institutional studies. Relevant qualitative and
quantitative assessments and theoretical insights were integrated in the report.
- Targeted stakeholder consultations: A series of targeted consultations was conducted
between October 2025 and April 2026, combining institutional mapping with field
research supported by an external contractor. This involved inception-phase scoping
interviews and over 40 targeted interviews with CAs, EU employer umbrella
organizations, HR departments, IOs, CSOs. Additionally, targeted surveys gathered
quantitative insights from 190 CAs across 22 Member States, almost 50 labour
migration authorities, 18 ENIC-NARIC centres, over 150 TCNs. A dedicated SME
Panel gathered insights from 160 companies. Seven thematic focus groups were
conducted involving 178 total participants—including regulatory bodies, healthcare
professional organizations, labor migration experts, and TCNs.
- Public consultation: a broad-based public consultation was carried out alongside a Call
for Evidence from December 5, 2025, to February 27, 2026, using the Commission's
Have Your Say platform. The Call for Evidence yielded 235 feedback submissions and
125 detailed position papers from umbrella organizations, social partners, and public
authorities. Simultaneously, the public consultation generated 785 total responses, of
which 486 were strictly retained as relevant to the initiative. This respondent pool
provided a balanced mix of direct users and institutional stakeholders.
- Economic and statistical analysis: The data analysis aimed to identify the problem,
quantify its magnitude, forecast its trajectory without policy intervention, and evaluate
88
the impacts of the selected policy options. This process relied on the collected evidence,
estimates and several assumptions detailed in this Annex.
11. BASELINE – NUMBER OF RECOGNITION APPLICATIONS
The baseline caseload is estimated in three steps presented below in a step-by-step analytical
manner, including the underlying assumptions and main limitations:
• In a first step, the annual volume of first residence permits was estimated by summing
the number of first residence permits for employment reasons under the Blue Card regime,
the national highly skilled migration pathways and the researchers’ visa.181 This yields
approximately 125,000 first residence permits issued per year for skilled workers. This is a
conservative estimate of the actual application workload as it represents issued permits, not
counting visa applications that are rejected during the vetting process.
• In a second step, the share of first residence permit applications pertaining to regulated
professions was estimated. Since migration databases do not record the regulatory status
of the job, this share was estimated triangulating five independent pieces of evidence: i) a
bottom-up estimate from the survey of competent authorities; ii) a 2024 EMN Ad Hoc
Query providing administrative data on medical doctor recognition in 10 Member States182
and iii) statistical data on the case load of recognition procedures for all regulated
professions initiated by TCN in Germany183; iv) a small-scale study by the IOM on the
conditions of entry and residence of third-country high-skilled workers in AT184 and v) a
181 Eurostat dataset: [migr_resocc] First permits issued for remunerated activities by reason, length of validity and
citizenship. In 2024, 36,000 third-country nationals obtained an EU Blue Card, approximately 70,000 were granted
a permit as highly skilled workers under specific national migration pathways and another 23,000 as researchers.
The remaining 986,000 were issued a permit for other employment-related reasons (incl. seasonal workers). 182 EMN Ad-Hoc Query 2024.16, "Recognition of third-country qualifications for the profession of doctor with
basic medical training". The query responses reflect the variety of applicable recognition systems in the MS and
the data limitations of the national systems. Some MS did not provide any quantified estimates; in other cases,
precise numbers for recognition applications for medical doctors were provided whereas still others provided
broader estimates of the number of applications covering all regulated professions. Based on the reported data for
10 MS provided precise numbers (BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, EE, ES, FR, NL, SI), the amount of TCNs applying for
recognition to become a medical doctor in 2023 equalled 46,365. This figure provides an empirical anchor for the
upper bounds of the model. Given that this total represents a single profession (medical doctors) across only ten
responding MS, it validates that the overall volume of applications for regulated professions across all 27 MS sits
comfortably above this floor, supporting the credibility of the central estimate of 62,500 annual applications. 183 Official federal tracking data indicates that Germany experienced a historic high caseload of approximately
71,000 new recognition applications in 2024 (representing a 14% year-on-year increase), the majority of which
were submitted by TCN (58.455 applications). According to Destatis (2025), of the 58,455 applications submitted
by TCNs, 45,912 (79%) were for regulated professions. This figure provides a second empirical anchor for the
upper bounds of the model. Given that it represents the case load in a single MS, it validates that the overall volume
of applications for regulated professions across all 27 MS sits comfortably above this floor, supporting the
credibility of the central estimate of 62,500 annual applications. Given that it represents the case load for all
regulated professions in a single MS, it validates that the overall volume of applications for regulated professions
across all 27 Member States sits comfortably above this floor, supporting the credibility of the central estimate of
62,500 annual applications. 184 European Migration Network (EMN) / International Organization for Migration (IOM), Small-Scale Study III:
"Conditions of Entry and Residence of Third Country Highly-Skilled Workers" - National Reports for Austria. This
report allows for the cross-tabulation of national occupational data into structural professional groups. For the
purpose of this exercise, it is assumed that professions such as physicians, nurses, pharmacists, teaching
professionals, architects, civil/structural engineers, and legal professions are regulated, whereas IT professionals,
business/marketing specialists, artists, and writers are not. Based on the underlying data profiles, it is estimated
that the share of high-skilled third-country nationals working in a regulated profession is approximately 32% in
AT. If this regional distribution serves as a proportional proxy for newly incoming TCNs for the EU as a whole,
89
focus group cross-check based on the data forms returned by the Member State authorities.
The sources yield a convergence interval of between 40,000 to 85,000 applications for
regulated professions per year, with a central estimate of 62,500 applications annually.
Since they refer to two distinct types of recognition procedures the two caseload baseline
figures are kept separate, and contribute to the cost savings estimations presented in Chapter
6 in different ways. The 62,500 recognition applications in the context of regulated
professions represent the most time and resource-intensive cases, as they rely on a
comprehensive case-by-case assessment of the professional qualifications of the applicant
against the legal requirements to exercise a specific profession. The remaining share of
migration-related procedures involving an element of qualification assessment are less
onerous and time-intensive for the applicant as, in this context the assessment takes the form
of a verification of diplomas or the application of a standardized point system rather than a
comprehensive evaluation of the professional qualifications.
it yields an estimated lower-bound tier of 40,000 first permit issuances (125,000 x 32%) which pertain directly to
a regulated profession. This 40,000 baseline is used here as the conservative lower floor.
Methodological consistency with the SPI Action 2
The empirical estimate of approximately 62,500 TCN recognition applications for
regulated professions per year exceeds the long-term average of approximately 53,000
establishment procedures per year recorded under the Professional Qualifications
Directive for EU citizens (RegProf, mean 2020–2024 equal to 52,929). Nevertheless, the
relationship between the two estimates is methodologically coherent on the basis of the
following three considerations.
First, the two flows refer to structurally distinct populations and operate under different
regulatory regimes. Therefore the two populations do not overlap and the two flows are
additive. The Action 2 flow records establishment procedures submitted by EU citizens
exercising the freedom of establishment under the Professional Qualifications Directive
on the basis of qualifications obtained in another EU Member State. The Action 3
estimate records recognition applications submitted by TCNs holding qualifications
obtained outside the EU under heterogeneous national rules.
Second, the underlying populations differ markedly in size. The Action 3 population is
substantially larger than the EU intra-professional mobility population from which the
Action 2 flow draws. Estimate draws from a population of TCNs entering the EU for
employment-related reasons that Eurostat (migr_resfirst) records at 1,115,986 first
residence permits in 2024 alone. Therefore, the absolute volume of TCN recognition
applications for regulated professions can plausibly equal or exceed the absolute volume
of EU citizen applications under the Professional Qualifications Directive.
Third, the TCN flow is strongly concentrated in healthcare and shortage occupations. The
EMN Ad-Hoc Query 2024.16 records 46,365 medical doctor recognition applications in
2023 across 10 responding Member States, a single-profession value already
corresponding to approximately 44 % of the long-term Action 2 flow across all regulated
professions. The dedicated TCN survey (n=154) confirms this pattern, with 46.8% of
respondents declaring a regulated profession in healthcare. The high concentration is
itself an empirical pattern that supports the order of magnitude of the empirical estimate.
90
• Thirdly, to isolate the number of migration-related cases that require a qualification
assessment for non-regulated professions, it was assumed that all recognition applications
for regulated professions fall within the broader pool of first-time residence permit
applications for employment. By deducting these 62,500 regulated profession applications
from the overall total of 125,000 first-time permits, we arrive at an estimated 62,500 cases
linked to non-regulated professions. This baseline represents a conservative estimate as, in
reality, a portion of recognition requests for regulated professions occur independently of
first-time residence applications185, meaning the actual number of non-regulated cases is
likely higher.
A distinct question is how many additional third-country nationals, currently dissuaded from
applying by the cost, length and unpredictability of the procedure, would come forward once
those barriers are reduced. The consultation evidence clearly points to latent demand of this
kind which the study supporting this IA estimated at an additional 30,000 to 35,000 procedures
per year.186 For the purpose of this impact assessment, however, no increase in the total number
of TCN applications is assumed. All estimates therefore rely on a deliberately conservative
assumption with respect to the total volume of TCN recognition procedures. This is consistent
with the logic of the initiative which does not interfere with the competence of Member States
to decide how many, and which kind of, TCNs they wish to admit.
12. BASELINE – PER PROCEDURE COSTS
12.1. Direct per procedure costs in the context of regulated professions
The per-procedure cost incurred by TCNs applying for a regulated profession is estimated
using a two-part decomposition of the TCN survey data (Q18). This approach separates the
extensive margin — the share of applicants who report any positive cost — from the intensive
margin — the level of the cost conditional on a positive cost being incurred.187 The two-part
decomposition is well suited to cost data with a substantial share of zero values and a right-
skewed positive distribution. The alternative of a single mean over the full sample would
conflate procedurally heterogeneous regimes (fee-waived and standard procedures) and would
mask the cost level actually borne by paying applicants; the trade-off is the loss of a single
headline figure, since the two parts are read jointly. The 15.9 % (24 of 151) of TCN respondents
reporting zero procedural cost correspond to procedures where the cost is borne by the public
administration, fee-waiver regimes or national subsidy schemes — documented in Annex 9 ,
which records such regimes in a sub-set of Member States and specific procedural pathways.
Question 18 of the dedicated TCN survey asked respondents to indicate the total procedural
cost in seven bins: zero; EUR 1–250; EUR 251–500; EUR 501–1,000; EUR 1,001–1,500; EUR
1,501–2,500; and an open-ended bin above EUR 2,500. Of 151 respondents, 15.9 % (24 of 151)
reported zero procedural costs; the remaining 84.1 % (127 of 151) reported positive costs. The
15.9 % share is the extensive margin (24 respondents in the zero-cost regime), and the 84.1 %
185 E.g. TCNs already residing legally in a MS and requesting recognition to access a regulated profession or TCNs
arriving in the context of a different legal migration pathway (family reunification, asylum). 186 The survey of competent authorities (Q29, n=181 valid responses) records that 56.9 % of competent authorities
expect the challenges associated with TCN qualification recognition to grow over the next 5–10 years.
Furthermore, the macro drivers (EU working-age decline of approximately 27 million projected over three
decades, 85 % of EU occupations affected by labour shortages in 2023) point to structural pressure for growth.
The behavioural withdrawal rate of 10.5 % recorded in the dedicated TCN survey (16 of 152 respondents who
reported an outcome) provides an additional indication of the level of deterrence under the baseline. 187 Higher cost levels are typically observed among complex sectoral dossiers (healthcare and legal professions)
due to extensive translation, notarisation and compensation measures (Directive 2005/36/EC, Title III, Chapter
III).
91
(127 positive-cost responses) form the basis for the intensive margin (cost level conditional on
a positive cost being incurred). Among the 127 cost-incurring applicants (intensive margin), 33
of 127 reported total costs above EUR 2,500, pointing to right-skewed cost-distribution. The
median of the cost distribution among the 127 cost-incurring applicants is in the EUR 501–
EUR 1,000 bin (midpoint EUR 750). The mean is approximately EUR 1,530 (calculated using
bin midpoints with a prudential cap of EUR 3,750 on the open-ended top bin, set at 1.5× the
lower bound of that bin as a conservative analytical choice).188
The component-level breakdown table (A4.1) covers six categories relevant in the recognition
procedure and captured in question 18. The figures are interpreted as EU-26 central estimates
(DK not part of the study perimeter) across heterogeneous procedures, professions and Member
States, not as uniform costs applicable to all cases, given that costs vary substantially between
sectoral procedures (where the seven professions189) and general system procedures, and across
Member States with different fee structures and documentation requirements. A single EU
central estimate is reported because the survey sample, while heterogeneous, is too small for
stable national point estimates; cross-country variation is documented qualitatively in the study
supporting this impact assessment, and the range bounds (EUR 1,300–1,550 around the central
EUR 1,400) capture the principal source of variation across recognition routes. The central
estimate provides a reasonable EU-level proxy because it is anchored on the procedures that
account for the bulk of third-country recognition demand — healthcare and the seven sectoral
professions — which dominate the observed flow.
Table A4.1 - Breakdown of per-procedure direct costs borne by third-country national
applicants.
Cost component (TCN-
borne)
Median (positive-
cost cases only,
EUR)
Mean (positive-
cost cases only,
EUR)
Share / number
reporting zero fees
or costs
Source
Application fee at
host competent
authority
150 256 5.3% [5/94] CA survey Q17
(n=94 cleaned;
89 fee-
charging)
Fee at ENIC-
NARIC (when
consulted)
130 145 27.8% [5/18] NARIC survey
Q12 (n=18; 14
intensive)
Certified translation
of qualification
documents
200 300 n/a* TCN survey
Q18
Legalisation /
apostille of foreign
documents
100 150 n/a* TCN survey
Q18
Notarisation costs 50 80 n/a* TCN survey
Q18
188 The pooled (weighted) mean over the full sample (including zero costs) is approximately EUR 1,285. 189 The seven sectoral professions are doctor of medicine, nurse responsible for general care, dental practitioner,
veterinary surgeon, midwife, pharmacist and architect, as set out in Title III, Chapter III of Directive 2005/36/EC.
92
Cost component (TCN-
borne)
Median (positive-
cost cases only,
EUR)
Mean (positive-
cost cases only,
EUR)
Share / number
reporting zero fees
or costs
Source
Postal / courier /
additional
documentation
30 40 n/a* TCN survey
Q18
Total per
procedure (TCN-
borne, all
components)
EUR 501–
1,000 bin
(midpoint
750)
1,530 15.9%
[24/151]
TCN survey
Q18 (n=151),
bin-midpoint
Note: "Positive-cost cases only" refers to respondents reporting a positive cost. The ENIC-NARIC fee applies only
when ENIC-NARIC is consulted in addition to the host competent authority. The share of zero-cost cases is not
separately captured for translation, legalisation, notarisation and postal components: Q18 records total procedural
cost per respondent, not per component. Source: TCN survey Q18 (n=151), CA survey Q17 (n=94 cleaned), Q12
(n=107) and Q13 (n=58); NARIC survey Q12 (n=18); SME Panel Survey 2026 (employer-borne cost components,
used as order-of-magnitude consistency check); Source: Authors' elaboration.
Component-level values rely on different primary sources: the application fee (CA Q17) and
the ENIC-NARIC fee (NARIC Q12) each rest on a single primary source; the other components
are derived from TCN-reported total costs (Q18) and supplemented by national mappings and
focus group dataforms. The differentiation across applicant scenarios — including TCNs going
through a migration-side qualification check without seeking access to a regulated profession
— is reflected in the range bounds; migration-authority costs are documented in Annex 3
(Migration Authorities column of the practical implications table). Given the limited NARIC
sample (n=18 of approximately 30 ENIC-NARIC centres in the EU and EEA), percentages on
the NARIC row should be read alongside the absolute counts, consistent with the Better
Regulation Toolbox guidance on caution with samples below 100. However, the SME Panel
Survey 2026 provides a useful, order of magnitude consistency check, reporting the following
costs: recruitment-related cost mean EUR 1,619, bridging/training EUR 526, external
consultancy EUR 545, fees for recognition bodies EUR 407, internal administrative time EUR
354).
Two cost components warrant specific methodological comment: the application fee at the host
competent authority (CA survey Q17) and the fee at ENIC-NARIC (NARIC survey Q12). Their
distributions capture the coexistence of two distinct procedural regimes across the EU-26: fee-
waived and fee-charging regimes, which helps interpret the TCN survey responses to Q18 on
the total per-procedure cost.
For the application fee (CA survey), the 108 free-text responses were processed through a
structured cleaning procedure190. The resulting cleaned distribution comprises 94 valid
numerical observations of which:
• 5 (5.3%) report a fee-waived regime including responses such as “procedure gratuite”
(France), “no application fees” (Malta CPCM), “compliant with legal regulations” (Poland)
and “não aplicável” (Portugal).The resulting cleaned distribution comprises 94 valid
190 The cleaning procedure was carried so that the numerical responses (e.g. "150 EUR", “100–200 EUR”, “32,00
euro”, “around 300 EUR”) were extracted; ranges were converted to their internal mean (e.g. "100–200 EUR" →
150); non-Euro responses were converted to EUR at 2026 average rates (SEK, HUF, RON, PLN, AZN); responses
signalling absence of a fee (“no application fees”, “procedura gratuita”, “not applicable”, “free”) were coded as
zero; non-quantifiable text (“depends”, “according to BAO”, “marca da bollo”, “unknown”) was excluded.
93
numerical observations, of which 5 (5.3 %) report a fee-waived regime and 89 (94.7 %)
report a positive application fee.
• 89 (94.7%) report a positive application fee, with values ranging from EUR 12 (Malta) to
EUR 1,971 (Netherlands).
For the cost framework, the central anchor for the fee component is set at EUR 150 (the
median of the fee-charging distribution), with the policy-relevant qualification that
approximately 5 % of competent authorities operate under a fee-waived regime. Given the
structural proportion of zero observations, which reflects a distinct fee-waived regime rather
than the lower tail of a unimodal distribution, the application fee component is reported through
a two-part summary that decomposes:
• extensive margin (the share of competent authorities operating under each regime) with
five fee-waived and 89 fee-charging competent authorities. They are reported
separately as a policy-relevant feature of the recognition landscape rather than as a
cluster of zero-valued observations within the fee distribution
• intensive margin (level of the fee conditional on a fee being charged). The fee
distribution among the 89 fee-charging competent authorities exhibits a median of EUR
150, a mean of EUR 256 and an inter-quartile range of EUR 50–EUR 260, with the
right-skewed distribution driven by a small number of high-end observations
corresponding to specific decision fees in the Netherlands (EUR 1,520 for the BIG-
register procedure for healthcare professions) and Finland (EUR 1,390–EUR 2,620 for
medical doctor recognition). A sensitivity test excluding these two high-end
observations brings the intensive-margin mean from EUR 256 to approximately EUR
221, while the median remains at EUR 150 (insensitive to the outliers).
A similar two-part logic applies to the ENIC-NARIC fee distribution (Q12), where 27.8 %
of centres operate under a fee-waived regime and the remaining 72.2 % apply either fixed or
variable fees depending on the type of recognition service requested; on the intensive margin
(n=14 numerical values), the median fee is approximately EUR 130 and the mean is
approximately EUR 145, with the higher-end values (up to EUR 495) corresponding to specific
decision fees and full recognition certificates.
For the certified translation component (for both CA and ENIC-NARIC procedures), the
median of approximately EUR 200 reflects the typical cost of sworn translation of a multi-page
qualification dossier across EU Member States, with the right-skewed distribution driven by
complex healthcare and legal profession dossiers requiring full translation of curricular content,
internship records and professional licences. The figure is consistent with the range typically
reported for sworn translation services across EU Member States and is corroborated by the
multi-select responses to question 17 of the CA survey, where 65.8 % of competent authorities
(n=125 of 190) identified translation as a typical cost component191.
For the legalisation or apostille fees, the median of approximately EUR 100 reflects the fee
level in Member States that have ratified the Hague Apostille Convention (1961), with
substantial variability across third countries192 (The component is identified as a typical cost by
41.1 % of competent authorities (n=78 of 190) in question 17 of the CA survey, and is
191 Q17 wording: "translation costs", without further specification on whether certified; the separate CA Q12
documents that certified translation is required by the majority of competent authorities for foreign-language
qualification documents. 192 Apostille is not available for documents issued in non-Convention countries, requiring full diplomatic
legalisation at higher cost).
94
corroborated by the dedicated question 13 of the CA survey on documents typically requiring
legalisation,, with the share rising to over 60 % for procedures involving documents from non-
Convention countries.
The variable per-procedure CA-side costs for procedures pertaining to regulated
professions are based on the focus group DataForms. (FG1+FG2, n=8, of which 5 with
numerical values), which report cost per recognition application borne by the institution in the
range EUR 130 (Estonia) to EUR 1,390–EUR 2,620 (Finland), with a median of approximately
EUR 350–EUR 500 across the countries reporting numerical values. The “central” scenario of
refers to the median value across the dataforms reporting numerical estimates. The sample is
small (n=5 numerical values out of 8 dataforms) and is reported as an indicative order of
magnitude, not a robust point estimate; this is the principal reason for the medium-to-low
robustness label attached to this cost component. The migration-authority side of the variable
cost is documented in Annex 3 (Migration Authorities column of the practical implications
table).
For the cost-framework, the CA-side variable cost per procedure is set at EUR 400 (central
scenario, range EUR 130–EUR 700), with the wide range reflecting the heterogeneity of
procedural complexity across countries (regulated profession, sectoral vs general system,
language regime).
The total per-procedure cost, summing the applicant-side direct cost (EUR 1,100) and the CA-
side variable cost (EUR 400), is therefore approximately EUR 1,500 (central scenario, range
EUR 630–EUR 2,450), which serves as the baseline reference for the per-procedure cost
reduction calculations under each policy option.
This per-procedure cost is constructed as a weighted average across four recognition routes,
rather than as a single pooled sum of all observed fee components. The pooled construction set
out above is retained as an upper-bound envelope, but it does not reflect the fact that, for the
large majority of applicants, only a sub-set of the fee components applies, depending on the
route followed. The four routes are: Route A — competent-authority-only, for regulated
professions where the competent authority is the sole decision-making body (applicants pay the
competent-authority fee and not an ENIC-NARIC fee); Route B — ENIC-NARIC only, for
academic comparability and access to unregulated activities (applicants pay the ENIC-NARIC
fee and not a competent-authority fee, and typically submit a lighter documentary dossier —
diploma and transcript — so that certified-translation needs are lower); Route C — sequential,
where an ENIC-NARIC preparatory statement precedes a competent-authority decision (a sub-
set of regulated-profession cases in which both fees, and in some cases duplicated translations,
are incurred); and Route D — the migration–recognition interface, capturing third-party fees,
the cost of an ENIC-NARIC statement required by a migration authority, and duplicated
translation where the qualifications evidence collected for the migration procedure is not
transferable to the subsequent recognition procedure.
The competent-authority fee and the ENIC-NARIC fee are therefore treated as route-dependent
and, for the majority of applicants, mutually alternative rather than additive: under Route A
only the competent-authority fee is paid; under Route B only the ENIC-NARIC fee; both are
incurred only under Route C and, in the form of an accompanying statement, under Route D.
On the question of migration-procedure fees, the Migration Authorities survey (Q17) records
no fee specifically linked to a skills- or qualifications-check in the dominant case (14 of 14
reporting Member States); where indirect fees exist they are charged by third parties (other
public bodies in AT, LT, NL, PL, PT; professional regulators in NL and PL, of the order of
EUR 115–150). Duplication of qualification checks between the migration procedure and a
subsequent competent-authority procedure is structurally documented where formal
95
recognition must precede the EU Blue Card decision (CZ, NL, SK) and, more broadly, in the
Member States operating in sequential mode (Migration Authorities survey Q15: BE, CZ, FR,
HU, LT, PL, PT, SK, SE). Documentary costs (certified translation, apostille/legalisation,
notarisation) are accordingly reported as route-specific ranges rather than as uniform pooled
values: lighter for Route B (diploma and transcript only), heavier for Route A (full curricular
dossier), and highest for Routes C and D, where translations may be required separately by two
institutions for the same qualification.
The route weights are an indicative calibration, not an empirically observed distribution, and
they are informed by the CA survey (Q17, n=94 cleaned), the NARIC survey (Q12, n=18; n=14
numerical values) and the mapping of recognition procedures (Annex 8, which documents
seven Member States where both bodies are involved in regulated-profession recognition,
supporting Route C)., but the surveys do not yield an observed split of the applicant population
across the four routes. The weights Route A 50 %, Route B 25 %, Route C 15 % and Route D
10 % are therefore presented expressly as a working calibration and tested in the sensitivity
analysis, not as a measured share.
On the competent-authority-side cost, the figure is cross-checked across two independent
channels rather than relying on a single anchor: the focus-group DataForms (FG1+FG2, n=8,
of which 5 numerical, EUR 130 in Estonia to EUR 1,390–2,620 in Finland, median
approximately EUR 350–500), and — as a corroborating cross-check, not a direct estimate —
"an extrapolation from the administrative-budget data for establishment procedures under the
Professional Qualifications Directive (sourced from the parallel Action 2 work), scaled upward
by an indicative 30–50 % to reflect the documented additional third-country complexity (more
frequent compensation measures — CA survey Q28; full diplomatic legalisation for non-
Convention countries in approximately 60 % of cases — CA survey Q17/Q28; language
barriers — CA survey Q28, 53.7 %). The extrapolation is explicitly an order-of-magnitude
cross-check that converges with, and does not replace, the focus-group anchor; the resulting
CA-side cost is reported as a range, not a point estimate. Question 9 of the Action 3 CA survey
was an open-ended free-text field and is not amenable to monetary aggregation, which is why
the competent-authority-side cost is not estimated directly from a single survey item. Under the
multi-route construction the system-level per-procedure baseline remains in the broad order of
EUR 1,300–1,550 (central approximately EUR 1,400): the level of the baseline is essentially
unchanged, but it is now built route by route, the savings percentages become differentiable by
route, and the comparative ranking of the three policy options is unchanged.
Table A4.2 Baseline per-procedure cost components for recognition in the context of
regulated professions
Component Central
(EUR)
Range
(EUR) Source
Application fee at host CA 150 130–350 CA survey Q17 (n=94)
ENIC-NARIC fee (when
consulted)
145 50–250 NARIC survey Q12 (n=14)
Certified translation 200 — TCN survey Q18; CA Q17
(125/190)
Legalisation / apostille 100 — TCN survey Q18; CA Q13
Notarisation 80 — TCN survey Q18
96
Component Central
(EUR)
Range
(EUR) Source
Postal / courier 40 — TCN survey Q18
Applicant-side subtotal ~1,100 500–1,750 TCN survey Q18 (n=151)
CA-side variable cost 400 130–700 FG DataForms FG1+FG2
Total per-procedure baseline ~1,500 630–2,450
12.2. Direct per procedure costs for migration procedures not related to regulated
professions
Migration procedures involving a qualification assessment not related to regulate
professions are less complex, burdensome and costly because, in this context, the assessment
takes the form of a verification of diplomas or the application of a standardized point system
rather than a comprehensive evaluation of the professional qualifications. A separate cost
framework was elaborated for this second type of procedure based on the mapping of migration
procedures in Annex 9.
This second set of procedures is heterogeneous: only two Member States require the full set
of document types, a further group (6 MS) requires an intermediate subset, and in a substantial
number of Member States (15) no systematic assessment of qualifications is carried out,
admission resting instead on proxies such as salary thresholds, labour-market tests, occupation
lists, quotas or employer sponsorship. The population for which the cost model was constructed
therefore spans a documentary-intensive segment, in which diplomas, transcripts, evidence of
professional experience, legalisations and certified translations are all required, and a light-
verification segment, in which only a limited confirmation of educational attainment is
involved. These segments cannot be distinguished quantitatively from the available evidence.
The per-procedure figure is therefore presented as an indicative average burden across a diverse
set of procedures and should be interpreted as an approximation rather than a precise estimate
for any single procedural pathway.
The per-procedure burden is built up from its documentary components, drawing on the cost
values already established in the framework and on how frequently each component is required
across Member States, as recorded in the migration mapping. The documentary drivers
identified are diplomas and transcripts (16 Member States), evidence of work experience (11
Member States), legalisation and apostilles (11 Member States) and a curriculum vitae or
portfolio (9 Member States). Certified translation is treated as a supporting cost driver,
corroborated by the broader evidence base, which records it as widely required across Member
States; since its incidence cannot be read directly from the document-type mapping, it is tested
in the sensitivity analysis below. An accompanying recognition statement applies only where a
migration authority requires a prior statement from a third party such as an ENIC-NARIC
centre, and indirect third-party fees apply only in the small number of Member States where
they are charged by bodies other than the migration authority, in the order of EUR 115–150.
Weighting each component by its incidence across Member States yields an indicative average
burden of the order of EUR 300 per procedure, reflecting the distribution of documentary
requirements observed in the migration procedures mapping. This is substantially below the
per-procedure baseline estimated for regulated professions (approximately EUR 1,400 to EUR
1,500), consistent with the lighter documentation requirements and the absence of a substantive
assessment of the curriculum. The indicative range runs from approximately EUR 200 to EUR
700, the lower bound corresponding to a light verification of educational attainment and the
97
upper bound to the full documentary package, including certified translation, legalisation and
an accompanying recognition statement.
The estimate is most sensitive to the certified-translation component, the one driver whose
incidence is inferred rather than observed directly in the document-type mapping. It is
nonetheless robust to this assumption: it remains within the same order of magnitude under
alternative scenarios, standing at approximately EUR 245 per procedure where translations are
assumed to be required no more frequently than diplomas, and approximately EUR 326 per
procedure where they are assumed to be required in all Member States. The estimate of around
EUR 300 therefore does not depend on a single assumption.
13. ADMINISTRATIVE COST SAVINGS
The administrative cost savings achievable under each policy option are estimated as percentage
reductions in the baseline per-procedure costs of EUR 1,500 (central scenario, range EUR 630–
EUR 2,450) for regulated professions and of EUR 300 for migration-related recognition
procedure not pertaining to regulated professions. They are assessed applying a realisation
factor reflecting expected implementation effectiveness.
The cost savings ranges are calibrated on the basis of: specific administrative bottlenecks
documented in question 28 of the CA survey — in particular, document authenticity verification
(60.0 % of respondents), incomplete or non-transparent documents (63.7 %), language barriers
(53.7 %) and lack of information about awarding bodies in third countries (60.5 %) — and the
extent to which each policy option directly addresses them; question 24 of the MA survey on
the stages where challenges most occur in the migration-recognition coordination, with
document completeness and authenticity at 77.1 % of respondents (n=37 of 48); the focus group
polls (FG1, FG2, FG3, FG4, FG5) on the expected effects of each policy measure on the per-
procedure burden; and the secondary literature on cost reduction potential through digital
credentials (Scholz and Rohr, on EU mobility costs) and harmonised documentation
requirements (EMN AHQ 2024.50 on fees for residence permits).
The cost savings ranges are triangulated across survey evidence, focus group polls, stakeholder
consultations and documented administrative bottlenecks, and should be interpreted as
informed and calibrated estimates grounded in the full body of primary and secondary evidence
assembled for the study supporting the IA.
For recognition procedures pertaining to regulated professions, the gross savings ranges
adopted in the framework are estimated at 4–8% of the per-procedure baseline under Policy
Option 1, 15–22 % under Policy Option 2 and 33–47% under Policy Option 3 for the sectoral
professions which would benefit from automatic recognition. The difference between the three
reflects the difference in the type and intensity of measures: Policy Option 1 relies on soft-law
measures whose effects are constrained by national transposition discretion; Policy Option 2
introduces binding common rules on procedural simplification, fee structure, deadlines, and
coordination with migration authorities, with the expected savings concentrated on the
procedural and documentation components; Policy Option 3 adds the automatic recognition
channel for the seven sectoral professions with the additional savings concentrated on the
verification and translation components for the sectoral subgroup.
For migration-related recognition procedures pertaining to non-regulated professions, cost
savings arise from the reduction of documents required and their standardisation. Lower cost
savings estimates were used than for regulated professions, reflecting the fact that these checks
concern non-regulated professions, which are less complex and offer narrower scope for
streamlining. The gross savings ranges adopted are set at 3-5% under PO1 and at 10-15% under
98
PO2 and PO3. Since automatic recognition does not apply to these procedures, no additional
effect arises under PO3, which carries the same rate as PO2; the two options therefore yield
identical savings.
Realisation factors reflect the expected degree of implementation effectiveness under each
policy option. Under Policy Option 1, a realisation factor of 60% is applied, reflecting the soft-
law character of the measures and the empirical evidence on the partial uptake of voluntary EU
instruments in the recognition area193, in line with the Better Regulation methodology. Under
Policy Option 2, a realisation factor of 75% is applied, reflecting the binding but transposition-
discretionary character of the measures, consistent with EU impact assessment precedents for
partial harmonisation directives and with the Better Regulation Guidelines on the assessment
of binding instruments. Under Policy Option 3, a realisation factor of 85% is applied to the
subgroup which would qualify for automatic recognition. Policy Option 3 is identical to Policy
Option 2 except for the automatic-recognition component, which applies only to the sectoral
subgroup and only progressively and selectively; the ten-percentage-point differential over
Policy Option 2 reflects exclusively that incremental, self-executing component and not a
higher compliance assumption on the shared components or an assumption that statutory
deadlines are easier to meet under Policy Option 3. These rates are informed calibration
assumptions rather than empirically observed implementation coefficients.
Cumulative values for cost-savings are present values in 2026, using 3% discount rate. Annual
benefits for PO1 start to accrue in 2028 and up to 2040. Annual benefits for PO2 and PO3 start
to accrue in 2029.
The tables below summarise the various steps in the calculations as well as their findings:
Table A4.3: Administrative cost savings for recognition procedures in regulated
professions
Recognition for regulated
professions
PO1 PO2 PO3
Admin. cost/procedure (in EUR) 1,500 1,500 1,500
Administrative cost savings (in %) 4-8 15-22 15-22 (non-automatic)
AND 33-47 (automatic)
Admin. savings per appl. (in EUR) 36-72
(≈54)
169-247 (≈
208)
169-247 (non automatic;
≈208) AND 420-599
(automatic; ≈ 510)
Number of annual applications 62,500 62,500 37,500 (non-automatic)
AND 25,000 (automatic)
193 Cf., for example, the Report on the Implementation of the 2018 Council Recommendation on promoting
automatic mutual recognition of higher education and upper secondary education and training qualifications and
the outcomes of learning periods abroad. The report highlights the variable national legislative alignment where
only 12 Member States have fully adapted their legal frameworks to encompass all EU countries, while the
remaining states rely on limited regional agreements or maintain a decentralized decision-making model delegated
to individual higher education institutions. Furthermore, the report highlights significant variance in the
implementation of the Bologna transparency tools (with 11 Member States failing to fully deploy them), a lack of
systematic data collection (as only 7 Member States centrally monitor recognition decisions), and highly uneven
credit recognition rates for learning periods abroad.
99
Realisation factor (in %) 60 75 75 (non automatic) AND
85 (automatic)
Aggregate administrative savings
(in m EUR/year)
≈ 3.4 ≈ 13 ≈ 20.5
Cumulative aggregate admin.
savings from 2029 to 2040 in PV (in
m EUR)
≈ 35 ≈ 134 ≈ 212
Table A4.4: Administrative cost savings for migration-related recognition procedures
Migration-related recognition
procuedures
PO1 PO2 PO3
Per procedure admin. cost (in EUR) 300 300 300
Administrative cost savings (in %) 3-5 10-15 10-15
Admin. savings per appl. (in EUR) 8-13 25-38 25-38
Number of annual applications 62,500 62,500 62,500
Realisation factor (in %) 60 75 75
Aggregate administrative savings (in m
EUR/year)
≈0.5 ≈1.8 ≈1.8
Cumulative aggregate admin. savings from
2029 to 2040 in NPV (in m EUR)194
≈5 ≈19 ≈19
13.1. Monetised time savings
The concept of monetised time savings captures the reduction in opportunity costs incurred by
applicants when overall processing times of recognition procedures are shortened.
The recognition procedure imposes a significant opportunity cost on third-country national
applicants who are unable to practise during the period in which their qualifications are under
assessment. Survey evidence from the dedicated TCN survey indicates that 49.3% of
respondents reported working below their qualification level during the recognition procedure
(n=152, question 15, including the “not applicable” category), or 55.1% when the calculation
is restricted to the n=136 respondents who had effectively undergone the procedure. A further
16.4% of respondents reported not working at all during the procedure. The combined share of
respondents who were either not working or working below their qualification level during the
194 Cumulative values are present values in 2026, using a 3% discount rate. Annual benefits
for PO1 start to accrue in 2028 and up to 2040. Annual benefits for PO2 and PO3 start to accrue
in 2029.
100
procedure is therefore approximately 65%, consistent with the higher exposure of TCN
applicants to procedural barriers compared to EU nationals.
For the purpose of estimating the monetised time savings, the parameter is not the median
observed procedural duration, but the reduction in processing timelines expected from the
measures under each policy option. The empirical baseline is the mean processing time of
14.2195 months recorded by question 13 of the dedicated TCN survey pooled with the Public
Consultation TCN sub-sample (n=182, excluding 15.4 % “don’t know / don’t remember”,
calculated using bin midpoints of 0.5/2/4.5/9/18/30/42 months). The median bin is 6–12 months
(midpoint 9 months), and the inter-quartile range spans approximately 3–18 months.196
The time savings that can be expected under the different POs depend on the measures they
include:
• PO 1 introduces no binding deadline but raises the visibility and predictability of
timelines through the soft-law measures B7 (best-practice guidelines on procedural
timelines) and B6 (information dissemination on existing deadlines), with an indicative
time gain of approximately 10% of the actual baseline (≈1.4 months);
• PO 2 introduces binding deadlines through measure A4 (3–4 months for general system
procedures from receipt of complete dossier), reducing the median processing time from
14.2 months to approximately 5 months on the central scenario, with a time gain of
approximately 9 months;
• PO 3 introduces the automatic recognition channel for the seven sectoral professions
(measure A11), reducing the processing time for sectoral procedures from 14.2 months
to approximately 4 months (range 3–5 months), aligned with the automatic-recognition
deadline under the current Directive 2005/36/EC framework and not assuming any
mirroring of the digitalisation-driven one-month deadline discussed for the intra-EU
Action 2 work, with a time gain of approximately 10.2 months for the sectoral subgroup,
while the general system procedures retain the 5-month deadline introduced under
Policy Option 2.
This approach supports consistency between policy design and impact quantification.
The monetised time savings analysis is segmented accordingly between the two procedural
groups. The sectoral group encompasses the seven professions covered by automatic
recognition under Title III, Chapter III of Directive 2005/36/EC — doctor of medicine, nurse
responsible for general care, dental practitioner, midwife, pharmacist, veterinary surgeon and
architect.
The pooled sectoral concentration of TCN procedures, derived from question 5 of the TCN
survey + PC sub-sample (n=250), is 31.6% for the healthcare cluster (28.8% dedicated TCN
survey + 2.8% Public Consultation “Health”), with additional sectoral concentration in
education or teaching (6.0 %), legal profession (3.6%) and engineering or architecture (3.2 %).
For the framework, the sectoral share is set at 40% of the TCN procedure flow (range 30–50%),
reflecting the seven sectoral professions. The number of applications benefitting from
automatic recognition is therefore 25,000. This is a steady state estimate assuming that, once a
sufficiently large number of pre-approved training programmes are put in place, the current
195 The TCN-reported figure is used in place of the CA self-reported timelines (cited in the problem driver section)
because the latter systematically under-state the duration experienced by applicants. It refers to 196 This estimate reflects the full duration of the procedure "from start (gathering documents) to finish (final
outcome)". It explicitly includes the document-gathering phase and, where applicable, compensation measures.
This is distinct from the tighter "complete application to first decision" perimeter referred to by CAs.
101
share of applications potentially eligible for automatic recognition is fully reached through that
channel.
The monthly opportunity cost is approximated using occupational wage proxies from the
Eurostat Structure of Earnings Survey 2022, EU-27 aggregate197), mean annual gross earnings,
enterprises with 10 or more employees: EUR 51,477 per year (approximately EUR 4,290 per
month) for ISCO-08 occupational group 2 (Professionals), used as the wage proxy for both the
sectoral subgroup (nurses and medical doctors fall within ISCO 22 Health professionals, which
is part of ISCO group 2) and the non-sectoral subgroup (engineers fall within ISCO 21 Science
and engineering professionals, also within ISCO group 2).
For the framework, the central monthly wage proxy is set at EUR 4,300 per month for both
subgroups, with a sensitivity range of EUR 3,500–EUR 5,000 per month reflecting the gross-
of-tax earnings differential across Member States and across specific professions within each
ISCO group. The EU-wide ISCO-08 Professionals wage proxy of approximately EUR 51,000
per year represents the productive value of a qualifications-matched third-country national once
recognition has been obtained; it is therefore the appropriate anchor for the forgone-productivity
interpretation of the welfare gain, but it is an upper bound and is reported as such. Based on
these wage proxies, monthly opportunity costs are estimated at EUR 800/month for the share
of applicants who work below their qualification level during the processing time and of EUR
4,300/month for those who do not work at all.198
The dedicated TCN survey separately documents an observed annual income of approximately
EUR 26,640 during the procedure (Q17), which represents actual earnings during the waiting
period; the gap between the two values is consistent with the 49.3% of respondents working
below their qualification level during the procedure (Q15).
The monetised time savings associated with each policy option are estimated by combining the
volume of procedures in each subgroup, the corresponding reduction in processing timelines,
the monthly opportunity cost proxy, the share of applicants either not working or working below
their qualification level during the procedure (49.3%, question 15), and a realisation factor
reflecting the expected degree of effective implementation under each policy option (60% under
Policy Option 1, 75% under Policy Option 2, 85% under Policy Option 3; 95% reported as an
upper-bound sensitivity).
These estimates are indicative in nature and are presented as orders of magnitude. They provide
a policy-relevant assessment of monetised time savings, directly linked to the expected effects
of the policy options and their implementation. They are sensitive to assumptions on procedural
segmentation, wage proxies, inactivity rates and realisation factors. They are analytically
distinct from the administrative cost savings and therefore reported separately.
The table below summarises the main steps in the calculations and the results arrived at:
Table A4.5 – Monetised time savings for applicants
PO1 PO2 PO3
197 The Eurostat statistic is published at EU-27 level and is used here as a proxy; the study perimeter is EU-26,
Denmark being outside the study. 198 These shares are estimated at 49.3% and 16.4% on the basis of from the responses Q15 of the TCN survey, n =
152). For the sake of this simulation, it is assumed that 75% of those already working prior to their qualification
recognition will find a job at their qualification level. This share is adjusted to 50% for those not yet in employment
prior to the qualification recognition.
102
Time gained per
procedure (months)
1.4 9 9 for non-automatic
AND 10.2 for automatic
Total number of
applications
62,500 62,500 37,500 (non-automatic)
AND 25,000
(automatic)
Realisation factor 60% 75% 75% for non automatic
AND 85% for automatic
Monthly opportunity
costs (EUR)
approx. 800 for 49.3%
of applications
approx. 4,300 for
16.4% of applications
approx. 800
for 49.3% of
applications
approx.
4,300 for
16.4% of
applications
approx. 800 for 49.3%
of applications
approx. 4,300 for 16.4%
of applications
Share of applicants
taking up employment
75% for 49.3% of
applications
50% for 16.4% of
applications
75% for
49.3% of
applications
50% for
16.4% of
applications
75% for 49.3% of
applications
50% for 16.4% of
applications
Aggregate monetised
time savings (in m
EUR/year)
≈33.5 ≈273.5 ≈300
Cumulative aggregate
time savings from
2029 to 2040 in PV (in
m EUR)199
≈346 ≈2824 ≈3098
13.2. Cost savings for employers
In addition to the costs borne by recognition applicants and public administrations, employers
in the EU also incur administrative and organisational costs related to the recruitment of third-
country nationals whose qualifications require recognition. These costs include the verification
of the recognition outcome, the coordination with the migration authorities for the work permit
procedure and the indirect cost of the recruitment cycle prolongation due to the recognition
processing time.
199 Cumulative values are present values in 2026, using a 3% discount rate. Annual benefits
for PO1 start to accrue in 2028 and up to 2040. Annual benefits for PO2 and PO3 start to accrue
in 2029.
103
The Public Consultation employer/business/CSO/PA sub-sample (n=118, recruitment-related
sub-sample n=20) provides the primary indicative anchor for the employer-borne dimension.
The focus group FG5 polls (n=19–26) corroborate the qualitative pattern, with 70% of
respondents identifying procedural simplification and digital credentials as the main factors that
would reduce the employer-borne burden. Position papers from BusinessEurope (2026) and
SMEUnited (2026) corroborate the relevance of TCN recognition for the attraction of qualified
professionals to the EU labour market.
On the quantitative dimension, the employer-borne cost is estimated at approximately EUR
800–EUR 1,200 per recruitment of a recognised TCN professional under the baseline scenario,
drawing on the cross-validation between the parallel Action 2 SME Panel Survey (mean cost
EUR 814 per non-national EU hire) and the focus group FG5 polls. This is an aggregate figure
capturing the three cost components (verification of the recognition outcome, coordination with
migration authorities, indirect cost of recruitment-cycle prolongation), since the source figures
are reported as a single overall cost.
Under Policy Option 1, the employer-borne cost is reduced by approximately 5–10% through
improved employer-side information availability on the recognition outcome and on the
coordination with migration procedures (B7 — common guidance on procedural steps and
timelines; B6 — best-practice guidelines). Under Policy Option 2, the reduction reaches
approximately 20–30%, driven by the binding coordination requirements between recognition
and migration authorities (measure A2) and by the harmonised documentation requirements
(A5). Under Policy Option 3, the reduction reaches approximately 35–50% for recruitments
involving the seven sectoral professions, driven by the automatic recognition channel (A11)
and the digital credentials infrastructure (A12) which enable near-immediate verification by the
employer.
No realisation factors were applied to these results as the reduction factors (5–10%, 20–30%,
35–50%) were elicited directly as judgement-based estimates of the expected reduction,
drawing on the SME Panel and the FG5 employer polls. The realised dimension is therefore
already embedded in how the ranges were set. Unlike in the case of administrative and time
savings, they were not derived as a theoretical maximum and subsequently discounted.
Table A4.6 – Employer-borne cost savings
PO1 PO2 PO3
Employer-borne costs
(in EUR)
800-1200
(≈1000)
800-1200
(≈1000)
800-1200 (≈1000)
Cost reduction factor
(%)
5-10 (≈7.5) 20-30 (≈25) 20-30 (≈25) (non
automatic) AND 35-50
(≈42.5) (automatic)
Number of procedures 62,500 62,500 37,500 (non automatic)
AND 25,000 (automatic)
Aggregate reduction of
employer-borne costs (in
m EUR/year)
≈ 4.7 ≈15,6 ≈20
104
Cumulative aggregate
reduction in employer-
born costs from 2029 to
2040 in PV (in m
EUR)200
≈49 ≈161 ≈207
14. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Given the degree of uncertainty surrounding certain variables and the high level of
heterogeneity of the underlying procedures, estimations of impact rely on various assumptions.
A series of sensitivity analyses was therefore carried out.
The sensitivity of the administrative cost savings estimates to the underlying assumptions was
tested across two dimensions:
• To account for the fact the impact of the POs is also dependent on implementation at
MS, the realisation factor is varied by plus or minus 10 percentage points around the
central value of each policy option.
• As explained above, the volume baselines are conservative estimates in light of the
evidence available.201 Since this flow is nevertheless contingent on various factors,
including geopolitical developments and national migration policies, the volume
baselines for both types of recognition procedures 62,500 procedures per year were
varied across 40,000–85,000 procedures per year.
The results can be summarised as follows.
- Adjusting the realisation factors downwards yields aggregate administrative savings for
recognition procedures in regulated professions of EUR 2.8 million, EUR 11.3 and EUR
18.0 million for PO1, PO2 and PO3 respectively (compared to EUR 3.4 million, EUR
13.0 million and EUR 20.5 million in the central scenario).
- Adjusting the realisation factors upwards yields aggregate administrative savings for
recognition procedures in regulated professions of EUR 3.9 million, EUR 14.7 and EUR
23.1 million for PO1, PO2 and PO3 respectively.
- Adjusting the volume of recognition procedures downwards yields aggregate
administrative savings for recognition procedures in regulated professions of EUR 2.2
million, EUR 8.3 million and EUR 8.8 million respectively.
- Adjusting the volume of recognition procedures upwards yields aggregate
administrative savings for recognition procedures in regulated professions of EUR 4.6
million, EUR 17.7 million and EUR 28 million for PO1, PO2 and PO3.
- If both sensitivity dimensions are simultaneously adjusted downwards, the results are
as follows: EUR 1.8 million, EUR 7.2 million and EUR 11.5 million for PO1, PO2 and
PO3.
200 Cumulative values are present values in 2026, using a 3% discount rate. Annual benefits
for PO1 start to accrue in 2028 and up to 2040. Annual benefits for PO2 and PO3 start to accrue
in 2029.
201 The total flow of recognition procedures is estimated by rounding the latest observed flows downwards, the
estimate of the share of procedures pertaining to regulated professions is prudently anchored in the available
evidence and the share of migration-related procedures pertaining to unregulated professions has been estimated
by deducting the full share of procedures pertaining to regulated professions from the total flow.
105
- If both sensitivity dimensions are simultaneously adjusted upwards, the results are as
follows: EUR 5.3 million, EUR 20.0 million and EUR 31.4 million for PO1, PO2 and
PO3.
While the exact savings fluctuate, across all tested scenarios, the ranking of the three policy
options remains unchanged, with PO3 consistently delivering the highest administrative cost
savings relative to the baseline.
The sensitivity of the monetised time saving estimates to the underlying assumptions is tested
across three dimensions:
- To account for the fact that the estimated processing time of the recognition procedure
is expressed as an average covering a broad range of different national realities
(involving different professions and CAs), the estimated value is varied between the
lower bound of 9 months and the higher bound of 18 months
- Similarly, as the estimated monthly opportunity costs cover various professions in
different MS, it is varied by plus or minus 20% around the central values of EUR 800
and EUR 4,300.
- The share of TCNs recruited via automatic recognition depends on the number of global
institutions willing and able to train according to the EU’s minimum training
requirements and to incur the costs of the applicable quality assurance process. The
reported central scenario assumes a steady state whereby the current share of recognition
procedures concerning the professions for which there are minimum training
requirements defined (approximately 40%) is covered fully through automatic
recognition. A separate sensitivity analysis was performed adjusting the share
downwards to 10%.
The results of these analyses can be summarised as follows:
- If the current estimated processing time is adjusted downwards to 9 months instead of
14.2, the monetised time savings under PO1, PO2 and PO3 respectively would amount
to approximately EUR 21.5 million/year, EUR 121.6 million/year and EUR 142.3
million/year (instead of EUR 33.5 million/year, EUR 273.5 million/year and EUR 300
million/year for POs 1, 2 and 3 respectively under the central scenario).
- If it is adjusted upwards to 18 months, the monetised time savings would amount to
approximately EUR 43 million/year, EUR 395 million/year and EUR 425.8
million/year.
- If the opportunity cost proxies are reduced to EUR 640/month for those TCN that are
working but overqualified and to EUR 3,440/month for those that remain unemployed
during the recognition process (instead of EUR 800 and EUR 4,300 respectively in
central scenario), the monetised time savings amount to EUR 26.8 million/year, EUR
218.8 million/year and EUR 240 million/year for PO1, PO2 and PO3 respectively.
- If they are revised upwards to EUR 960/month and EUR 5,160/month, the monetised
time savings go up to EUR 40.2 million/year, EUR 328,3 million/year.
- The share of TCNs recruited through automatic recognition only impacts the monetised
time savings estimates for PO3. If this share is revised downwards to 10%, the
monetised time savings of this option amount to approximately EUR 277 million/year,
significantly lower that the nearly EUR 300 million/year under the central scenario, but
still marginally better than the EUR 273.5 million/year of PO2.
While the estimates vary depending on the assumptions introduced, across all tested scenarios,
the ranking of the three policy options remains unchanged, with PO3 consistently delivering
the highest monetised time savings relative to the baseline.
106
15. IMPLEMENTATION COSTS
Implementation costs differ by policy option.
Under policy option 1, the majority of costs is linked to the preparation of guidance, exchange
of best practices, peer learning, additional comparisons of TCQs frameworks with the
EQF and analytical support. These one-off implementation costs at EU-level are estimated at
between EUR 1 and 3 million. This expenditure is mainly driven by external technical expertise
to TCQs against the EQF, as well as by studies and peer-learning events to align national
recognition processes. Centralizing this analytical work avoids the fragmentation and
duplicative costs of 27 separate national mapping exercises, yielding significant economies of
scale.[1] Member States would voluntarily engage in mutual learning and capacity building
activities. Considering that costs for this would be marginal, they were not quantified for the
purpose of this IA.
Under policy option 2, there are two major cost categories:
• Interoperability of national databases on third country qualification and recognition,
entailing both, EU-level costs as well as adaptation costs on Member State level; and
• A European service to assess the authenticity of third country qualifications
provided as evidence in a recognition process. These costs are borne on EU-level.
Under policy option 3, all of the cost categories of policy option 2 also apply. In addition, it
would come with costs for establishing and managing public register of third-country
learning programmes eligible for automatic recognition. These costs are borne on EU level.
The following table provides an overview of implementation costs per policy option. PO1
would have the lowest implementation costs of EUR 1.0 – 3.0 million at EU level and minor
costs at Member State level. PO 2 would cost EUR 27.3 – 47.9 million one-off and EUR 3.7 –
6.0 million yearly costs. PO 3 would be only slightly above that with EUR 28.7 – 50.7 million
one-off and EUR 3.7 – 6.0 million yearly costs.
Table A4.7: Summary overview of implementation costs per policy option
Cost category Baseline PO1 PO2 PO3
Guidance, best
practice, peer learning - 1.0-3.0 MEUR
(EU level, one off) - -
Interoperability of
national databases on
third country
qualifications and
recognition
- - 3.50 - 6.50 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
0.35 - 0.65 MEUR (EU level, yearly)
20.80 – 36.40 MEUR (MS level, one-off)
2.08 – 3.64 MEUR
(MS level, yearly)
3.50 - 6.50 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
0.35 - 0.65 MEUR (EU level, yearly)
20.80 – 36.40 MEUR (MS level, one-off)
2.08 – 3.64 MEUR
(MS level, yearly)
EU Authentication
service for third
country qualifications
- - 3.0 -5.0 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
1.3 – 1.7 MEUR (EU level, yearly)
3.0 -5.0 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
1.3 – 1.7 MEUR (EU level, yearly)
Public register of
third country
qualifications eligible
for automatic
recognition
- - - 1.40 - 2.80 MEUR
(EU level, one-off)
0.19 - 0.48 MEUR
(EU level, yearly)
TOTAL None. 1.0-3.0 MEUR (EU level, one off)
6.5 - 11.5 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
7.9 - 14.3 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
107
1.65 - 2.35 MEUR (EU level, yearly)
20.80 – 36.40 MEUR (MS level, one-off)
2.08 – 3.64 MEUR
(MS level, yearly)
1.74 - 2.83 MEUR (EU level, yearly)
20.80 – 36.40 MEUR (MS level, one-off)
2.08 – 3.64 MEUR
(MS level, yearly)
Making national databases that contain data on third country qualifications, prior
assessments and recognition interoperable, drives implementation costs under Policy
Options 2 and 3. These estimates are indicative and based on an initial assumption of the
required work packages. For each of these work packages, costs have been estimated based on
prior experience with similar projects. These were then aggregated to achieve at the overall cost
estimate. For estimates of costs that Member States would bear, an average estimate has been
established per country, and multiplied the number of countries (26) that would be required to
implement the solutions. The estimates provide an order-of-magnitude assessment rather than
precise cost projections and should be interpreted with caution given differences in
implementation design and national starting conditions.
Table A4.8: Costs for the interoperability of national databases (policy measure A9)
No. Work package Description Cost estimate
1 Semantic
standards &
common data
model
Work in expert groups on taxonomy alignment, metadata model,
multilingual mappings and technical specification; validation and
stakeholder consultation.
1.5-2.5 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
2 EU
interoperability
architecture &
shared platform
Design and implementation of a lightweight EU interoperability
layer (gateway/broker, registry, API management, monitoring,
security/trust mechanisms)
2.0-4.0 MEUR (EU level, one off)
3 Continuous
operation &
maintenance (EU)
Hosting, support, updates, monitoring, training, minor feature
improvements 0.35-0.65 MEUR (EU level, yearly) (10% of initial
development costs)
4 National systems
adaptation &
integration
Mapping to common standards; API and connector
implementation; testing; on-boarding [2]
0.8-1.4 MEUR (MS level, one-off)
5 Continuous
operation &
maintenance (MS)
Support, updates, monitoring, training, minor feature
improvements 0.08-0.14 MEUR (MS level, yearly) (10% of initial
development costs)
TOTAL: 3.50 - 6.50 MEUR one-off costs at EU level
0.35 - 0.65 MEUR yearly costs at EU level
20.80 – 36.40 MEUR one-off costs for 26 Member States
2.08 – 3.64 MEUR yearly costs for 26 Member States
Another major cost item in policy options 2 and 3 is the setting up and operation of an EU-level
service to assess the authenticity of evidence of formal qualifications issued in third
countries for the competent authorities of Member States. Such an EU service would centralise
the expertise in fraud detection and cooperation with third countries, and thus help to streamline
verification of qualifications. Cost estimates have been made on the assumption that Member
108
States would upload the qualification documents through a secure EU portal. A risk-based
authentication workflow would process the majority of documents in a fully automated
workflow, while only the smaller portion would require manual cross-checking or forensic
analysis. The service would be supported by various tools, including AI-enabled solutions to
detect fraud (also part of policy option 1 in policy measure B8; development of these solutions
is considered in the cost estimates of action 2 of the Skills Portability Initiative). A permanent
team would be entrusted to deepen cooperation with third countries that can facilitate
authenticity checks, and to perform manual analysis where needed.
Table A4.9: Costs for EU-level assessment of authenticity of third country qualifications
(policy measure A8)
No. Work package Description Cost estimate
1 Exchange
mechanism Secure portal to submit evidence for verification and the
authentication report with the assessment 1.5-2.5 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
2 Digital
verification
toolbox
Suite of IT tools to verify digital signatures/credentials, to obtain
information of third countries, Member States or accreditation
agencies; AI solutions for fraud detection (to be used from action
2 of the Skills Portability Initiative); Automated checks against
blacklists
1.5-2.5 MEUR (EU level, one-off)
3 Continuous
operation &
maintenance
Hosting, support, updates, monitoring, training, minor feature
improvements 0.6-1.0 MEUR (EU level, yearly) (20% of initial
development costs)
4 Coordination and
institutional
liaison
Staff to coordinate the process, and build relations with third
countries to enable automated checks and administrative
cooperation
0.29 MEUR (EU level, yearly) (2.5 FTE * 116,000
EUR per person
year [3]
)
5 Manual reviews Staff to perform manual checks, take direct contact with awarding
bodies, or perform forensic checks for cases that require manual
review
0.41 MEUR (EU level, yearly) (3.5 FTE * 116,000
EUR per person year)
TOTAL: 3.0 -5.0 MEUR one-off costs at EU level
1.3 – 1.7 MEUR yearly costs at EU level
Under policy option 3 additional costs would be incurred on EU level for the development and
operation of a public registry, that provides the necessary transparency as to which third
country qualifications are eligible for automatic recognition. The issuance of digital
credentials is not expected to come with additional costs at EU or Member State level, as these
would not be implemented through the EU infrastructure for digital credentials (which cannot
be used by third countries), but would be a mere requirement on third country education and
training institutions.
Table A4.10: Costs for a Public Registry (policy measure A13)
No. Work package Description Cost estimate
109
1 Data model &
publication
standard
Definition of the data schema for publication; alignment with
taxonomies; preparing a machine-readable publication format 0.4-0.8 MEUR (one-off)
2 Registry platform
development Development of a lightweight public registry, including search,
submission workflow, API and export functionality, and
interoperability-ready publication
1.0-2.0 MEUR (one-off)
3 Continuous
operation &
maintenance
Hosting, support, updates, monitoring, minor feature improvements 0.14-0.28 MEUR per
year (10% of initial
development costs)
4 Data management Ingestion of qualifications, data validation, quality assurance,
editorial work 0.05-0.20 MEUR per
year
TOTAL: 1.40 - 2.80 MEUR one-off costs at EU level
0.19 - 0.48 MEUR yearly costs at EU level
For the cost calculation over the entire period, it is assumed that one-off implementation costs
would be incurred equally split over two years (2027 and 2028), while yearly costs would be
incurred as of 2029 for the rest of the period (until 2040).
Table A4.11 Total Implementation Costs (one-off and recurrent, 26 MS)
Baseline PO1 PO2 PO3
Total costs 2027-2040 0.0 M€ 1.0 - 3.0 M€ 72.1 – 119.8 M€ 75.7 – 128.3
M€
… out of which borne by EU 0.0 M€ 1.0 – 3.0 M€ 26.3 – 45.8 M€ 30.0 – 48.2 M€
… out of which borne by Member States 0.0 M€ 0.0 M€ 45.8 – 80.1 M€ 45.8 – 80.1 M€
Total costs 2027-2040 (discounted to 2026 NPV)
0.0 M€ 1.0 – 2.9 M€ 61.1 – 102.0 M€ 64.2 – 109.2 M€
… out of which borne by EU 0.0 M€ 1.0 – 2.9 M€ 21.7 – 33.1 M€ 24.8 – 40.2 M€
… out of which borne by Member States 0.0 M€ 0.0 M€ 39.4 – 69.0 M€ 39.4 – 69.0 M€
Note: Cumulative values are present values in 2026, using 3% discount rate. One-off EU and MS implementation
costs are equally spread between 2027 and 2028. Recurrent EU and MS costs start in 2029 and up to 2040.
[1] The proposed cost estimate of EUR 1 to 3 million mirrors established EU financial benchmarks for soft-law
coordination and structured policy roll-outs (e.g. targeted central interventions under the Erasmus+ budget operate
within this financial range for 12- to 24-month cycles).
[2] The exact scope of implementation work will depend on the national digital ecosystem, e.g. which processes
are supported by IT systems, and what information is managed in databases on national level.
[3] 66 EUR per hour x 8 hours per working day x 220 person-days per year. Hourly rate based on: hourly earnings
2022 + NWLC + 25% Overhead for ISCO-level 2 professionals in Belgium. Data Sources: Eurostat Structure of
earnings survey, Labour Force Survey data for Non-Wage Labour Costs.
110
ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK
This annex presents an overview of the competitiveness implications of the preferred policy
option (Policy option 3: Common rules including automatic recognition for selected
professions).
The table below summarises the expected impacts across the main dimensions of EU
competitiveness, as defined in the Better Regulation framework. Ratings are assigned on a scale
from ++ (significant positive impact) to −− (significant negative impact), with 0 indicating no
material impact relative to the baseline.
Table A5.1 — Overview of competitiveness impacts (preferred option: Policy Option 3)
Dimension of
competitiveness
Impact Reference to sub-sections of the main report or
annexes
Cost and price
competitiveness
++ Section 6.1 Direct costs impacts (cost and cost-
savings and in particular section 6.1.3 employer-
borne administrative costs) and Annex 4.3 and Annex
4.4.
International
competitiveness
++ Section 6.2. Wider economic benefits.
Capacity to innovate + Section 6.2 Wider economic benefits.
SME competitiveness ++ Annex 6 (SME check), Section 6.1.3 (cost-savings
for employers and section 6.2 Wider economic
benefits.
1. Synthetic assessment
Among the three policy options assessed, Preferred ption 3 gnerates the most significant
positive contribution to EU competitiveness in the third-country dimension of qualification
recognition.
Cost and price competitiveness
For employers in regulated sectors relying on cross-border recruitment of TCN, the preferred
option translates directly into lower labour-input costs, more predictable recruitment timelines
and a reduction in the residual-risk premium associated with the verification of foreign
qualifications. EU employers incur administrative and organisational costs related to the
recruitment of third-country nationals whose qualifications require recognition. These costs
include the verification of the recognition outcome, the coordination with the migration
authorities for the work permit procedure and the indirect cost of the recruitment cycle
prolongation due to the recognition processing time. These costs are estimated at approximately
EUR 800–1,200 per recruitment of a TCN professional applying for a regulated profession. The
reductions of costs under the preferred option reaches approximately 35–50% for recruitments
involving the seven sectoral professions, driven by the automatic recognition channel and the
digital credentials infrastructure which enable near-immediate verification by the employer and
up to 30% for non-automatic professions. The reduction is also driven by shorter recognition
111
processing times, which reduce the employer's loss of productive capacity during the prolonged
recruitment cycle, together with the documentation and coordination improvements specific to
each option. International competitiveness
Policy Option 3 addresses two structural deterrents to skilled migration to the EU — the
unpredictability of recognition outcomes and the duration of procedures — that the available
evidence consistently identifies as material constraints on the EU's ability to compete with other
major destination economies for global talent. The EMN-OECD Inform 2025 and the OECD
Indicators of Immigrant Integration document that TCN currently favour the United States,
Canada, Australia and New Zealand over EU MS, with Sweden the only Member State among
the top five preferred destinations for highly skilled workers. The introduction of the automatic
recognition framework (A12), supported by the public register of approved third-country
learning programmes (A11) and verifiable digital credentials (A13), establishes a level of ex-
ante predictability for qualifying applicants that no Member State framework currently achieves
in isolation. The Draghi Report (2024) identifies barriers to skilled-labour mobility as a
structural weakness of EU competitiveness; this action addresses that weakness directly in the
third-country dimension. The monetised time savings from reduced waiting time — in the order
of magnitude of EUR 300 million per year for applicants and of order of EUR 20 million per
year for employers - — capture the productive value released by faster procedures.
Capacity to innovate
The effects of Policy Option 3 on innovation capacity are indirect but consistent in direction.
Faster and more predictable recognition releases the productive capacity of qualified TCN into
qualification-matched employment, materially reducing the brain-waste phenomenon
documented in the EMN-OECD 2025 study and the OECD Indicators of Immigrant Integration.
In 2023, 39.4% of employed TCN in the EU were overqualified compared with 20.8% of
nationals — a 19-percentage-point gap reflecting the structural underutilisation of TCN human
capital. Measures such as use of verifiable digital credentials and interoperable national
databases, and EU-level authenticity check service also strengthen the digital infrastructure of
public administrations. Policy Options 1 and 2 generate smaller positive effects in this
dimension, in proportion to their lower procedural impact and more limited reach.
SME competitiveness
Policy Option 3 addresses the asymmetric burden that recognition procedures currently place
on smaller firms recruiting TCN. The SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159) documents a sharp
gradient in employer-borne costs by qualification origin: approximately EUR 2,875 for TCQ
(median EUR 750), compared with EUR 814 for non-national EU qualifications and EUR 657
for national qualifications, with corresponding differentials in process duration (91 days vs. 37
days vs. 21 days respectively). BusinessEurope (2026) and SMEUnited (2026) confirm that
bureaucratic complexity, documentary requirements and limited digital processes are the
primary obstacles for smaller firms. The mandatory procedural rules carried over from Policy
Option 2 — deadlines, documentary limits, fee transparency, right of appeal — eliminate the
elements of unpredictability most costly relative to firm size. The automatic recognition route
concentrates the strongest effect on healthcare and other sectoral professions, while the
common procedural rules generate broader benefits for SMEs in construction, engineering and
other shortage occupations. The SME Panel Survey documents anticipated mean savings of 26–
36% per cost category, with the largest savings on internal administrative time (36%),
translation and certification (35%) and recruitment-related costs (34%). SME-specific
realisation of the aggregate employer-borne saving is expected at or above the system average,
given the asymmetric baseline burden documented in the survey evidence.
2. Competitive position of the most affected sectors
112
The following sectors are most significantly exposed to recognition barriers in the third-country
dimension: healthcare and social services, construction and craft trades, engineering and
technical services, and information and communication technology (ICT). The selection
reflects convergent evidence from the European Labour Authority (2024), the OECD Indicators
of Immigrant Integration, the EMN-OECD 2025 study on labour-market integration of TCN,
the SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159), and position papers from BusinessEurope (2026) and
SMEUnited (2026). Table A5.2 presents their current competitive position and the expected
impact of the preferred policy option.
Table A5.2 — Competitive position of the most affected sectors and expected impact of
Policy Option 3
Current competitive position and key
challenges
Expected impact of Policy Option 3
1. Healthcare and social services
European Labour Authority (2024)
documents shortages of specialist medical
practitioners in 75% of EU countries,
generalist practitioners in 64%, and nurses in
78%. The integration of qualified third-
country health professionals — doctors,
nurses, midwives, dentists, pharmacists — is
structurally constrained by the duration,
unpredictability and cost of recognition
procedures. The seven sectoral professions
covered by Directive 2005/36/EC
harmonised minimum training requirements
are the core healthcare occupations, but the
recognition pathway for TCQ differs
structurally from the intra-EU pathway, with
case-by-case assessment, additional
documentation and frequent activation of
compensation measures. The brain-waste
phenomenon affecting third-country health
professionals is documented in the EMN-
OECD 2025 study and OECD Indicators of
Immigrant Integration.
Policy Option 3 introduces the most material
change in this sector. The automatic
recognition route for sectoral professions,
based on prior verification of learning
programmes against EU standards, materially
compresses the procedure for healthcare
qualifications meeting the verification
standard. The combination of common
procedural rules (A1–A10) and the EU-level
authenticity check service (A8) addresses
residual cases outside the automatic
recognition perimeter. The procedure-time
reduction — from approximately 14.2
months at baseline to approximately 4 months
— directly alleviates vacancy durations in
healthcare. The monetised time savings
attributable to the healthcare component is
the single largest contribution to the order of
magnitude of EUR 300 million per year
estimated at system level.
2. Construction and craft trades
SMEUnited (2026) identifies construction
and craft trades as among the sectors most
affected by labour shortages across the EU,
with shortages of electricians, plumbers,
roofers and carpenters in Austria, Germany,
Finland, Croatia and Spain. The sector is
dominated by SMEs and micro-enterprises
with limited administrative capacity.
Recognition procedures for craft professions
— exposed to safety and consumer-
protection considerations — are particularly
Policy Option 3's mandatory procedural
rules (A1–A10) and limitation on
documentary requirements directly address
the documentation complexity burdening
craft-profession recognition. Mandatory fee
discipline removes cost unpredictability for
SMEs. Interoperable national databases on
the comparability of TCQ reduce the
information asymmetry structurally affecting
craft-profession assessment. While the
automatic recognition route does not cover
113
burdensome, with documentary
requirements that vary widely across MS and
frequent activation of compensation
measures for third-country applicants.
craft professions in its initial perimeter, the
common procedural rules apply uniformly,
generating substantial improvements relative
to the baseline.
3. Engineering and technical services
BusinessEurope (2026) documents
shortages of civil, mechanical, electrical and
mechatronics engineers across multiple MS,
particularly in Germany, Austria and Spain.
Engineers are regulated in most MS, but the
regulatory architecture differs widely.
Recognition procedures for third-country
engineering qualifications face particular
difficulties in establishing equivalence of
foreign engineering programmes with
national curricula, with frequent activation
of compensation measures. The SME Panel
Survey (2026) confirms manufacturing and
engineering as the most represented sector
among respondent firms (23%, 36 of 159
respondent firms), with 40% reporting
difficulties verifying the authenticity of
foreign qualifications.
Policy Option 3's common procedural rules
(A1–A10) introduce uniform standards for
the assessment of third-country engineering
qualifications, including documentary
discipline, multilingual document acceptance
and binding procedural guarantees.
Interoperable national databases and the EU-
level authenticity check service substantially
reduce the information costs of substantive
assessment. While engineering is not in the
initial perimeter of the automatic recognition
route, the common rules apply uniformly,
generating material improvements in
predictability and timeline.
4. ICT
ICT occupations are largely unregulated, but
specific roles — particularly those exposed
to cybersecurity, critical-infrastructure or
regulated-data considerations — face
recognition requirements affecting the
integration of qualified third-country
professionals. The sector experiences
structural shortages across the EU,
documented by the European Labour
Authority (2024) and confirmed by
BusinessEurope (2026) for IT experts in
industrial MS. The SME Panel Survey
(2026) records ICT among the represented
sectors of respondent firms.
Policy Option 3's common procedural rules
apply to the regulated component of ICT
occupations and improve the predictability
and timeline of recognition where required.
For the unregulated component, the minimum
mandatory information requirements and
harmonised EU-level information provision
support employers' ability to assess third-
country ICT qualifications more reliably.
Verifiable digital credentials, although
primarily designed for the automatic
recognition route, have spillover benefits in
unregulated ICT occupations through
increased trust in standardised qualification
documentation.
114
ANNEX 6: SME CHECK
OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ON SMES
Relevance for SMEs
The action is relevant for SMEs. SMEs are present across the sectors most affected by recognition
barriers in the third-country dimension, in particular healthcare and social services (private
providers), construction and craft trades, engineering and technical services, education (private
institutions) and ICT. They are affected both as employers whose cross-border recruitment decisions
involving TCN are constrained by recognition and validation procedures, and as firms whose owner-
operators or key staff hold TCQ requiring recognition for the exercise of regulated professions.
(1) IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES AND ASSESSMENT OF RELEVANCE
Are SMEs directly affected? In which sectors?
SMEs are directly affected in two ways: as employers in sectors relying on the recognition system
when recruiting TCN; and as professional service operators whose owner-operators hold TCQ
requiring recognition for the exercise of a regulated profession.
The SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159) documents that more than half of respondents had cross-
border hiring experience in the previous five years, with a substantial share involving TCQ: 21 per
cent had hired from both other EU MS and third countries, and 17 per cent mostly from third
countries. Key affected sectors include healthcare and social services (private providers),
construction and craft trades, engineering and technical services, education (private
institutions) and ICT, as well as manufacturing-adjacent regulated and partially regulated
occupations. The survey sample is distributed across sectors as follows: manufacturing (23 per
cent), professional, scientific and technical activities (10 per cent), other service activities (8 per
cent) and education (8 per cent), with additional representation from accommodation and food
services, ICT and wholesale and retail (approximately 6 per cent each). These figures reflect the
composition of the survey sample and are indicative of sector coverage rather than a direct measure
of impact intensity202.
Estimated number of directly affected SMEs
The European Union has approximately 26.1 million SMEs (Annual Report on European SMEs
2024/2025, European Commission/Joint Research Centre). Approximately 1.1 million first
employment-related residence permits were issued to TCN in the EU-27 in 2024 (Eurostat
migr_resfirst). An indicative sub-set of approximately 50,000 per year corresponds to recruitments
involving the recognition of third-country professional qualifications. A substantial part of these
202 SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159); SMEunited (2026); BusinessEurope (2026); Eurostat migr_resfirst.
115
(1) IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES AND ASSESSMENT OF RELEVANCE
recruitments is supported by SMEs operating in the sectors most exposed to recognition barriers.
SMEunited (2026) emphasises that craft-sector regulation alone covers a large number of regulated
professions across the EU, and that the regulatory framework for professional qualifications differs
significantly between MS, compounding the administrative burden on smaller firms203.
Estimated number of employees in directly affected SMEs
A precise count of employees in directly affected SMEs is not available, given the absence of a
consolidated dataset linking recognition procedures to employer-firm characteristics. Eurostat
Structural Business Statistics (sbs_sc_ovw, 2023) record approximately 12.1 million persons
employed in SMEs in construction and approximately 15.4 million in manufacturing, two large
SME-intensive sectors directly affected by skills shortages and recognition-related barriers. In the
healthcare sector, the European Labour Authority (2024) documents shortages of specialist medical
practitioners in 75 per cent of EU MS, generalist practitioners in 64 per cent and nurses in 78 per
cent, indicating that a substantial number of positions — many within SME-scale organisations such
as private clinics and care homes — are directly affected by the current recognition framework204.
Are SMEs indirectly affected? (Yes/No) In which sectors? What is the estimated number of
indirectly affected SMEs and employees?
Yes.
SMEs in sectors with acute skills shortages are indirectly affected through extended vacancy periods
that impose disproportionate costs on smaller firms. The SME Panel Survey (2026) documents a
mean process duration of approximately 91 days for the recognition of TCQ, substantially longer
than for non-national EU qualifications (mean 37 days) and national qualifications (mean 21 days).
The long tail of the third-country distribution — with a substantial share of cases extending beyond
six months — is structurally more disruptive for SMEs than for large firms, which can absorb delays
through dedicated HR capacity and workforce planning resources. Sectors most indirectly affected
are healthcare and social services, construction and craft trades, and engineering and technical
services. An aggregate estimate of indirectly affected SMEs is not available from the primary
data205.
203Annual Report on European SMEs 2024/2025 (European Commission/Joint Research Centre); Eurostat
migr_resfirst; SMEunited (2026). 204 Sources: Eurostat Structural Business Statistics (sbs_sc_ovw, 2023); European Labour Authority (2024). 205 SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159); SMEunited (2026); European Labour Authority (2024).
116
(2) CONSULTATION OF SME STAKEHOLDERS
How has the input from the SME community been taken into consideration?
SME stakeholders were consulted through several complementary channels. The SME Panel Survey
(2026, n=159) constitutes the primary quantitative SME-specific evidence base, with respondent
firms distributed across micro-enterprises (30 per cent), small enterprises (31 per cent), medium-
sized enterprises (23 per cent), large enterprises (11 per cent) and self-employed (6 per cent), across
18 EU and third countries. The position paper of BusinessEurope (2026) provides qualitative input
from member federations on the industrial and manufacturing sectors and on the cross-cutting
challenges of recognising TCQ. The position paper of SMEunited (2026) provides comprehensive
input from the European association of crafts, trades and SMEs, with specific focus on the structural
deficiencies that smaller firms face when integrating workers qualified abroad. The focus group with
employers (FG5) and the PC employer and business sub-sample provided additional qualitative and
quantitative evidence specific to the third-country dimension of qualification recognition. This input
has been systematically integrated into the assessment of costs, benefits and mitigating measures in
this Annex and in Section 7.2 of the report206.
Are SMEs’ views different from those of large businesses? (Yes/No)
Yes.
Large businesses can absorb recognition costs through dedicated HR departments, internal legal
capacity and established relationships with external advisers, whereas SMEs cannot. SMEunited
(2026) emphasises that the structural constraints of SMEs are compounded when searching for
qualified personnel across borders, and that complex bureaucratic procedures, the absence of digital
processes and divergent national requirements create disproportionate obstacles for smaller firms.
BusinessEurope (2026) identifies bureaucratic complexity, the lack of digital processes and
language barriers as the primary challenges in cross-border recruitment, with particular relevance
for TCN. SMEs are disproportionately reliant on external consultancy or legal support to navigate
recognition procedures — a category for which the SME Panel Survey records a mean cost of
approximately EUR 545 per procedure — or are compelled to forgo cross-border recruitment of
TCN entirely. SMEs attach greater priority to binding procedural deadlines, free digital tools and
standardised information; large businesses place additional emphasis on credential portability for
senior mobile professionals and on the integration of recognition with internal mobility
programmes207.
206 SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159); BusinessEurope (2026); SMEunited (2026); focus group with employers
(FG5); PC (employer and business sub-sample, n=118). 207 SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159); BusinessEurope (2026); SMEunited (2026).
117
(3) ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON SMES2
What are the estimated direct costs for SMEs of the preferred policy option? (Fill in only if
step 1 flags direct impacts)
Qualitative assessment
Recognition procedures for TCQ impose costs that fall disproportionately on SMEs. These include
the opacity and unpredictability of fees, timelines and documentary requirements; fixed
administrative burdens — certified translations, legalisation and authenticity verification — that are
disproportionate to SME capacity; and dependence on external consultancy or legal support that
larger firms internalise. BusinessEurope (2026) identifies procedural complexity, the absence of
digital processes and language and cultural barriers as the primary obstacles. SMEunited (2026)
highlights the high reallocation costs that smaller firms cannot readily absorb, and emphasises that
streamlining recognition and reducing administrative barriers — while maintaining high
qualification standards — would directly support SME workforce integration in shortage sectors.
Policy Option 3 does not impose new direct compliance costs on SMEs; the figures below describe
the baseline employer-side costs that the preferred option is designed to reduce.
Quantitative assessment
The SME Panel Survey (2026, n=159) provides the primary quantitative evidence on employer-
borne recognition costs. The cost gradient by qualification origin is pronounced: for national
qualifications, mean external cost per hire is approximately EUR 657 (median EUR 250); for non-
national EU qualifications, approximately EUR 814 (median EUR 250); for TCQ, approximately
EUR 2,875 (median EUR 750). Mean process duration is approximately 21 days for national
qualifications, 37 days for non-national EU qualifications and 91 days for TCQ. Mean man-hours
invested by the hiring organisation are approximately 40 for national qualifications, 55 for non-
national EU qualifications and 125 for TCQ. The principal cost components are: recruitment-related
costs (mean EUR 1,619), bridging or training costs (mean EUR 526), external consultancy or legal
support (mean EUR 545), recognition body fees (mean EUR 407) and internal administrative time
(mean EUR 354). Applying these unit costs to the indicative volume of approximately 50,000
recognised third-country professional recruitments per year (derived in Section 7.2), the aggregate
baseline employer-borne cost is in the order of magnitude of EUR 50–100 million per year208.
What are the estimated direct benefits/cost savings for SMEs of the preferred policy option3?
Qualitative assessment
Under Policy Option 3, SMEs benefit from binding procedural deadlines that eliminate the long-tail
vacancy periods disproportionately disruptive to smaller firms; the automatic-recognition route for
sectoral professions, which removes the need for case-by-case substantive assessments for
208 SME Panel Survey (2026, sections 9–10.1); Eurostat migr_resfirst; Section 7.2 (employer-borne administrative
costs).
118
(3) ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON SMES2
qualifying applicants; mandatory fee disciplines that remove cost unpredictability; verifiable digital
credentials that reduce the residual-risk premium SMEs currently bear.
Quantitative assessment
The SME Panel Survey (2026, section 10.1) documents anticipated mean cost savings from EU-
level reform across all employer-borne cost categories, ranging from approximately 26 per cent
(recognition body fees) to approximately 36 per cent (internal administrative time), with a mean of
approximately 31 per cent. The full breakdown is set out in the table below. The cost categories
recording the highest anticipated savings — internal administrative time, translation and
certification, and recruitment-related costs — correspond directly to the components most reduced
by PO3's binding procedural deadlines, harmonised documentary requirements and automatic
recognition route for sectoral professions. The survey additionally documents that 68 per cent of
respondents anticipated reduced administrative burden during recruitment, 63 per cent easier
assessment of foreign qualifications, 61 per cent faster recruitment processes and 50 per cent lower
verification costs as the principal benefits of reform.
Applying the survey-documented anticipated savings to the TCQ cost baseline established above,
the expected per-recruitment saving for sectoral professions covered by automatic recognition is in
the order of approximately 35–50 per cent of the EUR 2,875 TCQ mean, yielding an indicative
saving of approximately EUR 1,000–1,440 per recruitment in the sectoral subgroup. The SME-
specific component of the system-level aggregate saving is not separately quantified in the survey;
however, SME realisation is expected to be at or above the system average given the asymmetric
baseline burden documented in the costs section above.
Cost category Anticipated saving
Internal administrative time 36%
Translation and certification 35%
Recruitment-related costs 34%
Risk-related costs from partial or denied
recognition 32%
Compliance costs 31%
External consultancy or legal support 30%
Recognition body fees 26%
Mean across all categories ~31%
In terms of perceived benefits, 68 per cent of survey respondents cited reduced administrative burden
during recruitment, 63 per cent easier assessment of foreign qualifications, 61 per cent faster
119
(3) ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS ON SMES2
recruitment processes and 50 per cent lower costs related to verifying qualifications. With reference
specifically to the third-country dimension, the survey estimates a per-recruitment cost reduction of
approximately 35–50 per cent for sectoral professions covered by the automatic-recognition route
under Policy Option 3, corresponding to an aggregate employer-borne cost saving in the order of
magnitude of EUR 14–30 million per year on a volume baseline of approximately 50,000
recruitments per year. The SME-specific component of this aggregate is not separately quantified;
however, SME realisation is expected to be at or above the system average, given the asymmetric
administrative burden that recognition procedures currently place on smaller firms relative to those
with dedicated HR capacity. This is an analytical inference based on the cost gradient documented
in the SME Panel Survey rather than an empirically observed implementation coefficient209.
What are the indirect impacts of this initiative on SMEs?
Three categories of indirect impact are identified.
First, reduced vacancy duration. Binding procedural deadlines (measure A4) and the automatic-
recognition route for sectoral professions (measure A11) eliminate the long-tail third-country
recognition cases that generate disproportionate disruption for SMEs with tight workforce-planning
constraints. The SME Panel Survey records a mean process duration of approximately 91 days for
TCQ, compared with approximately 21 days for national qualifications.
Second, improved cross-border deployment capacity. Faster and more predictable recognition
reduces the financial and operational risk of deploying staff in other MS, strengthening the ability
of SMEs to bid competitively for cross-border contracts in regulated sectors.
Third, reduced information asymmetry. Harmonised information requirements (A3), the public
EU register of approved third-country learning programmes (B15) and use of digital credentials for
the sectoral sub-group (A12) collectively reduce SME reliance on external consultancy and legal
support — a cost category for which the SME Panel Survey records a mean of approximately EUR
545 per procedure210.
(4) MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES
Are SMEs disproportionately affected compared to large companies? (Yes/No)
If yes, are there any specific subgroups of SMEs more exposed than others?
Currently, ecognition barriers affect SMEs asymmetrically because smaller firms lack the
dedicated HR capacity, internal legal expertise and established external networks available
209 SME Panel Survey (2026, sections 10–10.1); Section 7.2 (employer-borne administrative costs). 210 SME Panel Survey (2026, sections 9.1–10.1); BusinessEurope (2026); SMEunited (2026); Section 7.2.
120
(4) MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES
to larger employers. SMEunited (2026) emphasises that these structural constraints are
compounded in cross-border recruitment involving TCQ; BusinessEurope (2026) identifies
procedural complexity and the absence of digital processes as the primary obstacles, with
disproportionate impact on smaller firms.
Policy Option 3 is designed to correct this asymmetry. The automatic-recognition route for
sectoral professions and standardised procedural and information requirements deliver
proportionally larger benefits to firms without dedicated administrative capacity. The SME-
specific realisation of the aggregate employer-borne cost reduction is therefore expected to
be at or above the system average.
Have mitigating measures been included in the preferred option/proposal? (Yes/No)
The recognition framework under Policy Option 3 is structured to avoid placing new
compliance obligations on SMEs, so no mitigation measures are needed. SMEs are
recipients of the simplification benefits of the action (reduced employer-borne
administrative cost, faster procedures, more predictable timelines and improved
information transparency) rather being subject to any new compliance obligations. No new
direct administrative obligation falls on SMEs as a result of the action.
Lighter regimes, exemptions or longer transitional periods specific to SMEs are not required.
SMEs are net beneficiaries of the reform rather than subjects of new regulatory obligations,
no SME-specific derogation is necessary or appropriate. The preferred option is designed to
deliver SME benefits without imposing SME compliance obligations. The measures most
directly supporting full SME realisation of those benefits are:
• A3 — standardised, accessible and timely information on recognition procedures
available at national level, reducing SME dependence on external advisers;
• A11 — a public EU register of approved third-country learning programmes,
providing ex-ante predictability for employers;
• A12 — verifiable digital credentials for the sectoral sub-group, eliminating the need
for ad-hoc authentication arrangements that smaller firms find disproportionately
costly;
• A8 — an EU-level service for authenticity checks, reducing SME reliance on direct
interaction with third-country issuing institutions;
• A4 — binding procedural deadlines, eliminating the open-ended vacancy periods
most damaging to SMEs operating under tight workforce-planning constraints.
CONTRIBUTION TO THE 35% BURDEN REDUCTION TARGET FOR SMES
Are there any administrative cost savings relevant for the 35% burden reduction target
for SMEs?
121
CONTRIBUTION TO THE 35% BURDEN REDUCTION TARGET FOR SMES
Yes.
On the recognition-procedure dimension, the system-level burden reduction under Policy
Option 3 is in the order of 33–47 per cent of the per-procedure baseline, with a central estimate
of approximately 40 per cent, as documented in Section 7.2 and Annex 4.5. This central
estimate exceeds the 35 per cent reference point used for SME-relevant burden reduction. On
the complementary employer-borne administrative cost dimension, SME-specific anticipated
savings documented in the SME Panel Survey (2026, section 10.1) range from approximately
26 per cent (recognition body fees) to approximately 36 per cent (internal administrative time),
with a mean of approximately 31 per cent across all cost categories. The cost components
recording the highest savings — internal administrative time (36 per cent), translation and
certification (35 per cent), recruitment-related costs (34 per cent) and risk-related costs from
partial or denied recognition (32 per cent) — correspond precisely to the categories where the
asymmetric SME burden is most pronounced. SME-specific realisation is expected to be at or
above the system average.
122
ANNEX 7: DISCARDED OPTIONS
The following policy options were not retained for further in-depth assessment:
(1) Developing an EU-wide digital platform for recognition and validation processes
Two routes towards a dedicated EU-level digital solution were examined and discarded, namely
the creation of a new EU-wide digital platform for recognition and validation procedures, and
the extension to TCN of the fully unified digital workflow envisaged under Action 2 of the SPI.
Both were discarded for the same underlying reason, in that digitalisation alone, without prior
convergence or simplification of the underlying procedures, would not address the drivers of
the problem and would entail a disproportionate implementation effort.
The first route envisaged the creation of a dedicated EU-level digital platform to serve as a
central interface for recognition of qualifications and validation of skills procedures, integrating
workflows, information and cooperation tools across MS. While such a platform could in
principle improve user experience and facilitate information exchange, it was discarded as it
would not effectively address the underlying drivers of the problem.
Such a platform would primarily digitalise existing processes without simplifying or
rationalising them. Without prior convergence or simplification of procedures, a common
platform would need to accommodate multiple parallel pathways, thereby maintaining or even
entrenching complexity for users and limiting efficiency gains for employers and authorities.
Further, while such a digital platform could improve access to information on recognition and
validation procedures, the platform would not in itself reduce administrative burden at source
or strengthen trust in TCQ. It was also considered that an EU-wide digital platform could
complement or enable implementation of the options described above, however, given the
diversity of recognition procedures across different national contexts, which are often
embedded within administrative systems, and migration pathways, accommodating these
within a single portal would represent a disproportionate implementation effort.
The second route considered whether the fully unified EU recognition workflow envisaged
under Action 2 of the SPI could be extended to this action. Action 2 builds on a highly
harmonised acquis and on aligned national administrative processes, whereas the recognition
of qualifications of TCN is embedded in heterogeneous national systems that differ
considerably as regards the legal effects of recognition, the authorities involved, the procedural
steps and the integration with migration timelines. A single EU workflow would require
substantial alignment of national procedural rules and back-office organisation in an area
closely intertwined with national migration policy, going beyond what is necessary to achieve
the objectives of the action and raising major feasibility, proportionality and subsidiarity
concerns. Nor does the digital infrastructure underpinning Action 2 provide a ready-made
solution, since IMI and the SDG and OOTS framework were developed for trusted exchange
among authorities operating within the EU legal framework and do not enable participation by
third-country authorities, qualification issuers or verification bodies, while the EUDI wallet
does not of itself resolve questions of issuer trust, authenticity or the legal recognition of third-
country qualifications.
A dedicated EU-level digital solution was therefore discarded in both variants, not because
digital convergence is undesirable but because a modular approach is more feasible and
proportionate. Important synergies with Action 2 are nevertheless retained under all options, in
particular the reuse of digital building blocks such as common interfaces for the submission of
123
applications, standardised data fields and data models, and optional AI-enabled tools supporting
document verification and the assessment of substantial differences. These synergies are taken
up in the assessment of coherence in Section 7.3.
(2) Extension of Directive 2005/36/EC (the PQD) on the recognition of professional
qualifications to cover third-country nationals
While considering the possibility of extending existing relevant legislation on the same topic is
a logical starting point, in fact extending Directive 2005/36/EC (the PQD) on the recognition
of professional qualifications to cover TCN is not legally feasible due to its legal basis, material
and personal scope. The Directive is founded on internal market provisions of the Treaty, in
particular those related to the free movement of persons and services, and is designed to
facilitate mobility of EU citizens within the Union. Its provisions are therefore intrinsically
linked to rights deriving from EU citizenship. Moreover, its material scope is limited to
recognition of professional qualifications for the purpose of accessing or pursuing a regulated
profession. By contrast, the envisaged action focuses on TCN and targets a broader concept of
recognition, i.e. not only recognition of professional qualifications to access a regulated
profession but also any recognition (or assessment) of qualifications that is part of a legal
migration procedure. Such policy measures require a different legal basis, namely Article 79
TFEU, which governs conditions of entry, residence and rights of TCN. Extending the Directive
to TCN and to recognition in the context of legal migration procedures would therefore go
beyond its legal bases, requiring a different legal framework grounded in migration
competences rather than internal market freedom.
(3) Common procedural rules for validation of skills
This option considered the potential of establishing procedural rules for the validation of skills
of TCN, following the logic of the simplifying rules envisaged under Option 2
(establishing requirements applied to application processes for recognition of qualifications,
such as fees, deadlines, and right of appeal).
The option was firstly discarded because any EU intervention establishing procedural rules
specifically for TCN would risk creating a validation framework that does not exist for EU
citizens. There is no comparable validation system coordinated or available at EU level for EU
nationals, whose access to validation remains entirely a matter of national and local provision.
Establishing binding procedural entitlements for TCN would therefore raise equal treatment
concerns and could not be justified as a proportionate use of EU competence.
A second basis for discarding the option is that validation does not lend itself to the same kind
of procedural rules. While recognition follows a comparable logic across MS of assessing
qualifications against defined standards and arriving at a formal decision, validation is
inherently local, context-sensitive and purpose-driven. The 4 stages of validation211 are
designed to capture individual skills and experiences in a tailored way and is delivered across
an enormous variety of settings each with their own methodologies. Common procedural rules
would either require a degree of harmonisation that fundamentally conflicts with the nature of
211 The 2012 Recommendation identifies four distinct phases: Identification of an individual's learning outcomes
acquired through non-formal and informal learning; Documentation of an individual's learning outcomes acquired
through non-formal and informal learning; Assessment of an individual's learning outcomes acquired through non-
formal and informal learning; Certification of the results of the assessment of an individual's learning outcomes
acquired through non-formal and informal learning in the form of a qualification, or credits leading to a
qualification, or in another form, as appropriate.
124
validation, applying a structured logic onto processes that are often deliberately informal and
adaptable.
125
ANNEX 8: LEGAL AND POLICY CONTEXT
The primary focus of this action are TCN who seek employment in the EU and require
recognition of their qualifications.
While there are EU legal migration instruments targeted at specific categories of TCN that
establish rules for entry and residence, improve matching between employers and potential
recruits, define the rights of legally resident TCNs and provide for equal treatment with
nationals in certain areas — including in relation to qualifications — their impact on recognition
of qualifications and validation of skills of TCN is limited at most. None of these instruments
addresses the organisation, design or functioning of recognition of qualifications and validation
of skills systems. They neither create obligations on MS to simplify or coordinate recognition
procedures, leaving national divergence of procedures fully intact, nor do they contribute to
resolving the structural misalignment between migration systems and recognition frameworks.
Moreover, their coverage is limited to the specific categories of TCN falling inside their scope.
The EU single market instrument that does lay down a binding legal framework for recognition
of qualifications, i.e. the PQD, is – due to its single market legal basis - necessarily limited in
scope to EU nationals. Furthermore, since migration procedures do not apply to EU citizens, its
scope is confined to recognition for access to a regulated profession and it does not address the
structural misalignment between migration systems and recognition frameworks.
The only EU level instrument directly and comprehensively targeting recognition of
qualifications of TCN is the non-binding Commission Recommendation (EU) 2023/2611.
Other EU instruments like Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRAs) and transparency tools
(e.g. EQF) have only piecemeal impacts or do not affect the divergence and complexity of
national recognition procedures. International law instruments like the Lisbon Recognition
Convention and related ENIC-NARIC network, as well as the UNESCO Global Recognition
Convention are limited in scope to higher education qualifications and lack enforceability.
16. TREATY LEGAL BASIS
The Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union establishes two distinct legal frameworks
that impact on the recognition of qualifications of TCN in the EU.
The Single Market framework governs the free movement of persons, workers and the self-
employed within the Union. The relevant Treaty articles are Articles 45–48 TFEU (free
movement of workers), Articles 49–55 TFEU (freedom of establishment) and Articles 56–62
TFEU (freedom to provide services). Secondary legislation adopted on these bases, notably
Directive 2005/36/EC on the recognition of professional qualifications is built around EU
citizenship and the exercise of free movement rights. The PQD's personal scope is defined
accordingly: it applies to EU nationals who wish to practise a regulated profession in a
Member State other than the one where they obtained their qualification. The Single
Market legal bases empower the EU to regulate conditions of professional mobility between
MS for persons who are already citizens of those MS. They do not extend to the conditions
under which TCN are admitted, nor to the definition of their rights once admitted.
The migration framework is set out in Title V of the TFEU (Area of Freedom, Security and
Justice). Article 79(2) TFEU specifically empowers the European Parliament and the Council
to adopt measures on the conditions of entry and residence of TCN, and on the definition of
their rights in MS, including conditions governing freedom of movement and of residence
126
within the Union. Article 79(2)(a) covers conditions of entry and residence, and Article 79(2)(b)
covers the definition of the rights of TCN legally residing in a Member State, including the
conditions governing freedom of movement and of residence in other MS. These are people-
centred provisions as they are concerned with who may come, on what terms, and what rights
they hold once present. Secondary legislation built on Article 79(2) TFEU (see ‘Legal
Migration’ below) is structured accordingly, organised around the conditions of entry and
residence of the applicant and his/her rights rather than around a substantive policy domain
such as qualification recognition.
The three scenarios and their legal framework
The scenario that lies at the core of the current action and impact assessment is that of a TCN
who holds qualifications obtained in a third country and seeks recognition in an EU Member
State. As explained above, this situation is covered by the migration framework and more
specifically Article 79(2) TFEU that allows for measures to be taken on conditions of entry and
residence of TCN, and on the definition of their rights in MS.
A legally complete analysis must however consider two further scenarios.
The first concerns TCN who hold qualifications obtained in another Member State. A TCN
who was trained in France (while legally residing there) and now seeks to practise a regulated
profession in Germany is a TCN covered by Article 79 TFEU (migration framework). Although
an EU qualification is involved, the personal scope of the Single Market legal bases means that
this scenario falls outside the scope of the Professional Qualifications Directive (PQD)
framework. There is however a narrow exception to this: where such a TCN falls within the
personal scope of an EU migration directive — for example, the Blue Card Directive or the
Long-Term Residents Directive — they are entitled to equal treatment with Member State
nationals with regard to recognition of qualifications obtained in the EU, which in principle
means they can access PQD recognition procedures. However, this coverage is indirect and
applies only to the defined (limited) categories covered by those directives and – if recognition
is sought in a second MS - enjoying intra-EU mobility rights. There is no horizontal EU
framework ensuring that all TCN with EU qualifications can access structured recognition
procedures on equal terms with EU citizens.
The second concerns EU nationals who hold qualifications obtained in a third country. A
French citizen who studied medicine in the United States and wishes to practise in Italy is an
EU citizen exercising free movement rights. Their situation is governed by EU citizenship and
the Single Market framework, not by Article 79 TFEU. The PQD applies to them as an EU
national but only in relation to qualifications obtained in another Member State. Recognition of
a qualification obtained in a third country falls largely outside the PQD's scope212, leaving EU
nationals with TCQ in a gap that the Single Market framework does not yet fully address.
Should a new legal framework be introduced for TCNs with TCQs seeking recognition to access
regulated professions, equivalent provisions would be provided for EU citizens with TCQs
through amendments to the PQD.
212 Except for the specific scenario described in Art. 3(3) PQD where an EU citizen whose third-country
qualification was recognized in a MS, and who has exercised the profession there for 3 years, moves to a second
MS and seeks recognition there. In that case the second MS will have to treat the third-country qualification as
evidence of formal qualifications and apply the PQD rules when conducting the recognition procedure.
127
The table below maps these three scenarios to their personal scope, the typical qualification
type involved, and the legal instrument through which each is addressed.
Group Typical
qualification
Legal basis IA/Instrument
TCN (primary
scope)
Obtained in a third
country
Art. 79(2)(a) and (b)
TFEU
Action 3
TCN with EU
qualifications
Obtained in another
MS
Art. 79(2)(a) and (b)
TFEU
Action 3
EU nationals with
TCQ
Obtained outside
the EU
Arts. 46, 53 TFEU
(Single Market)
Targeted PQD
amendments —
17. THE EU TALENT ECOSYSTEM — ATTRACT, MATCH, RECRUIT
The EU has established an ecosystem of policy instruments to address its labour market needs
through legal migration. These instruments span three functions: attracting skilled workers to
consider the EU as a destination; matching available talent with employer demand; and enabling
the legal and administrative steps through which a TCN can take up work in the EU. Across all
three functions, the EU's ecosystem is well-developed and continues to evolve. The analysis
below highlights that while these instruments refer to recognition of qualifications none of the
instruments governs how recognition procedures are managed despite the fact that recognition
is a distinctive procedural requirement within this ecosystem.
17.1.1. Attract
The instruments in this section primarily serve the function of making the EU a more attractive
destination for skilled TCN, building its profile as a viable option in the global competition for
talent, and creating structured pathways through which prospective migrants can learn about
and access EU labour markets.
i. EU Talent Pool
EU Talent Pool. The Regulation establishing an EU Talent Pool was adopted on 29 April 2026.
Once operational, the EU Talent Pool will be the first EU-wide matching tool connecting
jobseekers from third countries residing outside the EU with employers in MS experiencing
EU-wide shortages. It will also facilitate recruitment of non-EU talent also by providing online
information on national recruitment and migration rules, as well as recognition procedures.
The EU Talent Pool is a platform connecting TCN jobseekers with EU employers. Participating
employers can post vacancies and TCN from third countries and those already residing in EU
Member States can register their profiles for matching.
On recognition: the Talent Pool can flag information about recognition procedures applicable
in the relevant Member State and profession, and the accompanying measures under all three
policy options include strengthening this information function. However, the Talent Pool has
no capacity to influence the nature, duration, cost or outcome of recognition procedures
themselves. A TCN successfully matched through the Talent Pool with an employer in a
regulated profession must still undergo the full national recognition procedure in the receiving
Member State, under the same conditions and with the same uncertainties that apply without
128
the Talent Pool. The platform improves the upstream information environment but does not
alter the nature of procedures.
Under the baseline, it will not structurally address the organisation, design or functioning of
recognition systems.
ii. Talent Partnerships
The Commission has launched Talent Partnerships with key partner countries to facilitate legal
labour mobility to the EU, addressing skill shortages within the EU while providing training
and opportunities for individuals from partner countries. As part of these programmes,
participants can receive support for developing and validating formal and non-formal
qualifications relevant to sectors of mutual interest. Officially launched in 2023, they are
currently operational with Morocco, Tunisia, Egypt, Pakistan and Bangladesh.
On recognition: Talent Partnerships engage with recognition by supporting skills development
aligned to EU standards and by facilitating pre-departure preparation but they do not bind
Member State competent authorities, do not harmonise procedures, and do not create
enforceable rights for TCN once they have arrived. The pre-departure work they support
improves the quality and readiness of applications but cannot eliminate the procedural
divergences or documentation burdens that applicants face on arrival.
iii. European Legal Gateway Office pilot (India)
The Commission launched in February 2026 a first European Legal Gateway Office pilot in
India to facilitate mobility of Indian ICT talent to the EU, functioning as a one-stop hub
providing information on legal mobility pathways and advertising work and study
opportunities. It will also support European employers in accessing the Indian ICT talent pool.
Following lessons from this pilot, the Commission will broaden its scope to more sectors and
partner countries.
The European Legal Gateway Office (ELGO) cannot alter the procedures themselves once a
TCN enters a Member State system. Recognition procedures remain governed by national law,
and the ELGO's guidance is necessarily general and cannot substitute for the MS-level and
profession-specific procedural clarity that applicants require.
iv. EU Immigration Portal
The EU Immigration Portal provides prospective migrants with general information on legal
pathways to the EU, entry requirements, visa categories and living conditions across Member
States. It is a public-facing information resource designed to increase the accessibility of
information about EU migration options.
On recognition: the Portal provides general information about recognition procedures and can
link to national sources. It does not provide procedure-specific, profession-specific or Member
State-specific recognition guidance of the depth needed by applicants preparing a recognition
application. The fragmentation of national systems that constitutes Driver 1 means that accurate
and comprehensive recognition guidance cannot be presented in a single generic platform
without MS-level and profession-level detail that the Portal does not offer. The Portal addresses
information access at a general level; it does not address the procedural realities that applicants
face.
129
17.1.2. Match
The instruments in this section primarily serve the function of connecting the supply of talent
with labour market demand through transparency tools, qualification frameworks, skills
classifications and employment services that make it easier for employers and workers to
identify mutual fit across different national contexts.
i. European Qualifications Framework (EQF)
The European Qualifications Framework (EQF), in place since 2008 (and reviewed in 2017),
aims to increase the transparency, comparability and portability of people's qualifications. The
EQF as a framework consists of 8 levels from basic (level 1) to advanced (level 8), based on
learning outcomes (know, skills, autonomy and responsibility). It operates as a translation tool
between national qualifications as part of national qualifications frameworks (NQFs) that have
been referenced to the EQF, through which connections are established between the national
and European qualification levels. EQF comparisons with third-country qualifications
frameworks are a stated accompanying measure under all three policy options and are a
meaningful contribution to improving the long-term comparability of qualifications.
On recognition: the EQF improves comparability at the framework level but does not bind MS
in individual recognition decisions. The EQF does not resolve the divergences between national
assessment criteria, documentation requirements or compensation measure thresholds. The
EQF improves the comparability of qualifications but does not eliminate the procedural and
institutional sources of divergence. Where third-country qualifications frameworks are not yet
comparably developed or formally compared with the EQF, trust issues also remains fully
operative.
ii. ESCO (European Skills, Competences, Qualifications and Occupations)
ESCO is the EU's multilingual classification of skills, competences, qualifications and
occupations, designed to improve transparency and matching across EU labour markets. It
enables employers and employment services to describe vacancies and worker profiles in a
common language that crosses national boundaries.
On recognition: ESCO is a classification system, not a recognition instrument. It has no
procedural role in MS decisions and does not generate binding comparability assessments. Its
contribution to the recognition problem is as a shared vocabulary for skills and competences
which can reduce the interpretive burden on MS assessing unfamiliar qualifications, but this
does not address the structural sources of divergence, procedural burden or trust deficit
described in the problem drivers.
iii. Europass
The Europass Decision of 2018 (replacing the Decision of 2004) offers a common framework
for the provision of better services for skills and qualifications and serves as a comprehensive
platform for career management and lifelong learning in Europe. Through the Europass
platform it operates as a one-stop shop for different skills, qualifications and labour mobility
tools, including an E-portfolio with a smart CV, information on qualifications (from NQF
registers) and learning opportunities (from national registers/databases) and an infrastructure
for digital credentials (the European Digital Credentials for Learning). The Europass Platform
130
also includes dedicated webpages for TCN213. The Europass Platform is also the platform for
the EQF. The Europass framework includes three supplements: the Diploma Supplement, the
Certificate Supplement, and Europass Mobility.
On recognition: Europass enables self-presentation; it does not generate recognition decisions
and is not binding on MS. A Europass document containing a TCN's qualifications does not
substitute for a formal recognition procedure, nor does it reduce the documentation burden
imposed by MS.
iv. EURES
EURES is the EU job mobility portal and network, designed to facilitate intra-EU labour
mobility by connecting jobseekers and employers across Member States. It provides
information on working conditions, job opportunities and living conditions, and is supported
by a network of EURES advisers in Member States and cross-border partnerships.
On recognition: EURES is primarily designed for intra-EU mobility and its TCN-specific
functionality is limited. It does not address recognition procedures for TCN and has no role in
the procedural framework within which recognition decisions are made.
v. Public Employment Services (PES)
National Public Employment Services, coordinated at EU level through the European Network
of Public Employment Services, can provide skills assessment, employment counselling and
integration support for TCN. In some Member States, PES play an active role in supporting
TCN in navigating recognition and validation procedures. Several Talent Partnerships involve
PES in pre-departure skills development.
On recognition: PES operate under national frameworks, and their role in recognition for TCN
is highly variable across Member States. In some MS, PES provide navigation and support; in
others, their mandate does not extend to recognition procedures for TCN. There is no
harmonised EU-level role for PES in recognition, and their capacity to address the structural
divergences is limited. PES can support individuals through the system but cannot change the
system itself.
17.1.3. Recruit
Over the past two decades, the EU has developed a substantial legal framework for the entry
and residence of TCN. This covers labour migration for highly qualified workers, seasonal
workers and intra-corporate transferees, as well as admission conditions for students and
researchers, the right to family reunification, and conditions for obtaining long-term residence.
A single permit combining the right to work and reside has also been introduced for workers
admitted under national schemes. Several of these directives include equal treatment provisions
extending certain recognition-related rights to TCN admitted under their scope. While their
requirements for the migration procedure as a whole – such as deadlines – might in some cases
also indirectly create boundaries for recognition processes - none of those instruments create
comprehensive and binding procedural standards for the organisation or functioning of
recognition procedures.
213 Third-country nationals and Europass
131
i. EU Blue Card Directive
The EU Blue Card Directive (2009/50/EC), as amended by Directive (EU) 2021/1883214,
establishes a harmonised scheme for highly qualified workers from outside the EU, enabling
them to live and work in participating MS. To qualify, applicants must hold advanced
qualifications—typically a university degree or equivalent professional experience—and secure
a job offer meeting a specific salary threshold, with lower salary thresholds and qualification
requirements for specific profiles such as IT specialists. The Blue Card Directive grants holders
a minimum 24-month residence (except if the work contract is for a shorter term), equal
treatment with nationals in key areas such as employment conditions and recognition of
qualifications as well as facilitated family reunification, and intra-EU mobility rights after 12
months. MS are under the obligation to process complete applications in 90 days, reduced to
30 days in case of pre-registered employers. In case of intra- EU mobility, EU Blue Card holders
EU Blue Card holders shall enjoy equal treatment with Union citizens as regards recognition of
professional qualifications for regulated professions, in accordance with applicable Union and
national law.
On recognition: the Blue Card includes a qualification threshold as an admission condition —
applicants must demonstrate that they hold the qualifications required for the relevant job. This
creates a qualification check within the migration procedure. This check is an eligibility check
for admission conducted by migration authorities. Equal treatment provisions in the Directive
confer rights on Blue Card holders once admitted, but do not govern the nature of national
recognition procedures.
ii. Single Permit Directive
The Single Permit Directive (2011/98/EU), as amended by Directive 2024/1233215, simplifies
and harmonises the procedures for non-EU nationals seeking to work and reside in an EU
Member State by introducing a single application process for a combined work and residence
permit. Under this Directive, TCN—regardless of skill level—can apply for a unified permit
that grants both the right to work and the right to reside, reducing administrative burdens for
applicants and employers alike. The Directive ensures equal treatment with national workers in
key areas such as working conditions and recognition of qualifications. MS retain discretion
over admission criteria but must adopt a decision on a complete application for a single permit
within 90 days (possibly extended by 30 days in very complex cases) and provide transparent
reasoning for any rejections.
On recognition: the Single Permit Directive does not address qualification recognition. Equal
treatment provisions apply to working conditions once the TCN is admitted and working, but
do not create procedural rights in the context of recognition applications to competent
authorities. The Directive facilitates admission and residence; it does not govern the assessment
of qualifications.
iii. Seasonal Workers Directive
Directive 2014/36/EU sets the conditions of entry and residence for TCN to the EU for the
purpose of seasonal work, establishing a common legal framework across MS and ensuring
transparent and streamlined application procedures, adequate accommodation during the stay,
equal treatment rights with nationals related to, among others, working conditions, certain
214 Directive (EU) 2021/1883. Available at: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2021/1883/oj 215 Directive (EU) 2024/1233. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1233/oj/eng
132
branches of social security, recognition procedures. The directive allows for stays of up to 5–9
months (depending on national rules), facilitates re-entry for recurring seasonal work for
compliant workers, and aims to prevent abuse and exploitation while addressing labour market
needs in sectors such as agriculture and tourism216. MS are under the obligation to notify the
adoption of a decision on a complete application in 90 days.
On recognition: this Directive address specific categories of TCN (seasonal workers employed
in sectors with temporary demand peaks), and establish harmonised entry, residence and rights
conditions for those categories. The Directive does not address qualification recognition.
iv. ICT Directive
The Intra-Corporate Transfer Directive (2014/66/EU) establishes a scheme for non-EU
managers, specialists, and trainee employees temporarily transferred within multinational
companies to the EU within the same undertaking or group of undertakings. To be granted an
EU intra-corporate transferees permit, applicants have to meet certain conditions such as
present a valid work contract and provide evidence of the necessary professional qualifications.
The Directive ensures equal treatment with nationals regarding certain aspects, such as
recognition of qualifications. It facilitates intra-EU mobility, if conditions are met, allowing
transferees to move to another Member State for short-term assignments (up to 90 days) or
longer stays.
On recognition: this Directive address specific categories of TCN (employees transferred within
multinational companies), and establish harmonised entry, residence and rights conditions for
those categories. The Directive does not address qualification recognition.
v. Students and Researchers Directive
Directive 2016/801/EU, sets out the conditions for entry and residence of TCN coming to the
EU for studies and research purposes as well as, training, voluntary service, pupil exchange,
educational projects, and au pairing217. It aims to promote mobility and legal migration for
education and research purposes by determining the conditions for admission procedures across
MS and allowing for mobility within the EU during their stay. It lays down certain (i) general
conditions, such as sufficient financial resources and health insurance, as well as (ii) specific
admission criteria, such as proof of acceptance by a higher education institution or of a hosting
agreement with a research organisation. The Directive ensures equal treatment with nationals
in key areas such as working conditions and recognition of qualifications. Under the Directive,
MS must process complete applications within 90 days (or 60 days if it relates to an approved
host entity)
On recognition: this Directive address specific categories of TCN (students, learners and
researchers), and may require qualification recognition for the purposes of access to learning
(which is not in scope of this action).
Residence and family directives
vi. Long-term Residents Directive.
216 Directive 2014/36/EU. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2014/36/oj/eng 217 Directive (EU) 2016/801. Available at: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2016/801/oj/eng
133
The LTR Directive (2003/109/EC) establishes a harmonised legal framework for non-EU
nationals to acquire and maintain long-term resident (LTR) status in an EU Member State after
five years of continuous and lawful residence, promoting their integration and equal treatment
while balancing national discretion218. Applicants need to meet certain integration and financial
requirements. Residence permits are valid for at least 5 years and automatically renewable. The
directive aims to promote the integration of TCN and strengthen their rights across the EU,
while allowing MS to retain control over immigration volumes. MS must give a decision on
complete applications within 6 months of receiving them.
On recognition: Once granted, long-term resident status offers equal treatment with EU citizens
in key areas such as employment, education, and social security and qualification recognition.
The directive also allows long-term residents and their family members to move and reside in
other MS for work, study, or other purposes. The right to equal treatment regarding recognition
of qualifications also applies upon reception of a residence permit in a second Member State.
vii. Family Reunification Directive (2003/86/EC)
The Family Reunification Directive establishes a common legal framework for non-EU
nationals legally residing in an EU Member State to be joined by their family219. To be eligible
for family reunification, non-EU nationals asking for a family member to join them in the EU
must hold a residence permit valid for at least one year issued by a MS and have the legal option
of long-term residence. Family members of the foreign national are entitled to a residence
permit of the same duration as that of the person they have joined. MS must examine an
application within 9 months after submission.
On recognition: TCN should also have access to education, employment and vocational training
on the same terms as the person they joined although MS may require a labour market test
before granting access to employment in the first 12 months.
viii. Qualification Regulation.
The Qualification Regulation (due to enter into force on 1 July 2026) sets out common standards
across the EU for granting international protection to TCN or stateless persons who qualify as
refugees or as beneficiaries of subsidiary protection.220 It defines the criteria for protection
status and associated rights (including access to employment, education, and recognition) and
ensures consistent application across MS. It mandates that MS shall assist TCN with the
recognition of their qualifications.221 The Qualification Regulation has thereby expanded the
equality of treatment to also include access to schemes for validation of skills beyond the equal
treatment regarding recognition procedures for foreign qualifications guaranteed under the
Qualification Directive.222
ix. Reception Conditions Directive.
Directive (EU) 2024/1346 establishes harmonised minimum reception standards for applicants
for international protection across EU MS (excluding IE and DK), ensuring that asylum seekers
218 Council Directive 2003/109/EC. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2003/109/oj/eng 219 Council Directive 2003/86/EC. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2003/86/oj/eng 220Regulation (EU) 2024/1347. Available at: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1347/oj 221 Art. 28, Directive 2011/95/EU. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2011/95/oj/eng 222 See Art. 28, Directive 2011/95/EU [2011] OJ L 377/9; Art. 30, Regulation (EU) 2024/1347 [2024] OJ L 1/34.
134
and their family members receive adequate material conditions.223 Among other provisions, it
confirms that applicants with access to the labour market are entitled to equal treatment with
nationals regarding recognition of “diplomas, certificates and other evidence of formal
qualifications in the context of existing procedures for recognition of foreign qualifications”224
and mandates that “MS shall facilitate, to the extent possible, full access to existing procedures
for the recognition of foreign qualifications for applicants who cannot provide documentary
evidence of their qualifications.”225 In a similar manner, beneficiaries of the Reception
Conditions Directive also obtain equal treatment regarding schemes for the assessment,
validation and recognition of prior learning outcomes and experience.226 Nevertheless, under
the Reception Condition Directive MS may restrict the right to equal treatment for the first three
months after registration of the application for international protection.227
Both instruments therefore provide similar equal treatment rights and oblige MS to assist
applicants and beneficiaries of international protection who lack documentary evidence of their
qualifications in accessing recognition procedures or alternative validation mechanisms.
Examples of these instruments include the European Qualification Passport for refugees, a
document that explains the qualification a refugee is likely to have based on available evidence
and used whenever documentation is missing or incomplete.228 At present 12 EU MS (AT, DE,
EL, FR, HR, IE, IT, LV, NL, PL, PT, RO) participate in the initiative.
17.2. Recognition-specific instruments
The instruments in this section include both EU law and non-legislative frameworks linked to
recognition of qualifications. The analysis examines their scope, and how they relate to
recognition of qualifications of TCN.
i. Professional Qualifications Directive (Directive 2005/36/EC)
In terms of binding rules for recognition of qualifications, Directive 2005/36/EC (the PQD) lays
down a legal framework for recognition of qualifications where access to regulated professions
is sought, but its scope is limited to EU nationals (Art. 2(1)). Recital 10 clarifies that MS can
recognise, in accordance with their national law, the qualifications of TCN obtained outside the
EU, as long as they respect the minimum training conditions set out in the Directive for specific
professions. TCN therefore only benefit indirectly from the PQD framework, when falling
under the equal treatment provisions in EU migration instruments, and only in two specific
scenarios:
● First recognition inside the EU: national rules and procedures of the host Member
State apply in full, since the PQD does not affect the initial recognition of TCQ (Art.
2(2)). However, for those TCN holding qualifications obtained in another Member
State, the equal treatment obligation means the PQD rules apply.
● Subsequent recognition in a second Member State: where a TCN enjoys intra-EU
mobility rights and has practised the regulated profession for at least three years in the
223 Directive (EU) 2024/1346. The Directive is due to be transposed by 12 June 2026. Available at: https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/eli/dir/2024/1346/oj/eng 224 Art. 17(3)(d) Directive (EU) 2024/1346, [2024] OJ L 1/35 225 Art. 17(8) Directive (EU) 2024/1346 226 Art. 17(3)(e) Directive (EU) 2024/1346 227 Art. 17(4)(c) Directive (EU) 2024/1346. 228 Council of Europe. European Qualification Passport for Refugees. Available at:
https://www.coe.int/en/web/education/recognition-of-refugees-qualifications
135
first Member State, recognition in a second Member State may proceed under the
general system rules of the PQD (Art. 3(3)), subject to equal treatment requirements.
The PQD has also taken on board CJEU case law requiring CA to take due account of
qualifications and experience gained outside the EU when assessing equivalence and
contemplating compensation measures (Articles 14(5) and 55(a)). Given that the PQD only
applies to EU nationals and primarily targets qualifications obtained in another EU Member
State, its contribution to facilitating recognition for TCN is limited. Moreover, since its
scope is confined to recognition for access to a regulated profession, it does not address the
structural misalignment between migration systems and recognition frameworks.
ii. Commission Recommendation (EU) 2023/2611 on the recognition of qualifications
of TCN
The 2023 Recommendation is the main EU-level instrument specifically addressed to the
recognition of TCN qualifications. It recommends that Member States simplify recognition
procedures, reduce documentation burdens, improve the predictability of timelines, ensure
better coordination between recognition and migration procedures, and enhance information
provision for applicants and employers. It is addressed to Member States and relies on voluntary
uptake and peer learning for its implementation.
On recognition: the Recommendation correctly identifies the problem drivers and recommends
appropriate responses. Its limitation is structural: as a non-binding instrument, it cannot create
enforceable procedural rights, impose deadlines, harmonise documentation requirements, or
mandate coordination between competent authorities and migration authorities. Member States
may choose to implement its recommendations, partially implement them, or not implement
them at all, without legal consequence. Implementation in the period since November 2023 has
been uneven, and the core barriers — divergent national systems, burdensome procedures, lack
of trust — continue to operate at full force across most Member States. The Recommendation
has catalysed useful discussions and has provided a political signal of EU-level concern; it has
not materially altered the procedural reality for TCN applicants. Policy Option 1, the soft-law
option assessed in this IA, represents an extension and operationalisation of the
Recommendation's logic; the gap between the Recommendation and a binding legislative
framework is precisely what Policy Options 2 and 3 are designed to close..
iii. Commission Recommendation (EU) 2022/554 on the recognition of qualifications
of people fleeing Russia's invasion of Ukraine
As part of the EU response to the large number of arrivals of people fleeing Russia's invasion
of Ukraine, the Commission issued Recommendation (EU) 2022/554, inviting MS to adopt
specific measures to facilitate the recognition of qualifications obtained in Ukraine. Various
MS (AT, BE, EE, ES, IT, LT, LV, PL, PT, RO) introduced temporary waivers to qualification
recognition requirements for displaced Ukrainian professionals in target occupations, allowing
early access to professional practice under the supervision of locally qualified professionals.
These approaches demonstrated the flexibility of contemporary regulatory systems in
emergencies. However, only in a small number of countries (AT, HU, PL) do favourable
conditions exist for the recognition of Ukrainian professionals who have practised under a
waiver. In most cases, the absence of a clear pathway allowing these professionals to obtain full
recognition after a period of supervised practice is a missed opportunity — for the professionals
themselves and for EU and Member State economies. The prolonged ad hoc treatment for
Ukrainian qualifications has also raised equity concerns vis-à-vis the many TCN who have been
struggling for years to obtain recognition of their foreign-acquired qualifications.
136
iv. Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRAs)
EU trade policy provides an additional framework for recognition of qualifications with third
countries. Through MRAs, whether standalone or embedded in free trade agreements, the EU
and third countries can set out dedicated recognition processes for specific sectors. MRAs are
reciprocal by nature. While interest in concluding MRAs on professional qualifications has
recently increased, so far the EU has concluded only one such agreement — the Mutual
Recognition Agreement on the professional qualifications of architects with Canada. Their
piecemeal approach, focusing on a specific third country and profession, limits their overall
impact on addressing large-scale labour market needs.
On recognition: MRAs provide binding, profession-specific recognition arrangements for the
covered qualifications and countries. MRAs are a complement to, not a substitute for, a
generalised procedural framework. They will continue to develop under the baseline but will
not structurally address the scale or systemic nature of the problem.
v. ENIC-NARIC Network
The ENIC-NARIC229 network established as centres for academic recognition of qualifications
under the principles of the Convention on the Recognition of Qualifications concerning Higher
Education in the European Region, also referred to as Lisbon Recognition Convention. ENIC-
NARIC centres provide advice (and depending on the national situation may take decisions) on
how foreign qualifications compare to national ones, typically resulting in statements of
comparability. Originally established as centres for academic recognition of qualifications
under the principles of the Lisbon Recognition Convention, their activities mostly focused on
the official recognition procedures of Higher Education qualifications obtained in another EU
Member State when these were required to access regulated professions, and statements of
equivalence for Higher Education qualifications to access non-regulated professions. While
mainly focusing on higher education, over time, ENIC-NARIC centres have expanded their
role with several projects within the network focusing on VET230. The standards and guidelines
for aspects of recognition by the ENIC-NARICs are described in the European Area of
Recognition eManual.
On recognition: ENIC-NARIC centres are among the most important existing institutional
actors in the TCN recognition system, and their expertise in third-country qualifications systems
is a central resource that this action builds on. The institutional separation between ENIC-
NARIC centres, which typically deal only with recognition for the purposes of access to higher
education, and professional competent authorities contributes directly to the parallel procedures
problem. In Member States where an ENIC-NARIC statement is a mandatory precondition for
CA recognition, a TCN undergoes two sequential procedures before a recognition decision is
reached, adding one to three months to the overall timeline.
229 ENIC is the European Network of Information Centres and NARIC are National Academic Recognition
Information Centres in the European Union 230 The BRAVO project - Bridging a European Network for Recognition of Vocational Qualifications -
https://hkdir.no/en/bravo
137
18. VALIDATION OF SKILLS OF TCN
18.1. The 2012 Council Recommendation on validation
The validation of skills acquired through non-formal and informal learning is supported at EU
level by the 2012 Council Recommendation on validation. While this framework provides
important guidance for making skills visible and supporting labour market integration, its
implementation varies significantly across MS and its use in the context of TCN remains
uneven.
Building on the 2012 Council Recommendation, validation systems across MS have evolved
towards more structured, transparent and effective procedures. This is particularly important
because focusing only on the recognition of formal qualifications limits the potential to address
labour market shortages that could otherwise be mitigated through validation of skills acquired
outside
138
ANNEX 9: MAPPING OF RECOGNITION PROCEDURES TO ACCESS
REGULATED PROFESSIONS AND AS PART OF MIGRATION PROCEDURES IN
EU MS
Introduction
This annex provides a comprehensive mapping of qualification checks performed across EU
Member States for third-country nationals (TCNs), both in the context of access to regulated
professions and within migration admission pathways. It aims to offer a consolidated overview of
how qualifications and skills are assessed, pointing to a coexistence of the two tracks (i.e. formal
recognition to access regulated professions and qualification checks within migration pathways) as
largely separate and insufficiently coordinated institutional tracks
In fact, on the one hand, formal recognition procedures for access to regulated professions are
governed by professional regulatory frameworks and implemented by competent authorities (CAs).
On the other hand, migration admission procedures involve qualification and skills checks carried
out by migration authorities to assess eligibility for entry and residence, above all in cases of high-
skilled migration pathways and schemes.
Scope of the mapping
In terms of scope, this mapping encompass qualification and skills checks carried out in two specific
contexts: (i) formal recognition procedures required to access regulated professions, and (ii)
qualification assessments performed within migration admission procedures. It covers both
regulated professional systems and migration-related eligibility checks, with a particular focus on
third-country qualifications across the 27 EU Member States. In terms of volumes, the annual
volume of applications for the recognition of qualifications by TCNs across EU Member States is
estimated at around 62.500. In the absence of a harmonised administrative dataset on TCN
recognition, this estimate is based on the triangulation of independent sources of evidence, yielding
a convergence interval of 40.000 to 85.000 applications per year, with a central estimate of 62.500.
Further details on the methodology are provided in Annex 4.6.
This mapping is informed by a wide range of sources, combining survey results, other stakeholder
consultations (i.e. targeted interviews, focus groups, public consultation (PC)), and desk research.
The primary source of evidence is the survey conducted with CAs across EU Member States
(n=190), covering 22 Member States and a wide range of regulated professions. This is complemented
by a survey addressed to ENIC-NARIC centres across EU Member States (n=18: BE, BG, EE, FI,
FR, EL, ES, HU, IE, IT, LT, LV, NO, NL, RO, SE, SI, SK), a survey targeting labour migration
authorities across 14 Member States (AT, BE, BG, CZ, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, SE,
SK) (n=48), and a survey targeted at TCNs (n=155), often combined with data from the PC provided
by TCNs, EU Citizens with TCQs (n=99). These surveys provide insights into both recognition
systems and qualification checks performed within migration procedures.
The survey targeted at CAs covers a broad set of professions, with responses distributed across sectors
as summarised in Table 1 below. Healthcare professions are particularly well represented (e.g.
dentists, nurses, pharmacists, doctors, midwives), alongside a diverse range of technical, industrial
and service professions.
139
Table A9.1 - Member States and professional coverage from the survey targeted at CAs231
Type of professions Number of
responses Member States covered
Healthcare assistants 28 12 (AT, HR, DE, HU, IE, LT, MT,
PT, RO, ES, SE, NL)
Dentists 24 14 (AT, BE, DE, EE, ES, FI, HR,
LT, MT, NL, PT, SE, SI, SK)
Midwives 24 14 (BE, HR, EE, FI, DE, LT, NL,
PL, PT, SK, SI, ES, SE, IE)
Nurses 24 14(BE, HR, EE, FI, DE, LT, NL,
PL, PT, SK, SI, ES, SE, IE)
Pharmacists 24 15 (AT, BE, HR, EE, FI, DE, LT,
MT, NL, PL, PT, SK, SI, ES, SE)
Doctors 21 12 (BE, HR, EE, FI, DE, LT, MT,
NL, SK, SI, ES, SE)
Accountant and tax advisors 20 10 (AT, HR, FR, IT, LT, LU, MT,
RO, SI, SE)
Caregivers 18 7 (AT, DE, IT, MT, PT, SE, NL)
Manufacturing, Craft & Industrial Trades
(e.g. manufacture and retail of various
products including clothing)
15 6 (AT, HU, IT, LU, MT, PL)
Transport, Mobility & Logistics (e.g.
drivers, international shipping, maritime
officers)
14 8 (AT, BE, FI, IT, LV, PL, RO)
Engineering & Technical Professions (e.g.
operation and construction managers,
electrotechnical and ICT, aeronautical and
aerospace )
14 11 (AT, EE, FI, FR, LV, LU, PL,
PT, RO, SI, ES)
Psychology/psychotherapy 14 11 (HR, FR, DE, IE, LT, MT, NL,
PT, RO, ES, SE)
Veterinary 14 10 (AT, DE, HU, LV, LT, MT, NL,
RO, ES, SE)
Architects 13 12 (AT, HR, EE, FI, LT, LU, PL,
PT, RO, SI, ES, MT)
Construction & Installation Trades (e.g.
crane operators, builders, installations of
sanitation, electrical, conditioning and
plumbing systems)
14 6 (AT, HU, IE, IT, MT, NL, SE)
231 In addition to these professional categories there are 30 responses in which CAs did not indicate clearly the type of
professions for which they regulate access
140
Type of professions Number of
responses Member States covered
Education and teaching (e.g. school
teachers, childcares, principals and school
personnel)
13 10 (AT, FI, HU, IE, LT, PT, RO, SI,
ES, SE)
Legal professions (e.g. attorneys, judges ,
judicial technical experts, notaries) 10 7 (IE, LV, NL, PT, RO, SI, ES)
Social Workers and social care 8 5 (AT, FI, HU, LT, MT)
Security 7 6 (AT, FI, IE, LT, MT, PL)
Electricians 8 4 (AT, HU, MT, SE)
Sport instructors 4 4 (FR, IT, LT, PT)
Source: CA survey
In addition, survey results have been complemented with findings from targeted consultation
activities, including five focus groups involving CAs in the healthcare sector; CAs responsible for
crane operators and electricians; ENIC-NARIC centres and Public Employment Services (PES);
TCNs; and labour migration authorities and international organisations (IOs), providing their
perspectives on both recognition procedures and migration-related qualification checks.
Table A9.2 – Focus Groups
Focus groups Participants MS covered
CAs in Healthcare 32 15 (AT, BE, EE, ES, FI, HR, IE, LT, LU,
MT, NL, PL, RO, SE, SI)
CAs in the field of crane
operators and electricians 20
12 (AT, CZ, HR, EE, ES, FI, IT, LT, LU,
MT, NL, SE)
ENIC-NARIC and PES 38 20 (BE, BG, DE, EL, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, LI,
LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, NO, PT, RO, SE, SI)
TCNs 12 n.a.
Labour Migration Authorities
and IOs 28
These primary data sources are triangulated with desk research, including relevant EMN ad hoc
queries, Migration Policy Foundation (MPF) case studies and mappings, and targeted interviews
with civil society organisations (CSO), IOs and other stakeholders.
The combined use of these sources allows for a robust and comparative mapping of both formal
recognition systems and qualification assessments within migration pathways across Member
States. In particular, the analysis captures differences in procedural design, institutional
responsibilities, and the degree of coordination between actors.
141
An Overview of the structure of the mapping
The annex provides a comprehensive overview of qualification recognition and related checks across
Member States. It first examines the recognition of qualifications for TCNs seeking access to
regulated professions, including differences in the treatment of TCNs compared to EU citizens
holding EU qualifications. It also covers key procedural aspects such as cooperation between CAs
and other relevant bodies, documentation requirements and compensation measures, associated costs
and timelines, the degree of digitalisation, differential treatment of vulnerable groups, and the
availability of information and support to applicants.
This is followed by a second section focusing on qualification checks carried out within migration
procedures, often as part of eligibility assessments for highly skilled migration schemes. This section
analyses the scope of such checks, differences between regulated and non-regulated professions, the
methods applied, as well as the associated timelines and costs.
The mapping concludes with an assessment of the overall burden borne by TCNs, including
estimated average timelines and costs, and considers how these relate to recognition outcomes. The
analysis indicates that, while recognition procedures impose a moderate, non-negligible financial and
time burden, they do not consistently translate into favourable recognition decisions or improved
labour market outcomes, pointing to structural inefficiencies in the system.
a) Recognition of qualifications for access to regulated professions
a) Differentiated regimes — how TCN procedures differ from EU citizen procedures
This section provides an overview of the differences applied in the recognition of qualifications and
validation of skills of TCNs, compared to those applicable to nationals of EU Member States with
EU qualifications. Overall, evidence clearly shows that the all Member States covered apply
differentiated recognition regimes for TCQs, resulting in systematically higher procedural
barriers for TCNs.232 Logically, evidence shows that this pattern is particularly pronounced in
regulated professions with automatic recognition and under the MRT for EU citizens with EU
qualifications, including in the healthcare sector.233 In practice TCNs can often face additional
examinations, longer and more complex recognition pathways, and earlier or more stringent language
requirements in comparison with EU nationals.234
Indeed, around half of CAs responding to the survey (50,5%) explicitly stated that recognition
procedures differ for TCNs compared to EU citizens, including differences in deadlines,
documentation requirements, appeal rights and compensation measures. These differences were
reported across 19 Member States (AT, BE, HR, EE, FI, FR, DE, HU, IE, IT, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT,
RO, SI, ES, SE) and across multiple professions, including healthcare assistants, personal care
workers, dentists, pharmacists, doctors, nurses, midwives, psychologists, architects, engineers,
teachers, social workers, veterinary professionals, transport and logistics professionals, construction
and installation trades, and others (see
Figure ).235
232 CA Survey, Q.5 (n=190); CA Survey, Q5.a (n=96), open question. 233 Focus Group with CAs in the healthcare sector (n=31); Note that responses from CAs differ depending on whether
they cover sectoral/MTR professions (e.g. doctors) or professions under the PQD general system. For MTR professions,
longer and more burdensome procedures for TCNs are expected, as automatic recognition does not apply and training is
not harmonised. Therefore, CAs in these fields maintain differentiated regimes for TCNs. 234 CA Survey, Q5.a (n=13), open question. 235 CA Survey, Q.5 (n=190), Yes, always (21,1%), Yes, usually (12,6%), No, procedures differ (50,5%), It varies case by
case (8,4%), Not sure (7,4%).
142
Figure 1 - Does your legal framework require the same recognition procedures for third-
country applicants with TCQs and EU/EEA applicants with EU/EEA qualifications (e.g.
deadlines, documentation requirements, appeal rights, compensation measures)? (n=190)
Source: CA survey
As shown in the figure above, only 20,9% of CAs responding to the survey indicated that recognition
procedures applied to TCNs are the same that are applied to EU citizens. These include CAs
responsible for a wide variety of different professions as listed below (see Table ).236
In terms of variance of recognition procedures across different professions, the table below provides
an overview of the different procedures for professions subject to automatic recognition under the
PQD for EU Citizens (i.e doctors, nurses responsible for general care, dentists, veterinary surgeons,
midwives, pharmacists and architects) and all the other professions.
Table A9.3 -Does your legal framework require the same recognition procedures for third-
country applicants with third-country qualifications and EU/EEA applicants with EU/EEA
qualifications (e.g. deadlines, documentation requirements, appeal rights, compensation
measures)? (n=190)
Profession It varies case
by case
No,
procedures
differ
Not sure Yes, always Yes,
usually
Doctors
15 (DE, EE,
ES, FI, HR,
MT, NL, SE)
3 (DE, LT,
SK)
Nurses
14 (DE. EE.
ES, FI, HR,
NL, PL,
PTSE)
1 (NL) 1 (DE) 4 (DE, LT,
SK)
Dentists
18 (AT, DE,
EE, ES, FI
HR, MT, NL,
PT, SE)
3 (DE, LT,
SK)
236 CA Survey, Q.5 (n=190)
143
Profession It varies case
by case
No,
procedures
differ
Not sure Yes, always Yes,
usually
Veterinary
10 (DE, ES,
HU, LV, MT,
NL, RO, SE)
1 (AT) 1 LT
Midwives 1 (HR) 9 (DE, EE, FI,
PL, PT)
4 (DE, LT,
SK)
Pharmacists
17 (AT, BE,
DE, EE, FI,
HR, MT, NL,
PL, PT, SE,
SI)
1 (LT 2 (DE, SK)
Architects 2 (AT) 7 (ES, FI, HR,
PL, PT, SI) 1 (LU
3 (EE, LT,
RO)
Other
professions
13 (IT, RO,
MT, PT) 56 14 34 16
Source: CA survey
As shown in Table A9.3, procedures for the recognition of qualifications tend to differ more
frequently for professions covered by the automatic recognition regime under the PQD (i.e.
namely doctors, nurses responsible for general care, dentists, midwives, pharmacists, and veterinary
surgeons) when comparing those applied to EU citizens and TCNs.237 While EU citizens benefit from
automatic recognition based on harmonised minimum training requirements, TCNs are generally
subject to separate assessment procedures, which leads CAs to apply different processes in a majority
of reported cases.
At the same time, the results highlight substantial heterogeneity not only across Member States, but
also within Member States, reflecting variations in administrative organisation (e.g. federal or
regional competence), institutional practices, and interpretation of procedural rules. For instance,
Germany provides a particularly illustrative example: some regional CAs responsible for doctors
(n=1), dentists (n=1), pharmacists (n=1), as well as some responsible for nurses (n=3) and midwives
(n=2), report that procedures are usually the same (or even always the same in one instance of nurses
in DE) for EU and third-country qualifications. In contrast, a larger number of authorities (i.e. five
CAs for midwives, four CAs for doctors, for CAs, for dentists, four CAs for pharmacists and three
CAs for nurses) overseeing the same professions indicate that procedures always differ.
This divergence within a single Member State suggests that implementation remains decentralised
and not fully standardised, pointing to the absence of a uniform approach in handling TCN
qualifications, even within the same professional groups.
Conversely, among respondents who identified differences between procedures for EU citizens and
TCNs, the most frequently cited elements were:
• the existence of additional requirements for TCNs: 66 CAs in 19 Member States (AT, BE, HR,
EE, ES, FI, FR, DE, HU, IE, IT, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI, SE);
237 CA Survey, Q.5 (n=190)
144
• differences in applicable deadlines: 33 in 12 Member States (AT, HR, EE, ES, FI, DE, HU, IE,
MT, NL, RO, SE);
• differences in available compensation measures: 30 CAs in 13 Member States (AT, HR, FI, FR,
DE, ES, HU, IE, IT, MT, NL, SI, SE);
• the requirement of a prior formal recognition statement by another body, such as an ENIC-
NARIC centre: 26 CAs in 11 Member States (AT, BE, HR, EE, ES, DE, MT, NL, PT, RO, SI). 238
Focusing on the profession of doctors with basic medical training, differences between the
recognition procedures for EU citizens with EU qualifications and TCNs are particularly pronounced,
as evidenced by the EMN ad hoc query on the recognition of third-country qualifications.239 Almost
all Member States (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL,
PL, SE, SI, SK) report clear differences in recognition requirements between medical
qualifications obtained in third countries and those obtained in another EU Member State.240
Across all cases, in line with evidence stemming from the survey targeted at CAs, these differences
translate into additional or more burdensome requirements for TCNs, while EU qualifications
benefit from automatic or simplified recognition under Directive 2005/36/EC.241 A key feature across
Member States is the provision of mandatory compensation measures and professional
examinations for the recognition of TCNs qualifications. In total, 18 Member States (AT, BG, CY,
CZ, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, LV, MT, NL, PL, SE, SI, SK) require TCNs to pass knowledge
tests, aptitude tests, state medical examinations, supervised practice periods or
skills-consolidation programmes as a condition for recognition or authorisation to practise.242 In
several cases, these measures involve substantial reassessment of medical competence and extend
over multi-stage pathways combining exams, internships and restricted or supervised practice
rights (notably FI, FR, NL, SE).243 Such compensation measures are generally not required for EU
medical qualifications, which are recognised automatically or through significantly lighter
procedures.
In parallel, 11 Member States (AT, BE, CY, EL, HR, HU, LV, LT, NL, SK, SI) require TCNs to
undergo academic recognition or nostrification of their medical degree.244 This process typically
involves detailed comparisons of curricula, content, duration of studies and learning outcomes and
applies exclusively to TCQs, as EU qualifications fall under EU mutual recognition rules. In some
cases, successful academic recognition is a precondition for accessing professional recognition
procedures or sitting further exams.
Another widespread source of differentiation relates to language requirements, which are frequently
applied earlier or more strictly to TCNs. At least 16 Member States (AT, BG, CZ, FI, FR, DE,
HU, LT, MT, NL, PL, SI, SK, ES, SE, LV) require proof of proficiency in the national language as
part of the recognition or authorisation process for TCNs, often through medical-specific language
examinations (for example, C1 level in DE and B2–B2+ levels in AT, ES, FR, NL, SE).245 By
238 CA Survey, Q5.a (n=96) 239 EMN, 2024. Ad-Hoc Query 2024.16 on Recognition of third-country qualifications for the profession of doctor with
basic medical training. 240 EMN, 2024. Ad-Hoc Query 2024.16 on Recognition of third-country qualifications for the profession of doctor with
basic medical training; CA Survey, Q.5 (n=190) 241 EMN (2024) 242 EMN (2024); CA Survey, Q5.a (n=96) 243 EMN (2024); CA Survey, Q5.a (n=96) 244 EMN (2024); CA Survey, Q5.a (n=96) 245 EMN (2024); CA Survey, Q5.a (n=96)
145
contrast, for EU qualifications, language checks typically apply only at later stages, such as
professional registration or employment, and do not form part of the recognition procedure as such.
Several Member States (FI, FR, NL, SE, CZ, PL, SK) further report multi-stage recognition
pathways applicable to TCNs, combining academic assessment, exams, supervised practice,
temporary or restricted licences and final authorisation.246 These staged procedures substantially
lengthen the time required for TCNs to access full professional practice and do not apply to
EU-qualified doctors.
For example, Luxembourg represents the most restrictive approach, where recognition of basic
medical training obtained in a third country is not admissible, meaning that TCNs holding only
basic medical training cannot access recognition procedures at all, whereas EU qualifications listed
in Annex V of the PQD are recognised automatically.247
Finally, in a number of Member States (BG, PL, SI, ES), legal frameworks explicitly distinguish
between EU and non-EU qualifications, introducing additional requirements for TCNs related to
residence status, scope of practice, language certification or temporary authorisations that do not
apply to EU nationals.248
Overall, the analysis confirms that differentiated recognition regimes for TCNs are the norm
rather than the exception, particularly in highly regulated professions such as doctors. Even where
legal frameworks for recognition appear formally the same between TCNs and EU citizens with EU
qualifications, practical implementation of recognition procedures often results in additional
procedural steps such as mandatory compensation measures, stricter language requirements,
temporary authorisations and supervised practices reinforcing structural differences in access to
regulated professions across the EU.
Building on the existing differences between the procedures for the recognition of qualifications for
TCNs and EU citizens, the sections below provide a substantial mapping of existing rules and
procedures (i.e. documentation and formal requirements, compensation measures, processing
timelines and costs, degree of digitalisation, authenticity checks and differential treatment for
vulnerable groups of TCNs). Additionally, the section below maps the availability of information for
TCNs across EU MS, as well as the cooperation with other bodies within and between MS, as well
as with third countries.
b) Cooperation — within Member States, between Member States, and with third
countries
The level of cooperation between CAs responsible for the recognition of professional
qualifications and other relevant bodies (e.g. other national recognition or professional bodies and
regulators, awarding institutions, education and training authorities, employers and sectoral bodies)
varies significantly depending on the geographical scope of that cooperation. This section highlights
that, while a majority of CAs cooperate with other authorities within their own Member State,
this share decreases greatly with regard to cooperation with authorities in other Member States and
declines further when cooperation with relevant authorities in third countries is considered.
Indeed, a majority of CAs report cooperation with other recognition and professional authorities
(61.6%) and with education and training authorities (53.7%) within their own Member State.249
This suggests that, in most cases, cooperation structures are well established at national level and
embedded within existing administrative ecosystems.
246 EMN (2024) 247 EMN (2024) 248 EMN (2024) 249 CA Survey, Q31 (n=190)
146
By contrast, cooperation between Member States remains more fragmented and uneven. Only a
minority of CAs report systematic cooperation with counterparts in other EU Member State, whether
with recognition or professional authorities (43.7%), ENIC-NARIC centres (20.5%), or EU-level
networks (23.7%). This indicates that cross-border administrative cooperation, despite the relevance
of cross-border qualification pathways for TCNs, has not yet been consistently institutionalised.250
Engagement with third-country authorities is even more limited and largely ad hoc. Where such
cooperation exists, it primarily involves public authorities (30%), professional regulators (23.2%),
and awarding institutions (18.9%). This pattern suggests that information-sharing and coordination
with third countries remain constrained, potentially limiting the ability of CAs to efficiently assess
TCQs and skills and contributing to procedural complexity and longer recognition timelines.251
A more detailed breakdown of these cooperation patterns across Member States is presented in the
figure below.
Figure 2 - Do you cooperate with any of the below organisations on cases involving TCQs?
(Select all that apply) (n=190)
Source: CA survey
When such cooperation happens, the most widespread reasons encompass the verification of the
authenticity of documents (34,2% - AT, BE, HR, EE, FI, DE, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU, MT, NL,
PL, PT, RO, SI, SE), an assessment of comparability of qualifications (22,1% - AT, BE, HR, FR,
DE, HU, IT, LV, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI, SE) and to a minor extent the need to clarify
professional standards (10,5% - AT, FI, FR, IE, IT, LV, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI, ES) and
handling complex or exceptional cases (6,8% - AT, BE, HR, FR, DE, IE, LT, NL, PL, RO, ES).252
As mentioned above, bilateral action by individual EU Member States vis-à-vis third countries in the
area of qualification recognition exists, but it spans distinct categories that differ in legal nature,
degree of reciprocity and policy function.
On the one hand, there are Mutual Recognition Agreements (MRAs) on professional
qualifications. These are formal, reciprocal and legally structured arrangements whereby two
jurisdictions agree on the recognition of specific professional qualifications, based on detailed
comparisons of education, training and professional standards. MRAs establish mutual obligations,
may include compensation measures, and typically grant a predictable and structured pathway to
professional practice for covered professions.
250 CA Survey, Q31 (n=190) 251 CA Survey, Q31 (n=190) 252 CA Survey, Q31 (n=190)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
In your own country — Other
recognition or professional
In your own country — Education
or training authorities
In your own country —
Employers or sectoral bodies
In other EU Member States —
Recognition or professional
In other EU Member States —
ENIC-NARIC centres
In other EU Member States — EU-
level networks or contact points
In third countries — Awarding
institutions
In third countries — Professional
regulators
In third countries — Public
authorities
not available
147
Such agreements are exceptional in the EU context. The France–Québec Accord253 remains the
clearest and most advanced example, providing an intergovernmental framework under which
profession-specific MRAs have been concluded (e.g. engineers, nurses, architects, lawyers). The key
analytical features of MRAs are reciprocity, legal symmetry and durability, which sharply distinguish
them from other bilateral approaches observed among Member States.
More frequently, Member States rely on bilateral or country-specific facilitation mechanisms that
do not constitute MRAs. These mechanisms are unilateral in legal terms: recognition decisions
remain fully national, and no reciprocal recognition rights are created. Their primary function is
not to harmonise standards, but to simplify, accelerate or make more predictable existing recognition
procedures, often in response to labour shortages. Such facilitation mechanisms typically rest on:
• sustained cooperation with authorities or institutions in countries of origin;
• repeated exposure to “frequently-seen” qualifications;
• accumulated trust in certain education and training systems;
• alignment with migration or workforce policies.
Examples include:
• Ireland’s accelerated pathways for doctors and nurses from selected third countries (e.g.
Philippines and India), grounded in long-standing recognition practice and consistently positive
outcomes;254
• Latvia’s simplified procedures for medical doctors and dentists trained in a predefined list of
trusted third countries;255
• Italy’s pragmatic recognition pathways, including Article 23 procedures, where cooperation
with countries of origin, particularly with Tunisia, supports recognition readiness without creating
reciprocal obligations.256
These mechanisms can deliver significant efficiency gains, but they fundamentally differ from MRAs
in that they lack reciprocity, binding mutual commitments and a shared legal recognition framework.
A third category covers bilateral initiatives that are not recognition arrangements as such, but that
influence recognition outcomes indirectly. These initiatives focus on skills development, training
alignment or labour-migration preparedness, rather than on the recognition decision itself. They
therefore sit outside qualification-recognition frameworks, even though they may reduce future
recognition barriers.
Examples include:
• Global Skills Partnerships, most prominently implemented by Germany, which align training
curricula and language preparation in countries of origin with destination-country standards to
ensure recognition readiness post-migration;257
253 Agreement Between Québec and France on the Mutual Recognition of Professional Qualifications, 2008. Available
at: Québec-France agreement on the recognition of professional qualifications (This document does not have official
value) 254 NMBI registry. Available at: NMBI - NMBI; Focus Group with CAs in the healthcare sector (n=31); Focus Group on
information and support to TCNs with ENIC NARIC centres, PES and CSOs (n=28); Internal source gathering evidence
on the recognition of qualifications of TCNs provided by DG EMPL. 255 World Directory of Medical Schools. Available at: World Directory of Medical Schools 256 Focus group on attracting talent with HR departments and talent partnerships stakeholders (n= 27); Focus group on
labour migration with migration authorities and IOs (n=28). Targeted interviews with one TC authority and one IO. 257 Global Skill Partnerships. Available at: Home - Global Skill Partnerships
148
• VET-focused cooperation between Member States such as Austria and Western Balkan
countries, aimed at capacity building and labour-market integration;258
• Academic recognition agreements, for instance between Spain and Latin American countries or
Portugal and Brazil, which primarily address degree recognition and may facilitate, but do not
grant, access to regulated professions.259
These initiatives do not harmonise recognition criteria and do not confer rights to practise regulated
professions. Their relevance lies in tackling upstream barriers, not in replacing or modifying
recognition frameworks.
c) Documentation and formal requirements
This section provides an overview of the main documentation requirements, (i.e. main documents
and evidence to be submitted in order to apply to the recognition of qualifications), and formal
requirements governing the submission of documents, including the need for certified translation and
legalisation or apostille of documents, as well as the format of evidence to be submitted (i.e. digital
or paper-based).
Documentation requirements constitute a central component of application procedures for TCNs
seeking access to regulated professions. As shown in figure below, the documents that are most
commonly required by CAs are: diplomas/certificates (90,5%), academic transcript and
curriculum details (78,4%), proof of professional experience across Member States (76,3%). In
particular, diplomas and certificates are requested in almost all cases reflecting the foundational
role of formal qualifications in access professions. This is followed by academic transcripts and
curriculum details, which are required by 78,4% of surveyed CAs, and proof of professional
experience required by 76,3%, both of which are key elements used to assess the content, level, and
duration of education and training completed outside the EU. Proof of nationality is also commonly
requested (75,3%), underlining its relevance for determining the applicable legal framework and, in
some cases, eligibility to apply.260
258 Federal Ministry of the Republic of Austria, 2024. Regional Strategy of the Austrian Development Cooperation with
the Western Balkans 2025 – 2027. Available at: Regional Strategy of the Austrian Development Cooperation with the
Western Balkans_2025-2027_neu.indd 259 Focus Group on information and support to TCNs with ENIC NARIC centres, PES and CSOs (n=28); 260 CA Survey, Q10 (n=190)
149
Figure 3 - Which documents are typically required from third-country applicants? (Select all
that apply) (n=190)261
Source: CA survey
Beyond these core documents, around half of surveyed CAs indicated that applicants need to submit
additional supporting evidence to assess the applicant’s professional standing, integrity, and
compliance with regulatory requirements to access a regulated profession262 such as licenses or
professional registrations from the country of origin (55,3%), attestations confirming the
absence of professional suspensions or criminal convictions (47,9%), proof of good character
and professional conduct (44,2%) and certificates attesting to the nature and duration of
professional activity (42,6%). Overall, recognition procedures typically require around six
supporting documents per application across Member States (approximately 5.8–6.1 depending on
whether additional or country-specific requirements are included).263
It is less frequent that CAs require the following documents: third-party recognition statements
(30,5%), such as assessments issued by ENIC-NARIC centres. A smaller share of CAs request sworn
or solemn declarations attesting to the authenticity of documents (20,5%), proof of physical or
mental fitness (16,3%), or evidence of professional liability insurance (6,3%). These requirements
261 CA Survey, Q10 (n=190) 262 CA Survey, Q10 (n=190) 263 The average number of required documents per application was estimated by summing, across all document types, the
share of cases in which each document is required and dividing the result by 100. Each percentage in the table represents
the proportion of observations (n = 190) in which a given document is requested and can therefore be interpreted as the
probability that this document is required in a typical procedure. By aggregating these probabilities across all document
types, the calculation yields the expected number of documents requested per application. Applying this method results
in an average of approximately 6.1 documents per case. This estimate should be interpreted as an approximation, as it
assumes independence across document requirements and does not account for potential systematic co-occurrence
between specific documents.
150
appear to be more sector-specific or linked to professions involving health, safety, or risk-related
responsibilities.264
The table below shows how documents requirements vary across Member States.
Figure 4 – Documents requirements across Member States265
Source: CA survey
Documentation requirements vary depending on the type of profession concerned. For instance,
taking into account relevant professions, i.e. doctors, nurses and midwifes) the type of document
requirements vary across Member States.
Overall, to access the professions of nurses (Figure 10) and midwifes (Figure ) a batch of
documents (e.g. diplomas/certificates; academic transcripts/curriculum details; proof of
professional experience; proof of nationality; licences/registration from the country of origin
are required in all almost Member States for both nurses and midwives) are required across all
Member States with very few exceptions including proof of professional experience, nationality and
licenses from the country of origin in PT for both nurses and midwives, academic transcripts and
licenses for midwives in LT and the proof of nationality for midwives in ES (see figure below).
Figure 5 – Overview of documents required for nurses across Member States
Source: Websites of national CAs and CA survey
Figure 6 - Overview of documents required for midwives across Member States
264 CA Survey, Q10 (n=190) 265 It has to be remarked that within the same MS some type of documents might be required for a certain profession while
it might be not required for other professions. Indeed, this information is based on survey data gathering responses from
different CAs often coming from the same MS (see section 1 for a breakdown on number of responses per type of
profession and MS). In this table, we flagged with a blue cell MS in which a type of document is required at least by one
of the CAs consulted through the survey.
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Diplomas/certificates
Academic transcripts / curriculum details
Proof of professional experience
Proof of nationality
Licences/registration from country of origin
Attestation confirming the absence of professional suspension /criminal conviction
Proof of good character or professional conduct
Certificate of the nature and duration of the activity issued by a relevant authority
Third-party recognition statements
Declaration on oath/ solemn declaration attesting the authenticity of the declaration
Proof of physical and mental fitness
Proof of professional liability insurance
not available
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Diplomas/certificates
Academic transcripts / curriculum details
Proof of professional experience
Proof of nationality
Licences/registration from country of origin
Attestation confirming the absence of professional suspension /criminal conviction
Proof of good character or professional conduct
Certificate of the nature and duration of the activity issued by a relevant authority
Third-party recognition statements
Declaration on oath/ solemn declaration attesting the authenticity of the declaration
Proof of physical and mental fitness
Proof of professional liability insurance
151
Source: websites of national CAs
Additionally, proof of physical and mental fitness is required in almost all Member States for both
professions. The only exceptions encompass three Member States (BE, PT, SE) where such
requirements do not apply to either profession, and Croatia, where the requirement does not apply
to nurses. Beyond these core documents, requirements vary across Member States: third-party
recognition statements are required in 15 Member States for both nurses and midwives, (AT,
BE, CZ, DE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, IE, IT, LU, MT, NL, PL, RO); a declaration on oath/solemn
declaration on authenticity in 12 Member States for both professions (AT, CY, CZ, DE, EE;
EL, ES, FR, IT, LU, MT, RO); and professional liability insurance in seven Member States for
nurses (CY, DE, FR, HR, IE, MT, RO) and in six for midwives (CY, DE, FR, IE, MT, RO).266
As concerns doctors, evidence provides a slightly different picture, as showcased by the figure
below.
Figure 7 - Overview of documents required for doctors across Member States
Source: CA survey, EMN AHQ267 and national websites of CAs
Similarly to nurses and midwives, a first cluster of requirements for doctors with basic medical
training relates to verification of formal qualifications and training content. Diplomas or
certificates are required by all Member States, forming the universally applied backbone of the
recognition dossier. In addition, academic transcripts or detailed curriculum information are
requested by a wide majority of Member States, although not uniformly across all Member States
(AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, PL, PT, RO,
SE, SI, SK). This indicates that most authorities go beyond confirmation of the final qualification
and assess the content and structure of training when examining applications.
About half or slightly less than half of Member States also require evidence that the applicant is
legally entitled to practise and has exercised the profession. Proof of professional experience is
requested in a substantial but more selective group of Member States (BG, CZ, DK, EE, ES, HR,
IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, PT, RO, SI), proof of nationality (BG, CZ, DK, HR, IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, PT,
RO, SI), as well as licence or registration from the country of origin is required by many
Member States (BG, CZ, DE, DK, FI, HR, IE, IT, LT, LU, MT, PT, RO, SI), reflecting the
relevance attributed to confirmation that the applicant is (or was) lawfully authorised to practise in
the system of qualification.
266 Retrieved from websites of national CAs across Member States and CA survey. 267 EMN (2024)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Diplomas/certificates
Academic transcripts / curriculum details
Proof of professional experience
Proof of nationality
Licences/registration from country of origin
Attestation confirming the absence of professional suspension /criminal conviction
Proof of good character or professional conduct
Certificate of the nature and duration of the activity issued by a relevant authority
Third-party recognition statements
Declaration on oath/ solemn declaration attesting the authenticity of the declaration
Proof of physical and mental fitness
Proof of professional liability insurance
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Diplomas/certificates
Academic transcripts / curriculum details
Proof of professional experience
Proof of nationality
Licences/registration from country of origin
Attestation confirming the absence of professional suspension /criminal conviction
Proof of good character or professional conduct
Certificate of the nature and duration of the activity issued by a relevant authority
Third-party recognition statements
Declaration on oath/ solemn declaration attesting the authenticity of the declaration
Proof of physical and mental fitness
Proof of professional liability insurance
152
Documents linked to professional probity are widely requested. Both attestations confirming the
absence of professional suspension or criminal conviction and proof of good character or
professional conduct are required in most Member States (correspondingly, BG, CZ, DE, DK, IE,
IT, LU, MT, PT, RO, SI and BG, CZ, DE, DK, IE, FI, IT, LU, MT, PL, PT, RO, SI) with only a
limited number of exceptions. This reflects a shared emphasis on integrity and suitability to practise
as part of recognition procedures.
Lastly, the last cluster of documents displays a high variety across Member States, including a
declaration on oath or solemn declaration attesting the authenticity of the declaration required
in nine Member States (BG, CZ, DK, IE, IT, LU, MT, PT, RO); a proof of professional liability
insurance in seven Member States (CZ, DK, IE, IT, LU, PT, RO); a third-party recognition
statements required in 6 Member States (BE, FI, LT, LV, MT, SI); and a proof of physical and
mental fitness required in four Member States (DE, FI, LT, PL).268
Beyond the healthcare sector, some illustrative evidence on documents required by some Member
States to access the professions of electricians is provided in the box below.
Box 1 - Requirements to access the profession of electrician
In some Member States (LT, MT, EE, SE) TCNs undergo checks of their professional
qualifications attesting training hours and professional experiences. For example, electricians in
Malta undergo several verifications of qualifications and licensing against the Cyprus/UK
standards (in place in Malta), which go beyond the educational qualifications checks and that may
include interviews and ad-hoc assessments.269 Similarly, besides education checks, access to the
professions of electricians in two MS (LT, SE) entail the check of past professional experience as
well as the fulfilment of specific requirements necessary to practice the profession. In Lithuania,
certification must be renewed after 5 years via re-examination of such criteria.
Differently from medical doctors, there are other professions in which the professional experience
is valued much more than the certification and past education certificates that a person might
possess.
Source: Evidence gathered from Focus Groups270
In addition to the type of documentation requested, formal requirements governing the submission
of documents also play a significant role in shaping access procedures. The majority of surveyed
CAs (79,5%) requires certified translations of documents.271 In 58,4% of cases, certified
translations are systematically required for all documents submitted, while in 28,4% of cases
they are only required in specific circumstances, such as when documents are issued in languages
not commonly used by the CA.272
Document format requirements also remain relatively restrictive. Two-thirds of CAs (67,4%)
indicate that only paper-based and original documents are accepted. At the same time, a
comparable share of CAs (63,7%) report accepting digital documents or verifiable credentials,
suggesting that digital solutions are increasingly recognised alongside traditional submission
formats, but they do not entirely replace yet the paper-based certificates.273
268 CAs Survey; EMN (2024) 269 Focus Group with CAs from the regulated professions of electricians and crane operators (n=20) 270 Focus Group with CAs from the regulated professions of electricians and crane operators (n=20). 271 CA Survey, Q11 (n=190) 272 CA Survey, Q12 (n=190) 273 CA Survey, Q11 (n=190)
153
Other formal requirements such as, apostille or legalisation requirements appear less widespread.
Only 34,7% of CAs report requiring apostille or legalisation of documents, and even among these,
the requirement is not applied systematically.274 Apostille or legalisation is always required in
29,5% of cases and only required in specific situations in 22,6% of cases, indicating a more
selective or risk-based application.275 The table below shows how documents requirements vary
across Member States.
Figure 8 – Formal requirements across Member States276
Source: CA survey
Similarly to documentation requirements, formal requirements vary depending on the type of
profession. This is particularly true for certain professions in the healthcare sector. Indeed, for
third-country doctors, certified translations into the national language are required in almost all
responding Member States for medical degrees and supporting documents (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ,
EE, FI, FR, DE, HU, LV, LT, NL, PL, SK, SI, ES, SE).277 Several Member States explicitly
require original documents or certified copies, and apostille or legalisation of diplomas and
related documents is systematically requested in a number of cases, either at the recognition stage
or for the purposes of degree verification (FI, HU, LT). In addition, some authorities verify
qualifications through direct confirmation with awarding universities or reference to recognised
international databases of medical schools, based on the documentation submitted (FI, NL).278
As concerns doctors, traditional, document-heavy procedures remain the norm in most
Member States, as shown by the figure below.
Figure 9 – Overview of formal requirements for doctors across Member States
Source: CA survey, EMN AHQ279 and national websites of CAs
In particular, translations are widely required (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, HR,
HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK), and legalisation/apostille is also
commonly requested, underlining a continued reliance on formal authentication of documents rather
than mutual trust or simplified checks (AT, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, HU, IT, LT, LV,
PL, PT, RO, SE). In practice, paper/original documents are still broadly accepted, reinforcing the
persistence of non-digital workflows in many systems (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES,
FR, HU, IE, IT, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI, SK). By contrast, acceptance of digital or verifiable
274 CA Survey, Q11 (n=190) 275 CA Survey, Q13 (n=190) 276 It has to be remarked that within the same MS some formal requirement might be needed for a certain profession while
it might be not needed for other professions. Indeed, this information is based on survey data gathering responses from
different CAs often coming from the some MS (see section 1 for a breakdown on number of responses per type of
profession and MS). In this table, we flagged with a blue cell MS in which a formal requirement is needed at least in one
of the CAs consulted through the survey. 277 EMN (2024) 278 EMN (2024) 279 EMN (2024)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Certified translations are required
Paper/original documents are accepted
Digital or verifiable credentials are accepted
Legalisation or apostille is required
not available
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Certified translations are required
Paper/original documents are accepted
Digital or verifiable credentials are accepted
Legalisation or apostille is required
154
credentials is more limited and uneven, indicating that digitisation and direct electronic verification
are not yet consistently embedded across Member States (BE, DE, DK, EE, FI, FR, HR, IE, MT, NL,
SE, SK).
As concerns midwives and nurses, findings suggest a similar picture, as there is a clear tendency to
prioritise document authenticity and usability over fully digital workflows (as shown by the figures
15 and 16 below).
Figure 10 - Overview of formal requirements for midwives across Member States
Source: CA survey, and national websites of CAs
Figure 11 - Overview of formal requirements for nurses across Member States
Source: CA survey, and national websites of CAs
For midwives and nurses, certified translations are required by all Member States except PT,
indicating that language validation remains a standard safeguard in cross‑border recognition
processes for regulated healthcare. Similarly, paper or original documents are accepted almost
universally (with the exception of PL and PT), suggesting that competent authorities continue to rely
heavily on traditional documentary evidence and, in some cases, in‑person verification routes when
assessing third‑country qualifications. Legalisation or apostille is required in many Member States,
reinforcing the broader pattern that formal authentication remains an important control for
third‑country qualifications, although it is not applied consistently across the EU (nurses: AT, BG,
CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FR, HR, HU, IT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, RO, SE; midwives: AT, BG,
CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FR, HU, IT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, RO, SE). By contrast, digital or
verifiable credentials are accepted in less Member States compared to other formal requirements,
pointing to uneven digital maturity and/or differing levels of trust in electronic validation mechanisms
within recognition systems (nurses: BE, DE, DK, FI, FR, IE, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, SE, SK;
midwives: BE, DE, DK, FI, HR, IE, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, SE, SI, SK).
Language requirements further add to the complexity of application procedures (see Figure ).
Indeed, CAs across 14 Member States (AT, BE, DE, ES, FR, HR, HU, IE, LT, LV, MT, PL, RO, SI)
only accepts documents submitted in the official language of the Member States, while CAs across
seven Member States (FI, EE, IT, LU, NL, PT, SE, SK) accept documents in one or more languages
of the EU, with some Member States (AT, BE, EE, MT, NL) further mentioning that they also accept
documents in English.280
280 CA Survey, Q19 (n=190). The language regime for the recognition application submission derives from the answer to
the CA survey,“ Q19. In which language(s) can third country nationals submit their application and required
documents?”(n=190). It was constructed by counting, for each MS, the number of responses associated with each answer
option. Each occurrence of an MS in the response lists was treated as one observation, reflecting multiple responses from
the same MS where applicable; entries coded as “0” were excluded. For each MS, the frequency of responses across the
five answer options (Only official language(s), EU official language(s), Applicant’s language of choice) was calculated.
The “most frequent answer” for each MS corresponds to the modal category, i.e. the option with the highest number of
responses. Where two or more options had the same highest frequency, results were reported as a tie and considered on a
case-by-case basis.
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Certified translations are required
Paper/original documents are accepted
Digital or verifiable credentials are accepted
Legalisation or apostille is required
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Certified translations are required
Paper/original documents are accepted
Digital or verifiable credentials are accepted
Legalisation or apostille is required
155
In case of doctors, language-related documentation also plays a central role and varies widely
across Member States. The documentary proof of language competence at upper-intermediate or
advanced level is required at some stage of the recognition or licensing process in the large majority
of systems (AT, BG, CZ, DE, ES, FI, FR, HU, LT, NL, PL, SI, SE).281 In some cases, language
certificates are required prior to recognition (BG, CZ), while in others they are requested before
registration, licensing, or independent practice (FI, FR, NL, SE), but always supported by formal
documentary evidence.282
Figure 12 - In which language(s) can TCNs submit their application and required documents?
(n=190)283
Source: CA survey
These findings point to significant variation in linguistic flexibility across Member States, with
potential implications for accessibility and administrative burden for TCN applicants.284
Finally, when required documentation is missing or cannot be provided (e.g. in case of refugees,
displaced persons and cases of migrants missing documents) CAs adopt different procedural
responses. In the most common scenarios, applications are either assessed on a case-by-case basis
using alternative forms of evidence (37,4%) or cannot proceed at all (33,7%). 285
Figure 13 - How are cases handled when third-country national applicants lack complete
documentation (e.g. refugees/displaced persons)? (n=190)
Source: CA survey
To sum up, despite some variation in documentation requirements for the recognition of TCQs, the
vast majority of CAs request diplomas or certificates, academic transcripts or curriculum details, in
almost all Member States. While core documents, such as diplomas or certificates and academic
transcripts or curriculum details, are required for virtually all professions, specific requirements may
vary depending on the CA and the profession concerned. For example, for nurses and midwives across
EU Member States, proof of professional experience is required in almost all Member States, with
very few exceptions. By contrast, for doctors with basic medical training, such requirements exist in
only about half, or fewer than half, of the Member States.
281 EMN (2024) 282 EMN (2024) 283 CA Survey, Q12 (n=190) 284 CA Survey, Q19 (n=190) 285 CA Survey, Q27 (n=190)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Only in the official language(s)
of the country
In one or more official
languages of the European Union
not available
156
In terms of formal requirements, certified translations are required quite restrictively across Member
States, whereas apostilles and legalisation are required only in a minority of Member States and, in
most cases, not in a systematic manner.
Lastly, where documentation is missing, applications are generally either assessed on a case-by-case
basis using alternative forms of evidence or cannot be assessed at all.
d) Compensation measures
Whenever substantial gaps are identified between the applicant’s qualifications and the training
requirements necessary for recognition in the host Member State, CAs apply compensation
measures. This section provides an overview of the most commonly used compensation measures
for TCNs, complemented by illustrative examples for selected professions in the healthcare sector,
including doctors with basic medical training, midwives, and nurses.
Compensation measures most commonly take the form of tests or examinations as reported by 39
out of 69 CAs respondents in 13 Member States (AT, HR, FI, FR, DE, IE, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO,
SI), bridging courses as reported by 19 out of 69 CAs in 14 Member States (AT, HR, FI, FR, DE,
IE, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI, SE)and adaptation periods as reported by 27 out of 69 CAs in
11 Member States (AT, FI, DE, IE, LT, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI).286 The table shows how
compensation measures vary across MS.
Figure 14 - Type of compensation measures across EU Member States (n=190) 287
Source: CA survey
Overall, the evidence shows that the application of compensation measures in the recognition of
TCN qualifications is not systematic across Member States. The majority of CAs (60%) confirm
that compensation measures are not applied in a systematic manner. Within this group, approaches
diverge significantly: while 35,8% of CAs state that compensation measures are applied to a large
extent in a case-by-case, tailor-made manner, a similarly large share (36,8%) report that
compensation measures are not tailored at all to the individual TCN applicant.288
Figure 15 - To what extent are compensation measures for third-country nationals:
286 CA Survey, Q6.b (n=69) 287 It has to be remarked that within the same MS some compensation measures might be required for a certain profession
while it might be not required for other professions. Indeed, this information is based on survey data gathering responses
from different CAs often coming from the same MS (see section 1 for a breakdown on number of responses per type of
profession and MS). In this table, we flagged with a blue cell MS in which a compensation measures is needed at least in
one of the CAs consulted through the survey. 288 CA Survey, Q7 (n=190)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Tests or examinations
Bridging courses
Adaptation periods
not available
157
Source: CA survey
Conversely, compensation measures might be mandatory for certain professions, irrespective of the
presence or lack of gaps in educational or professional qualifications. For example for doctors with
basic medical training some Member States impose requirements such as mandatory two-year skills
consolidation programme following examinations (FR), exam preparation periods of up to two
years (HU), or mandatory periods of supervised practice of at least six months prior to further
assessment or licensing (EE).289 In a similar manner, electricians in Malta must work as assistants
under supervision for a given period before they are allowed to fully obtain the recognition and
practice the profession. Also, TCNs crane operators in the Netherlands must pass an exam in order to
obtain access to the profession of crane operators, while both electricians and specialised doctors in
Malta must undergo through a mandatory adaptation period.290
The figure below provides an overview of the compensation measures for doctors with basic medical
training applied across Member States.
Figure 16 – Overview of compensation measures for doctors with basic medical training
across Member States
Source: CA survey, EMN AHQ291 and national websites of CAs
Across the Member States covered, tests or examinations are by far the most widespread
compensation measure for doctors from third countries, being required in most cases (AT, BG,
CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SK). By contrast,
bridging courses appear comparatively limited and are only required in a small subset of
Member States (BE, DK, PL, PT). Adaptation periods are more common than bridging courses
but remain less prevalent than tests/examinations, applying in around half of the Member States
shown (BE, CZ, DK, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, MT, PL, PT, RO, SE). Notably, LU and SI are the only
Member State that do not provide compensation measures.
Similarly to doctors, compensation measures for midwives are predominantly based on formal
assessments, as shown by the figure below.
289 EMN (2024) 290 Focus Group with CAs from the regulated professions of electricians and crane operators (n=20); Focus Group with
CAs in the healthcare sector (n=31). 291 EMN (2024)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Tests or examinations
Bridging courses
Adaptation periods
158
Figure 17 - Overview of compensation measures for midwives across Member States
Source: CA survey, EMN AHQ292 and national websites of CAs
For midwives, tests or examinations are required in the large majority of countries (AT, BE, BG,
CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, EL, ES, HR, HU, IE, IT, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO), whereas bridging courses
are less consistently used and are absent in a sizeable minority (AT, BE, BG, CZ, DE, DK, EE, IT,
LT, LU, NL, PL, RO). Adaptation periods sit between these two approaches in terms of uptake,
present in many systems but not universal (AT, BE, BG, CY, DE, DK, ES, IE, IT, LV, MT, PL, PT,
RO). Notably, FI, SE, SI and SK are the only Member States in which compensation measures are
not provided.
A similar picture emerges for nurses, as shown by the figure below.
Figure 18 - Overview of compensation measures for nurses across Member States
Source: CA survey, EMN AHQ293 and national websites of CAs
Tests or examinations are the dominant compensation measure across the Member States shown,
being required in most cases, with only a small minority not using this approach (FI, HR, LV, SE, SI,
SK). Bridging courses are comparatively less common and appear concentrated in a smaller group of
Member States, while most do not require them (AT, BE, DE, DK, EE, FR, LT, NL, PT, RO).
Adaptation periods are also widely used (similar to tests) but are not applied by a limited set of
Member States (EE, EL, ES, FI, HR, IE, MT, NL, RO, SE, SI, SK).
To conclude, TCNs are generally subject to compensation measures where gaps are identified
between TCQs and EU qualifications. The most commonly applied measures include tests or
examinations, adaptation periods, and, to a lesser extent, bridging courses. Across Member States and
professions, the application of these measures is typically not systematic, but rather tailored to the
individual assessment of qualifications and professional experience. In parallel, for certain sectoral
health professions, such as doctors, midwives, and nurses, compensation measures may be required
irrespective of the presence of identified gaps, reflecting the strict regulatory frameworks governing
these professions. In these cases, as well, tests or examinations and adaptation periods remain the
predominant forms of compensation, while bridging courses are used more rarely.
e) Processing timelines and costs for TCNs
With regard to processing timelines, survey results indicate that, across most regulated professions,
CAs report relatively moderate average durations between the submission of a complete application
and the adoption of a decision, as presented in this section.
Figure 19 - In your experience, what is the average timeline from complete application to
decision for third-country nationals? (n=161)294
292 EMN (2024) 293 EMN (2024) 294 CA Survey, Q16 (n=161). 15 CAs have replied “Do not know” which have therefore been excluded from this count.
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Tests or examinations
Bridging courses
Adaptation periods
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Tests or examinations
Bridging courses
Adaptation periods
159
Source: CA survey
Overall, 83,2% of surveyed CAs report average timelines between one and six months, almost
split between one to three months (40,4%) and three to six months (36%. Shorter timelines of less
than one month are reported by 6,8% of CAs, while 11,2% indicate that procedures typically take
between six and twelve months (see Figure 23).295
However, when considering answers from TCNs surveyed with a targeted survey and the PC
analysis, results differ slightly as showcased in the figure below.
Table 3 - How long did the recognition process take? (n=160)296
Source: TCN survey and the PC analysis
Indeed, the 18,8% of TCNs and EU citizens with TCQs participating into the survey indicated an
estimated timeline between 1 and 3 months, in line with estimates provided by CAs. However, this is
295 CA Survey, Q16 (n=190) 296 TCN Survey, Q13 (n=160)
160
followed by a 15% of respondents indicated a timeline between 1 and 2 years and an 11,9% indicating
over 3 years.
Turning to overall costs of the application procedures for recognition (including all fees and costs
incurred for translations, relevant certifications and fees) vary widely, as showcased in Figure .
Indeed, 21,7% of TCNs participating in a targeted survey estimated overall costs for applying to
recognition of qualifications above €2500, followed byan 18,5% estimating between €1 and €250.297
Figure 1 - Approximately how much did the recognition process of one qualification cost you
overall (please estimate all fees and costs paid, including for translations, certifications and
the application)? (n=152)
Most commonly, these expenses are related to certified translations of documents in 21 MS (AT,
BE, DE, EE, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT , LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI) and application
or administrative fees in 20 MS (AT, DE, EE, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL,
PT, RO, SE SI). A smaller but still substantial share of CAs also highlight costs linked to the
authentication or legalisation of documents in 16 MS (AT, DE, EE, ES, FI, HR, HU, IE, IT, LV,
MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SI), as well as expenses associated with additional training, examinations,
or tests required as part of compensation measures (39.3%).298 Overall, as shown in Annex 4.3, the
average application fee for recognition of qualifications through CAs borne by TCNs is estimated
around €150 , dropping to €130 for procedures through the ENIC NARIC centres (e.g. nostrification,
certifications ), while cost associated with translation of documents and legalisation respectively
amount to €200 and €100 on average(seeAnnex 4.3 for further details).
Figure 22 -Costs borne by TCNs across EU Member States
Source: CA survey
Overall, as shown in Annex 4.3, the average application fee for recognition of qualifications through
CAs borne by TCNs is estimated around €150 , dropping to €130 for procedures through the ENIC
NARIC centres (e.g. nostrification, certifications ), while cost associated with translation of
documents and legalisation respectively amount to €200 and €100 on average(seeAnnex 4.3 for
further details).
297 TCN Survey, Q18 (n=152) 298 CA Survey, Q17 (n=190)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Certified translations of documents
Application or administrative fees
Authentication/ legalisation of documents
Additional training, examinations, tests
Declaration of value
not available
161
The level of application fees shows extreme variation not only across MS but also across
professions professions, ranging from no fees at all to charges exceeding €2000 (see section Annex
8.11 for more details regarding fees incurred by TCNs by professions across EU member States).299
Health professions—and in particular medical doctors and dentists—are consistently associated
with the highest financial burden, with fees above €1,000 reported in several Member States (HR,
FI, NL, SE).300
By contrast, many Member States apply zero or symbolic fees for recognition procedures in a wide
range of non-health professions, including education, business, construction, and social care (AT,
FR, IT, PL, PT, RO).301 Healthcare assistants generally face lower but non-negligible costs, most
commonly ranging between €50 and €200, although significantly higher cumulative expenses are
reported in specific systems where recognition is combined with extensive compensation measures
(DE).302
f) Digitalisation and authenticity checks
At the operational level, the digitalisation of recognition procedures varies significantly across
Member States, affecting multiple stages of the process, including authentication checks and the
verification of supporting documentation.
In fact, just over one‑third of CAs (35,8%) report operating fully digital procedures, where all
steps—including application submission, document upload, communication, and the final decision—
can be completed online. A similar share indicates that procedures are mostly digital (26,8%), with
the majority of steps handled online but certain stages still requiring physical presence or paper
documents.303
However, a non‑negligible proportion of CAs reports limited or no digitalisation. In 16,3% of
cases, procedures are only partially digital, with digital tools used for some steps but most stages still
relying on paper‑based or in‑person processes. Moreover, 16,3 % of CAs indicate that recognition
procedures are not digital at all, remaining fully paper‑based or requiring in‑person interaction
throughout. A further 7,4% report that the degree of digitalisation varies by case or profession.304
The figure below provides an overview of the overall degree of digitalisation across EU Member
States (see Appendix for further details)
Figure 2 -Degree of digitalisation of recognition procedures across EU member States 305
299 CA Survey, Q17 (n=190) 300 CA Survey, Q17 (n=190); EMN (2024) 301 CA Survey, Q17 (n=190); EMN (2024) 302 CA Survey, Q17 (n=190); EMN (2024) 303 CA Survey, Q18 (n=190) 304 CA Survey, Q18 (n=190) 305 The degree of digitalisation derives from the answer to the CA survey,“Q18. To what extent can third country nationals
complete the recognition process using digital procedures (i.e. without in-person or paper-based steps)?” (n=190). It was
constructed by counting, for each MS, the number of responses associated with each answer option. Each occurrence of
an MS in the response lists was treated as one observation, reflecting multiple responses from the same MS where
applicable; entries coded as “0” were excluded. For each MS, the frequency of responses across the five answer options
(fully digital, mostly digital, partially digital, not digital at all, and varies by case or profession) was calculated. The “most
frequent answer” for each MS corresponds to the modal category, i.e. the option with the highest number of responses.
Where two or more options had the same highest frequency, results were reported as a tie and considered on a case-by-
case basis.
162
Source: CA survey
Procedures for verifying the authenticity of submitted documents emerge as a major operational
concern for CAs, a point consistently highlighted across focus groups and interviews.306 Survey
results confirm that authenticity checks rely heavily on resource‑intensive and often manual
verification methods, including:
• contacting awarding institutions in third countries directly to verify documents (49,7% – AT,
BE, HR, EE, FI, DE, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SK, SI, ES, SE). This include
CAs in the field of electrician professions in Italy and Malta;307
• Check of internal databases, sample comparisons, and internal reference materials (39,8%
– AT, BE, HR, EE, FI, FR, DE, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SK, SI, ES, SE);
• Check of national verification platforms (36,1% – AT, BE, FI, DE, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU,
MT, NL, PT, RO, SK, SI, ES, SE).
Additional verification channels are used more sporadically, including cooperation with national
diplomatic authorities in the country of origin (IT), contacts with relevant third‑country
ministries (EE), or reliance on internal expert knowledge within the authority itself (AT, DE).
g) Differential treatment of vulnerable groups
Procedural differences in the recognition of qualifications and validation of skills apply to certain
vulnerable groups of TCNs, most notably refugees and beneficiaries of international and temporary
protection, but only in a limited number of Member States. Dedicated procedures for refugees are in
place in just six Member States (EE, IE, IT, LT, RO, SK), while a further five (BE, FR, HU, NL, SI)
apply specific adaptations or flexibilities within their standard procedures.
A similar pattern applies to beneficiaries of international protection. Dedicated procedures exist in
four Member States (EE, IT, RO, SK), while seven others provide targeted adaptations or flexibilities
within the general framework (BE, FR, HU, IE, LT, NL, SI). For beneficiaries of temporary
protection, dedicated procedures are likewise reported in four Member States (EE, IE, IT, SK),
accompanied by procedural flexibilities or adaptations in seven additional Member States (BE, FR,
HU, LT, NL, RO, SI).308
306 Focus Group with CAs from the regulated professions in the healthcare sector (n=31); Focus Group with CAs from
the regulated professions of electricians and crane operator (n=20); Focus Group with Migration Authorities and Ios
(n=28); Focus Group with ENIC NARIC and PES (n=28); Five targeted interviews with Professional associations. 307 Focus Group with CAs from the regulated professions of electricians and crane operators 308 NARIC Survey, Q16 (n=18). Answers: Refugees (Dedicated procedures: 7, procedural flexibilities: 5 No: 5),
Beneficiaries of international protection (Dedicated procedures: 5, procedural flexibilities: 7 No: 5), Beneficiaries of
temporary protection (Dedicated procedures: 5, procedural flexibilities: 7 No: 5).
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Fully digital – All steps (application,
document submission, communication,
Mostly digital – Most steps are online, but
some require physical presence and/or
Partially digital – Digital tools are used,
but most steps require physical presence
Not digital at all – The process is entirely
paper-based and/or requires in-person
Varies by case or profession
not available
163
Figure 3 - Specific procedures or arrangements for the recognition of qualifications and/or
validation of skills of specific groups of TCNs across EU MS
Source: NARIC centres survey
h) Information provision for TCNs
Overall, almost all MS provide information to TCNs on the procedures for the recognition of
qualifications and validation of skills (AT, BE, BG, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT,
LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK).309 More precisely, information is provided by relevant
CAs and Ministries, and in some cases even ENIC NARIC centres (as indicated by 18,9% of
CAs),310 mainly through:
• dedicated websites, most often managed by the relevant CAs or national ministries in 23 Member
States (AT, BE, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE,
SI, SK) and corroborated by the majority of TCNs (60,9%), with only a minority of TCNs
indicating websites managed by the EU (24,1%);311
• direct contact, notably via email in 15 Member States (AT, BE, EE, EL, ES, FI, HU, IE, LT,
LV, NL: RO, SE, SI, SK), telephone in 12 Member States (AT, BG, EE, EL, ES, FI, HU, IE, LT,
LV, RO, SI), or in-person consultation in nine Member States (AT, BG, EL, HU, IE, LT, LV,
RO, SI), and corroborated by 77,9% of TCNs, indicated channels including professional
organisations or trade unions (27,3%), recruiters and employers (17,8%) and informal networks
(24,1%);312
• written guidance or FAQs in 12 Member States (BE, BG, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, RO,
SI); 313
• targeted webpages for TCNs in 10 Member States (BE, BG, FI, FR, HU, IT, NL, RO, SE,
SK).314
The table below provides a complete overview of the main information provision means through
which EU Member States provide information to TCNs regarding procedures to recognise
professional qualifications.
309 NARIC Survey, Q19 (n=18), Answers: Comprehensive and targeted information (to a large extent: 8, to a moderate
extent: 3, to a small extent: 5, not at all: 2), partial or general information (to a large extent: 1, to a moderate extent: 4, to
a small extent: 1, not at all: 1), minimal information (to a large extent: 1, to a moderate extent: 3, to a small extent: 8, not
at all: 8), no information (to a large extent: 1, to a moderate extent: 3, to a small extent: 8, not at all: 8); CA Survey, Q20
(n=190) 310 CA Survey, Q20 (n=190) 311 TCN Survey, Q10 (n=253); NARIC Survey, Q20 (n=18); Answers: dedicated website (to a large extent: 1, to a
moderate extent: 3, to a small extent: 8, not at all: 8). 312 NARIC Survey, Q20 (n=18) Answers: Email support (to a large extent: 10, to a moderate extent: 5, to a small extent:
3, not at all: 0), Telephone support (to a large extent: 8, to a moderate extent: 6, to a small extent: 2, not at all: 2), In-
person consultations (to a large extent: 4, to a moderate extent: 4, to a small extent: 2, not at all: 8). TCN Survey, Q10
(n=253) 313 NARIC Survey, Q20 (n=18); Answers: Written guidance or FAQs (to a large extent: 6, to a moderate extent: 7, to a
small extent: 2, not at all: 3). 314 NARIC Survey, Q20 (n=18); Answers: targeted web pages for TCNs (to a large extent: 1, to a moderate extent: 3, to
a small extent: 8, not at all: 8)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK Refugees
Beneficiaries of international protection
beneficiaries of temporary protection
Dedicated procedures Certain adaptations or flexibility Not Available
164
Figure 4 - Channels of information provision on recognition procedures to TCNs315
Source: NARIC centres and CA survey
In addition, NARIC centres across EU MS support relevant CAs for regulated professions with the
provision of information on TCQs and skills in 17 Member States either occasionally (BE, BG, FR,
EL, HU, IT, LT, RO, SE) or on a regular basis (EE, ES, LV, NL, SI, SK).316
In terms of clarity, TCNs highlight that information regarding the requirements for recognition is
only somewhat clear according to the majority of respondents (53%), with an additional 21,3%
indicating that it is not clear at all.317
b) Qualifications and skills checks within migration pathways
a) The conceptual frame — what migration procedures can and cannot do
While the previous sections have examined formal recognition procedures for TCQs, in the specific
context of regulated professions, it is equally important to consider how qualifications and skills are
assessed as part of the migration process. Indeed, in addition to the recognition systems for
accessing regulated professions, there are assessments of qualifications that impact on entry or
residence decisions in the context of migration procedures, especially for migration pathways
targeting highly skilled workers. These checks aim to verify whether applicants meet eligibility
criteria for entry and residence, and typically involve the review of education credentials, professional
experience, or other supporting evidence.
However, these assessments do not constitute formal recognition decisions, which are generally
required, often as a separate and precedent step to access some high-skilled migration pathways or a
subsequent step for accessing to and practicing within regulated professions (see the section below
for further details). As such, applicants may be admitted under a given migration pathway on the basis
of their qualifications, while still needing to undergo a distinct recognition procedure before being
able to work in their profession.
This distinction is relevant for the analysis. While both processes rely on broadly similar types of
documentation and evidence, they are governed by different legal frameworks, involve different
authorities, and pursue distinct objectives. As a result, they are typically not fully aligned across
Member States. This may have practical implications, including potential delays, some duplication
of procedures, and a degree of uncertainty for TCNs, as well as reduced predictability for employers
seeking to recruit skilled workers.
315 NARIC Survey, Q20 (n=18); CA Survey, Q20 (n=190) 316 NARIC Survey, Q21 (n=18), answers: Relevant competent authorities for the recognition of professional qualifications
(Yes, on a regular basis: 7; Yes, occasionally: 9; No: 2), National migration authorities responsible for labour migration
(Yes, on a regular basis: 2; Yes, occasionally: 15; No: 1), National employment authorities (Yes, on a regular basis: 3;
Yes, occasionally: 14; No: 1), Employers (Yes, on a regular basis: 6; Yes, occasionally: 11; No: 1). 317 TCN Survey, Q11 (n=253)
AT BE BG CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Dedicated website or online portal
Targeted web pages for TCNs
Written guidance or FAQs
Email support
Telephone support
In-person consultations
Webinars or online events
Social media
not available
165
Against this background, the sections below provide an overview of the qualifications and skills
checks performed within migration pathways. They examine the scope of these checks, including
their application across different pathways and the extent to which they are conducted. The analysis
further outlines the methods used to assess qualifications and skills, including the types of
documents typically requested, the timelines within which these checks take place, and the
associated costs, primarily in the form of fees.
b) Scope of checks across migration pathways — a summary
Evidence shows that 26 Member States apply qualification and skills-related requirements in
labour migration procedures, including through embedded checks of the relevance and
authenticity of qualifications and acquired skills (e.g. whether the qualification is relevant to the
job offer to which the visa/permit application is connected, and whether the qualification is authentic)
, indirect eligibility conditions (e.g. whether the qualification grants eligibility to a given migration
pathway) or external recognition requirements (e.g. the need for a priori formal recognition (AT,
BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE,
SI, SK). These checks vary significantly across migration pathways and professions. While certain
permits (notably the EU Blue Card and the Hungarian Card) legally require holding a qualification
or professional profile, other permits are based on a case-by-case assessment basis, with skills and
qualifications primarily becoming relevant after entry, in connection with access to regulated
professions, and are handled entirely outside migration procedures.
25 Member States (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU318, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT,
NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK) perform qualification-related eligibility checks under the EU Blue
Card, an EU-wide migration pathway designed to attract highly qualified TCNs to work and reside
in the EU. The EU Blue Card framework does not apply to Ireland and Denmark.
In addition, evidence shows that TCNs’ qualification and skills checks are reported for the following
migration pathways:319
• National highly skilled permits: BE, BG, DE, FR, IE, PL, PT;
• EU Single Permit: BE, BG, CZ, LT, PL;
• Skilled technical (e.g. holder of Vocational Education and Training (VET) qualifications): BE,
CZ, FR, IT, LT, PL, PT;
• Seasonal workers: BE, CZ, PL;
• Family reunification: HU, LT, PL;
• Students/researchers: BE, IE, PL, PT, SK;
• Entrepreneurs/investors: BE, FR, PL, PT;
• International protection: AT, LT, PL, PT;
• Long-term residents: PL, PT;
• Intra-corporate transferees: BE, CZ, FR, HU, IE, LT, PL.
318 Hungary does apply a qualification‑related eligibility condition under the EU Blue Card (higher
qualification/professional experience as a legal requirement). However, the case study does not include any information
of how checks are conducted. 319 MA Survey, Q6 (n=48)
166
These checks vary in extent according to the type of migration pathway across the different
Member States. The cost implications of these requirements are quantified separately in Annex 4.5,
under the cost model for migration-related qualification checks in non-regulated professions.
The table below provides an overview of the- occurrence of qualification checks, the extent of these
checks i.e. whether they are eligibility and documentary checks or substantive equivalence) and their
timing (i.e. pre- post- entry or parallel) across different migration pathways, including: EU Blue Card;
national high-skilled schemes; skilled technical/VET level routes; seasonal workers; family
reunification; researchers and academia; entrepreneurs and investors; beneficiaries of international
protection; beneficiaries of temporary protection; long-term residence; and ICT routes.
167
Table A9.4- Qualification checks performed within migration pathways across EU Member States
Migration pathway Member States in which
qualification checks occur Extent of qualification checks Timing of qualification checks
EU Blue Card
25 (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ,
DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR,
HR, HU, IT, LT, LU, LV,
MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE,
SI, SK)
• Formal assessment of qualification and
skills embedded in the migration
Procedure: 1 (AT)
• Requirement for a national qualification
or a full equivalence: 1 (DE)
• Formal or documentary verification of
eligibility: 23 (BE, BG, CY, CZ, EE, EL,
ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IT, LT, LU, LV,
MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK)320
• In parallel: 24 (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, ,
EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IT, LT,
LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI,
SK)
• Pre-entry: 7 (DE)
National high-
skilled schemes
8 (BE, BG, DE, FR, IE,
MT, PL, PT)
• Requirement for a national qualification
or a full equivalence: 1 (DE)
• Eligibility conditions for the permit
category: 7 (BE, BG, FR, IE, MT, PL,
PT)
• Pre-entry: 8 (BE, BG, DE, FR, IE, MT,
PL, PT)
EU Single Permit 5 (BE, BG, CZ, LT, PL)
• Systematic checks by labour and/or
migration authorities as part of the
permit decision: 3 (BE, BG, CZ, LT)
• .Ad-hoc qualifications checks only
when required: 1 (LT)
• In parallel: 5 (BE, BG, CZ, LT, PL)
320 Documentary verification checks the applicant’s eligibility, including (where applicable) the existence of a formal recognition decision. For regulated professions, this means
that formal recognition—rather than documentary evidence alone—is required and thus acts as a prerequisite for the EU Blue Card application.
168
Migration pathway Member States in which
qualification checks occur Extent of qualification checks Timing of qualification checks
Skilled
technical/VET level
routes
8 (BE, CZ, FR, IT, LT,
MT, PL, PT)
• Eligibility/documentary requirements
within the migration route and employer
led suitability screening (i.e. no formal
assessment): (BE, CZ, FR, IT, LT, MT,
PL, PT)
Skills validation for certain
sector‑specific labour migration
routes (e.g healthcare sector,
tourism): 1 (MT)
Qualification recognition handled
outside migration procedures by
education/recognition bodies,
while permits are processed
through migration/labour
authorisation chains: 2 (BE, FR)
• In parallel: (BE, CZ, FR, IT, LT, MT,
PL, PT)
Seasonal Workers
scheme 3 (BE, CZ, PL)
• Permit eligibility and employment
conditions compliance; (BE, CZ, PL) • Pre-entry: (BE, CZ, PL)
Family
Reunification
schemes
2 (LT, PL)
• Qualification/skills checks do not
constitute a systematic skills
admission filter within the reunification
decision itself. Where later recognition
requirements arise, they are linked to
professional practice (especially
regulated professions) rather than to the
reunification admission decision.
• Post-entry: (LT, PL)
169
Migration pathway Member States in which
qualification checks occur Extent of qualification checks Timing of qualification checks
Researchers and
academia 5 (BE, IE, PL, PT, SK)
• Eligibility/documentary verification
(e.g. route conditions such as enrolment
or hosting): (BE, IE, PL, PT, SK)
• Pre-entry: (BE, IE, PL, PT, SK)
Entrepreneurs and
investors scheme 4 (BE, FR, PL, PT)
• Checks are proxy-based and tied to
economic/project criteria: (BE, FR,
PL, PT)
• Pre-entry: (BE, FR, PL, PT)
International
Protection 4 (AT, LT, PL, PT)
• Protection decisions are status-based,
so skills/qualification checks referenced
arise only after entry: (AT, LT, PL, PT)
• Post-entry: (AT, LT, PL, PT)
Temporary
Protection 5 (AT, DE, ES, IT, PL)
• Qualification checks linked to
migration admission, with recognition
requirements arising only at the stage of
professional practice: (AT, DE, ES, IT,
PL)
• In Parallel/ Post-entry: (AT, DE, ES, IT,
PL)
Long term residence 2 (PL, PT)
• Qualification or skills checks arise
only after status has been granted:
(PL, PT)
• Post-entry: (PL, PT)
ICT route 6 (BE, CZ, FR, IE, LT,
PL)
• Role and eligibility based checks (e.g.
linked to the transfer
position/conditions):
• Pre-entry: (BE, CZ, FR, IE, LT, PL)
170
In particular, the EU Blue Card is the migration pathway most consistently associated with
qualification-related eligibility requirements (AT, BE, BG, CY, CZ, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR,
HU, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK). In all these Member States, access to the
Blue Card requires applicants to demonstrate possession of a higher-education qualification,
alongside other criteria such as a job offer and salary threshold. However, the way in which
qualification checks are operationalised varies significantly across national systems. In Austria,
qualification and skills checks for the EU Blue Card are embedded directly in the migration
decision. The Public Employment Service (AMS) assesses formal qualifications, professional
experience and comparability with Austrian education and training standards as part of the combined
residence/work permit procedure, making qualification assessment a gate-keeping element of
admission.321 In Germany, the EU Blue Card requires either a German qualification or a foreign
qualification comparable to a German one; labour market authorities are involved in approving
employment in certain cases (e.g. bottleneck occupations), although recent reforms allow alternative
entry routes where recognition may follow entry rather than precede it. In most other Member States,
qualification checks under the EU Blue Card take the form of formal or documentary verification
of eligibility, rather than a substantive equivalence assessment embedded in migration
procedures (BE, BG, CY, CZ, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HR, HU, IT, LT, LU, LV, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO,
SE, SI, SK). In these systems, migration authorities verify that the applicant meets the required
education level and salary thresholds set out in law, while recognition for regulated professions or
any other equivalence decisions are handled separately by education or sector-specific authorities and
become decisive mainly as a precondition to access the EU Blue Card and subsequently for accessing
the regulated professions. While the EU Blue Card establishes a harmonised requirement for
applicants to hold qualifications, the assessment and recognition of those qualifications remain
governed by national rules and therefore differ across Member States.
As concerns skilled technical/VET level routes, checks are reported in a defined group of Member
States (BE, CZ, FR, IT, LT, MT, PL, PT). Across these Member States, the MPF evidence indicates
that checks are typically not framed as full equivalence assessments embedded in migration, but
rather as eligibility/documentary requirements within the migration route and/or employer led
suitability screening. Malta stands out in this group, as it requires explicit skills validation for certain
sector‑specific labour migration routes, notably in healthcare and, more recently, tourism, through
mandatory Skills Card or equivalent validation mechanisms applied at the pre‑entry or permit stage.
For a few Member States, qualification recognition (where pursued) is handled outside migration
procedures by education/recognition bodies, while permits are processed through migration/labour
authorisation chains (BE, FR). In Belgium, recognition is a separate track via NARIC structures and
education authorities, with PES support (VDAB, Actiris, Le Forem), rather than embedded in the
migration route. In France, work authorisation sits with DREETS, while recognition is handled via
ENIC NARIC France and sectoral competent authorities, and prefectures do not assess equivalence
of qualifications as part of residence permits.
As concerns international protection, checks are reported in a limited set of Member States (AT,
LT, PL, PT). Protection decisions are status-based, so any skills/qualification checks referenced
arise only after entry in relation to labour market access or professional practice rather than as part
of the protection determination itself. Lithuania’s system links qualification checking (when
required) to the Employment Service. In Portugal, the MPF case study describes labour migration
documentation as handled via SEF/AIMA and consulates for relevant routes, while qualification
checks are not described as embedded in protection decisions.
321 Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the EU: Austria. Available at: Resources -
Migration Partnership Facility; targeted interview with one HR department
171
In this context, in 5 Member States (AT, DE, ES, IT, PL), Temporary protection beneficiaries, may
access the labour market without prior qualification checks linked to migration admission, with
recognition requirements arising only at the stage of professional practice.
Beyond these core pathways, the MPF case studies also identify additional migration routes where
qualification or skills considerations arise, though generally in a lighter or more indirect manner:
• Job seeker or opportunity-based entry routes, where qualification assessment is required as a
condition for admission without a prior job offer (AT, DE);
• Regularisation or status change pathways based on duration of stay or employment history,
where qualifications are not assessed as part of admission (ES, IT, PT);
• Posted workers and project-based permits, where checks focus on the existence of professional
qualifications or experience linked to a specific assignment, rather than formal recognition or
equivalence (AT, DE, FR, IT, SI);
c) The regulated/unregulated profession divide
In addition, the type of profession also determines the extent of qualifications and skills checks of
TCNs. Many Member States require more extensive assessments for regulated professions,
particularly in sectors such as healthcare. Indeed, most Member States mandate a full assessment
or equivalence procedure for regulated professions (AT, CZ, DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, HU, IT, LT, LV,
NL, PL, PT, SE, SI, SK).322 These procedures are typically legally required to practise the
profession rather than to obtain a residence or work permit and are usually carried out by
profession-specific or education authorities rather than migration authorities (AT, BE, BG, CZ,
DE, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LU, LT, LV, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK). As a result,
recognition for regulated professions is generally institutionally and procedurally external to
migration decision-making and often takes place after entry or in parallel with migration procedures
(BE, BG, CY, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LU, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK).323
Conversely, for unregulated professions, these requirements tend to be lighter. The level of
qualifications possessed by TCNs, their authenticity and relevance, as well as TCNs’ professional
experience and other basic criteria are generally checked (see the figure below for more details, where
darker blue refers to situations where these checks are systematically performed, whereas lighter blue
refers to situations where these checks mentioned/applied but not systematically). While migration
authorities commonly assess the level and authenticity of qualifications, and, in many cases, the
associated professional experience, the relevance of the field of study and broader skills is not
systematically evaluated. Where such assessments do take place, they are generally limited to specific
high-skilled migration pathways (see Table A9.4) conducted indirectly through job–qualification
alignment, or delegated to employers.
Figure 26 - Criteria assessed for unregulated professions
322 EMN 2024. Ad-Hoc Query on recognition of third-country qualifications for the profession of doctor with basic
medical training. Available at: Ad Hoc Query on the recognition of third-country qualifications for the profession of
doctor with basic medical training | EMN; MA Survey, Q8 (n=48) Formal recognition decision required for the migration
decision (17), Formal recognition decision requested due to later access to a regulated profession (21), Validation of skills
(including non-formal or informal learning) (14), Professional experience check (33), Check of the level of qualification
(27), Authenticity and validity check (29), Field of study relevance check (e.g. job-offer fit) (0), Language skills check
(6), Other (5). 323 See Table A9.4 for further details on the timing of qualification checks across migration pathways
172
Source: MS survey
In many Member States no systematic or substantive assessment of qualifications or occupational
competences is carried out for unregulated professions as part of migration procedures, with
admission instead based on proxies such as salary thresholds, labour-market tests, occupation lists,
quotas or employer sponsorship (BE, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, IE, IT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI). In
these systems, the assessment of job-related skills for unregulated professions is largely
delegated to employers, while public authorities focus primarily on regulating labour supply rather
than validating competences (BE, BG, DK, EE, ES, IE, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE). More extensive or
formal recognition requirements for unregulated professions arise only in the very few cases in which
recognition is a condition to access certain migration routes for highly skilled workers (e.g. the EU
Blue Card in CZ, NL, SK).324 Outside these limited exceptions, the migration procedures generally
do not function as comprehensive skills-validation mechanisms for unregulated professions (AT, BE,
BG, HR, CY, DK, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LV, LT, LU, MT, NL, PL, PT, RO, SE, SI, SK).
d) Methods, documentation and evidence
The methods for assessing qualifications and skills vary across Member States but also depending
on the type of profession, with a particular differentiation between regulated and unregulated
professions.
Qualifications and skills checks are most commonly carried out through in-house document reviews
performed by migration authorities. This applies in particular to checks related to formal recognition
required for decisions related to migration pathways for highly-skilled or technically qualified TCNs
(AT, BE, BG, DE, EE, EL, FR, HU, IT, LT, LU, LV, PL, PT, SE, SI), professional experience
verification (BE, FR, HU, LT, PL, PT), and authenticity checks (AT, BE, BG, CZ, FR, HU, IE, LT,
PL, PT).325
Conversely, for checks linked to accessing regulated professions, most Member States either rely
on ENIC-NARIC centres and formal recognition bodies (AT, BE, BG, CZ, DE, EL, FI, IT, LT,
PL, PT, SK) or on professional regulators responsible for recognition within their respective sectors
(AT, BE, BG, FI, FR, HU, IT, LT, LU, LV, PL, PT, SE).326 In addition, 10 Member States rely also
on employers’ confirmation of labour market authorities' input (AT, BE, BG, EE, ES, FI, HU, IT,
LT, LV).
324 EMN (2024a); EMN (2024)325 MA Survey, Q10 (n=48); EMN (2024); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the
EU. 326 MA Survey, Q10 (n=48); EMN (2024); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the
EU; targeted interview with one Public Employment Service
Types of checks AT BE BG CY CZ DE EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Check of level of qualification
Authenticity and validity check
Field of study relevance check
Skills assessment (tests etc)
Professional experience check
Systematic checks
non-systematic checks
173
In terms of volume of evidence and documentation required, only two Member States (PL, PT)
require all six types of documents considered including diplomas and transcripts, evidence of work
experience, employer references or declarations, CV or portfolio, previous recognition decisions and
language certificates (PL, PT), with Portugal also accepting digital credentials. This is followed by
France and Hungary requesting five different types of documents and Belgium, Ireland, Lithuania
and the Netherlands requesting four different types (see Figure 27 for a complete overview).
In terms of types of documents, 16 Member States (AT, BE, BG, CZ, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LU,
LV, NL, PL, PT, SK) consider diplomas and transcripts when assessing the qualifications and skills
of TCNs through their migration authorities. This is followed by evidence of work experience,
requested by 11 Member States (AT, BE, BG, FR, HU, IE, LT, LU, LV, PL, PT), and CV or portfolio
requested by nine Member States (BE, FI, FR, HU, LU, LV, NL, PL, PT). For what concerns formal
requirements, legalisation and apostilles are required by 11 Member States (BE, BG, CZ, HU, IE,
IT, LT, LV, NL, PL; PT), while certified translations are required by 10 Member States (AT, BE,
CZ, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, PL,PT). 327 The figure below provides an overview of the volume and types
of documentation and formal requirements typically requested by migration authorities across the
different Member States according to the survey targeted at migration authorities.328
Figure 27 - Documentation or evidence typically requested for skills or qualification checks
Source: MA survey
e) Timelines
Regarding timelines for qualifications and skills checks performed throughout migration pathways,
both the survey findings and the desk research point to a significant lack of clarity regarding the
expected duration of qualification and skills checks within migration procedures.
This is further evidenced by the fact that 50% of the migration authorities consulted indicated that
the additional time attributable to such checks is unknown (AT, CZ, FR, IE, IT, LT, MT, PL,
PT, SK, SE).329
Figure 28 - What is the typical additional processing time attributable to skills or qualification
checks?
327 MA Survey, Q11 (n=48); EMN (2024a); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the
EU 328 MA Survey, Q11 (n=48); EMN (2024a); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the
EU 329 MA Survey, Q16 (n=48)
Documents required for qualification and skills checks AT BE BG CY CZ DE EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IT LT LU LV MT NL PL PT RO SE SI SK
Diplomas or transcripts
Digital credentials
Certified translations
Apostille or legalisation
Evidence of work experience
Employer references or declarations
CV or portfolio
Previous recognition decisions (if available)
Language certificates
174
Source: MA survey
Despite these information gaps, the available evidence allows for the formulation of an indicative
timeline for the qualification and skills checks carried out as part of migration processes. Across the
Member States, statutory processing times for work-related residence permits tend to fall within a
general range of 6 to 12 weeks for most categories and Member States (CZ, DE, EE, EL, FR, HR,
IT, LU, LT, LV, NL, PL, RO).330 This constitutes the baseline timeline applied to the majority of
standard employment-related applications, such as Single Permits, general residence permits linked
to work. A smaller group of Member States applies shorter indicative deadlines (FI, LV, HR), while
others retain more flexible or non-published timeframes (IE, PT).331
For example, the EU Blue Card tends to benefit from equal or shorter processing times compared
to other permit routes. Several Member States apply specific maximum deadlines for Blue Cards,
often 30, 60 or 90 days, depending on national legislation (FR, DE, CZ, HR, SE). In certain cases
(CY, DE, FR, LV), Blue Card applications can fall under fast-track or priority procedures,
resulting in shorter expected timelines.332
By comparison, Single Permits and general employment permits typically face longer or more
variable timelines, especially where labour-market tests, employer approvals or complex eligibility
checks are required (CY, HU, FR, LU, SE). Seasonal work permits are usually processed more
quickly, while the examples of ICT permits mirror the Blue Card in terms of statutory deadlines (CZ,
DE, LU, SK).333
Another substantial difference in terms of timeline stands in whether the qualification and skills
checks happen before the migration procedure is concluded (50% - BE, CZ, FR, HU, LT, PL, PT,
SK, SE), or in parallel to the migration procedures (14.6% - HU, IE, NL, PL). This may obviously
differ across migration routes and pathways (14.6% - AT, BG, HU, LT, PL, PT). 334
330 MA Survey, Q16 (n=48); EMN (2024a); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the
EU 331 EMN (2024a); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the EU 332 EMN (2024a); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the EU 333 EMN (2024a); Migration Partnership Facility. Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the EU; MA Survey, Q16
(n=48) 334 MA Survey, Q15 (n=48)
175
f) Costs and fees
While most migration authorities do not levy fees for skills and qualifications checks within migration
routes, costs may nonetheless arise for applicants depending on the type of professions (e.g. regulated
and unregulated) and the specific requirements embedded in the migration pathway. This may occur,
for instance, when formal recognition must be obtained so the migration procedure can advance (e.g.
the EU Blue Card in CZ, NL, SK), or when the CA responsible for verifying qualifications is not the
migration authority (mainly migration pathways specific for regulated professions). This distinction
is important, as both the type of authority conducting the assessment and the characteristics of the
migration pathway can determine whether applicants are exposed to additional financial burdens.
Survey results indicate that 95.8% of migration authorities (AT, BE, BG, CZ, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT,
MT, PL, PT, SE, SK) reported no fees specifically linked to skills and qualifications checks within
migration procedures, while no Member States mentioned fees applied to TCNs by directly by
migration authorities.335
However, five Member States (AT, LT, NL, PL, PT) reported the presence of fees not charged by
migration authorities, but rather by other public bodies or professional regulators. Indeed, fees
charged by other public authorities were reported in four Member States (AT, LT, PL, PT – e.g.
PL, EUR 130), while fees charged by professional regulators were indicated in two Member States
(EUR 127 in HU and EUR 150 in NL).336
Figure 29 - Are there specific fees related to skills or qualification checks?
Source: MA survey
335 MA Survey, Q.17 (n=48) 336 MA Survey, Q.17 (n=48)
176
g) Missing documentation — a structural vulnerability
Cases of missing or incomplete documentation may arise for several reasons, including
situations involving refugees, undocumented migrants, or TCNs who have lost contact with
their country of origin and therefore face significant hurdles in retrieving the required
documents.337 In such instances, migration authorities across Member States adopt different
approaches.
According to survey responses, the majority of migration authorities do not have mechanisms
in place to address these gaps. As a result, in most cases it is not possible to proceed with the
application (64.6% – BE, BG, CZ, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, NL, PL, PT, SK). However, some
exceptions exist. In certain Member States, applications may still move forward when partial
documentation is available, provided that the evidence is deemed sufficient (29.2% – BE, HU,
LT, PL, PT). Other Member States may refer applicants to another authority or specialised
service capable of completing the assessment (27.1% –AT, HU, LT, PL, PT). Lastly, only a
few authorities may issue a request for additional documentation (6.3% – FR, PL, SE), thereby
offering applicants an opportunity to supplement incomplete files, or accept a self-declaration
by the applicant (6.3% – HU, PL, PT).338
While these mechanisms can provide support to TCNs facing difficulties in retrieving
documentation, in most cases the absence of required documents prevents progression to formal
recognition procedures. This is particularly critical for access to regulated shortage professions
or visa pathways for highly skilled workers, where complete and verified documentation
remains a strict prerequisite.
c) An estimation of the burden borne by TCNs vis a vis the recognition outcomes
This final section provides an estimate of the burden borne by TCNs when undergoing
recognition procedures in the EU, considering both financial costs and processing times. It
also examines the outcomes of these procedures in order to assess the overall efficiency of the
system, in particular by comparing the burden incurred with the likelihood of obtaining
recognition and gaining access to the labour market.
The analysis indicates that, while recognition procedures entail a non-negligible financial and
time burden for applicants, these do not consistently translate into positive recognition decisions
or improved labour market outcomes. This suggests the presence of structural inefficiencies in
the current system.
The tables below provide an overview of the estimated burden borne by TCNs when undergoing
the recognition process when coming to the EU, as estimated in Annex 4.2.
Table A9.5- Estimated financial burden borne by TCNs
337 Targeted interviews with four CSOs, two IOs and one Focus Group with Individual TCNs 338 MA Survey, Q12 (n=48)
177
Burden Estimated cost
Fees borne by TCNs 1400 EUR
Average length of recognition procedures for TCNs
Average length of the full recognition journey for TCNs
(from document gathering to final outcome), regulated
professions
14.2 months
Source: CAs and TCN survey
On average, a TCN with TCQ coming to the EU will bear costs of around 1400 EUR, calculated
as a weighted average across the recognition pathways- (see Annex 4.2), to recognise his/her
qualifications and will take approximately 14.2 months.
In order to capture the overall burden faced by TCNs when undergoing recognition
procedures, a Recognition Burden Index (RBI) is by combining the two main dimensions of
burden: financial costs and procedural duration.
The RBI is constructed combining monetary costs and procedural duration. Both variables were
normalised on a 0–1 scale using minimum and maximum values of costs (EUR 0 –EUR 2500 )
and timelines (0–36 months) as follows (see Annex 4.2 ):
• = 1400−0
2500−0 =
1400
2500 = 0.56
• T= 14.2−0
36−0 =
14.2
36 = 0.39
• = 100 ∗ (0,5 ∗ 0.6 + 0,5 ∗ 0.4)
The index yields a value of 47,5 (on a 0–100 scale), indicating a non-negligible burden for
applicants, with financial costs representing a slightly stronger driver of overall burden
than duration.
Table A9.6 – Outcome of the recognition procedures and impact on TCNs 339
Outcomes Rate
Recognition outcomes
303 TCN survey, Q12 (n=183) for recognition outcomes; TCN survey, Q19 (n=253) for labour market outcome
178
Outcomes Rate
Successful recognition rate 27,9%
Partial recognition rate 23,5%
Rejection rate 9,8%
Withdrawal due to length 11,5%
Labour market outcomes
It allowed TCNs to obtain a job that matched or exceeded their
qualification level.
11,3%
It led the TCNs to change field/ accept a job below their
qualification level
27,9%
It resulted in a missed job opportunity 15,5%
It caused delays in starting a job 13,4%
In terms of impact, the survey highlights that, while the majority of TCNs (51,4%) obtained a
positive outcome, with either a full (27,9%) or partial (23,5%), only 11,3% experienced a
positive impact of the recognition process (i.e. allowed to obtain a job matching their
qualifications), while the rest of TCNs were either overqualified or experience delays and
missed opportunities due to the complexity and length of recognition procedures.
In order to consider the outcome and subsequent impact of recognition procedure on TCNs
according to this mapping, an Outcome Quality Score (OQS) is constructed in order to
measure the effectiveness of recognition processes considering both the formal outcome of
recognition decisions and the subsequent labour market impact.
Recognition and labour market outcomes categories were defined and assigned to a quality
weight between 0 and 1, reflecting its desirability from the perspective of effective recognition
and labour market integration as follows:
179
• Recognition outcomes:
Successful recognition: 1,0
Partial recognition: 0,6
Rejection/Withdrawal due to length: 0,0
• Labour market outcomes:
Job matched/exceeded qualification level:1.0
Job below qualification level: 0.3
Delays in starting a job: 0.2
Missed job opportunity: 0.0
Consequently, each sub-score (i.e the recognition decision score (RDS) and the labour market
score (LMS)) is calculated as a weighted average of outcome rates (i.e. Score=100×∑(pi*⋅wi),
considering the share of respondents (pi) and the assigned weigths (wi). As a result, the RDS
yields to 42,0, while the LMS yields to 22,35.
These subscored reflecting recognition and labour market outcomes shall finally be aggregated
in order to capture the overall outcome score of recognition procedures. Aggregation is carried
out using equal weights simply as a average of the two scores, yielding to an Overall Outcome
Score (OQS) of 32.18. The OQS reflects the overall effectiveness of recognition systems. A
value of 32.18 indicates that positive outcomes are limited, particularly in terms of labour
market integration.
Lastly, it is substantial to understand whether the overall outcomes achieved through
recognition are commensurate with the burden faced by TCNs. To do so a Burden-Outcome
Efficiency indicator (BOEI) is constructed, simply as a ration between the OQS and the RBI,
yielding to a overall BOEI equal to 0,67.
Values below 1 suggest that outcomes of recognition processes are weak relatively to the burden
faced by TCNs.
Figure 5 - Burden-Outcome efficiency indicator
180
Source: Supporting study
In the Burden–Outcome plane, the EU-average point is located in the lower half of the chart,
close to the centre and slightly to the left. This positioning indicates that, while the burden
faced by applicants in terms of costs and processing times is not excessive, it remains non-
negligible. However, the quality of outcomes, particularly with regard to effective labour
market integration, remains limited. Taken together, this pattern suggests that the level of effort
and resources required from applicants is not matched by commensurate benefits. In other
words, non-negligible levels of burden are associated with relatively weak outcomes. The chart
therefore points to an efficiency gap in the system, where existing procedures generate costs
and delays without consistently delivering strong recognition results or facilitating adequate
labour market matching. This suggests scope for improving the efficiency of recognition
procedures, notably by reducing procedural frictions and strengthening the link between
recognition decisions and actual labour market outcomes, so that benefits more closely align
with the burden borne by TCNs.
d) Conclusion
In conclusion, the mapping highlights that qualification checks for TCNs in the EU are carried
out through two distinct but coexisting procedural tracks: formal recognition procedures for
access to regulated professions, governed by professional regulatory frameworks and
implemented by CAs, and qualification and skills checks embedded in migration admission
procedures, carried out by migration authorities to assess eligibility for entry and residence,
particularly under high-skilled migration pathways.
Overall, recognition procedures carried out by CAs display significant variation across EU
Member States. Available evidence suggests that the average duration of these procedures is
around 14.2 months, with the number of required documents typically ranging between 5.8 and
181
6.1 (approximately six documents per application), and average costs estimated at
approximately EUR 1,400.By contrast, qualification checks within migration procedures are
primarily conducted in the context of high-skilled migration pathways and schemes. These
checks generally add an estimated 6 to 12 weeks to the overall duration of the migration process
and are, in most cases, provided free of charge.
While these two tracks are based on different legal and administrative frameworks, they operate
largely independently from one another and do not systematically align or interact. As a result,
TCNs may be required to engage with parallel processes across the admission and integration
continuum.
The mapping further shows that these procedures are characterised by varying timelines,
documentation requirements, and formal conditions, as well as differing cost structures across
Member States and professions. Taken together, these elements contribute to a fragmented
procedural landscape in which applicants must navigate multiple sets of requirements,
depending on the pathway pursued and the profession concerned.
Appendix A9.1 - Application fees per professional categories across EU Member
States340
MS Profession Fee
Health professions
AT Doctors, Dentists, Nurses, Midwives,
Pharmacists
0 €
HR Doctors 132.72 €
HR Dentists 1,466.59 €
HR Nurses 53.09 €
HR Midwives 796.34 €
HR Pharmacists 212.36 €
340 CA Survey, Q17 (n=190); EMN (2024)
182
EE Doctors, Dentists, Nurses, Midwives,
Pharmacists
260 €
FI Doctors, Dentists, Nurses, Midwives,
Pharmacists
1,390–2,028 €
DE Doctors, Dentists, Pharmacists 400–500 €
DE Nurses, Midwives 100–250 €
(depending on
procedure /
authority)
IE Nurses, Midwives 350 €
IT Health professions 0 €
LT Doctors 0 € (recognition);
licensing fee applies
LV Doctors 100-200 €
LU Doctors 0 €
MT Doctors 0 €
NL Doctors 1,971 €
NL Dentists 1,520 €
NL Pharmacists 100 €
NL Nurses, Midwives 85 €
PL Doctors PLN 1,682.10 in
2026; maximum fee,
35% of minimum
wage
PT Doctors, Nurses, Dentists, Midwives,
Pharmacists
140 €
183
RO Doctors, Nurses, Dentists, Midwives,
Pharmacists
20 €
SI Doctors, Nurses, Dentists, Midwives,
Pharmacists
22.60 €
ES Doctors, Nurses, Dentists, Midwives,
Pharmacists
300 €
SE Doctors, Nurses, Dentists, Midwives,
Pharmacists
990 SEK (or 3,300
SEK in some cases)
Healthcare assistants
AT Healthcare assistants 50–200 € (most
frequently 150 €)
DE Healthcare assistants 225 €; some
procedures 800–
2,500 €
IE Healthcare assistants 350 €
MT Healthcare assistants 0 €
NL Healthcare assistants 0–100 €
PT Healthcare assistants Not applicable / 0 €
RO Healthcare assistants 0–20 €
SE Healthcare assistants 990 SEK
Architects, engineers, technical professions
AT Architects, engineers According to BAO
(variable); often 0 €
EE Architects, engineers 130 €
184
HR Architects 400 €
LT Architects 340 €
LU Architects, engineers 50–75 €
NL Architects 0–75 €
PL Architects “same as Polish
procedure”
PT Architects 295 €
RO Architects 100 € (+100 € in
some cases)
SI Architects, engineers 39 €
ES Engineers 163.22 €
Education and teaching
AT Education 50 €
EE Education 0 €
FI Education 495 €
IE Teaching 200 € (teacher
education); 100 € per
subject
LU Education 75 €
NL Education 75 €
PL Education 0 €
PT Education 50 €
ES Education 166.50 €
185
SE Education 1,890 SEK
Social workers and social care
AT Social workers ~300 €
MT Social workers 30 €
PT Social workers 0 €
RO Social workers 0–300 €
Business (e.g accountant, tax advisors), legal (e.g. attorneys, judicial experts, notaries),
transport and logistics (e.g. drivers, shipping) , industrial trades and craft (e.g.
manufacturing, retail)
FR Business professions Free
IT Trades, business, transport 16–32 € (+ stamp
duty in some cases)
LU Business, trades 50–75 €
PL Regulated professions (general rule) 35% of minimum
wage (1,682.10 PLN
in 2026)
ES Legal professions 46.69 €
PT Engineering professions 39–78 €
SE Veterinary, construction, education 1,890 SEK
186
ANNEX 10: VALIDATION OF SKILLS
This annex provides the analytical evidence base for the treatment of validation of skills in this
IA. It explains why validation presents a categorically different challenge from the recognition
of qualifications, maps the problem through the Driver 1 and Driver 2 framework used in
Chapter 2, and sets out why EU-level procedural intervention for validation was considered and
discarded (see Annex 7). The EU-level policy and legislative context, including the 2012
Council Recommendation and national legislative frameworks, is set out in Annex 8.
What is validation of skills, and why does it present different challenges from recognition?
Validation of skills concerns the assessment of an individual's ability to apply knowledge and
use know-how to complete tasks and solve problems. It is distinct from the recognition of
formal qualifications in both its purpose and its form. The 2012 Council Recommendation (see
Annex 8.2.3) established a four-stage process — identification, documentation, assessment and
certification — applicable across education, training and employment settings. However, unlike
recognition, which follows structured, requirements-based procedures leading to a formal
decision governed by defined legal frameworks, validation is by nature flexible, local and
context-dependent. There is no single methodology, no uniform process, and no comparable
formal decision at the end.
Validation is not a direct gateway to employment in the way that recognition of qualifications
is. Elements of validation are used by employers for unregulated professions, but these vary
widely. Within migration procedures, there is no evidence that validation as defined by the
Council Recommendation's four-stage process is systematically undertaken by migration
authorities; what occurs is typically a check of evidence of professional experience and a review
of CVs and portfolios.
The following table sets out the key structural differences between the two processes and their
implications for EU-level policy action.
Table 10.1 — Recognition of qualifications and validation of skills: structural
differences
Dimension Recognition of qualifications Validation of skills
Governing
framework
EU harmonised framework
(Directive 2005/36/EC for
sectoral and general system
professions); national law for
TCN
Council Recommendation
(2012) — non-binding; no EU-
level procedural framework
Process logic Structured, requirements-based,
leading to a formal decision
against defined standards
Flexible, locally delivered,
purpose-driven; process varies
by setting and provider
187
Dimension Recognition of qualifications Validation of skills
Output Formal recognition decision;
may confer access to regulated
profession
May lead to a certificate,
competence statement or
portfolio; not systematically
linked to NQFs or formal
credentials
Availability Available in principle to all
applicants in all MS for
regulated professions
Not systematically available —
for EU citizens or TCN; depends
on national/local provision
Institutional
responsibility
ENIC-NARIC centres and CA
for regulated professions
Mix of PES, education
providers, third-sector bodies,
employers; no designated
authority
Link to migration
procedures
Recognition outcomes may
directly determine visa/permit
eligibility
Skills checks in migration
procedures are informal and not
equivalent to the four-stage
validation process
Scope for EU
procedural rules
EU competence established;
precedent in PQD
Binding procedural rules would
risk creating entitlements not
available to EU citizens; see
Annex 7
These structural differences have direct implications for how validation can be addressed by
EU-level policy action. While recognition procedures share a comparable logic across MS —
assessing qualifications against defined standards and arriving at a formal decision —
validation does not. Any attempt to impose common procedural rules on validation would either
require a degree of harmonisation that fundamentally conflicts with the nature of validation, or
would produce rules too general to have practical effect. The full analysis of why common
procedural rules for validation were discarded as a policy option is set out in Annex 7.
1.1. Problem Driver 1: Diverging recognition systems within and between MS
The institutional framework for validation across MS is highly fragmented, involving a mix of
public and private bodies with diverse roles, methodologies and legal mandates. Most countries
lack robust coordination mechanisms between the different actors involved in validation, and
Cedefop inventory reports consistently emphasise the need for better sector-wide collaboration.
188
This section maps fragmentation across the three sub-dimensions that parallel Driver 1 in the
problem analysis in Chapter 2.
(a) Divergence of validation systems across MS
While some form of validation arrangement exists in almost all EU MS (see the national
legislative overview in Table 8.1 of Annex 8), these systems differ significantly in scope,
coverage, governance and accessibility when assessed specifically in relation to migrants and
refugees. The Cedefop European Inventory on Validation (2023 update) identifies three tiers of
provision.
Cedefop 2023 Inventory: three-tier typology for migrants and refugees
Tier 1 — Systematic arrangements: AT, BE-FL, DK, DE, FI, NL, SE — dedicated
validation measures for migrants and refugees embedded in national systems or legislation.
Tier 2 — Project-based initiatives: GR, IT — targeted projects supported by EU or national
funding, not embedded in statutory frameworks.
Tier 3 — General access only: all remaining MS — general validation systems open in
principle to TCN but without dedicated outreach, adapted tools or specific measures.
Even among MS with systematic arrangements, the character varies substantially. In Sweden,
the validation system has a strong labour market orientation: since 2017, more than 35,000
qualification certificates have been issued for non-formal qualifications (over 8,000 in the most
recent year), with the system used explicitly for newly arrived migrants through PES mapping
of skills and competences. In Denmark, the Realkompetencevurdering (RKV) system is legally
embedded; the Integration Act creates a statutory duty to conduct competence assessment as
part of individual integration plans. In Germany, validation attention was comparatively high
during the large refugee influx of the previous decade, but policy progress since 2018 has
largely remained at the project level — for example, the prolongation of the Valikom project
to 2024 and the launch of NetQA as its successor. In Austria, three AMIF-funded project-based
initiatives have supported displaced Ukrainians, including the Femme! Empower, Employ,
Emulate Me programme operated by Diakonie de La Tour.
Table 10.2 — National validation arrangements for migrants and refugees: Member
State overview341
341 Cedefop (2023)
189
Member State Key validation arrangements and initiatives for migrants /
refugees
Austria AMS competence checks for asylum seekers (piloted 2015, expanded
to regular offer). KomIn (Kompetenzorientierte Intensivberatung) via
PES. KomIn Modul Ukraine for displaced persons. AMIF-funded
Femme! programme. Featured in Basna (2024).
Belgium
(Flanders)
EVC (Erkenning van Verworven Competenties) system open to all
including migrants. VDAB includes newly arrived migrants in
competence assessment trajectories. 52% of Ukrainian refugees
registered at PES recorded as tertiary educated. Migrants explicitly
included as target group (Cedefop 2023).
Denmark RKV legally embedded; Integration Act creates statutory duty for
skills and competence assessment as part of individual integration
plans. Legislation strengthened for Ukrainian refugees. Cedefop
2023: systematic arrangements confirmed.
Finland TE Services uses systematic competence identification for migrants.
Dedicated Working Group on Identification of Competences (since
2021). Cooperation with Philippines via ILO facilitation for
employer-led skills assessment. Featured in Basna (2024).
Germany Valikom project (prolonged to 2024) and NetQA successor.
Check.work in Bavaria. Progress since 2018 primarily project-level.
72% of Ukrainian refugees have university degree. Featured in Basna
(2024).
Ireland VISKA ERASMUS+ project (2017–2020): field trial of EU Skills
Profile Tool with 32 learners including migrants and refugees. QQI
RPL framework open to all. 62% of Ukrainian refugees at PES events
with EQF 6+ qualifications. Featured in Basna (2024).
Italy EU Skills Profile Tool widely used (most reported country). ESPoR
project: trial of Bilancio di competenze skills audit model for
migrants. Piedmont Region provincial pilot on skills validation.
190
Member State Key validation arrangements and initiatives for migrants /
refugees
NARIC centre proactive on skills validation. Key national partner in
Cedefop Greece–Portugal pilot.
Netherlands Skills-recognition system for jobseekers linking skills transparently
to labour market occupations. Refugees, unskilled and low-skilled
can access skills recognition through local or national initiatives.
NARIC centre launched pilot on skills validation. Cedefop 2023:
systematic arrangements confirmed.
Portugal RVCC (Recognition, Validation and Certification of Competences)
system open to all. Language barriers (PLA pathway used).
Receiving country in Cedefop–Greece intra-EU skills-based mobility
pilot.
Romania Featured in Basna (2024) on Ukrainian refugees. National Training
Strategy under development (2023). General validation system with
specific documented measures for Ukrainian refugees.
Spain Royal Decree 1224/2009: skills audits open to unemployed
individuals, migrants and refugees who have regularised their
situation. Conducted by national or regional authorities against
National Catalogue of Competences. Six-month limit to request a
skills audit.
Sweden Strong labour market orientation. Since 2017: 35,000+ qualification
certificates for non-formal qualifications (8,000+ in most recent
year). Explicit use for newly arrived migrants through PES mapping.
Cedefop 2023: systematic arrangements confirmed.
Greece Cedefop pilot project (2021): intra-EU skills-based mobility of adult
refugees (sending country). Skills profiles of 70+ refugees shared
with Portuguese employers; 90+ enterprises contacted. Primarily
project-based.
191
Member State Key validation arrangements and initiatives for migrants /
refugees
France VAE system recently reformed (Law 2022-1598): simplification,
individualised support, national digital platform. EU Skills Profile
Tool reported as not widely used. Featured in Basna (2024).
BG, HR, CY, CZ,
EE, HU, LV, LT,
LU, MT, PL, SK,
SI
General open-access systems in principle available to all citizens
including TCN. No dedicated measures for migrants or refugees
identified in the 2023 Cedefop Inventory. Language barriers
particularly acute (CZ: statutory national-language requirement).
Bulgaria: documented VET integration response to Ukrainian
refugees. Poland: large host country (1.6M+ Ukrainian refugees) but
validation measures remain general.
(b) Inconsistencies and duplications within MS
Fragmentation is compounded by inconsistency within MS, where responsibilities are divided
across regions, sectors and individual employers with limited coordination. Competences are
scattered across migration authorities, PES, education providers and CA for regulated
professions, without a unified framework.
The interaction between validation and migration procedures is a particularly acute source of
within-country inconsistency. Among migration authorities surveyed: 60.4% reported
systematically conducting skills and qualification checks as part of labour migration
procedures (AT, BE, CZ, FR, HU, IE, LT, NL, PL, PT); a further 18.8% conduct such checks
only occasionally (BG, LT, PL, PT); and 20.8% conduct no checks at all (HU, IT, LT, MT, PL,
SK, SE). However, these migration authority checks are rarely carried over into recognition
procedures: only 11% of CA surveyed take them into account in all cases; 5.5% do so
occasionally; and 24.9% do not do so at all. In several MS (AT, FR, LT, NL, PL, PT, RO),
some CA consistently rely on prior skills checks while others do so only sporadically — a
divergence within the same national system.
Processing times for migration authority skills checks range from less than two weeks (BE, PT)
to more than twelve weeks (HU, PL). Methods also differ widely, with most authorities relying
on employers to conduct or verify checks (BE, HU, IE, LT, PL, PT). The result is a self-
reinforcing cycle of low visibility and limited uptake: awareness of validation mechanisms
remains low; the process is perceived as yielding few tangible benefits; demand is weak; and
the administrative and operational costs of maintaining validation systems lead smaller
providers to withdraw, further reducing access.
192
(c) Lack of accessible information on validation for TCN and employers
The institutional separation between bodies responsible for recognition (ENIC-NARIC centres,
CAs) and those responsible for validation (PES, education providers, third-sector bodies)
creates an information landscape that is difficult to navigate. None of the 18 ENIC-NARIC
centres responding to the study survey (BE, BG, EE, EL, ES, FI, FR, HU, IE, IT, LT, LV, NL,
NO, RO, SE, SI, SK) reported validating non-formal or informal learning, and ENIC-NARIC
centres do not consider themselves responsible for validation. CA similarly do not engage in
formal validation: skills tests or professional assessment are used for TCN applications in only
10.5% of CA surveyed (AT, DE, LV, MT, PL, SE), and only where documentation is
incomplete.
For employers, the absence of a trusted, standardised validation outcome reduces the utility of
any validation that does occur. Large companies have developed employer-driven assessment
models — deploying HR staff in third countries or engaging certified recruitment partners —
but SMEs generally lack the capacity to do so, increasing dependence on intermediaries and
raising recruitment costs. Where validation outcomes are not systematically visible or trusted,
the process does not function as an effective signal of skills for employment purposes.
1.2. Driver 2: The distinct character of administrative complexity in validation
The administrative complexity experienced by TCN in connection with validation differs
fundamentally in character from the complexity documented for recognition procedures. For
recognition, complexity arises from the bureaucratic, documentary and temporal dimensions of
a formal procedure that exists, is legally required, and determines formal access to a profession.
For validation, the primary challenge is not the complexity of a burdensome procedure but the
absence of any consistent procedure at all: validation mechanisms are either unavailable,
unknown, or perceived as lacking practical value.
(a) The absence of standard procedures, timelines and costs
Unlike recognition, where procedural steps are at least nationally foreseeable, validation has no
comparable procedural architecture. The 2023 Cedefop Inventory confirms that while
validation initiatives have grown in the labour market between 2018 and 2023, these remain
fragmented, often temporary and frequently employer-led rather than authority-based. Even the
narrowest form of procedural validation — a skills check within a migration admission
procedure — shows no common logic: processing times range from less than two weeks to
more than twelve weeks, and methods include employer verification, document review and
portfolio assessment.
In approximately 45% of existing validation arrangements across MS, validation can provide
access to the labour market by resulting in a qualification that is compulsory for a specific job.
This means that in the majority of arrangements, the output has no direct labour market access
function — reinforcing that validation is used primarily as a route to a formal qualification
rather than as a mechanism to give independent visibility to skills.
(b) Employer-led validation as the de facto system — and its limitations
193
In practice, the validation of skills for TCN currently relies almost entirely on individual
employers. Large companies assess and validate skills directly in third countries through
dedicated HR staff or certified recruitment partners: Finland has developed cooperation
arrangements with the Philippines, with the ILO acting as a facilitator. However, SMEs
generally lack the capacity for direct overseas assessment and must rely on intermediaries,
increasing both recruitment costs and the risk of irregular recruitment practices. Outcomes of
employer-led assessment are also not portable: an assessment conducted for one employer
carries no weight with another, creating duplication and further discouraging investment in
validation.
The self-reinforcing cycle — limited demand, high operational costs, reduced provision, further
reduced visibility — operates most acutely here, where SMEs face the sharpest asymmetry
between the cost of assessment and the perceived benefit. This is structurally distinct from the
cost asymmetry in recognition: in recognition, the cost is real and borne by the applicant with
a predictable outcome; in validation, the cost is real but the outcome is not reliably usable,
making the investment calculus unfavourable for both employers and TCN.
1.3. Driver 3 — not applicable to validation
Driver 3 (lack of trust in and understanding of qualifications and skills obtained in third
countries) is not applied to the analysis of validation challenges. The trust and knowledge deficit
documented for recognition arises in the context of a formal assessment process where an
authority must make a consequential legal decision on the basis of foreign documentary
evidence. The institutional framing and decisional logic make trust in the underlying
qualification system directly material.
For validation, this trust dimension does not arise in the same way. Validation is precisely the
mechanism designed to make skills visible without reliance on formal documentary evidence
of qualifications. The challenge for TCN validation is not that authorities distrust the skills
claimed, but that no systematic framework exists to assess and certify those skills in a way that
is trusted by labour market actors. The trust problem for validation is one of outcome credibility,
not of qualification authenticity and it is not amenable to the same policy responses (EU-level
authenticity check services, interoperable qualification databases) proposed under Driver 3 of
the main IA.
.
194
ANNEX 11: DIVERGING TERRITORIAL IMPACT OF POLICY OPTIONS
While the action aims to facilitate the recognition of qualifications for TCN to address EU labour and
skills shortages across the Single Market, implementation costs and socio-economic benefits will not
be distributed equally across Member States. The territorial variation in impact is driven by the
interplay of five main determinants:
• Volume of inbound migration applications involving an element of qualification
recognition and the type of qualification assessment involved: The total number of TCN
applications determine the baseline workload that will be affected by the introduction of
common rules at EU level. The choice between the pathways (e.g. EU Blue Cards, Single
Permits, etc.) also has an impact on the administrative workload, as the type and extent of
qualification checks vary across these migration tracks.
• Scale, density and fragmentation of the professional regulation landscape: the proportion
of the labour force working within regulated professions, the complexity of the regulations
governing those professions and the number of authorities involved determine the volume of
recognition applications for access to regulated professions, the complexity of the assessment
of the qualifications submitted and of their administrative processing.
• Existing coordination and between systems: the existing structural alignment—or lack
thereof—between national migration authorities (managing residence and work permits),
competent authorities (recognising qualifications to access regulated professions) and other
recognition bodies determines the effort required to move to integrated processing of
qualification recognition requests.
• Procedural distance to the common EU minimum rules: The operational "distance"
between current national practices and the proposed EU framework determines the “per
procedure” compliance cost.
Volume and type of inbound migration applications involving an element of qualification
recognition
The volume of migration applications to the Member States involving an element of qualification
recognition is distributed unequally across the EU. This is evidenced by the highly skewed
distribution of European Bluecard applications which show that DE alone consistently processes the
vast majority of all EU Blue Cards (over 56,000 out of a total of approximately 78,000 in 2024).
Other major users of the system trail significantly behind (PL: +/-5,800; HU: +/- 2,900; FR: +/- 2,700)
while still others (EE, EL, CY, PT, SK, SE) only process less than 100 applications per year. Other
proxy indicators confirm the highly unequal distribution. For example, out of the 1.1 million first-
residence permit applications for employment reasons submitted in the EU in 2024, PL processed
over 330,000, ES more than 95,000, HR over 85,000 and DE over 77,000. Together, these four
Member States alone absorb nearly 55% of the total employment-related permit inflow across the
entire European Union, highlighting the strong territorial concentration of this type of legal migration
pathways.
The type of legal migration pathways offered also matters as the extent of qualification checks vary
across migration tracks. As the EU Blue Card targets highly qualified workers and mandates a pre-
entry verification of higher education degrees or equivalent professional experience, Member States
195
that heavily use this track face a front-loaded administrative workload where migration offices are
highly dependent on rapid, specialized verification support to avoid severe bottlenecks before a
permit can even be issued. In the Single Permit track, by contrast, qualification checks are highly
variable and often decentralised. For non-regulated professions, some Member States bypass
qualification checks entirely, leaving vetting to the employer. However, for regulated professions
within the Single Permit track, a complex, multi-step workflow is often triggered whereby the
application cannot progress until a separate, external professional body or ministry formally
recognizes the qualification, leading to a fragmented, sequential process with multiple administrative
touchpoints. Several Member States (such as the Netherlands with its Kennismigrant scheme) use
fast-track national pathways whereby recognized or trusted employers assume the legal responsibility
for vetting the applicant's qualifications.
Depending on the policy option considered, cost impacts, compliance costs and economic and social
benefits would vary between these different types of MS.
For the high-volume Blue Card hubs, PO 1's non-binding measures would entail low compliance
costs but would fail to remedy the processing bottlenecks currently delaying talent entry. Similarly,
for Member States heavily reliant on national pathways or the Single Permit, non-binding guidelines
would offer maximum procedural flexibility, requiring minimal adaptation costs; however, they
would generate virtually no economic or social benefits, as the fundamental structural fragmentation
and sequential delays hindering labour market integration would remain unaddressed.
Under PO 2, for the high-volume Blue Card hubs, the introduction of strict deadlines and centralized
verification standards will require operational adjustments and investment in staff training. However,
these compliance costs will be outweighed by significant economic benefits, as resolving systemic
bottlenecks will accelerate the integration of highly qualified talent into their labour markets. For the
high-inflow single permit and mass-employment destinations, PO 2 will generate significant
compliance and adaptation costs to align their currently fragmented, sequential workflows.
Nevertheless, these jurisdictions will accrue significant benefits through reduced administrative
duplication and faster processing times. Conversely, for low-volume and specialized jurisdictions,
the operational adaptation costs will remain structurally minor due to their low baseline application
numbers, though the relative economic upside will also be far more localized. The operational and
compliance costs under PO 2 will also depend on the maturity of each Member State's national digital
infrastructure and the specific integration effort required to connect with the interoperable database
on the comparability of third-country qualifications. For the high-inflow MS, the technical integration
costs will be minor relative to their existing scale, while the economic benefits will be considerable,
maximizing returns by accelerating the vetting of the large influx of highly qualified talent they
attract. Conversely, for low-inflow MS the adaptation costs will be relatively higher compared to the
expected benefits.
Under PO 3, which builds directly upon the binding minimum procedural requirements of PO 2, the
incremental adaptation costs are expected to remain limited, as Member States will continue applying
standard procedures to the vast majority of recognition applications. However, jurisdictions will be
required to establish technical links to a public register of approved third-country learning
196
programmes and its supporting digital infrastructure. The additional costs this would entail will also
depend on the digital maturity of the national administrative systems, but they should be comparably
small once the link with the interoperable database on the comparability of third-country
qualifications is established.
Scale and density of the professional regulation landscape
The scale and density of the professional regulation landscape across Member States acts as a direct
multiplier of administrative complexity and application volume. The proportion of the total domestic
labour force working within legally regulated professions varies across the EU, ranging from under
15% in some jurisdictions to over 33% in others.1
Beyond the absolute share of the regulated workforce, the complexity of the applicable regulations
and the number and type of competent authorities involved determines how qualification assessments
are executed. In more centralized governance models, qualification recognition and credential
evaluations are concentrated within a limited number of national entities or a unified ENIC-NARIC
centre. In contrast, decentralized systems distribute this competence across different actors (e.g.
regional actors, sector-specific competent authorities, such as regional medical chambers,
professional orders, or distinct line ministries).
Depending on the policy option considered, cost impacts, compliance costs, and economic and social
benefits vary between these different types of MS:
Under PO 1, non-binding measures and guidelines regarding professional regulation leave existing
national architectures and procedures intact, entailing low compliance and adaptation costs. However,
this lack of binding force also entails that structural change depends on national take-up. This limits
extent to which it can be expected to fully eliminate the structural bottlenecks, lack of internal uniform
standards, and complexity that TCN applicants face when navigating disparate regional competent
authorities remain unchanged. As a result, the socio-economic benefits it would yield are also
expected to remain more limited.
Under PO 2 and PO3, the introduction of binding minimum procedural requirements, strict deadlines,
and mandatory processing standards triggers divergent adaptation costs. For highly regulated or
decentralized systems, both PO 2 and PO3 generates substantial front-loaded compliance costs. These
Member States will need to undertake horizontal coordination between migration and other
authorities, legal adjustments, and staff training to align the competent authorities’ practices with
common EU deadlines. However, the long-term economic and social benefits for these jurisdictions
are also considerable as harmonized procedures across a considerable share of the labour force
improves labour market efficiencies and accelerates the integration of professionals into acute
shortage sectors. For more centralized frameworks or less regulated systems, compliance costs are
low because changes can be implemented from the top down through a few central entities, allowing
them to capture the economic benefits of faster talent integration with minimal upfront friction.
197
Under PO 2 and PO3 impacts also depend on how data-ready each regulatory system is. For more
centralized systems technical integration costs are expected to be lower, as they will have to build
less connections to the EU database, quickly maximizing the economic benefits of automated
comparability checks. For decentralized systems the adaptation cost is determined by whether they
choose to route the digital infrastructure through a centralized national gateway or connect separate
regional competent authorities. If effectively integrated, however, the economic benefits for these
dense regulatory landscapes are clear, as automated verification tools reduce the "per procedure"
compliance cost and alleviate the manual vetting burden currently handled by regional boards.
Existing coordination and between systems
The structural alignment—or lack thereof—between national migration authorities, competent
authorities for professional recognition and other recognition bodies (such as ENIC-NARIC,
universities etc.) determines the operational friction involved in processing third-country
qualification recognition requests. Across the Union, the degree of institutional interconnectedness
between these types of entities varies considerably. Depending on the level of coordination between
the entities involved the cost impacts, compliance costs, and economic and social benefits of the
various options can vary significantly.
Depending on the policy option considered, cost impacts, compliance costs, and economic and social
benefits vary between these different types of MS:
Under PO 1, non-binding recommendations and exchange of best practices regarding inter-agency
cooperation will lead to minimal adaptation costs in most cases. However, this option can not be
expected to generate considerable economic or social benefits as siloed administrations and sequential
recognition tracks are unlikely to undergo voluntary structural overhauls, leaving the resulting delays
and administrative friction largely unaddressed.
Under PO 2 and PO 3, the introduction of binding minimum procedural requirements and
synchronized timelines will impose operational realignment. For siloed administrations, compliance
costs will be higher, as they must build new administrative interfaces, protocols, or single-entry points
to ensure migration and recognition procedures can run in parallel. Technical onboarding costs will
depend on whether the EU interoperable database can be plugged into a single shared gateway or if
separate connections must be established for both the migration offices and the individual competent
authorities. Nevertheless, the benefits for these jurisdictions will be substantial as automated database
checks can bridge the institutional gaps, minimizing manual verification requests between detached
entities. Importantly, minimising the impact of sequential processing by imposing the “once-only “-
principle will also facilitate the entry of qualified TCNs into the labour market.
Procedural distance to the common EU-rules
The operational "distance" between current national practices and the proposed EU framework is an
important driver of the "per procedure" compliance cost for Member States. Across the EU, all the
198
data available point towards considerable divergence regarding baseline performance metrics,
processing timelines, standard fees, and documentation requirements.
Depending on the policy option considered, cost impacts, compliance costs, and economic and social
benefits vary between these different types of MS:
• Under PO 1, non-binding guidelines and procedural benchmarks would have only a limited
impact on existing national practices, resulting in low adaptation costs but also more limited
socio-economic benefits. Those MS that currently have lengthy, mostly paper-heavy
recognition procedures, often accompanied by substantial procedural fees would face minimal
immediate adaptation costs, but they would also miss out on the long-term cost savings and
efficiency gains that come with digital modernization. For agile administrations, PO 1
represents the baseline status quo and brings no noticeable change.
• Under PO 2 and PO 3, the introduction of binding procedural rules, maximum fee caps, and
strict processing deadlines triggers a substantial compliance shock for high-barrier and rigid
jurisdictions. These Member States will face high adaptation costs to legally compress their
multi-year timelines down to the mandated EU caps, adjust their fee structures, and re-
engineer workflows to handle incomplete applications flexibly. Nevertheless, the long-term
socio-economic benefits will be highly concentrated in these jurisdictions, as removing these
steep procedural hurdles will significantly unlock untapped talent pools. For agile
administrations, adaptation costs will be negligible, as their current processing times and fee
structures are already near or below the proposed EU thresholds. Nevertheless, even the best
performing MS in terms of administrative efficiency stand to gain indirectly from a
transparent and agile common EU framework as it helps to improve the attractiveness of the
Single Market as a destination for talent in the global economy and enhances collective
resilience against shared labour shortages.
199
ANNEX 12: POLICY OPTIONS: DESCRIPTION OF MEASURES
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
SO1 — Streamline recognition systems within and between MS
1.1 Different recognition procedures for the same qualifications across MS
200
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B1. Guidelines on minimum training
requirements for sectoral professions The
Commission develops common guidance for MS on
recognising TCN qualifications in the seven
sectoral professions covered by the PQD, drawing
on the minimum training requirements established
therein.
+
B2. Common guidelines, templates and
checklists for recognition procedures The
Commission develops voluntary templates and
checklists to support consistency in administrative
practice across MS, covering how CA structure and
communicate procedural requirements, documents,
timelines, and appeal rights. Compliance is
promoted through transparency and benchmarking
via the Group of Coordinators (GoC).
A1. Common rules for recognition procedures A
binding framework establishes common rules that
national CA must follow when assessing TCN
qualifications, including a defined minimum set of
document types that may be required, acceptance of
digital copies alongside originals, and reduction or
elimination of mandatory certified translation
requirements.
A1. Common rules for recognition procedures
Includes PO2.
+
A12. EU framework for automatic recognition of
selected TCN qualifications An EU framework for
automatic recognition of TCN qualifications in the
seven sectoral professions covered by the PQD
(doctors, nurses, dental practitioners, veterinary
surgeons, midwives, pharmacists and architects),
based on prior verification of third-country
learning programmes against EU minimum
training requirements. Programmes meeting the
standards are listed in the public EU register
established under A11; where a qualification is
obtained from a listed programme, CA grant
recognition without a full case-by-case assessment.
1.2 Duplication and inconsistencies of procedures within MS
201
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B3. Best practices on streamlined and consistent
recognition procedures The Commission identifies
and disseminates national best practices on
streamlined, consistent recognition procedures
across and within national systems, including
through GoC meetings and structured mutual
learning activities.
A2. Rules to coordinate national recognition
systems and prevent duplication MS are required
to coordinate national recognition systems and
prevent overlap between procedures for access to
regulated professions and those embedded in
labour migration processes. Where a Member State
has previously conducted a favourable qualification
assessment during a migration procedure, further
in-depth reassessment is not required.
A2. Rules to coordinate national recognition
systems and prevent duplication Includes PO2.
1.3 Lack of clear and accessible information for TCN and employers
202
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B4. Improved EU-level information provision
for TCN and employers The Commission issues
guidance on how national authorities should
present recognition information in a user-friendly
format. Harmonised layout and navigation
standards are promoted through Commission
expert groups. Comparative studies and peer
learning further support evidence-based alignment
of information practices.
A3. Minimum mandatory information
requirements MS are required to provide TCN
with comprehensive, up-to-date and user-friendly
information on the applicable recognition systems,
required documentation, timelines, fees,
compensation measures, appeal rights, and tailored
information, assistance and support services for
refugees.
A3. Minimum mandatory information
requirements Includes PO2.
+
A11. Public EU register of third-country
learning programmes eligible for automatic
recognition The Commission creates and maintains
a publicly accessible EU register of third-country
learning programmes that have been verified
against EU minimum training requirements,
including information on how they compare to EU
standards. The register provides ex-ante
predictability for applicants and employers and
serves as the foundational reference for the
automatic recognition channel under A12.
SO2 — Reduce legal and administrative complexity for recognition procedures
2.1 Lengthy and untransparent processes with unclear deadlines
203
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B5. EU-level common guidance on procedural
steps and indicative timelines The Commission
develops voluntary guidance defining the key steps
in recognition procedures and indicative maximum
processing timelines, providing a common
reference point that MS are encouraged to adopt
and that increases predictability for applicants and
employers.
A4. Binding procedural guarantees including
deadlines and right of appeal CA must
acknowledge receipt of applications within one
month and inform applicants of any missing
documents. A substantiated decision must be issued
within three to four months of receipt of the
complete file. Applicants have an enforceable right
of appeal against decisions.
A4. Binding procedural guarantees including
deadlines and right of appeal Includes PO2.
+
A12. EU framework for automatic recognition
(see SO1.1) Automatic recognition eliminates the
case-by-case assessment stage for applicants from
programmes listed in the A11 register, reducing the
recognition waiting period from approximately 14
months at baseline to approximately 3 months.
2.2 Burdensome documentation and translation requirements
204
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B6. Recommendations on proportionate
documentation and translation requirements
The Commission issues a recommendation —
modelled on the Code of Conduct available for the
PQD — setting out clear principles and examples
for proportionate documentation, translation and
certification requirements, distinguishing essential
from non-essential documents.
A5. Common set and maximum number of
documents that may be required MS may only
require a defined maximum set of documents
(diplomas and certificates, academic transcripts,
CVs and proof of professional experience, and
licences or registration from the country of origin).
Requirements beyond this set are prohibited.
+
A6. Obligation to accept documents in more than
one language MS must accept documents provided
by TCN applicants in any EU official language,
including at least one language frequently used by
migrants, reducing certified translation
requirements.
A5. Common set and maximum number of
documents Includes PO2.
+
A6. Obligation to accept documents in multiple
languages Includes PO2.
2.3 High and unclear costs
205
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B7. Guidelines to determine reasonable fees for
recognition procedures The Commission provides
an EU methodology and calculation formula for
determining proportionate fees for recognition
procedures, setting out permissible cost
components and examples of compliant fee
structures. MS use the guidelines to review or adjust
national fee-setting methods.
A7. Common rules on maximum fees for
recognition applications MS may only charge fees
that do not exceed the actual cost of the recognition
service provided. Application fees and fees for
compensation measures must be transparent and
fully justified; where fees can be eliminated, MS are
required to do so.
A7. Common rules on maximum fees Includes
PO2.
SO3 — Increase trust and understanding of qualifications obtained in third countries
3.1 Concerns over authenticity of documents issued in third countries
206
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B8. Support for fraud and authenticity
verification tools The Commission develops and
pilots an EU-supported AI-assisted tool that guides
CA through reference sources for the verification of
issuing institutions and documents. The pilot is
implemented with volunteering MS and professions,
generating a common model that MS may adopt or
adapt. Fraud and authenticity checklists
complement the AI tool.
A8. EU-level service for authenticity checks on
TCQ documents An EU-level service is
established to carry out authenticity checks on
evidence of formal qualifications issued in third
countries, supporting Member State authorities in
their assessment procedures. Where doubts arise
over the authenticity of documents, the service
provides a rapid and reliable check, drawing on
digital tools and reference sources such as the
FRAUDOC guidelines on diploma mills and
document fraud.
A9. Interoperable national databases on
comparability of TCN qualifications Includes
PO2.
+
A13. Verifiable digital credentials required for
automatic recognition A legal obligation requires
third-country education and training institutions
listed in the A11 register to issue qualifications as
verifiable digital credentials. Credentials must be
verifiable, trusted and interoperable across MS, in
compliance with common EU technical
specifications and trust framework, ensuring
compatibility with EU digital identity and data
exchange infrastructures.
+
A8. EU-level service for authenticity checks on
TCQ documents IncludesPO2
3.2 Insufficient knowledge about third-country educational systems, curricula and standards
207
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B9. Comparisons of TCN qualification
frameworks with the EQF and peer learning via
GoC The Commission develops and updates the
methodology for comparing TCQ frameworks with
the EQF, with the EQF Advisory Group supporting
peer reviews. Structured information exchanges are
fostered via the GoC, including dedicated sessions
to present and discuss recognition outcomes for the
same qualifications across MS.
A9. Interoperable national databases on
comparability of TCN qualifications MS are
required to develop interoperable national
databases on the comparability of TCQ, with the
possibility to issue comparability statements. These
databases facilitate sharing of recognition
decisions and expertise on TCQ across MS, feeding
into an EU-level database maintained by the
Commission (in line with initiatives such as the
Erasmus+ Q-entry project).
A11. Public EU register of third-country
learning programmes (see SO1.3) The EU
register of verified third-country learning
programmes serves as the primary reference tool
for understanding whether third-country
programmes meet EU minimum training
requirements, reducing informational barriers for
CA assessing TCN qualifications.
3.3 Doubts about the efficacy of quality assurance within third-country systems
208
Driver / Objective
POLICY OPTION 1
Soft measures to enhance recognition procedures for TCN
qualifications (voluntary — B measures)
POLICY OPTION 2
Common measures to streamline procedures (binding —
A measures)
POLICY OPTION 3
Includes PO2 + automatic recognition for selected
professions (binding)
B10. Support for transparency and
comparability of quality assurance in third-
country qualification systems The Commission
supports and steers further analytical work,
building on existing mapping of TCQ frameworks,
analysis of learning outcomes, and assessment of
quality assurance arrangements, to improve the
transparency, comparability and usability of TCQ
for recognition purposes. Complementary
comparative studies support evidence-based
alignment.
.
A10. Compensation measures where justified
doubts exist on quality assurance MS may apply
compensation measures — such as an aptitude test
or adaptation period — where there are justified
doubts about the quality of the education and
qualification system under which a formal
qualification was awarded. The decision to impose
compensation measures must be taken as quickly as
possible and no later than one month after the
applicant requests recognition, with full procedural
guarantees applying throughout.
A10. Compensation measures where justified
doubts exist on quality assurance Includes PO2.
+
A12. EU framework for automatic recognition
(see SO1.1) Prior verification of third-country
learning programmes against EU quality and
training standards — conducted by designated EU-
based quality assurance agencies using
multidisciplinary expert teams and on-site visits —
provides the structural quality assurance
foundation for the automatic recognition channel,
replacing repeated case-by-case doubt assessments
with a systematic, time-limited programme
approval process.
209
ANNEX 13: COMBINED COSTS AND BENEFITS OF SPI PREFERRED
OPTIONS UNDER ACTION 1, 2, AND 3
When combined, the preferred options under Actions 1, 2 and 3 are expected to generate
substantial administrative cost savings and broader economic and social benefits by improving
the transparency, comparability, portability and recognition of qualifications and skills across
the EU labour market.
As explained in more detail in the dedicated impact assessments, the three Actions address
different aspects of the same underlying problem: difficulties in presenting, verifying and
recognising qualifications and skills across borders. Action 1 focuses on ensuring that labour
market actors in the EU have access to simplified, effective, digital and cost-efficient ways to
carry, prove, read, understand and compare qualifications and skills obtained in another MS,
Action 2 on the cross-border recognition of qualifications required to access regulated
professions, and Action 3 on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals.
The combined effect of the SPI is to reduce information asymmetries, administrative burden
and recognition delays across borders supporting the creation of a genuine Single Market for
talent. Together, the measures included in the preferred policy options for each of the actions
contribute to improved labour mobility and skills matching. This is particularly relevant given
the significantly higher overqualification rates observed among EU mobile workers (31.3%)
and third-country nationals (39.4%) compared to domestic workers (20.2%).
The anticipated outcomes of the preferred policy options are intrinsically interrelated and
mutually reinforcing in various ways.
Action 1 acts as a critical enabler for Action 2 as the availability of interoperable, secure and
verifiable digital qualifications is crucial to allow for faster and less burdensome cross-border
recognition processes under the PQD.
Conversely, the preferred policy option under Action 2 is expected to provide a concrete and
reliable pathway for the benefits of digital credentials to materialise. Qualifications benefiting
from automatic recognition account for almost half of all establishment recognition cases under
the PQD. By ensuring that these qualifications are systematically issued and accepted in digital
credential format, the preferred option would create a sizeable and predictable volume of use
from the outset, thereby supporting the deployment and practical benefits of digital credentials
across recognition procedures.
The preferred options under Action 1 and 2 also support the implementation of Action 3 as the
creation of a unified digital workflow for the recognition of qualifications of EU citizens,
linking the various competent authorities in the MS, facilitates the interoperability between
national databases on third-country qualifications and recognition.
In turn, Action 3 ensures that third-country nationals benefit from a similarly robust, albeit
specific, legal framework as EU citizens for the recognition of their qualifications, thereby
establishing a more equitable level playing field in the EU labour market.
210
By working together to establish common approaches for the assessment and recognition of
qualifications obtained outside the EU in the context of Action 3, MS may further strengthen
mutual trust and cooperation between their competent authorities. This is expected to reinforce
the practical application of the principle of mutual recognition, which is a cornerstone of the
system for the recognition of professional qualifications within the EU, and may contribute to
a more efficient, consistent and less burdensome treatment of qualifications obtained in other
MS.
With respect to implementation costs, the preferred options yield significant synergies through
two main channels:
By establishing common information standards, standards for digital credentials, verification
mechanisms, and qualification databases, the initiative reduces the cost of presenting, verifying,
and recognizing qualifications. As adoption grows, the value of these systems for workers,
employers, and public authorities increases—creating network effects and economies of scale
and maximizing the return on digital infrastructure investments.
Using the EQF as a universal reference framework across all three actions makes qualifications
easier to compare, understand, and verify, minimizing information asymmetries and fostering
greater trust within the EU. Furthermore, widespread adoption of the EQF within the Single
Market incentivizes non-EU partners to relate to it, simplifying the integration and recognition
of third-country qualifications.
The combined actions are expected to generate substantial economic benefits.
Action 1 is estimated to generate quantified direct benefits of approximately EUR 164–336
million over the period 2026–2040, primarily through reduced administrative costs associated
with the presentation, assessment and verification of qualifications across borders. Employers
are expected to benefit from lower costs for verifying and understanding qualifications from
other MS, while workers will benefit from fewer and cheaper comparability procedures. Issuers
of qualifications will also benefit from reduced administrative burdens as digital attestations
enable automatic verification, reducing the need to respond to third-party requests. With its
focus on digitalising NQF qualifications (which are most labour market relevant), the action
directs the investment to the segment with the highest return, with positive spillovers on
national labour markets and the area of further learning. Indirect benefits can also be expected:
as the action contributes positively to the functioning of the internal market and EU
competitiveness: it is expected to facilitate cross-border hiring with some effect on skills
mismatches and improved labour market allocation.
Within the specific context of regulated professions, Action 2 is expected to generate annual
administrative cost savings of approximately EUR 28.7 million for applicants, competent
authorities and, where they support recognition procedures on behalf of applicants, employers.
In addition, they are projected to deliver an additional EUR 136.6 million per year in monetised
time savings resulting from faster access to the labour market for professionals seeking
recognition in another Member State. Taken together, these savings are estimated to amount to
211
approximately EUR 1.6 billion in present value terms over the period 2029–2040. Swifter,
cheaper and less burdensome recognition procedures are also expected to generate considerable
indirect economic and social impacts, supporting firm-level competitiveness, allocative
efficiency of skills in the Single Market, improved employment opportunities, and increased
resilience of essential social services such as healthcare.
Targeted specifically at third-country nationals, Action 3 is expected to reduce administrative
costs for applicants and CAs by over EUR 22 million/year, resulting in cumulative
administrative savings of approximately EUR 231 million between 2029 and 2040. In addition,
employers would benefit from a reduction of around 25% in administrative costs for
applications under the general system and of approximately 42.5% for automatically recognised
qualifications. At constant recruitment levels, the reduction of employer-borne recruitment
costs is estimated at over EUR 20 million/year, resulting in a cumulative cost reduction of EUR
207 million between 2029 and 2040. PO3 would also reduce the processing time of recognition
applications considerably, allowing qualified TCNs to exercise a regulated profession of their
choice more quickly (by between 9 to 10 months depending on the recognition regime). This
generates monetised time savings for the applicants, which in the aggregate are estimated at
approximately EUR 300 million/year or slightly over EUR 3 billion from 2029 to 2040.
Better integration of third-country nationals in the Single Market is also expected to generate
indirect but sizeable positive effects on firm-level competitiveness by facilitating access to a
wider, geographically diverse pool of qualified applicants and alleviating critical shortages. At
macro-economic level, the resulting increase in the overall labour supply and improved skills
matching contributes to economic growth. From a social perspective, facilitating recognition of
qualifications of third country nationals contributes to upward career mobility, improved long-
term income security and, at macro-level, increased resilience of social services by addressing
critical labour shortages in various sectors.
These estimated direct cost savings and anticipated economic and social benefits are not
designed for aggregation, as some beneficiaries and impact channels overlap. Nevertheless,
they point consistently towards substantial reductions in transaction costs and significant gains
from earlier labour-market entry and improved skills utilisation.
The preferred options presented build on an independently existing IT infrastructure (the EUDI
Wallet) that is considered in the baseline of Action 1 and Action 2. Common digital tools,
interoperable systems and common information standards reduce duplication of effort and
increase the benefits generated by implementation expenditure. As a result, the overall initiative
is expected to be more cost-effective than separate interventions addressing each area
individually.
The distribution of costs and benefits is uneven by design. Public administrations bear a
significant share of implementation costs (which however are more effectively invested in the
proposed coordinated manner compared to uncoordinated actions by MS), while a large share
of the benefits accrues to workers and employers through reduced administrative burdens, lower
212
recruitment costs and faster access to employment opportunities. This reflects the objective of
removing market frictions and improving labour-market functioning.
The main implementation challenge relates to ensuring interoperability and coordination across
the different digital systems and governance arrangements established under the Initiative.
Failure to achieve sufficient interoperability could reduce some of the expected efficiency gains
and increase administrative complexity. These challenges are addressed by the use of common
standards, shared digital infrastructure and phased implementation.
In general, the Skills Portability Initiative generates substantial synergies and economies of
scale. By simultaneously addressing the presentation, verification and recognition of
qualifications across different labour-market contexts, the three Actions deliver greater
economic, administrative and social benefits than would be achieved through their separate
implementation.
213
ANNEX 14: MONITORING
As outlined in Chapter 9, the following table sets out the proposed indicators to monitor
implementation of the action and assess progress towards its objectives. The framework
distinguishes impact indicators, capturing broader labour market outcomes, from output and
process indicators, which track implementation of the measures. Baseline values marked 'Year
0' are to be established at the point of entry into force using the data sources indicated.
Table 14A.1 Monitoring Framework
Objective Indicator Data source Responsible Baseline Frequency
General
objective —
Facilitate
recognition of
qualifications
of TCN to
address EU
labour and
skills
shortages
Share of TCN in qualification-
matched employment within
12 months of arrival
Eurostat LFS;
national labour
market data
Commission
/ MS Year 0 Annual
Number of recognition
procedures initiated and
completed per year by TCN
MS annual
reporting MS Year 0 Annual
SO1 —
Streamlined
recognition
systems within
and between
MS
Share of cases requiring
parallel submissions (duplicate
qualification checks across
recognition and migration
procedures)
MS annual
reporting;
migration
authority data
MS Year 0 Annual
Number of cases requiring re-
submission or additional
information, as a share of total
applications
MS annual
reporting MS Year 0 Annual
Share of recognition
applications submitted digitally MS annual
reporting MS Year 0 Annual
SO2 —
Reduced legal
and
administrative
complexity
Average end-to-end processing
time per recognition procedure,
by MS and procedure type
MS annual
reporting; CA
surveys
MS /
Commission 14.2
months Annual
Average number of documents
requested per application,
including certified translations
MS annual
reporting; CA
surveys
MS /
Commission Year 0 Annual
Estimated applicant-side cost
per recognition procedure Periodic CA
surveys Commission EUR 1,500 Every 3 years
Share of complete applications
at first submission MS annual
reporting MS Year 0 Annual
SO3 —
Increased
trust and
understanding
Number of authenticity checks
processed via the EU-level
service per year
EU authenticity
check service
data
Commission 0 (new
service) Annual
214
of
qualifications
obtained in
third countries
Share of CA reporting
sufficient information on third-
country qualification systems
to make timely decisions
without requesting additional
documentation or
compensation measures
CA surveys Commission Year 0
(survey) Every 2 years
Processing time for sectoral
professions under automatic
recognition channel
MS annual
reporting;
sectoral data
MS /
Commission 14.2
months Annual
215
ANNEX 15: RESOURCES
19. Annex 15: Resources
Shortened
reference
Full reference
Anger et
al. (2022)
Anger, S., Bassetto, J. and Sandner, M., Making Integration Work? Facilitating
Access to Occupational Recognition and Immigrants' Labor Market
Performance, IAB Discussion Paper No. 2022-03, Institute for Employment
Research, Nuremberg, 2022.
Bernini et
al. (2024)
Bernini, A., Icardi, R., Natale, F. and Nedee, A., Healthcare workforce demand
and supply in the EU27, Publications Office of the European Union, Ispra,
2024, doi:10.2760/1683259, JRC139503.
Business
Europe
(2026)
BusinessEurope, [position paper / survey input on TCN qualification
recognition — title to be confirmed], 2026.
CDR-
1105-2025
European Committee of the Regions, Opinion CDR-1105-2025: Union of
Skills. Available at: https://www.cor.europa.eu/en/our-work/opinions/cdr-
1105-2025.
Cedefop
(2020)
Cedefop, Skills forecast 2020: Greece — Skills supply and demand up to 2030,
European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training, 2020.
Cedefop
(2021)
Cedefop, Skills forecast 2021 — Insights: EU labour market transitions and
skills mismatches, European Centre for the Development of Vocational
Training, 2021.
Cedefop
(2023)
Cedefop, Skills forecast 2023: Trends and challenges to 2035, European Centre
for the Development of Vocational Training, 2023. Available at:
https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/publications-and-
resources/publications/5581.
COM
(2016) 820
final
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the
Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of
the Regions on reform recommendations for regulation in professional
services, COM(2016) 820 final. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52016DC0820.
COM
(2023) 715
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the
Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of
the Regions on Skills and Talent Mobility, COM(2023) 715. Available at:
https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/b8c2d90f-17b1-4a10-
b91c-4aa536cd2103_en.
216
COM
(2025) 90
final
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the
European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee
and the Committee of the Regions: The Union of Skills, COM(2025) 90 final.
Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52025DC0090.
COM
(2025) 500
final
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the
Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of
the Regions: The Single Market: our European home market in an uncertain
world, COM(2025) 500 final. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52025DC0500.
Commissi
on
Recomme
ndation
(EU)
2023/2611
Commission Recommendation (EU) 2022/554 of 23 November 2023 on
recognition of qualifications of people fleeing Russia's invasion of Ukraine, OJ
L, 2023/2611. Available at: https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reco/2023/2611/oj.
Commissi
on
Recomme
ndation
(EU)
2026/311
Commission Recommendation (EU) 2026/311 of 29 January 2026 on attracting
talent for innovation. Available at: https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/eli/reco/2026/311/oj.
Council
Recomme
ndation
(2012)
Council Recommendation of 20 December 2012 on the validation of non-
formal and informal learning, OJ C 398, 22.12.2012. Available at: https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32012H1222(01).
Czaika &
Parsons
(2016)
Czaika, M. and Parsons, C., The Gravity of High-Skilled Migration Policies,
KNOMAD Working Paper No. 13, World Bank, Washington DC, March 2016.
DG
EMPL/EC
ORYS
(2017)
European Commission, Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs
and Inclusion and ECORYS, Study on obstacles to recognition of skills and
qualifications — Final report, Publications Office of the European Union,
Luxembourg, 2017. Available at: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-
/publication/da2e75de-efce-11e6-8a35-01aa75ed71a1.
DG
HOME/K
European Commission, Directorate-General for Migration and Home Affairs
and Kantar, Study on the factors influencing the recognition of third-country
qualifications — Final report, 2023.
217
antar
(2023)
EIB
(2024/202
5)
European Investment Bank, Investment Report 2024/2025 [full title to be
confirmed], European Investment Bank, Luxembourg, 2024. Available at:
https://www.eib.org/en/publications/20240076-investment-report-2024-2025.
ELA
(2024)
European Labour Authority, EURES Report on labour shortages and surpluses
2024, European Labour Authority, Bratislava, 2024. Available at:
https://www.ela.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2025-
06/EURES_Report_on_labour_shortages_and_surpluses_2024.pdf.
EMN
(2024a)
European Migration Network, Ad-Hoc Query 2024.16: Recognition of third-
country qualifications for the profession of doctor with basic medical training,
European Migration Network, 2024. Available at: https://home-
affairs.ec.europa.eu/networks/european-migration-network-emn/emn-asylum-
and-migration-database/ad-hoc-queries/recognition-third-country-
qualifications-profession-doctor-basic-medical-training_en.
EMN
(2024b)
European Migration Network, [second 2024 EMN source — title to be
confirmed. Cited alongside MPF (2024) in fn 98 re timing of qualification
checks in migration procedures].
EMN
Study
(2025)
European Migration Network, Study on Illegal Employment of Third-Country
Nationals in the EU, European Migration Network, 2025.
EMN–
OECD
(2025)
European Migration Network and OECD, Inform on innovative strategies to
attract foreign talent in EU Member Countries, EMN–OECD Inform, February
2025.
EPRS
(2023)
European Parliamentary Research Service, Recognition of the qualifications of
third-country nationals, Briefing, Pre-legislative synthesis, November 2023.
Available at:
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/BRIE/2023/754594/EPRS_B
RI(2023)754594_EN.pdf.
ESDE
(2023)
European Commission, Employment and Social Developments in Europe
2023: Addressing labour shortages and skills gaps in the EU, Publications
Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2023. Available at:
https://op.europa.eu/webpub/empl/esde-2023/esde-review.html.
218
ETF
(2024)
European Training Foundation, [report title to be confirmed — cited in fns
130–131 on third-country institutional capacity and qualification recognition
cooperation], European Training Foundation, Turin, 2024.
ETF
(2025)
European Training Foundation, [report title to be confirmed — cited in fns
130–131], European Training Foundation, Turin, 2025.
EUCO
12/24
European Council Conclusions of 17 and 18 April 2024, EUCO 12/24.
Available at: https://www.consilium.europa.eu/media/m5jlwe0p/euco-
conclusions-20240417-18-en.pdf.
EURES
(2024)
EURES, Report on labour shortages and surpluses 2024, European Labour
Authority, Bratislava, 2024. Available at:
https://www.ela.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2025-
06/EURES_Report_on_labour_shortages_and_surpluses_2024.pdf.
Eurocham
bres
(2024)
Eurochambres, 2024 Single Market Survey: Overcoming Obstacles,
Developing Solutions. Available at: https://online.fliphtml5.com/hliel/ynjh/.
Eurofoun
d (2021)
Eurofound, Tackling labour shortages in EU Member States, Publications
Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2021. Available at:
https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/publications/2021/tackling-labour-
shortages-eu-member-states.
Eurofoun
d (2023)
Eurofound, Measures to tackle labour shortages: Lessons for future policy,
Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2023. Available at:
https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/publications/2023/measures-tackle-
labour-shortages-lessons-future-policy.
Eurofoun
d (2024)
Eurofound, SMEs that recruited non-EU workers, EU and Member States (%
of SMEs), Eurofound data catalogue, published September 2024. Available at:
https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/surveys-and-data/data-catalogue/smes-
recruited-non-eu-workers-eu-and-member-states-smes.
Eurofoun
d (2025)
Eurofound, Undeclared Work in the European Union, Publications Office of
the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025.
European
Commissi
on (2011)
European Commission, [study or report on certified translations /
documentation requirements in qualification recognition — title and URL to be
confirmed], 2011.
219
European
Commissi
on (2021)
European Commission and Social Protection Committee, Long-Term Care
Report: Trends, Challenges and Opportunities in an Ageing Society, 2021,
Publications Office of the European Union. Available at:
https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/484b0ceb-cd83-11eb-
ac72-01aa75ed71a1/language-en.
European
Commissi
on (2022)
European Commission, Eurobarometer: Intra-EU mobility after the pandemic,
December 2022. Available at:
https://europa.eu/eurobarometer/surveys/detail/2671.
European
Commissi
on (2023a)
European Commission, Employment and Social Developments in Europe
2023. Available at: https://op.europa.eu/webpub/empl/esde-2023/.
European
Commissi
on (2023b)
European Commission, FIT FOR FUTURE Platform Opinion 2023/5:
Fostering Professional Mobility in the Single Market, 28 November 2023.
Available at: https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2023-
11/final_opinion_2023_5_professional_mobility.pdf.
European
Commissi
on (2023c)
European Commission, Flash Eurobarometer 529 — SMEs, skills shortages
and public support, 2023.
European
Commissi
on (2024)
European Commission, Eurostat: Almost 40% of non-EU citizens over-
qualified in 2023, Eurostat News, 26 July 2024. Available at:
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/en/web/products-eurostat-news/w/ddn-
20240726-1.
European
Commissi
on (2025a)
European Commission, Eurostat Statistics Explained: Migrant integration
statistics — labour market indicators, data extracted in May 2025. Available at:
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-
explained/index.php?title=Migrant_integration_statistics_%E2%80%93_labo
ur_market_indicators.
European
Commissi
on (2025b)
European Commission, Eurostat Statistics Explained: Residence permits —
statistics on authorisations to reside and work, data extracted in December
2025. Available at: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-
explained/index.php?title=Residence_permits_%E2%80%93_statistics_on_au
thorisations_to_reside_and_work.
European
Commissi
on (2025c)
European Commission, Migration, mobility and the EU labour market, 17
November 2025. Available at: https://economy-
finance.ec.europa.eu/migration-mobility-and-eu-labour-market_en.
220
European
Commissi
on (2025d)
European Commission, Strategic Foresight Report 2025 — Resilience 2.0,
Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, September 2025.
European
Commissi
on (2026a)
European Commission, Eurostat Statistics Explained: EU population diversity
by citizenship and country of birth, data extracted in February 2026. Available
at: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-
explained/index.php?title=EU_population_diversity_by_citizenship_and_cou
ntry_of_birth.
European
Commissi
on (2026b)
European Commission, Eurostat Statistics Explained: Population projections in
the EU, data extracted in April 2026. Available at:
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/SEPDF/cache/44711.pdf.
European
Parliamen
t (2019)
European Parliament, The cost of non-Europe in the area of legal migration,
European Parliamentary Research Service, March 2019. Available at:
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2019/631736/EPRS_
STU(2019)631736_EN.pdf.
Federal
Ministry
of Austria
(2024)
Federal Ministry of the Republic of Austria, Regional Strategy of the Austrian
Development Cooperation with the Western Balkans 2025–2027, Vienna,
2024. Available at:
https://www.entwicklung.at/fileadmin/user_upload/Dokumente/Publikationen
/Laenderprogramme/RS_Western_Balkans_2025-2027.pdf.
Flash
Eurobaro
meter 571
(2025)
European Commission, Flash Eurobarometer 571 — SMEs and skills,
December 2025.
Letta
(2024)
Letta, E., Much more than a market: Speed, Security, Solidarity. Empowering
the Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU
Citizens, report to the European Council, April 2024. Available at:
https://www.consilium.europa.eu/media/ny3j24sm/much-more-than-a-
market-report-by-enrico-letta.pdf.
MPF
(2024)
Migration Partnership Facility, Mapping Labour Migration Pathways in the EU
[series — Austria and others], 2024. Available at:
https://www.migrationpartnershipfacility.eu/resources.
OECD
(2019)
OECD, Recent Trends in International Migration of Doctors, Nurses and
Medical Students, OECD Health Policy Studies, OECD Publishing, Paris,
2019. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1787/5571ef48-en.
221
OECD
(2020)
OECD, COVID-19 and key workers: What role do migrants play in your
region?, OECD Policy Responses to Coronavirus (COVID-19), 26 November
2020. Available at: https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/covid-19-and-key-
workers_4571c655-en.html.
OECD
(2023)
OECD, International Migration Outlook 2023, OECD Publishing, Paris, 2023.
Available at: https://doi.org/10.1787/b0f40584-en.
OECD
(2024)
OECD, Health at a Glance: Europe 2024 — State of Health in the EU Cycle,
OECD Publishing, Paris, 18 November 2024. Available at:
https://doi.org/10.1787/b3704e14-en.
OECD
(2025)
OECD, International Migration Outlook 2025, OECD Publishing, Paris, 2025.
Available at: https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/international-migration-
outlook-2025_ae26c893-en.html.
OECD/Eu
ropean
Commissi
on (2023)
OECD and European Commission, Indicators of Immigrant Integration 2023:
Settling In, OECD Publishing, Paris, 2023. Available at:
https://doi.org/10.1787/59be6a5b-en.
SME
Panel
Survey
(2026)
European Commission, SME Panel Survey on TCN qualification recognition
and recruitment practices (n=159), conducted as part of the SPI Action 3 Impact
Assessment stakeholder consultation, 2026.
SMEunite
d (2026)
SMEunited, Skills Portability Initiative — SMEunited input, 2026. Available
at: at: https://www.smeunited.eu/publications/skills-portability-initiative-
smeunited-input
SOC/837-
EESC-
2025
European Economic and Social Committee, Opinion SOC/837-EESC-2025:
Union of Skills. Available at: https://www.eesc.europa.eu/en/our-
work/opinions-information-reports/opinions/union-skills.
Van Enk
& Bilgili
(2026)
Van Enk, B., Bilgili, Ö. and Solano, G. (2022), Higher educated ethnic minority
members not immune to discrimination: Exploring the 'discrimination paradox'
across the European Union, Migration Policy Group
Von der
Leyen
(2024)
Von der Leyen, U., Europe's Choice: Political Guidelines for the next European
Commission 2024–2029. Available at:
https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/e6cd4328-673c-4e7a-
8683-f63ffb2cf648_en.
222
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 15.9.2026
SWD(2026) 991 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF THE IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Accompanying the document
Proposal for a
DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals
{COM(2026) 990 final} - {SEC(2026) 990 final} - {SWD(2026) 989 final} -
{SWD(2026) 990 final}
1
A. Need for EU action
What is the problem being addressed?
The EU faces persistent and deepening labour and skills shortages across key sectors,
including healthcare, ICT, construction and education. Third-country nationals (TCNs) make
a substantial and growing contribution to EU labour markets1 and have particularly strong
presence in sectors facing acute labour shortages, including health and long-term care, ICT,
construction and engineering. At the same time, the overqualification rate among TCNs is
nearly twice as high as for nationals, indicating that their skills are not being effectively
translated into labour market outcomes.
TCNs seeking employment in the EU and/or wanting to access a regulated profession face
fragmented, burdensome and opaque procedures for recognising their qualifications,
undermining the attractiveness of the Single Market as a destination for global talent. The
average duration of a recognition procedure for access to a regulated profession is estimated
at 14.2 months and direct administrative costs approximate EUR 1500 per application.
Employers, particularly SMEs, also face uncertainty and high administrative costs when
assessing third-country qualifications, reducing their incentives to recruit internationally even
in sectors facing severe shortages.
Three mutually reinforcing drivers underpin the problem: the divergence across national
recognition systems involving different migration and other competent authorities (CAs); the
complexity and burden of procedures for TCN, and the difficulties faced by authorities and
employers in understanding and trusting qualifications and skills obtained in third countries.
What is this initiative expected to achieve?
The primary objective of this initiative is to address EU labour and skills shortages by
facilitating the recognition of qualifications for TCNs. To achieve this, the initiative focuses
on three key areas:
• Streamlining qualification recognition systems both within and across Member States
by improving alignment and consistency between national recognition systems across
the EU, and coherence within MS between recognition systems for access to regulated
professions and those embedded in migration regimes.
• Reducing legal and administrative complexity for applicants, employers, and
authorities
• Improving the clarity and comparability of third-country qualifications to boost trust
and enhance the overall assessment of foreign skills across the EU.
What is the added value of action at EU level?
1 Over 12.8 million third-country nationals were employed in the EU in 2025.
2
Labour shortages are cross-border in causes and consequences. The EU collectively presents
itself as a single destination for talent through the EU Talent Pool, Talent Partnerships, the
Blue Card and other legal migration instruments. However, if recognition remains
cumbersome and unpredictable, the value added of those instruments will be reduced for
employers and jobseekers. Facilitating the recognition of qualifications of TCNs would send
a clear signal that the Union offers fair and navigable routes for skilled workers to use their
qualifications. A such, it enhances the EU’s global competitiveness by ensuring it can swiftly
integrate and retain the exact talent needed to drive innovation and economic growth.
Acting at EU level delivers economies of scale — particularly for building trust in third-
country qualifications, which requires shared tools and shared knowledge — and prevents
further divergence that would arise if 27 Member States continue to develop parallel national
approaches. The legal basis is Article 79(2)(a) and (b) TFEU.
B. Policy options
What policy options have been considered? Is there a preferred choice? Why?
Three policy options were assessed, all aiming to improve recognition of TCN qualifications
across the EU, simultaneously addressing systemic divergence, procedural complexity and
the trust deficit.
Policy Option 1 (PO1) consists of voluntary soft measures to establish common tools
developed collaboratively by the Commission, Member States and stakeholders. These
include EU guidelines for recognition procedures, voluntary common templates and
documentation checklists, and AI-assisted verification tools. No obligations are imposed on
Member States.
Policy Option 2 (PO2) wouldintroduce a common, binding set of procedural rules at EU-
level for the recognition of qualifications of third-country nationals. This includes fixed
deadlines, a right to appeal, a set list of required documents, fee transparency, the right to
communicate in a language frequently used by migrants, and coordination between
recognition and migration authorities. This option would also establish an EU-level
authenticity check service and interoperable national databases on the comparability of third-
country qualifications.
Policy Option 3 (PO3) includes all measures under PO2 and adds an EU system of
automatic recognition for third-country qualifications for those professions for which
harmonised minimum training requirements exist under the Professional Qualifications
Directive (PQD. Under this system, third-country institutions voluntarily apply to have
specific programmes verified against EU quality assurance standards and PQD minimum
training requirements by designated trusted review bodies. Approved programmes are listed
in a publicly accessible EU register. Holders of listed qualifications receive automatic
recognition in any Member State without individual assessment, on the same conditions as
EU-citizens under OQD. Qualifications must be issued by third country institutions as
verifiable digital credentials.
3
PO3 is identified as the preferred option. It is the most effective, efficient and coherent of
the three options assessed. The combination of common procedural rules and a system of
automatic recognition for selected training programmes produces the strongest direct cost
savings and the strongest indirect benefits across all dimensions tested, while remaining
proportionate (it does not harmonise national education and vocational education and training
systems, does not create new professional standards, and fully respects Member State
competence over regulation of professions, the organisation of education and training
systems, recognition decisions, and migration policy and admissions). No new administrative
burdens are imposed on citizens and businesses.
Who supports which option?
There is broad consensus among stakeholders that difficulties in the recognition of
qualifications and the validation of skills of TCN constitute a major structural barrier to
effective labour market integration and to addressing persistent labour shortages.
Civil society and professional organisations as well as TCN and employers support binding
minimum procedural standards foreseen under the preferred option.
Business associations generally welcome the approach to address labour shortages and
supporting EU competitiveness by making recognition of qualifications less cumbersome and
costly. They support minimum procedural standards to reduce processing times and burdens,
improved guidance and information
While there is also broad support for common minimum rules among competent authorities
responsible for recognition of qualifications for regulated professions, they are more cautious
about automatic recognition of specific pre-approved learning programmes. Professional
organisations in healthcare and CAs for healthcare professions emphasize that faster
recognition timelines cannot come at the expense of thoroughness; any accelerated process
must be backed by rigorous prior verification of training programs.
C. Impacts of the preferred options
What are the benefits of the preferred option?
PO3 delivers considerable direct administrative cost savings for applicants, competent
authorities and employers as well as wider economic and social benefits.
At constant migration levels, the preferred option is expected to reduce administrative costs
for applicants and CAs by over EUR 22 million/year, resulting in cumulative administrative
savings of approximately EUR 231 million between 2029 and 2040. In addition, employers
would benefit from a reduction of around 25% in administrative costs for applications under
the general system and of approximately 42.5% for automatically recognised qualifications.
At constant recruitment levels, the reduction of employer-borne recruitment costs is estimated
4
at over EUR 20 million/year, resulting in a cumulative cost reduction of EUR 207 million
between 2029 and 2040.
PO3 would also reduce the processing time of recognition applications considerably,
allowing qualified TCNs to exercise a regulated profession of their choice more quickly (by
between 9 to 10 months depending on the recognition regime). This generates monetised time
savings for the applicants, which in the aggregate are estimated at approximately EUR 300
million/year or slightly over EUR 3 billion from 2029 to 2040.
Beyond these direct quantified impacts, PO3 generates significant wider economic and social
benefits:
- Third countries nationals would benefit from faster and less costly recognition
procedures, in line with the principle of good administration. This would increase
their employment opportunities and career prospects in line with their qualification
and reduce incentives for informal employment.
- Businesses would benefit from increased high-quality recruitment opportunities,
helping them to address critical shortages and enhancing businesses' competitiveness
and growth potential.
- The allocative efficiency of EU labour market would improve, reducing “brain
waste” and overqualification among third-country nationals.
- Improved recognition of professional qualifications would support the provision of
essential services, notably healthcare, by allowing for the faster integration of
qualified professions in regulated professions.
What are the costs of the preferred option?
Implementation costs are borne primarily by the Commission and, to a lesser extent, Member
State administrations. Costs for individual TCNs and businesses are expected to decrease.
At EU-level, the preferred option would entail IT development and maintenance costs linked
to database interoperability, EU-level authentication services and the creation of a public
register of pre-approved quality assurance learning programmes.
At MS-level, there would be IT development and integration costs to ensure the
interoperability of national databases on third country qualifications and recognition.
The total implementation costs2 at EU level for the period 2027 to 2040 are estimated at
between EUR 24.8 million and EUR 40.2 million. For all the Member States combined they
are estimated at between EUR 39.4 and EUR 69.0 million.
The overall cost burden is expected to be uneven across Member States, depending in
particular on the maturity of their existing digital infrastructure and the extent of system
upgrades needed.
How will enterprises and SMEs be affected?
2 Discounted to 2026 present values (discount rate 3%)
5
The initiative will positively affect businesses, particularly SMEs operating in sectors facing
labour shortages 68% of SME survey respondents cited reduced administrative burden during
recruitment as a key benefit; 63% easier assessment of foreign qualifications; 61% faster
recruitment processes; 50% lower verification costs. Aggregate employer-borne cost savings
under PO3 are estimated in the order of magnitude of EUR 14–30 million per year at constant
recruitment levels.
The measures most directly benefiting SMEs without dedicated HR capacity are:
standardised information requirements, the EU authenticity check service, binding procedural
deadlines, and verifiable digital credentials, which eliminate fixed costs of external
consultancy and ad hoc authentication.
Will there be significant impacts on national budgets and administrations?
Member State administrations will incur one-off adaptation costs and modest recurring costs,
as set out above. These are proportionate to the scale of improvements delivered. CAs will
benefit from reduced per-case processing workload particularly for the sectoral subgroup
(approximately 40% of procedures) where credential verification replaces case-by-case
substantive assessment, allowing resources to be redirected to complex cases. The EU
authenticity check service and comparability database mutualise at EU level verification
work currently duplicated across 27 national systems.
D. Follow-up
When will the policy be reviewed?
In line with the Better Regulation Guidelines, the Commission will evaluate the initiative five
years after it enters into force, in cooperation with Member States and after consulting the
stakeholders concerned. The Commission will report on implementation progress and the
functioning of the automatic recognition register, using data provided by Member States and
the designated review bodies.